Add a flag to mark stateful expressions.
This is used for dynamic expression instanstiation to limit the usable
expressions. Strictly speaking only the dynset expression can not be
used in order to avoid recursion, but since dynamically instantiating
non-stateful expressions will simply create an identical copy, which
behaves no differently than the original, this limits to expressions
where it actually makes sense to dynamically instantiate them.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Preparation to attach expressions to set elements: add a set extension
type to hold an expression and dump the expression information with the
set element.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add helper functions for initializing, cloning, dumping and destroying
a single expression that is not part of a rule.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since retransmitted segments are not used for RTT estimation, previously
SACKed segments present in the rtx queue are used. This estimation can be
several times larger than the actual RTT. When a cumulative ack covers both
previously SACKed and retransmitted segments, CC may thus get a bogus RTT.
Such segments previously had an RTT estimation in tcp_sacktag_one(), so it
seems reasonable to not reuse them in tcp_clean_rtx_queue() at all.
Afaik, this has had no effect on SRTT/RTO because of Karn's check.
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Klette Jonassen <kennetkl@ifi.uio.no>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if we make use of classifier and actions from the egress
path, we're going into handle_ing() executing additional code
on a per-packet cost for ingress qdisc, just to realize that
nothing is attached on ingress.
Instead, this can just be blinded out as a no-op entirely with
the use of a static key. On input fast-path, we already make
use of static keys in various places, e.g. skb time stamping,
in RPS, etc. It makes sense to not waste time when we're assured
that no ingress qdisc is attached anywhere.
Enabling/disabling of that code path is being done via two
helpers, namely net_{inc,dec}_ingress_queue(), that are being
invoked under RTNL mutex when a ingress qdisc is being either
initialized or destructed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes sets to support variable sized set element keys / data
up to 64 bytes each by using variable sized set extensions. This allows
to use concatenations with bigger data items suchs as IPv6 addresses.
As a side effect, small keys/data now don't require the full 16 bytes
of struct nft_data anymore but just the space they need.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a size argument to nft_data_init() and pass in the available space.
This will be used by the following patches to support variable sized
set element data.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Switch the nf_tables registers from 128 bit addressing to 32 bit
addressing to support so called concatenations, where multiple values
can be concatenated over multiple registers for O(1) exact matches of
multiple dimensions using sets.
The old register values are mapped to areas of 128 bits for compatibility.
When dumping register numbers, values are expressed using the old values
if they refer to the beginning of a 128 bit area for compatibility.
To support concatenations, register loads of less than a full 32 bit
value need to be padded. This mainly affects the payload and exthdr
expressions, which both unconditionally zero the last word before
copying the data.
Userspace fully passes the testsuite using both old and new register
addressing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add helper functions to parse and dump register values in netlink attributes.
These helpers will later be changed to take care of translation between the
old 128 bit and the new 32 bit register numbers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simple conversion to use u32 pointers to the beginning of the data
area to keep follow up patches smaller.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Only needlessly complicates things due to requiring specific argument
types. Use memcmp directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simple conversion to use u32 pointers to the beginning of the registers
to keep follow up patches smaller.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Replace the array of registers passed to expressions by a struct nft_regs,
containing the verdict as a seperate member, which aliases to the
NFT_REG_VERDICT register.
This is needed to seperate the verdict from the data registers completely,
so their size can be changed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Change nft_validate_input_register() to not only validate the input
register number, but also the length of the load, and rename it to
nft_validate_register_load() to reflect that change.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
All users of nft_validate_register_store() first invoke
nft_validate_output_register(). There is in fact no use for using it
on its own, so simplify the code by folding the functionality into
nft_validate_register_store() and kill it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In preparation of validating the length of a register store, use
nft_validate_register_store() in nft_lookup instead of open coding the
validation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The existing name is ambiguous, data is loaded as well when we read from
a register. Rename to nft_validate_register_store() for clarity and
consistency with the upcoming patch to introduce its counterpart,
nft_validate_register_load().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For values spanning multiple registers, we need to validate that enough
space is available from the destination register onwards. Add a len
argument to nft_validate_data_load() and consolidate the existing length
validations in preparation of that.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-04-11
This series contains updates to iflink, ixgbe and ixgbevf.
The entire set of changes come from Vlad Zolotarov to ultimately add
the ethtool ops to VF driver to allow querying the RSS indirection table
and RSS random key.
Currently we support only 82599 and x540 devices. On those devices, VFs
share the RSS redirection table and hash key with a PF. Letting the VF
query this information may introduce some security risks, therefore this
feature will be disabled by default.
The new netdev op allows a system administrator to change the default
behaviour with "ip link set" command. The relevant iproute2 patch has
already been sent and awaits for this series upstream.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also convert the spinlock to a mutex.
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
udp_config.local_udp_port is be16. And iproute2 passes
network order for FOU_ATTR_PORT.
This doesn't fix any bug, just for consistency.
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not a big deal, just for corretness.
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the following harmless warning:
./ip/ip fou del port 7777
[ 122.907516] udp_del_offload: didn't find offload for port 7777
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With recent adoption of skc_cookie in struct sock_common,
struct tcp_timewait_sock size increased from 192 to 200 bytes
on 64bit arches. SLAB rounds then to 256 bytes.
It is time to drop SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN constraint for twsk_slab.
This saves about 12 MB of memory on typical configuration reaching
262144 timewait sockets, and has no noticeable impact on performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=mtuo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-04-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
There isn't much left, but we have
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or
called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL
{read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
it's almost always equal to current_fsuid(), but there's an exception -
if the first writeback fid is opened by non-root *and* that happens before
root has done any lookups in /, we end up doing attach for root. The
current code leaves the resulting FID owned by root from the server POV
and by non-root from the client one. Unfortunately, it means that e.g.
massive dcache eviction will leave that user buggered - they'll end
up redoing walks from / *and* picking that FID every time. As soon as
they try to create something, the things will get nasty.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Add configuration setting for drivers to allow/block an RSS Redirection
Table and a Hash Key querying for discrete VFs.
On some devices VF share the mentioned above information with PF and
querying it may adduce a theoretical security risk. We want to let a
system administrator to decide if he/she wants to take this risk or not.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-04-09
We've had enough new patches during the past week (especially from
Marcel) that it'd be good to still get these queued for 4.1.
The majority of the changes are from Marcel with lots of cleanup &
refactoring patches for the HCI UART driver. Marcel also split out some
Broadcom & Intel vendor specific functionality into two new btintel &
btbcm modules.
In addition to the HCI driver changes there's the completion of our
local OOB data interface for pairing, added support for requesting
remote LE features when connecting, as well as a couple of minor fixes
for mac802154.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lookup key for tcp_md5_do_lookup() has to be taken
from addr_sk, not sk (which can be the listener)
Fixes: fd3a154a00 ("tcp: md5: get rid of tcp_v[46]_reqsk_md5_lookup()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an FDB entry is added or deleted the information about VLAN
is not passed to listening applications like 'bridge monitor fdb'.
With this patch VLAN ID is passed if it was set in the original
netlink message.
Also remove an unused bdev variable.
Signed-off-by: Hubert Sokolowski <hubert.sokolowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed tcpdump was giving funky timestamps for locally
generated SYNACK messages on loopback interface.
11:42:46.938990 IP 127.0.0.1.48245 > 127.0.0.2.23850: S
945476042:945476042(0) win 43690 <mss 65495,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 7>
20:28:58.502209 IP 127.0.0.2.23850 > 127.0.0.1.48245: S
3160535375:3160535375(0) ack 945476043 win 43690 <mss
65495,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 7>
This is because we need to clear skb->tstamp before
entering lower stack, otherwise net_timestamp_check()
does not set skb->tstamp.
Fixes: 7faee5c0d5 ("tcp: remove TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->when")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle_offloads() calls skb_reset_inner_headers() to store
the layer pointers to the encapsulated packet. However, we
currently push the vlag tag (if there is one) onto the packet
afterwards. This changes the MAC header for the encapsulated
packet but it is not reflected in skb->inner_mac_header, which
breaks GSO and drivers which attempt to use this for encapsulation
offloads.
Fixes: 1eaa8178 ("vxlan: Add tx-vlan offload support.")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree.
They are:
* nf_tables set timeout infrastructure from Patrick Mchardy.
1) Add support for set timeout support.
2) Add support for set element timeouts using the new set extension
infrastructure.
4) Add garbage collection helper functions to get rid of stale elements.
Elements are accumulated in a batch that are asynchronously released
via RCU when the batch is full.
5) Add garbage collection synchronization helpers. This introduces a new
element busy bit to address concurrent access from the netlink API and the
garbage collector.
5) Add timeout support for the nft_hash set implementation. The garbage
collector peridically checks for stale elements from the workqueue.
* iptables/nftables cgroup fixes:
6) Ignore non full-socket objects from the input path, otherwise cgroup
match may crash, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Fix cgroup in nf_tables.
8) Save some cycles from xt_socket by skipping packet header parsing when
skb->sk is already set because of early demux. Also from Daniel.
* br_netfilter updates from Florian Westphal.
9) Save frag_max_size and restore it from the forward path too.
10) Use a per-cpu area to restore the original source MAC address when traffic
is DNAT'ed.
11) Add helper functions to access physical devices.
12) Use these new physdev helper function from xt_physdev.
13) Add another nf_bridge_info_get() helper function to fetch the br_netfilter
state information.
14) Annotate original layer 2 protocol number in nf_bridge info, instead of
using kludgy flags.
15) Also annotate the pkttype mangling when the packet travels back and forth
from the IP to the bridge layer, instead of using a flag.
* More nf_tables set enhancement from Patrick:
16) Fix possible usage of set variant that doesn't support timeouts.
17) Avoid spurious "set is full" errors from Netlink API when there are pending
stale elements scheduled to be released.
18) Restrict loop checks to set maps.
19) Add support for dynamic set updates from the packet path.
20) Add support to store optional user data (eg. comments) per set element.
BTW, I have also pulled net-next into nf-next to anticipate the conflict
resolution between your okfn() signature changes and Florian's br_netfilter
updates.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2015-04-09
1) Prohibit the use/abuse of the xfrm netlink interface on
32/64 bit compatibility tasks. We need a full compat
layer before we can allow this. From Fan Du.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2015-04-09
1) We dereferenced the xfrm outer_mode too early, larval
SAs don't have it set. Move the dereference of the
outer mode below the larval SA check to fix it.
From Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Fix vti6 tunnel uninit on namespace crosssing.
From Yao Xiwei.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When establishing a Bluetooth LE connection, read the remote used
features mask to determine which features are supported. This was
not really needed with Bluetooth 4.0, but since Bluetooth 4.1 and
also 4.2 have introduced new optional features, this becomes more
important.
This works the same as with BR/EDR where the connection enters the
BT_CONFIG stage and hci_connect_cfm call is delayed until the remote
features have been retrieved. Only after successfully receiving the
remote features, the connection enters the BT_CONNECTED state.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For kernel_sendmsg() that eliminates the need to play with setfs();
for kernel_recvmsg() it does *not* - a couple of callers are using
it with non-NULL ->msg_control, which would be treated as userland
address on recvmsg side of things.
In all cases we are really setting a kvec-backed iov_iter, though.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
trivial conflict in net/socket.c and non-trivial one in crypto -
that one had evaded aio_complete() removal.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
FastOpen requests are not like other regular request sockets.
They do not yet use rsk_timer : tcp_fastopen_queue_check()
simply manually removes one expired request from fastopenq->rskq_rst
list.
Therefore, tcp_check_req() must not call mod_timer_pending(),
otherwise we crash because rsk_timer was not initialized.
Fixes: fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener timer")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the NFC pull request for 4.1.
This is a shorter one than usual, as the Intel Field Peak NFC
driver could not make it in time.
We have:
- A new driver for NXP NCI based chipsets, like e.g. the NPC100 or
the PN7150. It currently only supports an i2c physical layer, but
could easily be extended to work on top of e.g. SPI.
This driver also includes support for user space triggered firmware
updates.
- A few minor st21nfc[ab] fixes, cleanups, and comments improvements.
- A pn533 error return fix.
- A few NFC related logs formatting cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=MzOJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.1-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC: 4.1 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 4.1.
This is a shorter one than usual, as the Intel Field Peak NFC
driver could not make it in time.
We have:
- A new driver for NXP NCI based chipsets, like e.g. the NPC100 or
the PN7150. It currently only supports an i2c physical layer, but
could easily be extended to work on top of e.g. SPI.
This driver also includes support for user space triggered firmware
updates.
- A few minor st21nfc[ab] fixes, cleanups, and comments improvements.
- A pn533 error return fix.
- A few NFC related logs formatting cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
const __read_mostly is a senseless combination. If something
is already const it cannot be __read_mostly. Remove the bogus
__read_mostly in the fou driver.
This fixes section conflicts with LTO.
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More recent GCC warns about two kinds of switch statement uses:
1) Switching on an enumeration, but not having an explicit case
statement for all members of the enumeration. To show the
compiler this is intentional, we simply add a default case
with nothing more than a break statement.
2) Switching on a boolean value. I think this warning is dumb
but nevertheless you get it wholesale with -Wswitch.
This patch cures all such warnings in netfilter.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If a determined set of concurrent senders keep the send queue full,
we can loop forever inside rds_send_xmit. This fix has two parts.
First we are dropping out of the while(1) loop after we've processed a
large batch of messages.
Second we add a generation number that gets bumped each time the
xmit bit lock is acquired. If someone else has jumped in and
made progress in the queue, we skip our goto restart.
Original patch by Chris Mason.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passive connections were added for the case where one loopback IB
connection between identical addresses needs another connection to store
the second QP. Unfortunately, they were also created in the case where
the addesses differ and we already have both QPs.
This lead to a message reordering bug.
- two different IB interfaces and addresses on a machine: A B
- traffic is sent from A to B
- connection from A-B is created, connect request sent
- listening accepts connect request, B-A is created
- traffic flows, next_rx is incremented
- unacked messages exist on the retrans list
- connection A-B is shut down, new connect request sent
- listen sees existing loopback B-A, creates new passive B-A
- retrans messages are sent and delivered because of 0 next_rx
The problem is that the second connection request saw the previously
existing parent connection. Instead of using it, and using the existing
next_rx_seq state for the traffic between those IPs, it mistakenly
thought that it had to create a passive connection.
We fix this by only using passive connections in the special case where
laddr and faddr match. In this case we'll only ever have one parent
sending connection requests and one passive connection created as the
listening path sees the existing parent connection which initiated the
request.
Original patch by Zach Brown
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 79b16aadea ("udp_tunnel: Pass UDP socket down through udp_tunnel{, 6}_xmit_skb().")
Reported-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket parameter might legally be NULL, thus sock_net is sometimes
causing a NULL pointer dereference. Using net_device pointer in dst_entry
is more reliable.
Fixes: b6a7719aed ("ipv4: hash net ptr into fragmentation bucket selection")
Reported-by: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Cc: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an userdata set extension and allow the user to attach arbitrary
data to set elements. This is intended to hold TLV encoded data like
comments or DNS annotations that have no meaning to the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a new "dynset" expression for dynamic set updates.
A new set op ->update() is added which, for non existant elements,
invokes an initialization callback and inserts the new element.
For both new or existing elements the extenstion pointer is returned
to the caller to optionally perform timer updates or other actions.
Element removal is not supported so far, however that seems to be a
rather exotic need and can be added later on.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently a set binding is assumed to be related to a lookup and, in
case of maps, a data load.
In order to use bindings for set updates, the loop detection checks
must be restricted to map operations only. Add a flags member to the
binding struct to hold the set "action" flags such as NFT_SET_MAP,
and perform loop detection based on these.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use atomic operations for the element count to avoid races with async
updates.
To properly handle the transactional semantics during netlink updates,
deleted but not yet committed elements are accounted for seperately and
are treated as being already removed. This means for the duration of
a netlink transaction, the limit might be exceeded by the amount of
elements deleted. Set implementations must be prepared to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The NFT_SET_TIMEOUT flag is ignore in nft_select_set_ops, which may
lead to selection of a set implementation that doesn't actually
support timeouts.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_bridge_info->mask is used for several things, for example to
remember if skb->pkt_type was set to OTHER_HOST.
For a bridge, OTHER_HOST is expected case. For ip forward its a non-starter
though -- routing expects PACKET_HOST.
Bridge netfilter thus changes OTHER_HOST to PACKET_HOST before hook
invocation and then un-does it after hook traversal.
This information is irrelevant outside of br_netfilter.
After this change, ->mask now only contains flags that need to be
known outside of br_netfilter in fast-path.
Future patch changes mask into a 2bit state field in sk_buff, so that
we can remove skb->nf_bridge pointer for good and consider all remaining
places that access nf_bridge info content a not-so fastpath.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
->mask is a bit info field that mixes various use cases.
In particular, we have flags that are mutually exlusive, and flags that
are only used within br_netfilter while others need to be exposed to
other parts of the kernel.
Remove BRNF_8021Q/PPPoE flags. They're mutually exclusive and only
needed within br_netfilter context.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Don't access skb->nf_bridge directly, this pointer will be removed soon.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
right now we store this in the nf_bridge_info struct, accessible
via skb->nf_bridge. This patch prepares removal of this pointer from skb:
Instead of using skb->nf_bridge->x, we use helpers to obtain the in/out
device (or ifindexes).
Followup patches to netfilter will then allow nf_bridge_info to be
obtained by a call into the br_netfilter core, rather than keeping a
pointer to it in sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
br_netfilter maintains an extra state, nf_bridge_info, which is attached
to skb via skb->nf_bridge pointer.
Amongst other things we use skb->nf_bridge->data to store the original
mac header for every processed skb.
This is required for ip refragmentation when using conntrack
on top of bridge, because ip_fragment doesn't copy it from original skb.
However there is no need anymore to do this unconditionally.
Move this to the one place where its needed -- when br_netfilter calls
ip_fragment().
Also switch to percpu storage for this so we can handle fragmenting
without accessing nf_bridge meta data.
Only user left is neigh resolution when DNAT is detected, to hold
the original source mac address (neigh resolution builds new mac header
using bridge mac), so rename ->data and reduce its size to whats needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently in xt_socket, we take advantage of early demuxed sockets
since commit 00028aa370 ("netfilter: xt_socket: use IP early demux")
in order to avoid a second socket lookup in the fast path, but we
only make partial use of this:
We still unnecessarily parse headers, extract proto, {s,d}addr and
{s,d}ports from the skb data, accessing possible conntrack information,
etc even though we were not even calling into the socket lookup via
xt_socket_get_sock_{v4,v6}() due to skb->sk hit, meaning those cycles
can be spared.
After this patch, we only proceed the slower, manual lookup path
when we have a skb->sk miss, thus time to match verdict for early
demuxed sockets will improve further, which might be i.e. interesting
for use cases such as mentioned in 681f130f39 ("netfilter: xt_socket:
add XT_SOCKET_NOWILDCARD flag").
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The change to only export WEXT symbols when required could break
the build if CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT was explicitly disabled while
a driver like orinoco selected it.
Fix this by hiding the symbol when it's required so it can't be
disabled in that case.
Fixes: 2afe38d15c ("cfg80211-wext: export symbols only when needed")
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fast Open has been using an experimental option with a magic number
(RFC6994). This patch makes the client by default use the RFC7413
option (34) to get and send Fast Open cookies. This patch makes
the client solicit cookies from a given server first with the
RFC7413 option. If that fails to elicit a cookie, then it tries
the RFC6994 experimental option. If that also fails, it uses the
RFC7413 option on all subsequent connect attempts. If the server
returns a Fast Open cookie then the client caches the form of the
option that successfully elicited a cookie, and uses that form on
later connects when it presents that cookie.
The idea is to gradually obsolete the use of experimental options as
the servers and clients upgrade, while keeping the interoperability
meanwhile.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lee <Longinus00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fast Open has been using the experimental option with a magic number
(RFC6994) to request and grant Fast Open cookies. This patch enables
the server to support the official IANA option 34 in RFC7413 in
addition.
The change has passed all existing Fast Open tests with both
old and new options at Google.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lee <Longinus00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes byte backlog accounting for the first of two chained netem instances.
Bytes backlog reported now corresponds to the number of queued packets.
When two netem instances are chained, for instance to apply rate and queue
limitation followed by packet delay, the number of backlogged bytes reported
by the first netem instance is wrong. It reports the sum of bytes in the queues
of the first and second netem. The first netem reports the correct number of
backlogged packets but not bytes. This is shown in the example below.
Consider a chain of two netem schedulers created using the following commands:
$ tc -s qdisc replace dev veth2 root handle 1:0 netem rate 10000kbit limit 100
$ tc -s qdisc add dev veth2 parent 1:0 handle 2: netem delay 50ms
Start an iperf session to send packets out on the specified interface and
monitor the backlog using tc:
$ tc -s qdisc show dev veth2
Output using unpatched netem:
qdisc netem 1: root refcnt 2 limit 100 rate 10000Kbit
Sent 98422639 bytes 65434 pkt (dropped 123, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 172694b 73p requeues 0
qdisc netem 2: parent 1: limit 1000 delay 50.0ms
Sent 98422639 bytes 65434 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 63588b 42p requeues 0
The interface used to produce this output has an MTU of 1500. The output for
backlogged bytes behind netem 1 is 172694b. This value is not correct. Consider
the total number of sent bytes and packets. By dividing the number of sent
bytes by the number of sent packets, we get an average packet size of ~=1504.
If we divide the number of backlogged bytes by packets, we get ~=2365. This is
due to the first netem incorrectly counting the 63588b which are in netem 2's
queue as being in its own queue. To verify this is the case, we subtract them
from the reported value and divide by the number of packets as follows:
172694 - 63588 = 109106 bytes actualled backlogged in netem 1
109106 / 73 packets ~= 1494 bytes (which matches our MTU)
The root cause is that the byte accounting is not done at the
same time with packet accounting. The solution is to update the backlog value
every time the packet queue is updated.
Signed-off-by: Joseph D Beshay <joseph.beshay@utdallas.edu>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Read Local Out Of Band Extended Data mgmt command is specified to
return the SSP values when given a BR/EDR address type as input
parameter. The returned values may include either the 192-bit variants
of C and R, or their 256-bit variants, or both, depending on the status
of Secure Connections and Secure Connections Only modes. If SSP is not
enabled the command will only return the Class of Device value (like it
has done so far).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Which this patch, it's possible to dump the list of ids allocated for peer
netns.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, netns ids that are created and deleted are advertised into the
group RTNLGRP_NSID.
Because callers of rtnl_net_notifyid() already know the id of the peer, there is
no need to call __peernet2id() in rtnl_net_fill().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to initialize err, it will be overridden by the value of nlmsg_parse().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That was we can make sure the output path of ipv4/ipv6 operate on
the UDP socket rather than whatever random thing happens to be in
skb->sk.
Based upon a patch by Jiri Pirko.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
On the output paths in particular, we have to sometimes deal with two
socket contexts. First, and usually skb->sk, is the local socket that
generated the frame.
And second, is potentially the socket used to control a tunneling
socket, such as one the encapsulates using UDP.
We do not want to disassociate skb->sk when encapsulating in order
to fix this, because that would break socket memory accounting.
The most extreme case where this can cause huge problems is an
AF_PACKET socket transmitting over a vxlan device. We hit code
paths doing checks that assume they are dealing with an ipv4
socket, but are actually operating upon the AF_PACKET one.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is currently always set to NULL, but nf_queue is adjusted to be
prepared for it being set to a real socket by taking and releasing a
reference to that socket when necessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hci_recv_stream_fragment function should have never been introduced
in the first place. The Bluetooth core does not need to know anything
about the HCI transport protocol.
With all transport protocol specific detailed moved back into the
drivers where they belong (mainly generic USB and UART drivers), this
function can now be removed.
This reduces the size of hci_dev structure and also removes an exported
symbol from the Bluetooth core module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The data pointer provided to hci_recv_stream_fragment function should
have been marked const. The function has no business in modifying the
original data. So fix this now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Every tracing file must have its own TRACE_SYSTEM defined.
The mac80211 tracepoint header broke this and add in the middle
of the file had:
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM mac80211_msg
Unfortunately, this broke new code in the ftrace infrastructure.
Moving the mac80211_msg into its own trace file with its own
TRACE_SYSTEM defined fixes the issue.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1428389938.1841.1.camel@sipsolutions.net
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
This reverts commit 89baaa570a.
Dirty page throttling should be sufficient for us in the general case
so there is no need to use __GFP_MEMALLOC - it would be needed only in
the swap-over-rbd case, which we currently don't support. (It would
probably take approximately the commit that is being reverted to add
that support, but we would also need the "swap" option to distinguish
from the general case and make sure swap ceph_client-s aren't shared
with anything else.) See ceph-devel threads [1] and [2] for the
details of why enabling pfmemalloc reserves for all cases is a bad
thing.
On top of potential system lockups related to drained emergency
reserves, this turned out to cause ceph lockups in case peers are on
the same host and communicating via loopback due to sk_filter()
dropping pfmemalloc skbs on the receiving side because the receiving
loopback socket is not tagged with SOCK_MEMALLOC.
[1] "SOCK_MEMALLOC vs loopback"
http://www.spinics.net/lists/ceph-devel/msg22998.html
[2] "[PATCH] libceph: don't set memalloc flags in loopback case"
http://www.spinics.net/lists/ceph-devel/msg23392.html
Conflicts:
net/ceph/messenger.c [ context: tcp_nodelay option ]
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.18+, needs backporting
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-04-04
Here's what's probably the last bluetooth-next pull request for 4.1:
- Fixes for LE advertising data & advertising parameters
- Fix for race condition with HCI_RESET flag
- New BNEPGETSUPPFEAT ioctl, needed for certification
- New HCI request callback type to get the resulting skb
- Cleanups to use BIT() macro wherever possible
- Consolidate Broadcom device entries in the btusb HCI driver
- Check for valid flags in CMTP, HIDP & BNEP
- Disallow local privacy & OOB data combo to prevent a potential race
- Expose SMP & ECDH selftest results through debugfs
- Expose current Device ID info through debugfs
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the connect request from userspace didn't include an extended
capabilities IE, create one using the driver capabilities. This
fixes VHT associations, since those need to set the operating mode
notification capability.
Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As the next patch will require the IE splitting utility functions
in cfg80211, move them there from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the kernel deleted a vti6 interface, this interface was not removed from
the tunnels list. Thus, when the ip6_vti module was removed, this old interface
was found and the kernel tried to delete it again. This was leading to a kernel
panic.
Fixes: 61220ab349 ("vti6: Enable namespace changing")
Signed-off-by: Yao Xiwei <xiwei.yao@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=95211
Commit 70be6c91c8
("xfrm: Add xfrm_tunnel_skb_cb to the skb common buffer") added check
which dereferences ->outer_mode too early but larval SAs don't have
this pointer set (yet). So check for tunnel stuff later.
Mike Noordermeer reported this bug and patiently applied all the debugging.
Technically this is remote-oops-in-interrupt-context type of thing.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000034
IP: [<ffffffff8150dca2>] xfrm_input+0x3c2/0x5a0
...
[<ffffffff81500fc6>] ? xfrm4_esp_rcv+0x36/0x70
[<ffffffff814acc9a>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x9a/0x200
[<ffffffff81471b83>] ? __netif_receive_skb_core+0x6f3/0x8f0
...
RIP [<ffffffff8150dca2>] xfrm_input+0x3c2/0x5a0
Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception in interrupt
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/cmd.c
net/core/fib_rules.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
The fib_rules.c and fib_frontend.c conflicts were locking adjustments
in 'net' overlapping addition and removal of code in 'net-next'.
The mlx4 conflict was a bug fix in 'net' happening in the same
place a constant was being replaced with a more suitable macro.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to description in 'include/net/dsa.h', in cascade switches
configurations where there are more than one interconnected devices,
'rtable' array in 'dsa_chip_data' structure is used to indicate which
port on this switch should be used to send packets to that are destined
for corresponding switch.
However, dsa_of_setup_routing_table() fills 'rtable' with port numbers
of the _target_ switch, but not current one.
This commit removes redundant devicetree parsing and adds needed port
number as a function argument. So dsa_of_setup_routing_table() now just
looks for target switch number by parsing parent of 'link' device node.
To remove possible misunderstandings with the way of determining target
switch number, a corresponding comment was added to the source code and
to the DSA device tree bindings documentation file.
This was tested on a custom board with two Marvell 88E6095 switches with
following corresponding routing tables: { -1, 10 } and { 8, -1 }.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Nakonechny <pavel.nakonechny@skitlab.ru>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 608cd71a9c ("tc: bpf: generalize pedit action") has added the
possibility to mangle packet data to BPF programs in the tc pipeline.
This patch adds two helpers bpf_l3_csum_replace() and bpf_l4_csum_replace()
for fixing up the protocol checksums after the packet mangling.
It also adds 'flags' argument to bpf_skb_store_bytes() helper to avoid
unnecessary checksum recomputations when BPF programs adjusting l3/l4
checksums and documents all three helpers in uapi header.
Moreover, a sample program is added to show how BPF programs can make use
of the mangle and csum helpers.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not consult skb->sk for output decisions in xmit recursion
levels > 0 in the stack. Otherwise local socket settings could influence
the result of e.g. tunnel encapsulation process.
ipv6 does not conform with this in three places:
1) ip6_fragment: we do consult ipv6_npinfo for frag_size
2) sk_mc_loop in ipv6 uses skb->sk and checks if we should
loop the packet back to the local socket
3) ip6_skb_dst_mtu could query the settings from the user socket and
force a wrong MTU
Furthermore:
In sk_mc_loop we could potentially land in WARN_ON(1) if we use a
PF_PACKET socket ontop of an IPv6-backed vxlan device.
Reuse xmit_recursion as we are currently only interested in protecting
tunnel devices.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That way we don't have to reinstantiate another nf_hook_state
on the stack of the nf_reinject() path.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of passing a large number of arguments down into the nf_hook()
entry points, create a structure which carries this state down through
the hook processing layers.
This makes is so that if we want to change the types or signatures of
any of these pieces of state, there are less places that need to be
changed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX power field in the LE advertising data should be placed last
since it needs to be possible to enable kernel controlled TX power,
but still allow for userspace provided flags field.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With this patch kernel will be able to handle setup request. This is
needed if we would like to handle control mesages with extension
headers. User space will be only resposible for reading setup data and
checking if scenario is conformance to specification (dst and src device
bnep role). In case of new user space, setup data must be leaved(peek
msg) on queue. New bnep session will be responsible for handling this
data.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Kolodziejczyk <grzegorz.kolodziejczyk@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Handling extended headers of control frames is required BNEP
functionality. This patch refractor bnep rx frame handling function.
Extended header for control frames shouldn't be omitted as it was
previously done. Every control frame should be checked if it contains
extended header and then every extension should be parsed separately.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Kolodziejczyk <grzegorz.kolodziejczyk@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is needed if user space wants to know supported bnep features
by kernel, e.g. if kernel supports sending response to bnep setup
control message. By now there is no possibility to know supported
features by kernel in case of bnep. Ioctls allows only to add connection,
delete connection, get connection list, get connection info. Adding
connection if it's possible (establishing network device connection) is
equivalent to starting bnep session. Bnep session handles data queue of
transmit, receive messages over bnep channel. It means that if we add
connection the received/transmitted data will be parsed immediately. In
case of get bnep features we want to know before session start, if we
should leave setup data on socket queue and let kernel to handle with it,
or in case of no setup handling support, if we should pull this message
and handle setup response within user space.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Kolodziejczyk <grzegorz.kolodziejczyk@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This adds the ability to read out the skb->priority from an eBPF
program, so that it can be taken into account from a tc filter
or action for the use-case where the priority is not being used
to directly override the filter classification in a qdisc, but
to tag traffic otherwise for the classifier; the priority can be
assigned from various places incl. user space, in future we may
also mangle it from an eBPF program.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Send command not understood response should be verified if it was
successfully sent, like all send responses.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Kolodziejczyk <grzegorz.kolodziejczyk@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
First, let's explain the problem.
Suppose you have an ipip interface that stands in the netns foo and its link
part in the netns bar (so the netns bar has an nsid into the netns foo).
Now, you remove the netns bar:
- the bar nsid into the netns foo is removed
- the netns exit method of ipip is called, thus our ipip iface is removed:
=> a netlink message is built in the netns foo to advertise this deletion
=> this netlink message requests an nsid for bar, thus a new nsid is
allocated for bar and never removed.
This patch adds a check in peernet2id() so that an id cannot be allocated for
a netns which is currently destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts
commit 4217291e59 ("netns: don't clear nsid too early on removal").
This is not the right fix, it introduces races.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4 code uses a mixture of coding styles. In some instances check
for non-NULL pointer is done as x != NULL and sometimes as x. x is
preferred according to checkpatch and this patch makes the code
consistent by adopting the latter form.
No changes detected by objdiff.
Signed-off-by: Ian Morris <ipm@chirality.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4 code uses a mixture of coding styles. In some instances check
for NULL pointer is done as x == NULL and sometimes as !x. !x is
preferred according to checkpatch and this patch makes the code
consistent by adopting the latter form.
No changes detected by objdiff.
Signed-off-by: Ian Morris <ipm@chirality.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to wait for the flying timers, since we
are going to free the mrtable right after it.
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to hold rtnl lock for fib_rules_unregister()
otherwise the following race could happen:
fib_rules_unregister(): fib_nl_delrule():
... ...
... ops = lookup_rules_ops();
list_del_rcu(&ops->list);
list_for_each_entry(ops->rules) {
fib_rules_cleanup_ops(ops); ...
list_del_rcu(); list_del_rcu();
}
Note, net->rules_mod_lock is actually not needed at all,
either upper layer netns code or rtnl lock guarantees
we are safe.
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the IPv4 part for commit 905a6f96a1
(ipv6: take rtnl_lock and mark mrt6 table as freed on namespace cleanup).
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On processing cumulative ACKs, the FRTO code was not checking the
SACKed bit, meaning that there could be a spurious FRTO undo on a
cumulative ACK of a previously SACKed skb.
The FRTO code should only consider a cumulative ACK to indicate that
an original/unretransmitted skb is newly ACKed if the skb was not yet
SACKed.
The effect of the spurious FRTO undo would typically be to make the
connection think that all previously-sent packets were in flight when
they really weren't, leading to a stall and an RTO.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Fixes: e33099f96d ("tcp: implement RFC5682 F-RTO")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a link is being established, the two endpoints advertise their
respective interface MTU in the transmitted RESET and ACTIVATE messages.
If there is any difference, the lower of the two MTUs will be selected
for use by both endpoints.
However, as a remnant of earlier attempts to introduce TIPC level
routing. there also exists an MTU discovery mechanism. If an intermediate
node has a lower MTU than the two endpoints, they will discover this
through a bisectional approach, and finally adopt this MTU for common use.
Since there is no TIPC level routing, and probably never will be,
this mechanism doesn't make any sense, and only serves to make the
link level protocol unecessarily complex.
In this commit, we eliminate the MTU discovery algorithm,and fall back
to the simple MTU advertising approach. This change is fully backwards
compatible.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a bearer is disabled manually, all its links have to be reset
and deleted. However, if there is a remaining, parallel link ready
to take over a deleted link's traffic, we currently delay the delete
of the removed link until the failover procedure is finished. This
is because the remaining link needs to access state from the reset
link, such as the last received packet number, and any partially
reassembled buffer, in order to perform a successful failover.
In this commit, we do instead move the state data over to the new
link, so that it can fulfill the procedure autonomously, without
accessing any data on the old link. This means that we can now
proceed and delete all pertaining links immediately when a bearer
is disabled. This saves us from some unnecessary complexity in such
situations.
We also choose to change the confusing definitions CHANGEOVER_PROTOCOL,
ORIGINAL_MSG and DUPLICATE_MSG to the more descriptive TUNNEL_PROTOCOL,
FAILOVER_MSG and SYNCH_MSG respectively.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 8b4ed8634f
("tipc: eliminate race condition at dual link establishment")
we introduced a parallel link synchronization mechanism that
guarentees sequential delivery even for users switching from
an old to a newly established link. The new mechanism makes it
unnecessary to deliver the tunneled duplicate packets back to
the old link, as we are currently doing. It is now sufficient
to use the last tunneled packet's inner sequence number as
synchronization point between the two parallel links, whereafter
it can be dropped.
In this commit, we drop the duplicate packets arriving on the new
link, after updating the synchronization point at each new arrival.
Although it would now have been sufficient for the other endpoint
to only tunnel the last packet in its send queue, and not the
entire queue, we must still do this to maintain compatibility
with older nodes.
This commit makes it possible to get rid if some complex
interaction between the two parallel links.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
drivers/net/usb/sr9800.c
drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c
include/linux/usb/usbnet.h
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c
The TCP conflicts were overlapping changes. In 'net' we added a
READ_ONCE() to the socket cached RX route read, whilst in 'net-next'
Eric Dumazet touched the surrounding code dealing with how mini
sockets are handled.
With USB, it's a case of the same bug fix first going into net-next
and then I cherry picked it back into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the LE pivacy feature is used, then pairing has to happen based
on resolvable random addresses (RPA), but currently there is no clean
way to retrieve the correct RPA. So instead of returning an outdated
RPA, just disallow this command when LE privacy is in use.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix use-after-free with mac80211 RX A-MPDU reorder timer, from
Johannes Berg.
2) iwlwifi leaks memory every module load/unload cycles, fix from Larry
Finger.
3) Need to use for_each_netdev_safe() in rtnl_group_changelink()
otherwise we can crash, from WANG Cong.
4) mlx4 driver does register_netdev() too early in the probe sequence,
from Ido Shamay.
5) Don't allow router discovery hop limit to decrease the interface's
hop limit, from D.S. Ljungmark.
6) tx_packets and tx_bytes improperly accounted for certain classes of
USB network devices, fix from Ben Hutchings.
7) ip{6}mr_rules_init() mistakenly use plain kfree to release the ipmr
tables in the error path, they must instead use ip{6}mr_free_table().
Fix from WANG Cong.
8) cxgb4 doesn't properly quiesce all RX activity before unregistering
the netdevice. Fix from Hariprasad Shenai.
9) Fix hash corruptions in ipvlan driver, from Jiri Benc.
10) nla_memcpy(), like a real memcpy, should fully initialize the
destination buffer, even if the source attribute is smaller. Fix
from Jiri Benc.
11) Fix wrong error code returned from iucv_sock_sendmsg(). We should
use whatever sock_alloc_send_skb() put into 'err'. From Eugene
Crosser.
12) Fix slab object leak on module unload in TIPC, from Ying Xue.
13) Need a READ_ONCE() when reading the cached RX socket route in
tcp_v{4,6}_early_demux(). From Michal Kubecek.
14) Still too many problems with TPC support in the ath9k driver, so
disable it for now. From Felix Fietkau.
15) When in AP mode the rtlwifi driver can leak DMA mappings, fix from
Larry Finger.
16) Missing kzalloc() failure check in gs_usb CAN driver, from Colin Ian
King.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (52 commits)
cxgb4: Fix to dump devlog, even if FW is crashed
cxgb4: Firmware macro changes for fw verison 1.13.32.0
bnx2x: Fix kdump when iommu=on
bnx2x: Fix kdump on 4-port device
mac80211: fix RX A-MPDU session reorder timer deletion
MAINTAINERS: Update Intel Wired Ethernet Driver info
tipc: fix a slab object leak
net/usb/r8152: add device id for Lenovo TP USB 3.0 Ethernet
af_iucv: fix AF_IUCV sendmsg() errno
openvswitch: Return vport module ref before destruction
netlink: pad nla_memcpy dest buffer with zeroes
bonding: Bonding Overriding Configuration logic restored.
ipvlan: fix check for IP addresses in control path
ipvlan: do not use rcu operations for address list
ipvlan: protect against concurrent link removal
ipvlan: fix addr hash list corruption
net: fec: setup right value for mdio hold time
net: tcp6: fix double call of tcp_v6_fill_cb()
cxgb4vf: Fix sparse warnings
netns: don't clear nsid too early on removal
...
Virtual interfaces are supposed to set an iflink value != of their ifindex.
It was not the case for some of them, like vxlan, bond or bridge.
Let's set iflink to 0 when dev->rtnl_link_ops is set.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all users of iflink have the ndo_get_iflink handler available, it's
possible to remove this field.
By default, dev_get_iflink() returns the ifindex of the interface.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to prepare the removal of the iflink field. It
introduces a new ndo function, which will be implemented by virtual interfaces.
There is no functional change into this patch. All readers of iflink field
now call dev_get_iflink().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there's a HCI request API available where the callback receives
the resulting skb, we can convert the local OOB data reading to use this
new API. This patch does the necessary update in mgmt.c (which also
requires moving the callback higher up since it's now a static function)
and removes the custom calls from hci_event.c that are no-longer
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make the hci_req_run_skb() API consistent with hci_cmd_sync_ev()
the callback should receive the cmd_complete parameters in the 'normal'
case and the full HCI event if a special event was expected. This patch
moves the hci_get_cmd_complete() function from hci_core.c to hci_event.c
where it's used to strip the skb from the needed headers before passing
it on to the callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_req_pending() function has no users anymore, so simply remove
it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the synchronous HCI requests use the new API and a new private
variable the recv_evt member of hci_dev is no-longer needed. This patch
removes it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there's an API in place that allows passing the resulting skb
to the request callback we can conveniently convert the hci_req_sync and
related functions to use it. Since we still need to get the skb from the
async callback into the sleeping _sync() function the patch adds another
req_skb variable to hci_dev where the sync request state is tracked.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a second possible callback for HCI requests where the
callback will receive the full skb of the last successfully completed
HCI command. This API is useful for cases where we want to use a request
to read some data and the existing hci_event.c handlers do not store it
e.g. in the hci_dev struct.
The reason the patch is a bit bigger than just adding the new API is
because the hci_req_cmd_complete() functions required some refactoring
to enable it: now hci_req_cmd_complete() is simply used to request the
callback pointers if any, and the actual calling of them happens from a
single place at the end of hci_event_packet(). The reason for this is
that we need to pass the original skb (without any skb_pull, etc
modifications done to it) and it's simplest to keep track of it within
the hci_event_packet() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When dealing with HCI command status events, the reasoning for trying to
mark a request as complete if no specific event is being waited for and
status was success is not self-evident. This patch adds a clarifying
comment above the if-statement.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We also need to save/store in forward, else br_parse_ip_options call
will zero frag_max_size as well.
Fixes: 93fdd47e5 ('bridge: Save frag_max_size between PRE_ROUTING and POST_ROUTING')
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When SMP selftest is enabled, then besides printing the result into the
kernel message buffer, also create a debugfs file that allows retrieving
the same information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When ECDH selftest is enabled, then besides printing the result into the
kernel message buffer, also create a debugfs file that allows retrieving
the same information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The BNEP flags should be clearly restricted to valid ones. So this puts
extra checks in place to ensure this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HIDP flags should be clearly restricted to valid ones. So this puts
extra checks in place to ensure this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The CMTP flags should be clearly restricted to valid ones. So this puts
extra checks in place to ensure this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For debugging purposes it is good to be able to read the current
configured Device ID details.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Correct spelling of locally.
Also remove extra space before tab character in struct fq_flow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which
they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues
short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs.
The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver -
queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by
calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue
management later without changing drivers using this code.
This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU
aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This changes a couple of messages from sdata_info to sdata_dbg.
This should reduce some log spam, as reported here:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1206468
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the statistical descriptor "standard deviation"
to better describe the current properties of Minstrel and
Minstrel-HTs success probability distribution. The standard
deviation (SD) is calculated as exponential weighted moving
standard deviation (EWMSD) and its current value is added as
new column in all rc_stats (in debugfs).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch reduces the calculation costs of the EWMA macro from
"2x multiplication and 1 addition" down to "1x multiplication and
2x additions". This slightly improves performance depending on the
CPU architecture.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the new statistic "maximum possible lossless
throughput" to Minstrels and Minstrel-HTs rc_stats (in debugfs). This
enables comprehensive comparison between current per-rate throughput
and max. achievable per-rate throughput.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch moves Minstrels and Minstrel-HTs per-rate throughput
calculation (EWMA(thr)) into a dedicated function to be called.
Therefore the variable "unsigned int cur_tp" within struct
"minstrel_rate_stats" becomes obsolete. and is removed to free
up its space.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch ensures a consistent usage of variable names for type
"minstrel_rate_stats" to be used as "mrs" and from type minstrel_rate
as "mr" across both Minstrel & Minstrel-HT. In addition some
variable and function names got changed to more meaningful ones.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch unifies the calculation of Minstrels and Minstrel-HTs
per-rate statistic. The new common function minstrel_calc_rate_stats()
is called when a statistic update is performed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new debugfs file "rc_stats_csv" to output
Minstrel-HTs statistics in a common csv format that is easy
to parse.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[remove printing current time of day]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new debugfs file "rc_stats_csv" to output Minstrels
statistics in a common csv format that is easy to parse.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[remove printing current time of day]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
run into today during testing. It's clearly been around for a while,
but is pretty hard to trigger, even when I tried explicitly (and
modified the code to make it more likely) it rarely did.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Imm5
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-04-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This contains just a single fix for a crash I happened to randomly
run into today during testing. It's clearly been around for a while,
but is pretty hard to trigger, even when I tried explicitly (and
modified the code to make it more likely) it rarely did.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull nfsd fixes from Bruce Fields:
"Two main issues:
- We found that turning on pNFS by default (when it's configured at
build time) was too aggressive, so we want to switch the default
before the 4.0 release.
- Recent client changes to increase open parallelism uncovered a
serious bug lurking in the server's open code.
Also fix a krb5/selinux regression.
The rest is mainly smaller pNFS fixes"
* 'for-4.0' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
sunrpc: make debugfs file creation failure non-fatal
nfsd: require an explicit option to enable pNFS
NFSD: Fix bad update of layout in nfsd4_return_file_layout
NFSD: Take care the return value from nfsd4_encode_stateid
NFSD: Printk blocklayout length and offset as format 0x%llx
nfsd: return correct lockowner when there is a race on hash insert
nfsd: return correct openowner when there is a race to put one in the hash
NFSD: Put exports after nfsd4_layout_verify fail
NFSD: Error out when register_shrinker() fail
NFSD: Take care the return value from nfsd4_decode_stateid
NFSD: Check layout type when returning client layouts
NFSD: restore trace event lost in mismerge
Handle VERSION Rx protocol packets. We should respond to a VERSION packet
with a string indicating the Rx version. This is a maximum of 64 characters
and is padded out to 65 chars with NUL bytes.
Note that other AFS clients use the version request as a NAT keepalive so we
need to handle it rather than returning an abort.
The standard formulation seems to be:
<project> <version> built <yyyy>-<mm>-<dd>
for example:
" OpenAFS 1.6.2 built 2013-05-07 "
(note the three extra spaces) as obtained with:
rxdebug grand.mit.edu -version
from the openafs package.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Use iov_iter_count() in rxrpc_send_data() to get the remaining data length
instead of using the len argument as the len argument is now redundant.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Don't call skb_add_data() in rxrpc_send_data() if there's no data to copy and
also skip the calculations associated with it in such a case.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
This commit:
commit af2b040e47
Author: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Date: Thu Nov 27 21:44:24 2014 -0500
Subject: rxrpc: switch rxrpc_send_data() to iov_iter primitives
incorrectly changes a do-while loop into a while loop in rxrpc_send_data().
Unfortunately, at least one pass through the loop is required - even if
there is no data - so that the packet the closes the send phase can be
sent if MSG_MORE is not set.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
There's an issue with the way the RX A-MPDU reorder timer is
deleted that can cause a kernel crash like this:
* tid_rx is removed - call_rcu(ieee80211_free_tid_rx)
* station is destroyed
* reorder timer fires before ieee80211_free_tid_rx() runs,
accessing the station, thus potentially crashing due to
the use-after-free
The station deletion is protected by synchronize_net(), but
that isn't enough -- ieee80211_free_tid_rx() need not have
run when that returns (it deletes the timer.) We could use
rcu_barrier() instead of synchronize_net(), but that's much
more expensive.
Instead, to fix this, add a field tracking that the session
is being deleted. In this case, the only re-arming of the
timer happens with the reorder spinlock held, so make that
code not rearm it if the session is being deleted and also
delete the timer after setting that field. This ensures the
timer cannot fire after ___ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session()
returns, which fixes the problem.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We have to stop iterating on the rule expressions if the cgroup
mismatches. Moreover, make sure a non-full socket from the input path
leads us to a crash.
Fixes: ce67417 ("netfilter: nft_meta: add cgroup support")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The CAN_RAW socket can set multiple CAN identifier specific filters that lead
to multiple filters in the af_can.c filter processing. These filters are
indenpendent from each other which leads to logical OR'ed filters when applied.
This socket option joines the given CAN filters in the way that only CAN frames
are passed to user space that matched *all* given CAN filters. The semantic for
the applied filters is therefore changed to a logical AND.
This is useful especially when the filterset is a combination of filters where
the CAN_INV_FILTER flag is set in order to notch single CAN IDs or CAN ID
ranges from the incoming traffic.
As the raw_rcv() function is executed from NET_RX softirq the introduced
variables are implemented as per-CPU variables to avoid extensive locking at
CAN frame reception time.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The CAN_RAW socket can set multiple CAN identifier specific filters that lead
to multiple filters in the af_can.c filter processing. These filters are
indenpendent from each other which leads to logical OR'ed filters when applied.
This patch makes sure that every CAN frame which is filtered for a specific
socket is only delivered once to the user space. This is independent from the
number of matching CAN filters of this socket.
As the raw_rcv() function is executed from NET_RX softirq the introduced
variables are implemented as per-CPU variables to avoid extensive locking at
CAN frame reception time.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
While originally only being intended for outgoing traffic, commit
a00e76349f ("netfilter: x_tables: allow to use cgroup match for
LOCAL_IN nf hooks") enabled xt_cgroups for the NF_INET_LOCAL_IN hook
as well, in order to allow for nfacct accounting.
Besides being currently limited to early demuxes only, commit
a00e76349f forgot to add a check if we deal with full sockets,
i.e. in this case not with time wait sockets. TCP time wait sockets
do not have the same memory layout as full sockets, a lower memory
footprint and consequently also don't have a sk_classid member;
probing for sk_classid member there could potentially lead to a
crash.
Fixes: a00e76349f ("netfilter: x_tables: allow to use cgroup match for LOCAL_IN nf hooks")
Cc: Alexey Perevalov <a.perevalov@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch restructures the rc_stats debugfs table of Minstrel-HT in
order to achieve better human readability. A new layout of the
statistics and a new header is added. In addition to the old layout
there are two new columns of information added:
idx - representing the rate index of each rate in mac80211 which
can be used to set specific rates as fixed rate via debugfs
airtime - the tx-time in micro seconds that a 1200 Byte packet
takes to be transmitted over the air at the given rate
The old layout of rc_stats:
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
HT20/LGI MCS0 5.6 100.0 100.0 1 0( 0) 1( 1)
HT20/LGI B MCS1 10.5 100.0 100.0 0 0( 0) 1( 1)
HT20/LGI A MCS2 14.8 100.0 100.0 0 0( 0) 1( 1)
...
is changed into this new layout:
best ________rate______ __statistics__ ________last_______ ______sum-of________
mode guard # rate [name idx airtime] [ ø(tp) ø(prob)] [prob.|retry|suc|att] [#success | #attempts]
HT20 LGI 1 MCS0 0 1480 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0 0 0 0
HT20 LGI 1 B MCS1 1 740 10.5 100.0 100.0 0 0 0 1 1
HT20 LGI 1 A MCS2 2 496 14.8 100.0 100.0 0 0 0 1 1
...
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch restructures the rc_stats debugfs table of Minstrel in
order to achieve better human readability. A new layout of the
statistics and a new header is added. In addition to the old layout
there are two new columns of information added:
idx - representing the rate index of each rate in mac80211 which
can be used to set specific rates as fixed rate via debugfs
airtime - the tx-time in micro seconds that a 1200 Byte packet
takes to be transmitted over the air at the given rate
The old layout of rc_stats:
rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
DP 1 0.9 93.5 100.0 1 0( 0) 2( 2)
2 0.4 40.0 100.0 0 0( 0) 4( 10)
5.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0( 0)
...
is changed into this new layout:
best _______rate_____ __statistics__ ________last_______ ______sum-of________
rate [name idx tx-time] [ ø(tp) ø(prob)] [prob.|retry|suc|att] [#success | #attempts]
DP 1 0 9738 0.9 93.5 100.0 1 1 1 2 2
2 1 4922 0.4 40.0 100.0 1 0 0 4 10
5.5 2 1858 0.0 0.0 0.0 2 0 0 0 0
...
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Patch eeca9fce1d (cfg80211: Schedule
timeout for all CRDA call) introduced a regression, where in case
that crda is not installed (or not configured properly etc.), the
regulatory core will needlessly continue to call it, polluting the
log with the following log:
"cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain"
Fix this by limiting the number of continuous CRDA request failures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for element timeouts to nft_hash. The lookup and walking
functions are changed to ignore timed out elements, a periodic garbage
collection task cleans out expired entries.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
GC is expected to happen asynchrously to the netlink interface. In the
netlink path, both insertion and removal of elements consist of two
steps, insertion followed by activation or deactivation followed by
removal, during which the element must not be freed by GC.
The synchronization helpers use an unused bit in the genmask field to
atomically mark an element as "busy", meaning it is either currently
being handled through the netlink API or by GC.
Elements being processed by GC will never survive, netlink will simply
ignore them. Elements being currently processed through netlink will be
skipped by GC and reprocessed during the next run.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add helpers for GC batch destruction: since element destruction needs
a RCU grace period for all set implementations, add some helper functions
for asynchronous batch destruction. Elements are collected in a batch
structure, which is asynchronously released using RCU once its full.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add API support for set element timeouts. Elements can have a individual
timeout value specified, overriding the sets' default.
Two new extension types are used for timeouts - the timeout value and
the expiration time. The timeout value only exists if it differs from
the default value.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add set timeout support to the netlink API. Sets with timeout support
enabled can have a default timeout value and garbage collection interval
specified.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently have a hand-rolled table with 256 entries and are
using the last byte of the MAC address as the hash. This hash
is obviously very fast, but collisions are easily created and
we waste a lot of space in the common case of just connecting
as a client to an AP where we just have a single station. The
other common case of an AP is also suboptimal due to the size
of the hash table and the ease of causing collisions.
Convert all of this to use rhashtable with jhash, which gives
us the advantage of a far better hash function (with random
perturbation to avoid hash collision attacks) and of course
that the hash table grows and shrinks dynamically with chain
length, improving both cases above.
Use a specialised hash function (using jhash, but with fixed
length) to achieve better compiler optimisation as suggested
by Sergey Ryazanov.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When remove TIPC module, there is a warning to remind us that a slab
object is leaked like:
root@localhost:~# rmmod tipc
[ 19.056226] =============================================================================
[ 19.057549] BUG TIPC (Not tainted): Objects remaining in TIPC on kmem_cache_close()
[ 19.058736] -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ 19.058736]
[ 19.060287] INFO: Slab 0xffffea0000519a00 objects=23 used=1 fp=0xffff880014668b00 flags=0x100000000004080
[ 19.061915] INFO: Object 0xffff880014668000 @offset=0
[ 19.062717] kmem_cache_destroy TIPC: Slab cache still has objects
This is because the listening socket of TIPC topology server is not
closed before TIPC proto handler is unregistered with proto_unregister().
However, as the socket is closed in tipc_exit_net() which is called by
unregister_pernet_subsys() during unregistering TIPC namespace operation,
the warning can be eliminated if calling unregister_pernet_subsys() is
moved before calling proto_unregister().
Fixes: e05b31f4bf ("tipc: make tipc socket support net namespace")
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike other places, this function uses name "dev" for what should be
"orig_dev", which might be a bit confusing. So fix this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending over AF_IUCV socket, errno was incorrectly set to
ENOMEM even when other values where appropriate, notably EAGAIN.
With this patch, error indicator returned by sock_alloc_send_skb()
is passed to the caller, rather than being overwritten with ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Eugene Crosser <Eugene.Crosser@ru.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return module reference before invoking the respective vport
->destroy() function. This is needed as ovs_vport_del() is not
invoked inside an RCU read side critical section so the kfree
can occur immediately before returning to ovs_vport_del().
Returning the module reference before ->destroy() is safe because
the module unregistration is blocked on ovs_lock which we hold
while destroying the datapath.
Fixes: 62b9c8d037 ("ovs: Turn vports with dependencies into separate modules")
Reported-by: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently have a problem that SELinux policy is being enforced when
creating debugfs files. If a debugfs file is created as a side effect of
doing some syscall, then that creation can fail if the SELinux policy
for that process prevents it.
This seems wrong. We don't do that for files under /proc, for instance,
so Bruce has proposed a patch to fix that.
While discussing that patch however, Greg K.H. stated:
"No kernel code should care / fail if a debugfs function fails, so
please fix up the sunrpc code first."
This patch converts all of the sunrpc debugfs setup code to be void
return functins, and the callers to not look for errors from those
functions.
This should allow rpc_clnt and rpc_xprt creation to work, even if the
kernel fails to create debugfs files for some reason.
Symptoms were failing krb5 mounts on systems using gss-proxy and
selinux.
Fixes: 388f0c7767 "sunrpc: add a debugfs rpc_xprt directory..."
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jeff.layton@primarydata.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Those are counterparts to nla_put_in_addr and nla_put_in6_addr.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP addresses are often stored in netlink attributes. Add generic functions
to do that.
For nla_put_in_addr, it would be nicer to pass struct in_addr but this is
not used universally throughout the kernel, in way too many places __be32 is
used to store IPv4 address.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places, the a6 field is typecasted to struct in6_addr. As the
fields are in union anyway, just add in6_addr type to the union and
get rid of the typecasting.
Modifying the uapi header is okay, the union has still the same size.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places, the a6 field is typecasted to struct in6_addr. As the
fields are in union anyway, just add in6_addr type to the union and get rid
of the typecasting.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 code uses a mixture of coding styles. In some instances check for NULL
pointer is done as x != NULL and sometimes as x. x is preferred according to
checkpatch and this patch makes the code consistent by adopting the latter
form.
No changes detected by objdiff.
Signed-off-by: Ian Morris <ipm@chirality.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 code uses a mixture of coding styles. In some instances check for NULL
pointer is done as x == NULL and sometimes as !x. !x is preferred according to
checkpatch and this patch makes the code consistent by adopting the latter
form.
No changes detected by objdiff.
Signed-off-by: Ian Morris <ipm@chirality.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While fixing a recent issue I noticed that we are doing some unnecessary
work inside the loop for ip_fib_net_exit. As such I am pulling out the
initialization to NULL for the locally stored fib_local, fib_main, and
fib_default.
In addition I am restoring the original code for flushing the table as
there is no need to split up the fib_table_flush and hlist_del work since
the code for packing the tnodes with multiple key vectors was dropped.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the following warning:
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at mm/slub.c:1268
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 6, name: kworker/u8:0
INFO: lockdep is turned off.
CPU: 3 PID: 6 Comm: kworker/u8:0 Tainted: G W 4.0.0-rc5+ #895
Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
Workqueue: netns cleanup_net
0000000000000006 ffff88011953fa68 ffffffff81a203b6 000000002c3a2c39
ffff88011952a680 ffff88011953fa98 ffffffff8109daf0 ffff8801186c6aa8
ffffffff81fbc9e5 00000000000004f4 0000000000000000 ffff88011953fac8
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81a203b6>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x65
[<ffffffff8109daf0>] ___might_sleep+0x1c3/0x1cb
[<ffffffff8109db70>] __might_sleep+0x78/0x80
[<ffffffff8117a60e>] slab_pre_alloc_hook+0x31/0x8f
[<ffffffff8117d4f6>] __kmalloc+0x69/0x14e
[<ffffffff818ed0e1>] ? kzalloc.constprop.20+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffff818ed0e1>] kzalloc.constprop.20+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffff818ef622>] fib_trie_table+0x27/0x8b
[<ffffffff818ef6bd>] fib_trie_unmerge+0x37/0x2a6
[<ffffffff810b06e1>] ? arch_local_irq_save+0x9/0xc
[<ffffffff818e9793>] fib_unmerge+0x2d/0xb3
[<ffffffff818f5f56>] fib4_rule_delete+0x1f/0x52
[<ffffffff817f1c3f>] ? fib_rules_unregister+0x30/0xb2
[<ffffffff817f1c8b>] fib_rules_unregister+0x7c/0xb2
[<ffffffff818f64a1>] fib4_rules_exit+0x15/0x18
[<ffffffff818e8c0a>] ip_fib_net_exit+0x23/0xf2
[<ffffffff818e91f8>] fib_net_exit+0x32/0x36
[<ffffffff817c8352>] ops_exit_list+0x45/0x57
[<ffffffff817c8d3d>] cleanup_net+0x13c/0x1cd
[<ffffffff8108b05d>] process_one_work+0x255/0x4ad
[<ffffffff8108af69>] ? process_one_work+0x161/0x4ad
[<ffffffff8108b4b1>] worker_thread+0x1cd/0x2ab
[<ffffffff8108b2e4>] ? process_scheduled_works+0x2f/0x2f
[<ffffffff81090686>] kthread+0xd4/0xdc
[<ffffffff8109ec8f>] ? local_clock+0x19/0x22
[<ffffffff810905b2>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x83/0x83
[<ffffffff81a2c0c8>] ret_from_fork+0x58/0x90
[<ffffffff810905b2>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x83/0x83
The issue was that as a part of exiting the default rules were being
deleted which resulted in the local trie being unmerged. By moving the
freeing of the FIB tables up we can avoid the unmerge since there is no
local table left when we call the fib4_rules_exit function.
Fixes: 0ddcf43d5d ("ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse")
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-27
Here's another set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for 4.1:
- New API to control LE advertising data (i.e. peripheral role)
- mac802154 & at86rf230 cleanups
- Support for toggling quirks from debugfs (useful for testing)
- Memory leak fix for LE scanning
- Extra version info reading support for Broadcom controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are called in a loop for each page transferred via
RDMA READ or WRITE. Extract loop invariants and inline them to
reduce CPU overhead.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Allow each memory registration mode to plug in a callout that handles
the completion of a memory registration operation.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The open op determines the size of various transport data structures
based on device capabilities and memory registration mode.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Memory Region objects associated with a transport instance are
destroyed before the instance is shutdown and destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
This method is invoked when a transport instance is about to be
reconnected. Each Memory Region object is reset to its initial
state.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
This method is used when setting up a new transport instance to
create a pool of Memory Region objects that will be used to register
memory during operation.
Memory Regions are not needed for "physical" registration, since
->prepare and ->release are no-ops for that mode.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
There is very little common processing among the different external
memory deregistration functions.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
There is very little common processing among the different external
memory registration functions. Have rpcrdma_create_chunks() call
the registration method directly. This removes a stack frame and a
switch statement from the external registration path.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The max_payload computation is generalized to ensure that the
payload maximum is the lesser of RPC_MAX_DATA_SEGS and the number of
data segments that can be transmitted in an inline buffer.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Instead of employing switch() statements, let's use the typical
Linux kernel idiom for handling behavioral variation: virtual
functions.
Start by defining a vector of operations for each supported memory
registration mode, and by adding a source file for each mode.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
If a provider advertizes a zero max_fast_reg_page_list_len, FRWR
depth detection loops forever. Instead of just failing the mount,
try other memory registration modes.
Fixes: 0fc6c4e7bb ("xprtrdma: mind the device's max fast . . .")
Reported-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The RPC/RDMA transport's FRWR registration logic registers whole
pages. This means areas in the first and last pages that are not
involved in the RDMA I/O are needlessly exposed to the server.
Buffered I/O is typically page-aligned, so not a problem there. But
for direct I/O, which can be byte-aligned, and for reply chunks,
which are nearly always smaller than a page, the transport could
expose memory outside the I/O buffer.
FRWR allows byte-aligned memory registration, so let's use it as
it was intended.
Reported-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Commit 6ab59945f2 ("xprtrdma: Update rkeys after transport
reconnect" added logic in the ->send_request path to update the
chunk list when an RPC/RDMA request is retransmitted.
Note that rpc_xdr_encode() resets and re-encodes the entire RPC
send buffer for each retransmit of an RPC. The RPC send buffer
is not preserved from the previous transmission of an RPC.
Revert 6ab59945f2, and instead, just force each request to be
fully marshaled every time through ->send_request. This should
preserve the fix from 6ab59945f2, while also performing pullup
during retransmits.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <Devesh.Sharma@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Meghana Cheripady <Meghana.Cheripady@Emulex.Com>
Tested-by: Veeresh U. Kokatnur <veereshuk@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
In order to shrink the size of bt_skb_cb, this patch moves the HCI
request related variables into their own req_ctrl struct. Additionall
the L2CAP and HCI request structs are placed inside the same union since
they will never be used at the same time for the same skb.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We're getting very close to the maximum possible size of bt_skb_cb. To
prepare to shrink the struct with the help of a union this patch moves
all L2CAP related variables into the l2cap_ctrl struct. To later add
other 'ctrl' structs the L2CAP one is renamed simple 'l2cap' instead
of 'control'.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the upcoming fast-xmit patch, changing station state will
build a header cache based on the station's capabilities, and
as the QoS capability (sta.wme) impacts the header, it needs
to be set before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These are mandated by IEEE802.11-2012 section 8.5.8.6 and IEEE802.11ac-2013
section 8.5.8.16.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add VHT support for IBSS. Drivers could activate
this feature by setting NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS
flag.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of wide bandwidth (wider than 20MHz) used by IBSS,
scan all channels in chandef to be able to find neighboring
IBSS netwqworks that use the same overall channels but a different
control channel.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to look up the RA station earlier to implement a TX
fastpath, factor out the lookup from ieee80211_build_hdr().
To always have a valid station pointer, also move some of the
checks into the new function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Indicating just the peer's capability is fairly pointless
if the local device doesn't support it. Make the variable
track both combined, and remove the 'local support' check
in the TX path.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Louis reported that a static checker was complaining that
the 'dst' variable was set (multiple times) but not used.
This is due to a previous commit having removed the usage
(apparently erroneously), so add it back.
Fixes: a344d6778a ("mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR")
Reported-by: Louis Langholtz <lou_langholtz@me.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code is written using an anti-pattern called "success handling"
which makes it hard to read, especially if you are used to normal kernel
style. It should instead be written as a list of directives in a row
with branches for error handling.
(Basically copied from Dan's previous patch for CCM)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code is written using an anti-pattern called "success handling"
which makes it hard to read, especially if you are used to normal kernel
style. It should instead be written as a list of directives in a row
with branches for error handling.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 8ade538bf3 ("mac80111: Add BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256
ciphers") had the success return in incorrect place before the
crypto_aead_setauthsize() call which practically ended up skipping that
call unconditionally.
The missing call did not actually change any functionality since
GMAC_MIC_LEN (16) is identical to the maxauthsize in gcm(aes) and as
such, the default value used for the authsize parameter.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by
userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc)
is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices
to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The
former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be
able to reliably tell the difference.
Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in
commit 5517750f05 ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type")
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
[reformat changelog to fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a peer or some local agent (rate control, ...) decides to start
an aggregation session but doesn't support HT (which also implies
QoS), reject it.
This is mostly a corner case as such peers normally won't try to
use block-ack sessions and rate control wouldn't start them, but
technically QoS stations could request it according to the spec.
However, since drivers don't really support such non-HT sessions
it's better to reject them.
Also, while at it, move the tracing for TX sessions earlier so it
captures the error cases as well.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Seems Broadcom TDLS peers (Nexus 5, Xperia Z3) refuse to allow TDLS
connection when channel-switching is supported but the regulatory
classes IE is missing from the setup request.
Add a chandef to reg-class translation function to cfg80211 and use it
to add the required IE during setup. For now add only the current
regulatory class as supported - it is enough to resolve the
compatibility issue.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stop scan before authentication or association to make sure
that nothing interferes with connection flow.
Currently mac80211 defers RX auth and assoc packets (among other ones)
until after the scan is complete, so auth during scan is likely to fail
if scan took too much time.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pass the initial net-detect delay (NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY)
attribute in the WoWLAN info response.
Additionally, remove a bogus TODO comment.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the reason
of the deauth.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the authentication.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and
others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing
about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or
to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc...
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rate control locking caused a potential deadlock here due to the
locks being acquired in different orders, so that change cannot yet
be applied. However, there's no fundamental reason for this code to
hold the sta->lock while transmitting frames.
Clearly it's better not to hold the lock for longer periods of time,
which can happen here since we call all the way down to the driver.
Change the code a bit to not hold it while doing that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A message sent to a node after a successful name table lookup may still
find that the destination socket has disappeared, because distribution
of name table updates is non-atomic. If so, the message will be rejected
back to the sender with error code TIPC_ERR_NO_PORT. If the source
socket of the message has disappeared in the meantime, the message
should be dropped.
However, in the currrent code, the message will instead be subject to an
unwanted tertiary lookup, because the function tipc_msg_lookup_dest()
doesn't check if there is an error code present in the message before
performing the lookup. In the worst case, the message may now find the
old destination again, and be redirected once more, instead of being
dropped directly as it should be.
A second bug in this function is that the "prev_node" field in the message
is not updated after successful lookup, something that may have
unpredictable consequences.
The problems arising from those bugs occur very infrequently.
The third change in this function; the test on msg_reroute_msg_cnt() is
purely cosmetic, reflecting that the returned value never can be negative.
This commit corrects the two bugs described above.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_v6_fill_cb() will be called twice if socket's state changes from
TCP_TIME_WAIT to TCP_LISTEN. That can result in control buffer data
corruption because in the second tcp_v6_fill_cb() call it's not copying
IP6CB(skb) anymore, but 'seq', 'end_seq', etc., so we can get weird and
unpredictable results. Performance loss of up to 1200% has been observed
in LTP/vxlan03 test.
This can be fixed by copying inet6_skb_parm to the beginning of 'cb'
only if xfrm6_policy_check() and tcp_v6_fill_cb() are going to be
called again.
Fixes: 2dc49d1680 ("tcp6: don't move IP6CB before xfrm6_policy_check()")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As there are a number of (especially virtual) devices that don't
need the multiple vlan check, introduce passthru_features_check() for
convenience.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow drivers to handle the features check for multiple tags,
move the check to ndo_features_check().
As no drivers currently handle multiple tagged TSO, introduce
dflt_features_check() and call it if the driver does not have
ndo_features_check().
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate the two checks for single vlan and multiple vlans in
netif_skb_features(). This allows us to move the check for multiple
vlans to another function later.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stacked vlan devices curretly have few features (GRO, HIGHDMA, LLTX).
Since we have software fallbacks in case the NIC can not handle some
features for multiple vlans, we can add the same features as the lower
vlan devices for stacked vlan devices.
This allows stacked vlan devices to create large (GSO) packets and not to
segment packets. Those packets will be segmented by software on the real
device, or even can be segmented by the NIC once TSO for multiple vlans
becomes enabled by the following patches.
The exception is those related to FCoE, which does not have a software
fallback.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
existing TC action 'pedit' can munge any bits of the packet.
Generalize it for use in bpf programs attached as cls_bpf and act_bpf via
bpf_skb_store_bytes() helper function.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide callbacks for ndo_fdb_add, ndo_fdb_del, and ndo_fdb_dump.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current code, ids are removed too early.
Suppose you have an ipip interface that stands in the netns foo and its link
part in the netns bar (so the netns bar has an nsid into the netns foo).
Now, you remove the netns bar:
- the bar nsid into the netns foo is removed
- the netns exit method of ipip is called, thus our ipip iface is removed:
=> a netlink message is sent in the netns foo to advertise this deletion
=> this netlink message requests an nsid for bar, thus a new nsid is
allocated for bar and never removed.
We must remove nsids when we are sure that nobody will refer to netns currently
cleaned.
Fixes: 0c7aecd4bd ("netns: add rtnl cmd to add and get peer netns ids")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree.
Basically, nf_tables updates to add the set extension infrastructure and finish
the transaction for sets from Patrick McHardy. More specifically, they are:
1) Move netns to basechain and use recently added possible_net_t, from
Patrick McHardy.
2) Use LOGLEVEL_<FOO> from nf_log infrastructure, from Joe Perches.
3) Restore nf_log_trace that was accidentally removed during conflict
resolution.
4) nft_queue does not depend on NETFILTER_XTABLES, starting from here
all patches from Patrick McHardy.
5) Use raw_smp_processor_id() in nft_meta.
Then, several patches to prepare ground for the new set extension
infrastructure:
6) Pass object length to the hash callback in rhashtable as needed by
the new set extension infrastructure.
7) Cleanup patch to restore struct nft_hash as wrapper for struct
rhashtable
8) Another small source code readability cleanup for nft_hash.
9) Convert nft_hash to rhashtable callbacks.
And finally...
10) Add the new set extension infrastructure.
11) Convert the nft_hash and nft_rbtree sets to use it.
12) Batch set element release to avoid several RCU grace period in a row
and add new function nft_set_elem_destroy() to consolidate set element
release.
13) Return the set extension data area from nft_lookup.
14) Refactor existing transaction code to add some helper functions
and document it.
15) Complete the set transaction support, using similar approach to what we
already use, to activate/deactivate elements in an atomic fashion.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC node hash node table is protected with rcu lock on read side.
tipc_node_find() is used to look for a node object with node address
through iterating the hash node table. As the entire process of what
tipc_node_find() traverses the table is guarded with rcu read lock,
it's safe for us. However, when callers use the node object returned
by tipc_node_find(), there is no rcu read lock applied. Therefore,
this is absolutely unsafe for callers of tipc_node_find().
Now we introduce a reference counter for node structure. Before
tipc_node_find() returns node object to its caller, it first increases
the reference counter. Accordingly, after its caller used it up,
it decreases the counter again. This can prevent a node being used by
one thread from being freed by another thread.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericson.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 1fb6f159fd ("tcp: add tcp_conn_request"),
tcp_syn_flood_action() is no longer used from IPv6.
We can make it static, by moving it above tcp_conn_request()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Octavian Purdila <octavian.purdila@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not commit the new ops until we finish
all the setup, otherwise we have to NULL it on failure.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Read Local OOB Extended Data commands are required to return the
address type and the data length at least. However currently the error
returns only the address type.
To fix this and avoid any extra allocations or stack memory, rearrange
the code so that the same path can be used for error returns.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Taking the hci_dev lock for just a memory allocation seems a bit too
much and not really needed. So instead try to allocate the memory first
and then take the lock.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch fixes a bug where the advertising parameters weren't updated
after a call to "Set Connectable" if the HCI_ADVERTISING_INSTANCE
setting was set.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With this patch, ADV_SCAN_IND will be used for advertising instances
that have non-zero scan response data while the global "connectable"
setting is "off".
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes a bug where ADV_NONCONN_IND was being used for
advertising instances >0 while the global connectable setting was
set to "on".
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During the HCI init phase a completed request might be the last part of
the setup procedure after which the actual init procedure starts. The
init procedure begins with a call to hci_reset_req() which sets the
HCI_RESET flag. The purpose of this flag is to make us ignore any
updates to ncmd/cmd_cnt as long as we haven't received the command
complete event for the HCI_Reset. There's a potential race with this
however:
hci_req_cmd_complete(hdev, opcode, status);
if (ev->ncmd && !test_bit(HCI_RESET, &hdev->flags)) {
atomic_set(&hdev->cmd_cnt, 1);
if (!skb_queue_empty(&hdev->cmd_q))
queue_work(hdev->workqueue, &hdev->cmd_work);
}
Since the hci_req_cmd_complete() will trigger the completion of the
setup stage, it's possible that hci_reset_req() gets called before we
try to read ev->ncmd and the HCI_RESET flag. Because of this the cmd_cnt
would never be updated and the hci_reset_req() in practice ends up
blocking itself.
This patch fixes the issue by updating cmd_cnt before notifying the
request completion, and then reading it again to determine whether the
cmd_work should be queued or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the checking of different mac phy depended values by
handling depended mac settings per hw support flag in one condition.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the task needs to give up the socket lock in order to allow a
reconnect to occur, then it must also clear the 'rq_bytes_sent' field
so that when it retransmits, it knows to start from the beginning.
Fixes: 718ba5b873 ("SUNRPC: Add helpers to prevent socket create from racing")
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Set elements are the last object type not supporting transaction support.
Implement similar to the existing rule transactions:
The global transaction counter keeps track of two generations, current
and next. Each element contains a bitmask specifying in which generations
it is inactive.
New elements start out as inactive in the current generation and active
in the next. On commit, the previous next generation becomes the current
generation and the element becomes active. The bitmask is then cleared
to indicate that the element is active in all future generations. If the
transaction is aborted, the element is removed from the set before it
becomes active.
When removing an element, it gets marked as inactive in the next generation.
On commit the next generation becomes active and the therefor the element
inactive. It is then taken out of then set and released. On abort, the
element is marked as active for the next generation again.
Lookups ignore elements not active in the current generation.
The current set types (hash/rbtree) both use a field in the extension area
to store the generation mask. This (currently) does not require any
additional memory since we have some free space in there.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add some helper functions for building the genmask as preparation for
set transactions.
Also add a little documentation how this stuff actually works.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Return the extension area from the ->lookup() function to allow to
consolidate common actions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With the conversion to set extensions, it is now possible to consolidate
the different set element destruction functions.
The set implementations' ->remove() functions are changed to only take
the element out of their internal data structures. Elements will be freed
in a batched fashion after the global transaction's completion RCU grace
period.
This reduces the amount of grace periods required for nft_hash from N
to zero additional ones, additionally this guarantees that the set
elements' extensions of all implementations can be used under RCU
protection.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A simple forward for firmware download (i.e. sending a new firmware
to the NFC adapter) from the NFC subsystem to the drivers.
This feature is required to update the firmware of NXP-NCI NFC
controllers but can be used by any NCI driver.
This feature has been present in the HCI subsystem since 9a695d.
Signed-off-by: Clément Perrochaud <clement.perrochaud@effinnov.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch simplifies the code paths for assembling the advertising data
used by advertising instances 0 and 1.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the "supported_flags" parameter returned from the
"Read Advertising Features" command. Add Advertising will now return
an error if an unsupported flag is provided.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "tx-power" flag of the Add
Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "managed-flags" flag of the Add
Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "limited-discoverable" flag of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "discoverable" flag of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "connectable mode" flag of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
struct kiocb now is a generic I/O container, so move it to fs.h.
Also do a #include diet for aio.h while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
As namespaces are sometimes used with overlapping ip address ranges,
we should also use the namespace as input to the hash to select the ip
fragmentation counter bucket.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As namespaces are sometimes used with overlapping ip address ranges,
we should also use the namespace as input to the hash to select the ip
fragmentation counter bucket.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Despite recent improvements, the establishment of dual parallel
links still has a small glitch where messages can bypass each
other. When the second link in a dual-link configuration is
established, part of the first link's traffic will be steered over
to the new link. Although we do have a mechanism to ensure that
packets sent before and after the establishment of the new link
arrive in sequence to the destination node, this is not enough.
The arriving messages will still be delivered upwards in different
threads, something entailing a risk of message disordering during
the transition phase.
To fix this, we introduce a synchronization mechanism between the
two parallel links, so that traffic arriving on the new link cannot
be added to its input queue until we are guaranteed that all
pre-establishment messages have been delivered on the old, parallel
link.
This problem seems to always have been around, but its occurrence is
so rare that it has not been noticed until recent intensive testing.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the recent changes in message importance handling it becomes
possible to simplify handling of messages and sockets when we
encounter link congestion.
We merge the function tipc_link_cong() into link_schedule_user(),
and simplify the code of the latter. The code should now be
easier to follow, especially regarding return codes and handling
of the message that caused the situation.
In case the scheduling function is unable to pre-allocate a wakeup
message buffer, it now returns -ENOBUFS, which is a more correct
code than the previously used -EHOSTUNREACH.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we only use a single counter; the length of the backlog
queue, to determine whether a message should be accepted to the queue
or not. Each time a message is being sent, the queue length is compared
to a threshold value for the message's importance priority. If the queue
length is beyond this threshold, the message is rejected. This algorithm
implies a risk of starvation of low importance senders during very high
load, because it may take a long time before the backlog queue has
decreased enough to accept a lower level message.
We now eliminate this risk by introducing a counter for each importance
priority. When a message is sent, we check only the queue level for that
particular message's priority. If that is ok, the message can be added
to the backlog, irrespective of the queue level for other priorities.
This way, each level is guaranteed a certain portion of the total
bandwidth, and any risk of starvation is eliminated.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Master change notifications may occur other than when joining or
leaving a bridge, for example when being added to or removed from
a bond or Open vSwitch. In that case, do nothing instead of asking
the switch driver to remove a port from a bridge that it didn't join.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The set implementations' private struct will only contain the elements
needed to maintain the search structure, all other elements are moved
to the set extensions.
Element allocation and initialization is performed centrally by
nf_tables_api instead of by the different set implementations'
->insert() functions. A new "elemsize" member in the set ops specifies
the amount of memory to reserve for internal usage. Destruction
will also be moved out of the set implementations by a following patch.
Except for element allocation, the patch is a simple conversion to
using data from the extension area.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add simple set extension infrastructure for maintaining variable sized
and optional per element data.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A following patch will convert sets to use so called set extensions,
where the key is not located in a fixed position anymore. This will
require rhashtable hashing and comparison callbacks to be used.
As preparation, convert nft_hash to use these callbacks without any
functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Improve readability by indenting the parameter initialization.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Following patches will add new private members, restore struct nft_hash
as preparation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nftables sets will be converted to use so called setextensions, moving
the key to a non-fixed position. To hash it, the obj_hashfn must be used,
however it so far doesn't receive the length parameter.
Pass the key length to obj_hashfn() and convert existing users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When a node joins a cluster while we are transmitting a fragment
stream over the broadcast link, it's missing the preceding fragments
needed to build a meaningful message. As a result, the node has to
drop it. However, as the fragment message is not acknowledged to
its sender before it's dropped, it accidentally causes link reset
of retransmission failure on the node.
Reported-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A local route may have a lower hop_limit set than global routes do.
RFC 3756, Section 4.2.7, "Parameter Spoofing"
> 1. The attacker includes a Current Hop Limit of one or another small
> number which the attacker knows will cause legitimate packets to
> be dropped before they reach their destination.
> As an example, one possible approach to mitigate this threat is to
> ignore very small hop limits. The nodes could implement a
> configurable minimum hop limit, and ignore attempts to set it below
> said limit.
Signed-off-by: D.S. Ljungmark <ljungmark@modio.se>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the declaration for external variables to sctp.h file avoiding
to repeatedly declare them with extern keyword.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using smp_processor_id() triggers warnings with PREEMPT_RCU. There is no
point in disabling preemption since we only collect the numeric value,
so use raw_smp_processor_id() instead.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As described by 4017a7e ("netfilter: restore rule tracing via
nfnetlink_log"), this accidentally slipped through during conflict
resolution in d5c1d8c.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use the #defines where appropriate.
Miscellanea:
Add explicit #include <linux/kernel.h> where it was not
previously used so that these #defines are a bit more
explicitly defined instead of indirectly included via:
module.h->moduleparam.h->kernel.h
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The network namespace is only needed for base chains to get at the
gencursor. Also convert to possible_net_t.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
ss should display ipv4 mapped request sockets like this :
tcp SYN-RECV 0 0 ::ffff:192.168.0.1:8080 ::ffff:192.0.2.1:35261
and not like this :
tcp SYN-RECV 0 0 192.168.0.1:8080 192.0.2.1:35261
We should init ireq->ireq_family based on listener sk_family,
not the actual protocol carried by SYN packet.
This means we can set ireq_family in inet_reqsk_alloc()
Fixes: 3f66b083a5 ("inet: introduce ireq_family")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the user of the management interface is not trusted, then it only
has access to a limited set of commands and events. When providing the
list of supported commands and events take the trusted vs untrusted
status of the user into account and return different lists.
This way the untrusted user knows exactly which commands it can
execute and which events it can receive. So no guesswork needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With request socks convergence, we no longer need
different lookup methods. A request socket can
use generic lookup function.
Add const qualifier to 2nd tcp_v[46]_md5_lookup() parameter.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since request and established sockets now have same base,
there is no need to pass two pointers to tcp_v4_md5_hash_skb()
or tcp_v6_md5_hash_skb()
Also add a const qualifier to their struct tcp_md5sig_key argument.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is guaranteed that both tcp_v4_rcv() and tcp_v6_rcv()
run from rcu read locked sections :
ip_local_deliver_finish() and ip6_input_finish() both
use rcu_read_lock()
Also align tcp_v6_inbound_md5_hash() on tcp_v4_inbound_md5_hash()
by returning a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While timer handler effectively runs a rcu read locked section,
there is no explicit rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock() annotations
and lockdep can be confused here :
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c-906- /* caller either holds rcu_read_lock() or socket lock */
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:907: md5sig = rcu_dereference_check(tp->md5sig_info,
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c-908- sock_owned_by_user(sk) ||
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c-909- lockdep_is_held(&sk->sk_lock.slock));
Let's explicitely acquire rcu_read_lock() in tcp_make_synack()
Before commit fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener
timer"), we were holding listener lock so lockdep was happy.
Fixes: fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener timer")
Signed-off-by: Eric DUmazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rhashtable_destroy() variant which stops rehashes, iterates over
the table and calls a callback to release resources.
Avoids need for nft_hash to embed rhashtable internals and allows to
get rid of the being_destroyed flag. It also saves a 2nd mutex
lock upon destruction.
Also fixes an RCU lockdep splash on nft set destruction due to
calling rht_for_each_entry_safe() without holding bucket locks.
Open code this loop as we need know that no mutations may occur in
parallel.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new bool automatic_shrinking to require the
user to explicitly opt-in to automatic shrinking of tables.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If vlan offloading takes place then vlan header is removed from frame
and its contents, both vlan_tci and vlan_proto, is available to user
space via TPACKET interface. However, only vlan_tci can be used in BPF
filters.
This commit introduces a new BPF extension. It makes possible to load
the value of vlan_proto (vlan TPID) to register A. Support for classic
BPF and eBPF is being added, analogous to skb->protocol.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Sekletar <msekleta@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those warnings reported by sparse endianness check (via kbuild test robot)
are harmless, nevertheless fix them up and make the code a little bit
easier to read.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: 622c81d57b ("ipv6: generation of stable privacy addresses for link-local and autoconf")
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IPV6=m and TIPC=y, below error will appear during building kernel
image:
net/tipc/udp_media.c:196:
undefined reference to `ip6_dst_lookup'
make: *** [vmlinux] Error 1
As ip6_dst_lookup() is implemented in IPV6 and IPV6 is compiled as
module, ip6_dst_lookup() is not built-in core kernel image. As a
result, compiler cannot find 'ip6_dst_lookup' reference while
compiling TIPC code into core kernel image.
But with the method introduced by commit 5f81bd2e5d ("ipv6: export a
stub for IPv6 symbols used by vxlan"), we can avoid the compile error
through "ipv6_stub" pointer to access ip6_dst_lookup().
Fixes: d0f91938be ("tipc: add ip/udp media type")
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With dev group, we can change a batch of net devices,
so we should allow to delete them together too.
Group 0 is not allowed to be deleted since it is
the default group.
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f2f8036 ("tipc: add support for connect() on dgram/rdm sockets")
hasn't validated user input length for the sockaddr structure which allows
a user to overwrite kernel memory with arbitrary input.
Fixes: f2f8036 ("tipc: add support for connect() on dgram/rdm sockets")
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On s390x, gcc 4.8 compiles this part of tcp_v6_early_demux()
struct dst_entry *dst = sk->sk_rx_dst;
if (dst)
dst = dst_check(dst, inet6_sk(sk)->rx_dst_cookie);
to code reading sk->sk_rx_dst twice, once for the test and once for
the argument of ip6_dst_check() (dst_check() is inline). This allows
ip6_dst_check() to be called with null first argument, causing a crash.
Protect sk->sk_rx_dst access by READ_ONCE() both in IPv4 and IPv6
TCP early demux code.
Fixes: 41063e9dd1 ("ipv4: Early TCP socket demux.")
Fixes: c7109986db ("ipv6: Early TCP socket demux")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.c
The nf_tables_core.c conflict was resolved using a conflict resolution
from Stephen Rothwell as a guide.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is specified by RFC 7217.
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DAD conflict is detected, we want to retry privacy stable address
generation up to idgen_retries (= 3) times with a delay of idgen_delay
(= 1 second). Add the logic to addrconf_dad_failure.
By design, we don't clean up dad failed permanent addresses.
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to mark appropriate addresses so we can do retries in case their
DAD failed.
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the stable privacy address generation for
link-local and autoconf addresses as specified in RFC7217.
RID = F(Prefix, Net_Iface, Network_ID, DAD_Counter, secret_key)
is the RID (random identifier). As the hash function F we chose one
round of sha1. Prefix will be either the link-local prefix or the
router advertised one. As Net_Iface we use the MAC address of the
device. DAD_Counter and secret_key are implemented as specified.
We don't use Network_ID, as it couples the code too closely to other
subsystems. It is specified as optional in the RFC.
As Net_Iface we only use the MAC address: we simply have no stable
identifier in the kernel we could possibly use: because this code might
run very early, we cannot depend on names, as they might be changed by
user space early on during the boot process.
A new address generation mode is introduced,
IN6_ADDR_GEN_MODE_STABLE_PRIVACY. With iproute2 one can switch back to
none or eui64 address configuration mode although the stable_secret is
already set.
We refuse writes to ipv6/conf/all/stable_secret but only allow
ipv6/conf/default/stable_secret and the interface specific file to be
written to. The default stable_secret is used as the parameter for the
namespace, the interface specific can overwrite the secret, e.g. when
switching a network configuration from one system to another while
inheriting the secret.
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the procfs logic for the stable_address knob:
The secret is formatted as an ipv6 address and will be stored per
interface and per namespace. We track initialized flag and return EIO
errors until the secret is set.
We don't inherit the secret to newly created namespaces.
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the explicit jhash value for the hashfn parameter
of rhashtable. The default is now jhash so removing the setting
makes no difference apart from making one less copy of jhash in
the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the explicit jhash value for the hashfn parameter
of rhashtable. As the key length is a multiple of 4, this means that
we will actually end up using jhash2.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next.
Basically, more incremental updates for br_netfilter from Florian
Westphal, small nf_tables updates (including one fix for rb-tree
locking) and small two-liner to add extra validation for the REJECT6
target.
More specifically, they are:
1) Use the conntrack status flags from br_netfilter to know that DNAT is
happening. Patch for Florian Westphal.
2) nf_bridge->physoutdev == NULL already indicates that the traffic is
bridged, so let's get rid of the BRNF_BRIDGED flag. Also from Florian.
3) Another patch to prepare voidization of seq_printf/seq_puts/seq_putc,
from Joe Perches.
4) Consolidation of nf_tables_newtable() error path.
5) Kill nf_bridge_pad used by br_netfilter from ip_fragment(),
from Florian Westphal.
6) Access rb-tree root node inside the lock and remove unnecessary
locking from the get path (we already hold nfnl_lock there), from
Patrick McHardy.
7) You cannot use a NFT_SET_ELEM_INTERVAL_END when the set doesn't
support interval, also from Patrick.
8) Enforce IP6T_F_PROTO from ip6t_REJECT to make sure the core is
actually restricting matches to TCP.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce TP_STATUS_CSUM_VALID tp_status flag to tell the
af_packet user that at least the transport header checksum
has been already validated.
For now, the flag may be set for incoming packets only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Drozdov <al.drozdov@gmail.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is just an optimization. We don't need the value of status variable
if the packet is filtered.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Drozdov <al.drozdov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements support for the timeout parameter of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements setting the Scan Response data provided as part
of an advertising instance through the Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the most basic implementation for the
"Add Advertisement" command. All state updates between the
various HCI settings (POWERED, ADVERTISING, ADVERTISING_INSTANCE,
and LE_ENABLED) has been implemented. The command currently
supports only setting the advertising data fields, with no flags
and no scan response data.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces a new data structure to represent advertising
instances that were added using the "Add Advertising" mgmt command.
Initially an hci_dev structure will support only one of these instances
at a time, so the current instance is simply stored as a direct member
of hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When I updated the code to address a possible null pointer dereference in
resize I ended up reverting an exception handling fix for the suffix length
in the event that inflate or halve failed. This change is meant to correct
that by reverting the earlier fix and instead simply getting the parent
again after inflate has been completed to avoid the possible null pointer
issue.
Fixes: ddb4b9a13 ("fib_trie: Address possible NULL pointer dereference in resize")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We implement the SO_SNDLOWAT etc not to be settable and return
ENOPROTOOPT per 1003.1g 7. Move the comment to appropriate
position and update the reference.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dccp_v6_err() can restrict lookups to ehash table, and not to listeners.
Note this patch creates the infrastructure, but this means that ICMP
messages for request sockets are ignored until complete conversion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dccp_v4_err() can restrict lookups to ehash table, and not to listeners.
Note this patch creates the infrastructure, but this means that ICMP
messages for request sockets are ignored until complete conversion.
New dccp_req_err() helper is exported so that we can use it in IPv6
in following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_v6_err() can restrict lookups to ehash table, and not to listeners.
Note this patch creates the infrastructure, but this means that ICMP
messages for request sockets are ignored until complete conversion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_v4_err() can restrict lookups to ehash table, and not to listeners.
Note this patch creates the infrastructure, but this means that ICMP
messages for request sockets are ignored until complete conversion.
New tcp_req_err() helper is exported so that we can use it in IPv6
in following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a low hanging fruit, as we'll get rid of syn_wait_lock eventually.
We hold syn_wait_lock for such small sections, that it makes no sense to use
a read/write lock. A spin lock is simply faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
listener can be source of false sharing. request sock has some
useful information like : ireq->ir_iif, ireq->ir_num, ireq->ireq_net
This patch does not solve the major problem of having to read
sk->sk_protocol which is sharing a cache line with sk->sk_wmem_alloc.
(This same field is read later in ip_build_and_send_pkt())
One idea would be to move sk_protocol close to sk_family
(using 8 bits instead of 16 for sk_family seems enough)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not needed, and req->sk_listener points to the listener anyway.
request_sock argument can be const.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cache listen_sock_qlen() to limit false sharing, and read
rskq_defer_accept once as it might change under us.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make it same as the netdev_switch_port_bridge_setlink/dellink
api (ie traverse lowerdevs to get to the switch port).
removes "WARN_ON(!ops->ndo_switch_parent_id_get)" because
direct bridge ports can be stacked netdevices (like bonds
and team of switch ports) which may not implement this ndo.
v2 to v3:
- remove changes to bond and team. Bring back the
transparently following lowerdevs like i initially
had for setlink/getlink
(http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg313436.html)
dave and scott feldman also seem to prefer it be that
way and move to non-transparent way of doing things
if we see a problem down the lane.
v3 to v4:
- fix ret initialization
v4 to v5:
- return err on first failure (scott feldman)
v5 to v6:
- change variable name (err) and initialize to
-EOPNOTSUPP (scott feldman).
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->priority can be set for two purposes:
1) With respect to IP TOS field, which is computed by a mask.
Ususally used for priority qdisc's (pfifo, prio etc.), on TX
side (we only have ingress qdisc on RX side).
2) Used as a classid or flowid, works in the same way with tc
classid. What's more, this can even override the classid
of tc filters.
For case 1), it has been respected within its netns, I don't
see any point of keeping it for another netns, especially
when packets will be forwarded to Rx path (no matter from TX
path or RX path).
For case 2) we care, our applications run inside a netns,
and we classify the packets by our own filters outside,
If some application sets this priority, it could bypass
our filters, therefore clear it when moving out of a netns,
it makes no sense to bypass tc filters out of its netns.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix missing initialization of tuple structure in nfnetlink_cthelper
to avoid mismatches when looking up to attach userspace helpers to
flows, from Ian Wilson.
2) Fix potential crash in nft_hash when we hit -EAGAIN in
nft_hash_walk(), from Herbert Xu.
3) We don't need to indicate the hook information to update the
basechain default policy in nf_tables.
4) Restore tracing over nfnetlink_log due to recent rework to
accomodate logging infrastructure into nf_tables.
5) Fix wrong IP6T_INV_PROTO check in xt_TPROXY.
6) Set IP6T_F_PROTO flag in nft_compat so we can use SYNPROXY6 and
REJECT6 from xt over nftables.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure IP6T_F_PROTO is set to enforce layer 4 protocol matching from
the ip6_tables core.
Suggested-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fix a race condition and unnecessary locking:
* the root rb_node must only be accessed under the lock in nft_rbtree_lookup()
* the lock is not needed in lookup functions in netlink context
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The br_netfilter frag output function calls skb_cow_head() so in
case it needs a larger headroom to e.g. re-add a previously stripped PPPOE
or VLAN header things will still work (at cost of reallocation).
We can then move nf_bridge_encap_header_len to br_netfilter.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
ip6tables extensions check for this flag to restrict match/target to a
given protocol. Without this flag set, SYNPROXY6 returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The hci_request in le_scan_disable_work_complete() was being initialized
in a general context but only used in a specific branch in the function
(when simultaneous discovery is not supported). This patch moves the
usage to be limited to the branch where hci_req_run() is actually
called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
RDMA can use the same kind of weak security as TCP by checking the
client can bind to a privileged port, which is better than nothing
if TAUTH isn't implemented.
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
We're currently using an uninitialized value if option privport is not set,
thus (almost) always using a privileged port.
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Instead of computing the offset from trailer, this patch computes
netlink_compare_arg_len from the offset of portid and then adds 4
to it. This allows trailer to be removed.
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We send unicast neighbor (ARP or NDP) solicitations ucast_probes
times in PROBE state. Zhu Yanjun reported that some implementation
does not reply against them and the entry will become FAILED, which
is undesirable.
We had been dealt with such nodes by sending multicast probes mcast_
solicit times after unicast probes in PROBE state. In 2003, I made
a change not to send them to improve compatibility with IPv6 NDP.
Let's introduce per-protocol per-interface sysctl knob "mcast_
reprobe" to configure the number of multicast (re)solicitation for
reconfirmation in PROBE state. The default is 0, since we have
been doing so for 10+ years.
Reported-by: Zhu Yanjun <Yanjun.Zhu@windriver.com>
CC: Ulf Samuelsson <ulf.samuelsson@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change bd76a11670 made all DSA drivers
depend on NET_DSA rather than selecting them. However, as the only way
to select this option was to actually select a driver, it made DSA
impossible to enable at all.
This patch adds an explicit entry which the user will have to enable
prior selecting a driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ca10b9e9a8.
No longer needed after commit eb8895debe
("tcp: tcp_make_synack() should use sock_wmalloc")
When under SYNFLOOD, we build lot of SYNACK and hit false sharing
because of multiple modifications done on sk_listener->sk_wmem_alloc
Since tcp_make_synack() uses sock_wmalloc(), there is no need
to call skb_set_owner_w() again, as this adds two atomic operations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work extends the "classic" BPF programmable tc action by extending
its scope also to native eBPF code!
Together with commit e2e9b6541d ("cls_bpf: add initial eBPF support
for programmable classifiers") this adds the facility to implement fully
flexible classifier and actions for tc that can be implemented in a C
subset in user space, "safely" loaded into the kernel, and being run in
native speed when JITed.
Also, since eBPF maps can be shared between eBPF programs, it offers the
possibility that cls_bpf and act_bpf can share data 1) between themselves
and 2) between user space applications. That means that, f.e. customized
runtime statistics can be collected in user space, but also more importantly
classifier and action behaviour could be altered based on map input from
the user space application.
For the remaining details on the workflow and integration, see the cls_bpf
commit e2e9b6541d. Preliminary iproute2 part can be found under [1].
[1] http://git.breakpoint.cc/cgit/dborkman/iproute2.git/log/?h=ebpf-act
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to prepare eBPF support for tc action, we need to add
sched_act_type, so that the eBPF verifier is aware of what helper
function act_bpf may use, that it can load skb data and read out
currently available skb fields.
This is bascially analogous to 96be4325f4 ("ebpf: add sched_cls_type
and map it to sk_filter's verifier ops").
BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS and BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_ACT need to be
separate since both will have a different set of functionality in
future (classifier vs action), thus we won't run into ABI troubles
when the point in time comes to diverge functionality from the
classifier.
The future plan for act_bpf would be that it will be able to write
into skb->data and alter selected fields mirrored in struct __sk_buff.
For an initial support, it's sufficient to map it to sk_filter_ops.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit db31c55a6f (net: clamp ->msg_namelen instead of returning an
error) introduced the clamping of msg_namelen when the unsigned value
was larger than sizeof(struct sockaddr_storage). This caused a
msg_namelen of -1 to be valid. The native code was subsequently fixed by
commit dbb490b965 (net: socket: error on a negative msg_namelen).
In addition, the native code sets msg_namelen to 0 when msg_name is
NULL. This was done in commit (6a2a2b3ae0 net:socket: set msg_namelen
to 0 if msg_name is passed as NULL in msghdr struct from userland) and
subsequently updated by 08adb7dabd (fold verify_iovec() into
copy_msghdr_from_user()).
This patch brings the get_compat_msghdr() in line with
copy_msghdr_from_user().
Fixes: db31c55a6f (net: clamp ->msg_namelen instead of returning an error)
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts tipc to the inlined rhashtable interface.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts nft_hash to the inlined rhashtable interface.
This patch also replaces the call to rhashtable_lookup_compare with
a straight rhashtable_lookup_fast because it's simply doing a memcmp
(in fact nft_hash_lookup already uses memcmp instead of nft_data_cmp).
Furthermore, the compare function is only meant to compare, it is not
supposed to have side-effects. The current side-effect code can
simply be moved into the nft_hash_get.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the name space is a de facto key because it has to match
before we find an object in the hash table. However, it isn't in
the hash value so all objects from different name spaces with the
same port ID hash to the same bucket.
This is bad as the number of name spaces is unbounded.
This patch fixes this by using the namespace when doing the hash.
Because the namespace field doesn't lie next to the portid field
in the netlink socket, this patch switches over to the rhashtable
interface without a fixed key.
This patch also uses the new inlined rhashtable interface where
possible.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c249739579 ("bpf: allow BPF programs access 'protocol' and 'vlan_tci'
fields") has added support for accessing protocol, vlan_present and vlan_tci
into the skb offset map.
As referenced in the below discussion, accessing skb->protocol from an eBPF
program should be converted without handling endianess.
The reason for this is that an eBPF program could simply do a check more
naturally, by f.e. testing skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_IP), where the LLVM
compiler resolves htons() against a constant automatically during compilation
time, as opposed to an otherwise needed run time conversion.
After all, the way of programming both from a user perspective differs quite
a lot, i.e. bpf_asm ["ld proto"] versus a C subset/LLVM.
Reference: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/450819/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helps debug issues with VLAN modifications that are otherwise
not really visible in any tracing/debugging.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch expose controller quirks through debugfs. It would be
useful for BlueZ tests using vhci. Currently there is no way to
test quirk dependent behaviour. It might be also useful for manual
testing.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Commit baf606d9c9 ("ipv4,ipv6: grab rtnl before locking the socket")
missed to update two setsockopt options, IPV6_JOIN_ANYCAST and
IPV6_LEAVE_ANYCAST, causing a lock inverstion regarding to the updated ones.
As ipv6_sock_ac_join and ipv6_sock_ac_leave are only called from
do_ipv6_setsockopt, we are good to just move the rtnl lock upper.
Fixes: baf606d9c9 ("ipv4,ipv6: grab rtnl before locking the socket")
Reported-by: Ying Huang <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_send_fin() does not account for the memory it allocates properly, so
sk_forward_alloc can be negative in cases where we've sent a FIN:
ss example output (ss -amn | grep -B1 f4294):
tcp FIN-WAIT-1 0 1 192.168.0.1:45520 192.0.2.1:8080
skmem:(r0,rb87380,t0,tb87380,f4294966016,w1280,o0,bl0)
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
for throw routes to trigger evaluation of other policy rules
EAGAIN needs to be propagated up to fib_rules_lookup
similar to how its done for IPv4
A simple testcase for verification is:
ip -6 rule add lookup 33333 priority 33333
ip -6 route add throw 2001:db8::1
ip -6 route add 2001:db8::1 via fe80::1 dev wlan0 table 33333
ip route get 2001:db8::1
Signed-off-by: Steven Barth <cyrus@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Matt Grant reported frequent crashes in ipv6_select_ident when
udp6_ufo_fragment is called from openvswitch on a skb that doesn't
have a dst_entry set.
ipv6_proxy_select_ident generates the frag_id without using the dst
associated with the skb. This approach was suggested by Vladislav
Yasevich.
Fixes: 0508c07f5e ("ipv6: Select fragment id during UFO segmentation if not set.")
Cc: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Matt Grant <matt@mattgrant.net.nz>
Tested-by: Matt Grant <matt@mattgrant.net.nz>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_ack_backlog & sk_max_ack_backlog were 16bit fields, meaning
listen() backlog was limited to 65535.
It is time to increase the width to allow much bigger backlog,
if admins change /proc/sys/net/core/somaxconn &
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_max_syn_backlog default values.
Tested:
echo 5000000 >/proc/sys/net/core/somaxconn
echo 5000000 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_max_syn_backlog
Ran a SYNFLOOD test against a listener using listen(fd, 5000000)
myhost~# grep request_sock_TCP /proc/slabinfo
request_sock_TCP 4185642 4411940 304 13 1 : tunables 54 27 8 : slabdata 339380 339380 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the major issue for TCP is the SYNACK rtx handling,
done by inet_csk_reqsk_queue_prune(), fired by the keepalive
timer of a TCP_LISTEN socket.
This function runs for awful long times, with socket lock held,
meaning that other cpus needing this lock have to spin for hundred of ms.
SYNACK are sent in huge bursts, likely to cause severe drops anyway.
This model was OK 15 years ago when memory was very tight.
We now can afford to have a timer per request sock.
Timer invocations no longer need to lock the listener,
and can be run from all cpus in parallel.
With following patch increasing somaxconn width to 32 bits,
I tested a listener with more than 4 million active request sockets,
and a steady SYNFLOOD of ~200,000 SYN per second.
Host was sending ~830,000 SYNACK per second.
This is ~100 times more what we could achieve before this patch.
Later, we will get rid of the listener hash and use ehash instead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When request sock are put in ehash table, the whole notion
of having a previous request to update dl_next is pointless.
Also, following patch will get rid of big purge timer,
so we want to delete a request sock without holding listener lock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of looking up the destination station twice in the TX path
(first to build the header, and then for control processing), save
it when building the header and use it later in the TX path.
To avoid having to look up the station in the many callers, allow
those to pass %NULL which keeps the existing lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_build_hdr(), the station is looked up to build the
header correctly (QoS field) and to check for authorization. For
mesh, authorization isn't checked here, and QoS capability is
mandatory, so the station lookup can be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there's no station on the 4-addr VLAN interface, then frames
cannot be transmitted. Drop such frames earlier, before setting
up all the information for them.
We should keep the old check though since that code might be used
for other internally-generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to look up the destination station twice while
building the 802.11 header for a given frame if the frame will
actually be transmitted to the station we initially looked up.
This happens for 4-addr VLAN interfaces and TDLS connections, which
both directly send the frame to the station they looked up, though
in the case of TDLS some station conditions need to be checked.
To avoid that, add a variable indicating that we've looked up the
station that the frame is going to be transmitted to, and avoid the
lookup/flag checking if it already has been done.
In the TDLS case, also move the authorized/wme_sta flag assignment
to the correct place, i.e. only when that station is really used.
Before this change, the new lookup should always have succeeded so
that the potentially erroneous data would be overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
p9_mount_tag_show() uses '%s' format string to print
non-NULL terminated chan->tag string. This leads
to out of bounds memory read, because format '%s'
implies that string is NULL-terminated.
The length of string is know here, so its simpler and safer
to use memcpy instead of snprintf().
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ryabinin <a.ryabinin@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
As specification says, all integers in messages are unsigned. Let's fix
behaviour of p9pdu_vreadf()/p9pdu_vwritef() accordingly.
Fix for p9pdu_vreadf() is critical. If server replies with Rwalk, where
nwqid > SHRT_MAX, the value will be interpreted as negative. kmalloc, in
its order, will cast the value to (very big) size_t.
It should never happen in normal situation: we never submit Twalk with
nwname > 16, but malicious or broken server can still produce
problematic Rwalk.
Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
p is initialized but unused.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
We have to check for IP6T_INV_PROTO in invflags, instead of flags.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Using the HCI_MAX_AD_LENGTH for the max advertising data and max scan
response data length makes more sense than hardcoding the value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Currently the enabling of LE on LE only devices causes an error. This
is a bit difference from other commands where trying to set the same
existing settings causes a positive response. Fix this behavior for
this single corner case.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This mechanism was historic, and only ever used by IBSS, which
also doesn't need to have it as it properly manages station's
802.1X PAE state (or, with WEP, always has a key.)
Remove the mechanism to clean up the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We can't directly call ipv6_sock_mc_join() but should use the stub
instead and protect it around IS_ENABLED.
Fixes: d0f91938be ("tipc: add ip/udp media type")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-19
This wont the last 4.1 bluetooth-next pull request, but we've piled up
enough patches in less than a week that I wanted to save you from a
single huge "last-minute" pull somewhere closer to the merge window.
The main changes are:
- Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR discovery support for HW that can do it
- Complete LE OOB pairing support
- More fine-grained mgmt-command access control (normal user can now do
harmless read-only operations).
- Added RF power amplifier support in cc2520 ieee802154 driver
- Some cleanups/fixes in ieee802154 code
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix packet header offset calculation in _decode_session6(), from
Hajime Tazaki.
2) Fix route leak in error paths of xfrm_lookup(), from Huaibin Wang.
3) Be sure to clear state properly when scans fail in iwlwifi mvm code,
from Luciano Coelho.
4) iwlwifi tries to stop scans that aren't actually running, also from
Luciano Coelho.
5) mac80211 should drop mesh frames that are not encrypted, fix from
Bob Copeland.
6) Add new device ID to b43 wireless driver for BCM432228 chips, from
Rafał Miłecki.
7) Fix accidental addition of members after variable sized array in
struct tc_u_hnode, from WANG Cong.
8) Don't re-enable interrupts until after we call napi_complete() in
ibmveth and WIZnet drivers, frm Yongbae Park.
9) Fix regression in vlan tag handling of fec driver, from Fugang Duan.
10) If a network namespace change fails during rtnl_newlink(), we don't
unwind the device registry properly.
11) Fix two TCP regressions, from Neal Cardwell:
- Don't allow snd_cwnd_cnt to accumulate huge values due to missing
test in tcp_cong_avoid_ai().
- Restore CUBIC back to advancing cwnd by 1.5x packets per RTT.
12) Fix performance regression in xne-netback involving push TX
notifications, from David Vrabel.
13) __skb_tstamp_tx() can be called with a NULL sk pointer, do not
dereference blindly. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Fix potential stack overflow in RDS protocol stack, from Arnd
Bergmann.
15) VXLAN_VID_MASK used incorrectly in new remote checksum offload
support of VXLAN driver. Fix from Alexey Kodanev.
16) Fix too small netlink SKB allocation in inet_diag layer, from Eric
Dumazet.
17) ieee80211_check_combinations() does not count interfaces correctly,
from Andrei Otcheretianski.
18) Hardware feature determination in bxn2x driver references a piece of
software state that actually isn't initialized yet, fix from Michal
Schmidt.
19) inet_csk_wait_for_connect() needs a sched_annotate_sleep()
annoation, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (56 commits)
Revert "net: cx82310_eth: use common match macro"
net/mlx4_en: Set statistics bitmap at port init
IB/mlx4: Saturate RoCE port PMA counters in case of overflow
net/mlx4_en: Fix off-by-one in ethtool statistics display
IB/mlx4: Verify net device validity on port change event
act_bpf: allow non-default TC_ACT opcodes as BPF exec outcome
Revert "smc91x: retrieve IRQ and trigger flags in a modern way"
inet: Clean up inet_csk_wait_for_connect() vs. might_sleep()
ip6_tunnel: fix error code when tunnel exists
netdevice.h: fix ndo_bridge_* comments
bnx2x: fix encapsulation features on 57710/57711
mac80211: ignore CSA to same channel
nl80211: ignore HT/VHT capabilities without QoS/WMM
mac80211: ask for ECSA IE to be considered for beacon parse CRC
mac80211: count interfaces correctly for combination checks
isdn: icn: use strlcpy() when parsing setup options
rxrpc: bogus MSG_PEEK test in rxrpc_recvmsg()
caif: fix MSG_OOB test in caif_seqpkt_recvmsg()
bridge: reset bridge mtu after deleting an interface
can: kvaser_usb: Fix tx queue start/stop race conditions
...
Following the example of ip4_datagram_connect, we store the
address in the socket structure for dgram/rdm sockets and use
that as the default destination for subsequent send() calls.
It is allowed to connect to any address types, and the behaviour
of send() will be the same as a normal sendto() with this address
provided. Binding to an AF_UNSPEC address clears the association.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 1186adf7df ("tipc: simplify message forwarding and
rejection in socket layer") -EHOSTUNREACH is propagated back to
the sending process if we fail to deliver the message to another
socket local to the node.
This is wrong, host unreachable should only be reported when the
destination port/name does not exist in the cluster, and that
check is always done before sending the message. Also, this
introduces inconsistent sendmsg() behavior for local/remote
destinations. Errors occurring on the receiving side should not
trickle up to the sender. If message delivery fails TIPC should
either discard the packet or reject it back to the sender based
on the destination droppable option.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tipc_node_remove_conn may be called twice if shutdown() is
called on a socket that have messages in the receive queue.
Calling this function twice does no harm, but is unnecessary
and we remove the redundant call.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since fab4085 ("netfilter: log: nf_log_packet() as real unified
interface"), the loginfo structure that is passed to nf_log_packet() is
used to explicitly indicate the logger type you want to use.
This is a problem for people tracing rules through nfnetlink_log since
packets are always routed to the NF_LOG_TYPE logger after the
aforementioned patch.
We can fix this by removing the trace loginfo structures, but that still
changes the log level from 4 to 5 for tracing messages and there may be
someone relying on this outthere. So let's just introduce a new
nf_log_trace() function that restores the former behaviour.
Reported-by: Markus Kötter <koetter@rrzn.uni-hannover.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When a networking device is taken down that has a non-trivial number
of VLAN devices configured under it, we eat a full synchronize_net()
for every such VLAN device.
This is because of the call chain:
NETDEV_DOWN notifier
--> vlan_device_event()
--> dev_change_flags()
--> __dev_change_flags()
--> __dev_close()
--> __dev_close_many()
--> dev_deactivate_many()
--> synchronize_net()
This is kind of rediculous because we already have infrastructure for
batching doing operation X to a list of net devices so that we only
incur one sync.
So make use of that by exporting dev_close_many() and adjusting it's
interfaace so that the caller can fully manage the batch list. Use
this in vlan_device_event() and all the overhead goes away.
Reported-by: Salam Noureddine <noureddine@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a large hash table, we can easily spend seconds to
walk over all entries. Add a cond_resched() to yield
cpu if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to port id allow netdevices to specify port names and export
the name via sysfs. Drivers can implement the netdevice operation to
assist udev in having sane default names for the devices using the
rule:
$ cat /etc/udev/rules.d/80-net-setup-link.rules
SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", ATTR{phys_port_name}!="",
NAME="$attr{phys_port_name}"
Use of phys_name versus phys_id was suggested-by Jiri Pirko.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in favor of their inner __ ones, which doesn't grab rtnl.
As these functions need to operate on a locked socket, we can't be
grabbing rtnl by then. It's too late and doing so causes reversed
locking.
So this patch:
- move rtnl handling to callers instead while already fixing some
reversed locking situations, like on vxlan and ipvs code.
- renames __ ones to not have the __ mark:
__ip_mc_{join,leave}_group -> ip_mc_{join,leave}_group
__ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop} -> ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop}
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some setsockopt operations in ipv4 and ipv6 that are grabbing
rtnl after having grabbed the socket lock. Yet this makes it impossible
to do operations that have to lock the socket when already within a rtnl
protected scope, like ndo dev_open and dev_stop.
We normally take coarse grained locks first but setsockopt inverted that.
So this patch invert the lock logic for these operations and makes
setsockopt grab rtnl if it will be needed prior to grabbing socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be able to use sk_ehashfn() for request socks,
we need to initialize their IPv6/IPv4 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now always call __inet_hash_nolisten(), no need to pass it
as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can now use inet_hash() and __inet_hash() instead of private
functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Intent is to converge IPv4 & IPv6 inet_hash functions to
factorize code.
IPv4 sockets initialize sk_rcv_saddr and sk_v6_daddr
in this patch, thanks to new sk_daddr_set() and sk_rcv_saddr_set()
helpers.
__inet6_hash can now use sk_ehashfn() instead of a private
inet6_sk_ehashfn() and will simply use __inet_hash() in a
following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Goal is to unify IPv4/IPv6 inet_hash handling, and use common helpers
for all kind of sockets (full sockets, timewait and request sockets)
inet_sk_ehashfn() becomes sk_ehashfn() but still only copes with IPv4
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
const qualifiers ease code review by making clear
which objects are not written in a function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a tx_maxrate attribute to the tx queue sysfs entry allowing
for max-rate limiting. Along with DCB-ETS and BQL this provides another
knob to tune queue performance. The limit units are Mbps.
By default it is disabled. To disable the rate limitation after it
has been set for a queue, it should be set to zero.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts tipc to use rhashtable max/min_size instead of
the obsolete max/min_shift.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts netlink to use rhashtable max_size instead
of the obsolete max_shift.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The seq_printf/seq_puts/seq_putc return values, because they
are frequently misused, will eventually be converted to void.
See: commit 1f33c41c03 ("seq_file: Rename seq_overflow() to
seq_has_overflowed() and make public")
Miscellanea:
o realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When the allocation of the L2CAP channel for the BR/EDR security manager
fails, then the smp variable might be NULL. In that case do not try to
free the non-existing crypto contexts
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Revisiting commit d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF based action") with regards
to eBPF support, I was thinking that it might be better to improve
return semantics from a BPF program invoked through BPF_PROG_RUN().
Currently, in case filter_res is 0, we overwrite the default action
opcode with TC_ACT_SHOT. A default action opcode configured through tc's
m_bpf can be: TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY, TC_ACT_PIPE, TC_ACT_SHOT, TC_ACT_UNSPEC,
TC_ACT_OK.
In cls_bpf, we have the possibility to overwrite the default class
associated with the classifier in case filter_res is _not_ 0xffffffff
(-1).
That allows us to fold multiple [e]BPF programs into a single one, where
they would otherwise need to be defined as a separate classifier with
its own classid, needlessly redoing parsing work, etc.
Similarly, we could do better in act_bpf: Since above TC_ACT* opcodes
are exported to UAPI anyway, we reuse them for return-code-to-tc-opcode
mapping, where we would allow above possibilities. Thus, like in cls_bpf,
a filter_res of 0xffffffff (-1) means that the configured _default_ action
is used. Any unkown return code from the BPF program would fail in
tcf_bpf() with TC_ACT_UNSPEC.
Should we one day want to make use of TC_ACT_STOLEN or TC_ACT_QUEUED,
which both have the same semantics, we have the option to either use
that as a default action (filter_res of 0xffffffff) or non-default BPF
return code.
All that will allow us to transparently use tcf_bpf() for both BPF
flavours.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TIPC topology server is a per namespace service associated with the
tipc name {1, 1}. When a namespace is deleted, that name must be withdrawn
before we call sk_release_kernel because the kernel socket release is
done in init_net and trying to withdraw a TIPC name published in another
namespace will fail with an error as:
[ 170.093264] Unable to remove local publication
[ 170.093264] (type=1, lower=1, ref=2184244004, key=2184244005)
We fix this by breaking the association between the topology server name
and socket before calling sk_release_kernel.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the TIPC module is loaded, we launch a topology server in kernel
space, which in its turn is creating TIPC sockets for communication
with topology server users. Because both the socket's creator and
provider reside in the same module, it is necessary that the TIPC
module's reference count remains zero after the server is started and
the socket created; otherwise it becomes impossible to perform "rmmod"
even on an idle module.
Currently, we achieve this by defining a separate "tipc_proto_kern"
protocol struct, that is used only for kernel space socket allocations.
This structure has the "owner" field set to NULL, which restricts the
module reference count from being be bumped when sk_alloc() for local
sockets is called. Furthermore, we have defined three kernel-specific
functions, tipc_sock_create_local(), tipc_sock_release_local() and
tipc_sock_accept_local(), to avoid the module counter being modified
when module local sockets are created or deleted. This has worked well
until we introduced name space support.
However, after name space support was introduced, we have observed that
a reference count leak occurs, because the netns counter is not
decremented in tipc_sock_delete_local().
This commit remedies this problem. But instead of just modifying
tipc_sock_delete_local(), we eliminate the whole parallel socket
handling infrastructure, and start using the regular sk_create_kern(),
kernel_accept() and sk_release_kernel() calls. Since those functions
manipulate the module counter, we must now compensate for that by
explicitly decrementing the counter after module local sockets are
created, and increment it just before calling sk_release_kernel().
Fixes: a62fbccecd ("tipc: make subscriber server support net namespace")
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing last patch series, I found req sock refcounting was wrong.
We must set skc_refcnt to 1 for all request socks added in hashes,
but also on request sockets created by FastOpen or syncookies.
It is tricky because we need to defer this initialization so that
future RCU lookups do not try to take a refcount on a not yet
fully initialized request socket.
Also get rid of ireq_refcnt alias.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 13854e5a60 ("inet: add proper refcounting to request sock")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not because a TCP listener is FastOpen ready that
all incoming sockets actually used FastOpen.
Avoid taking queue->fastopenq->lock if not needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The listener field in struct tcp_request_sock is a pointer
back to the listener. We now have req->rsk_listener, so TCP
only needs one boolean and not a full pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we'll be able to lookup request sockets in ehash table,
we'll need to get access to listener which created this request.
This avoid doing a lookup to find the listener, which benefits
for a more solid SO_REUSEPORT, and is needed once we no
longer queue request sock into a listener private queue.
Note that 'struct tcp_request_sock'->listener could be reduced
to a single bit, as TFO listener should match req->rsk_listener.
TFO will no longer need to hold a reference on the listener.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_reqsk_alloc() is becoming fat and should not be inlined.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
listener socket can be used to set net pointer, and will
be later used to hold a reference on listener.
Add a const qualifier to first argument (struct request_sock_ops *),
and factorize all write_pnet(&ireq->ireq_net, sock_net(sk));
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_oow_rate_limited() is hardly used in fast path, there is
no point inlining it.
Signed-of-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This big helper is called once from tcp_conn_request(), there is no
point having it in an include. Compiler will inline it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP request socks soon will be visible in ehash table.
xt_socket will be able to match them, but first we need
to make sure to not consider them as full sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP request socks soon will be visible in ehash table.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upcoming request sockets have TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV state and should
be special cased a bit like TCP_TIME_WAIT sockets.
Signed-off-by; Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
as a follow on to patch 70006af955 ("bpf: allow eBPF access skb fields")
this patch allows 'protocol' and 'vlan_tci' fields to be accessible
from extended BPF programs.
The usage of 'protocol', 'vlan_present' and 'vlan_tci' fields is the same as
corresponding SKF_AD_PROTOCOL, SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG_PRESENT and SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG
accesses in classic BPF.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 2b0bb01b6e, the kernel returns -ENOBUFS when user tries to add
an existing tunnel with ioctl API:
$ ip -6 tunnel add ip6tnl1 mode ip6ip6 dev eth1
add tunnel "ip6tnl0" failed: No buffer space available
It's confusing, the right error is EEXIST.
This patch also change a bit the code returned:
- ENOBUFS -> ENOMEM
- ENOENT -> ENODEV
Fixes: 2b0bb01b6e ("ip6_tunnel: Return an error when adding an existing tunnel.")
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Reported-by: Pierre Cheynier <me@pierre-cheynier.net>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OS X version 10.10.2 (and possibly older versions) doesn't support LE
Secure Connections but incorrectly copies all authentication request
bits from a Security Request to its Pairing Request. The result is that
an SC capable initiator (such as BlueZ) will think OS X intends to do SC
when in fact it's incapable of it:
< ACL Data TX: Handle 3585 flags 0x00 dlen 6
SMP: Security Request (0x0b) len 1
Authentication requirement: Bonding, No MITM, SC, No Keypresses (0x09)
> ACL Data RX: Handle 3585 flags 0x02 dlen 11
SMP: Pairing Request (0x01) len 6
IO capability: KeyboardDisplay (0x04)
OOB data: Authentication data not present (0x00)
Authentication requirement: Bonding, No MITM, SC, No Keypresses (0x09)
Max encryption key size: 16
Initiator key distribution: EncKey (0x01)
Responder key distribution: EncKey IdKey Sign (0x07)
< ACL Data TX: Handle 3585 flags 0x00 dlen 11
SMP: Pairing Response (0x02) len 6
IO capability: NoInputNoOutput (0x03)
OOB data: Authentication data not present (0x00)
Authentication requirement: Bonding, No MITM, SC, No Keypresses (0x09)
Max encryption key size: 16
Initiator key distribution: EncKey (0x01)
Responder key distribution: EncKey Sign (0x05)
The pairing eventually fails when we get an unexpected Pairing Confirm
PDU instead of a Public Key PDU:
> ACL Data RX: Handle 3585 flags 0x02 dlen 21
SMP: Pairing Confirm (0x03) len 16
Confim value: bcc3bed31b8f313a78ec3cce32685faf
It is only at this point that we can speculate that the remote doesn't
really support SC. This patch creates a workaround for the just-works
model, however the MITM case is unsolvable because the OS X user has
already been requested to enter a PIN which we're now expected to
randomly generate and show the user (i.e. a chicken-and-egg problem).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
more minor issues with our virtio 1.0 drivers just introduced in the
kernel.
(I would normally use my fixes branch for this, but there were a batch of them...)
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=8QwR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull virtio fixes from Rusty Russell:
"Not entirely surprising: the ongoing QEMU work on virtio 1.0 has
revealed more minor issues with our virtio 1.0 drivers just introduced
in the kernel.
(I would normally use my fixes branch for this, but there were a batch
of them...)"
* tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux:
virtio_mmio: fix access width for mmio
uapi/virtio_scsi: allow overriding CDB/SENSE size
virtio_mmio: generation support
virtio_rpmsg: set DRIVER_OK before using device
9p/trans_virtio: fix hot-unplug
virtio-balloon: do not call blocking ops when !TASK_RUNNING
virtio_blk: fix comment for virtio 1.0
virtio_blk: typo fix
virtio_balloon: set DRIVER_OK before using device
virtio_console: avoid config access from irq
virtio_console: init work unconditionally
The mgmt.c file should be reserved purely for HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL. The
mgmt_control() function in it is already completely generic and has a
single user in hci_sock.c. This patch moves the function there and
renames it a bit more appropriately to hci_mgmt_cmd() (as it's a command
dispatcher).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to make the mgmt command handling more generic we can't have a
direct call to mgmt_init_hdev() from mgmt_control(). This patch adds a
new callback to struct hci_mgmt_chan. And sets it to point to the
mgmt_init_hdev() function for the HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL instance.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are several mgmt protocol features that will be needed by more
than just the current HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL. These include sending generic
events as well as handling pending commands. This patch moves these
functions out from mgmt.c to a new mgmt_util.c file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be able to have pending commands for different HCI channels we need
to be able to distinguish for which channel a command was sent to. The
channel information is already part of the socket data and can be
fetched using the recently added hci_sock_get_channel() function. To not
require all mgmt.c code to pass an extra channel parameter this patch
also adds a helper pending_find() & pending_find_data() functions which
act as a wrapper to the new mgmt_pending_find() & mgmt_pending_find_data()
APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll need to have access to which HCI channel a socket is bound to, in
order to manage pending mgmt commands in clean way. This patch adds a
helper for the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When doing scan through mgmt api, some controllers can do both le and
classic scan at same time. They can be distinguished by
HCI_QUIRK_SIMULTANEOUS_DISCOVERY set.
This patch enables them to use this feature when doing dual mode scan.
Instead of doing le, then classic scan, both scans are run at once.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch refactor BR/EDR inquiry and LE scan triggering logic into
separate methods.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If there's an existing base chain, we have to allow to change the
default policy without indicating the hook information.
However, if the chain doesn't exists, we have to enforce the presence of
the hook attribute.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When a key is installed using a cipher scheme, set a new
internal key flag (KEY_FLAG_CIPHER_SCHEME) on it, to allow
distinguishing such keys more easily.
In particular, use this flag on the TX path instead of
testing the sta->cipher_scheme pointer, as the station is
NULL for broad-/multicast message, and use the key's iv_len
instead of the cipher scheme information.
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
[add missing documentation, rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put station specific code in ieee80211_update_sta_info
function.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On very high MCS bitrates, the calculated duration of rates that are
next to each other can be very imprecise, due to the small packet size
used as reference (1200 bytes).
This is most visible in VHT80 nss=2 MCS8/9, for which minstrel shows the
same throughput when the probability is also the same. This leads to a
bad rate selection for such rates.
Fix this issue by introducing an average A-MPDU size factor into the
calculation.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible that there are several regulatory requests
pending, but the processing of the last one does not call
CRDA, and thus the other requests are not handled.
Fix this by rescheduling the work until all requests have
been processed.
Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently when TDLS station in driver goes from authenticated
to associated state it can not use rate control parameters
because rate control is not initialized yet. Some drivers
require parameters already initialized by rate control when
entering associated state. It can be done by initializing
rate control after station transition to associated state but
before notifying driver about that.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
[fix comment to say 'associated' instead of 'authorized']
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a different user requests a new set of local out-of-band data, then
inform all previous users that the data has been updated. To limit the
scope of users, the updates are limited to previous users. If a user has
never requested out-of-band data, it will also not see the update.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The length of the respone packet for Read Local OOB Extended Data
command has a calculation error. In case LE Secure Connections support
is not enabled, the actual response is shorter. Keep this in mind and
update the value accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Changes in tcp_metric hash table are protected by tcp_metrics_lock
only, not by genl_mutex
While we are at it use deref_locked() instead of rcu_dereference()
in tcp_new() to avoid unnecessary barrier, as we hold tcp_metrics_lock
as well.
Reported-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 098a697b49 ("tcp_metrics: Use a single hash table for all network namespaces.")
Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This would fix randconfig compile error:
net/built-in.o: In function `netdev_switch_fib_ipv4_abort':
(.text+0xf7811): undefined reference to `fib_flush_external'
Also it fixes following warnings:
warning: (NET_DSA) selects NET_SWITCHDEV which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && INET)
warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6131 && NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65 && NET_DSA_MV88E6171 && NET_DSA_MV88E6352 && NET_DSA_BCM_SF2) selects NET_DSA which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && HAVE_NET_DSA && NET_SWITCHDEV)
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creating a kernel socket with sock_create_kern() happens in "init_net"
namespace, however, releasing it with sk_release_kernel() occurs in
the current namespace which may be different with "init_net" namespace.
Therefore, we should guarantee that the namespace in which a kernel
socket is created is same as the socket is created.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* disable U-APSD for better interoperability, from Michal Kazior
* drop unencrypted frames in mesh forwarding, from Bob Copeland
* treat non-QoS/WMM HT stations as non-HT, to fix confusion when
they connect and then get QoS packets anyway due to HT
* fix counting interfaces for combination checks, otherwise the
interface combinations aren't properly enforced (from Andrei)
* fix pure ECSA by reacting to the IE change
* ignore erroneous (E)CSA to the current channel which sometimes
happens due to AP/GO bugs
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Ecdh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-03-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Here are a few fixes that I'd like to still get in:
* disable U-APSD for better interoperability, from Michal Kazior
* drop unencrypted frames in mesh forwarding, from Bob Copeland
* treat non-QoS/WMM HT stations as non-HT, to fix confusion when
they connect and then get QoS packets anyway due to HT
* fix counting interfaces for combination checks, otherwise the
interface combinations aren't properly enforced (from Andrei)
* fix pure ECSA by reacting to the IE change
* ignore erroneous (E)CSA to the current channel which sometimes
happens due to AP/GO bugs
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2015-03-16
1) Fix the network header offset in _decode_session6
when multiple IPv6 extension headers are present.
From Hajime Tazaki.
2) Fix an interfamily tunnel crash. We set outer mode
protocol too early and may dispatch to the wrong
address family. Move the setting of the outer mode
protocol behind the last accessing of the inner mode
to fix the crash.
3) Most callers of xfrm_lookup() expect that dst_orig
is released on error. But xfrm_lookup_route() may
need dst_orig to handle certain error cases. So
introduce a flag that tells what should be done in
case of error. From Huaibin Wang.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reqsk_put() is the generic function that should be used
to release a refcount (and automatically call reqsk_free())
reqsk_free() might be called if refcount is known to be 0
or undefined.
refcnt is set to one in inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add()
As request socks are not yet in global ehash table,
I added temporary debugging checks in reqsk_put() and reqsk_free()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_edemux() is not used in fast path, and should
really call sock_gen_put() to save some code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_diag_fill_req() is renamed to inet_req_diag_fill()
and moved up, so that it can be called fom sk_diag_fill()
inet_diag_bc_sk() is ready to handle request socks.
inet_twsk_diag_dump() is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a request socket is created, we do not cache ip route
dst entry, like for timewait sockets.
Let's use sk_fullsock() helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case LE Secure Connections is not enabled, then the command for
returning local out-of-band data should not include the confirmation
and random value for LE SC pairing. All other fields are still valid,
but these two need to be left out. In that case it is also no needed
to generate the public/private key pair for out-of-band pairing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This seems to be a simple typo in the debugfs entry for the remote
out-of-band data entries.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The variable for the out-of-band random number was badly named and
with that confusing. Just rename it to local_rand so it is clear
what value it represents.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Just for pure debugging purposes print the remote out-of-band data
that has been received and is going to be used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It might be a bit counterintuitive to set a 'local' flag based on remote
data. This patch adds a clarifying comment to the pairing req/rsp
handlers when setting the LOCAL_OOB flag based on the PDU received from
the remote side.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we receive the remote public key, if we have remote OOB data
there's no point in sending our public key to the remote if the OOB data
doesn't match. This patch moves the test for this higher up in the
smp_cmd_public_key() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we haven't received remote OOB data we cannot perform any special
checks on the confirm value. This patch updates the check after having
received the public key to only perform the verification if we have
remote OOB data present.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the SMP Pairing Request or Response PDU received from the remote
device indicates that it has received our OOB data we should set the
SMP_FLAG_LOCAL_OOB flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are several decisions in the SMP logic that depend not only on
whether we're doing SMP or not, but also whether local and/or remote OOB
data is present. This patch splits the existing SMP_FLAG_OOB into two
new flags to track local and remote OOB data respectively.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to store the local ra/rb value in order to verify the Check
value received from the remote. This patch adds a new 'lr' for the local
ra/rb value and makes sure it gets used when verifying the DHKey Check
PDU received from the remote.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Its not needed anymore since 2bf540b73e
([NETFILTER]: bridge-netfilter: remove deferred hooks).
Before this it was possible to have physoutdev set for locally generated
packets -- this isn't the case anymore:
BRNF_STATE_BRIDGED flag is set when we assign nf_bridge->physoutdev,
so physoutdev != NULL means BRNF_STATE_BRIDGED is set.
If physoutdev is NULL, then we are looking at locally-delivered and
routed packet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
ask conntrack instead of storing ipv4 address in nf_bridge_info->data.
Ths avoids the need to use ->data during NF_PRE_ROUTING.
Only two functions that need ->data remain.
These will be addressed in followup patches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If the AP is confused and starts doing a CSA to the same channel,
just ignore that request instead of trying to act it out since it
was likely sent in error anyway.
In the case of the bug I was investigating the GO was misbehaving
and sending out a beacon with CSA IEs still included after having
actually done the channel switch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As HT/VHT depend heavily on QoS/WMM, it's not a good idea to
let userspace add clients that have HT/VHT but not QoS/WMM.
Since it does so in certain cases we've observed (client is
using HT IEs but not QoS/WMM) just ignore the HT/VHT info at
this point and don't pass it down to the drivers which might
unconditionally use it.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a beacon from the AP contains only the ECSA IE, and not a CSA IE
as well, this ECSA IE is not considered for calculating the CRC and
the beacon might be dropped as not being interesting. This is clearly
wrong, it should be handled and the channel switch should be executed.
Fix this by including the ECSA IE ID in the bitmap of interesting IEs.
Reported-by: Gil Tribush <gil.tribush@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since moving the interface combination checks to mac80211, it's
broken because it now only considers interfaces with an assigned
channel context, so for example any interface that isn't active
can still be up, which is clearly an issue; also, in particular
P2P-Device wdevs are an issue since they never have a chanctx.
Fix this by counting running interfaces instead the ones with a
channel context assigned.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.16+]
Fixes: 73de86a389 ("cfg80211/mac80211: move interface counting for combination check to mac80211")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[rewrite commit message, dig out the commit it fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The OOB public and secret key pair is different from the non-OOB pairing
procedure. SO when OOB method is in use, then use this key pair instead
of generating a new one.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Then the local out-of-band data for LE SC pairing is requested via Read
Local OOB Extended Data command, then fill in the values generated by
the smp_generate_oob function. Every call of this command will overwrite
previously generated values.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a smp_generate_oob function that allows to create
local out-of-band data that can be used for pairing and also provides
the confirmation and random value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The security manager device will require the use of AES-CMAC hash for
out-of-band data generation. This patch makes sure it is correctly
set up and available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Every Bluetooth Low Energy controller requires a local crypto context
to handle the resolvable private addresses. At the moment this is just
a single crypto context, but for out-of-band data generation it will
require an additional. To facility this, create a struct smp_dev that
will hold all the extra information. This patch is just the refactoring
in preparation for future changes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The schedule_work()/mutex unlocking code is duplicated many times,
refactor that to a common place in the function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Within the security manager, it makes sense to use kzfree instead of
kfree for all data structures. This ensures that no key material leaks
by accident.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This will allow mac80211 drivers to call cfg80211 APIs with
the right handle.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the netdev stats accounting into the common function
ieee80211_deliver_skb() that is called in both places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The HCI_CONN_REMOTE_OOB connection flag is used to indicate if the
pairing initiator has provided out-of-band data. However since that
value is no longer used in any decision making, just remove it.
It is actually unclear what purpose the OOB data present field from
the HCI IO Capability Response event serves in the first place. If
either side provided out-of-band data, then that data will be used
for pairing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When only the pairing initiator is providing out-of-band data, then
the receiver side was ignoring the data. For some reason the code was
checking if the initiator has received out-of-band data and only then
also provide the required inidication that the acceptor actually has
the needed data available.
For BR/EDR out-of-band pairing it is enough if one side has received
out-of-band data. There are no extra checks needed here to make this
work smoothly. The only thing that is needed is to tell the controller
if data is present (and if it is P-192 or P-256 or both) and then let
the controller actually figure out the rest.
This means the check for outgoing connection or if the initiator has
indicated data are completely pointless and are in fact actually
causing harm. The check in question is this one:
if (conn->out || test_bit(HCI_CONN_REMOTE_OOB, &conn->flags)) {
After just taking the conditional check out and always executing the
code for determining the type of out-of-band data, the pairing works
flawlessly and prodcudes authenticated link keys.
The patch itself looks more complicated due to the reformatting of the
indentation, but it essentially just a two-line change.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops). No
functional changes to the implementation.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
rocker: move to new swdev ops
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
dsa: move to new swdev ops
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
[I would really like an ACK on that one from dhowells; it appears to be
quite straightforward, but...]
MSG_PEEK isn't passed to ->recvmsg() via msg->msg_flags; as the matter of
fact, neither the kernel users of rxrpc, nor the syscalls ever set that bit
in there. It gets passed via flags; in fact, another such check in the same
function is done correctly - as flags & MSG_PEEK.
It had been that way (effectively disabled) for 8 years, though, so the patch
needs beating up - that case had never been tested. If it is correct, it's
-stable fodder.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It should be checking flags, not msg->msg_flags. It's ->sendmsg()
instances that need to look for that in ->msg_flags, ->recvmsg() ones
(including the other ->recvmsg() instance in that file, as well as
unix_dgram_recvmsg() this one claims to be imitating) check in flags.
Braino had been introduced in commit dcda13 ("caif: Bugfix - use MSG_TRUNC
in receive") back in 2010, so it goes quite a while back.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
introduce user accessible mirror of in-kernel 'struct sk_buff':
struct __sk_buff {
__u32 len;
__u32 pkt_type;
__u32 mark;
__u32 queue_mapping;
};
bpf programs can do:
int bpf_prog(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
__u32 var = skb->pkt_type;
which will be compiled to bpf assembler as:
dst_reg = *(u32 *)(src_reg + 4) // 4 == offsetof(struct __sk_buff, pkt_type)
bpf verifier will check validity of access and will convert it to:
dst_reg = *(u8 *)(src_reg + offsetof(struct sk_buff, __pkt_type_offset))
dst_reg &= 7
since skb->pkt_type is a bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the possibility to obtain raw_smp_processor_id() in
eBPF. Currently, this is only possible in classic BPF where commit
da2033c282 ("filter: add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU") has added
facilities for this.
Perhaps most importantly, this would also allow us to track per CPU
statistics with eBPF maps, or to implement a poor-man's per CPU data
structure through eBPF maps.
Example function proto-type looks like:
u32 (*smp_processor_id)(void) = (void *)BPF_FUNC_get_smp_processor_id;
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work is similar to commit 4cd3675ebf ("filter: added BPF
random opcode") and adds a possibility for packet sampling in eBPF.
Currently, this is only possible in classic BPF and useful to
combine sampling with f.e. packet sockets, possible also with tc.
Example function proto-type looks like:
u32 (*prandom_u32)(void) = (void *)BPF_FUNC_get_prandom_u32;
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the simplest possible version of Read Local OOB
Extended Data management command. It includes all mandatory fields,
but none of the actual pairing related ones.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The eir_append_data helper function is needed for generating the
extended local OOB data fields. So move it up into the right location.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds support for the simplest possible version of Read Advertising
Features management command. It allows basic testing of the interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Changes to the global configuration updates like settings, class of
device, name etc. can be received by every user. They are allowed to
read them in the first place so provide the updates via events as
well. Otherwise untrusted users start polling for updates and that
is not a desired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Until now the management interface was restricted to CAP_NET_ADMIN. With
this change every user can open the management socket. However the list
of commands is heavily restricted to getting basic information about the
attached controllers. No access for configuration or other operation is
provided. The events are also limited. This is done so that no keys can
leak or untrusted users can mess with the Bluetooth configuration.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Check the required trust level of each management command with the trust
level of the management socket. If it does not match up, then return the
newly introduced permission denied error.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The flags field for the management command table will be always
initialized to zero and thus no need to do that manually.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some management commands are safe to be accessed from any user without
special permissions. First step for allowing access to any of these
commands from untrusted application is to mark them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The management interface will need access to the socket flags and so
provide a helper function for checking them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of trusted socket flag for control and monitor
channels, it is now possible to use a single function for sending
packets to these sockets. And with that consolidate the handling.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Providing a global trusted flag for management control sockets provides
an easy way for identifying sockets and imposing restriction on it. For
now all management sockets are trusted since they require CAP_NET_ADMIN.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Read Extended Contoller Index List command can be used for
retrieving the complete list of local available controllers. This
included configured, unconfigured and also AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This introduces support for using Extended Index Added and Extended
Index Removed events. These events contain the controller type and
also the hardware bus information from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For sending Index Added, Index Removed, Unconfigured Index Added and
Unconfigured Index Removed managment events the new helper functions
allows taking into account if these events are enabled for a certain
management socket or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_send_to_flagged_channel helper function can be used to send
packets to all channels that have a certain HCI socket flag set.
This is especially useful for managment events that are limited to
sockets that have first enabled certain functionality. This allows
for filtering of events without confusing existing users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To filter out certain actions for certain HCI sockets introcuce a flags
field that allows to configure specific settings on individual sockets.
Since the hci_pinfo structure is private in hci_sock.c, provide helper
functions for setting and clearing a given flag.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Commit cd28a1a9ba ("net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if
requested") introduced a check for particular PHYs that need to be
accessed using the slave MII bus created by DSA, but this check was too
inclusive. This would prevent fixed PHYs from being successfully
registered because those should not go through the slave MII bus created
by DSA.
Make sure we check that the PHY is not a fixed PHY to prevent that from
happening.
Fixes: cd28a1a9ba ("net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On adding an interface br_add_if() sets the MTU to the min of
all the interfaces. Do the same thing on removing an interface too
in br_del_if.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Venkatsubra <venkat.x.venkatsubra@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the three type of sockets share a common base, we can factorize
code in inet_diag_msg_common_fill().
inet_diag_entry no longer requires saddr_storage & daddr_storage
and the extra copies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_sk_diag_fill() only copes with non timewait and non request socks
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once request socks will be in ehash table, they will need to have
a valid ir_iff field.
This is currently true only for IPv6. This patch extends support
for IPv4 as well.
This means inet_diag_fill_req() can now properly use ir_iif,
which is better for IPv6 link locals anyway, as request sockets
and established sockets will propagate consistent netlink idiag_if.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Messages transferred by TIPC are assigned an "importance priority", -an
integer value indicating how to treat the message when there is link or
destination socket congestion.
There is no separate header field for this value. Instead, the message
user values have been chosen in ascending order according to perceived
importance, so that the message user field can be used for this.
This is not a good solution. First, we have many more users than the
needed priority levels, so we end up with treating more priority
levels than necessary. Second, the user field cannot always
accurately reflect the priority of the message. E.g., a message
fragment packet should really have the priority of the enveloped
user data message, and not the priority of the MSG_FRAGMENTER user.
Until now, we have been working around this problem in different ways,
but it is now time to implement a consistent way of handling such
priorities, although still within the constraint that we cannot
allocate any more bits in the regular data message header for this.
In this commit, we define a new priority level, TIPC_SYSTEM_IMPORTANCE,
that will be the only one used apart from the four (lower) user data
levels. All non-data messages map down to this priority. Furthermore,
we take some free bits from the MSG_FRAGMENTER header and allocate
them to store the priority of the enveloped message. We then adjust
the functions msg_importance()/msg_set_importance() so that they
read/set the correct header fields depending on user type.
This small protocol change is fully compatible, because the code at
the receiving end of a link currently reads the importance level
only from user data messages, where there is no change.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tipc_link contains one single queue for outgoing packets,
where both transmitted and waiting packets are queued.
This infrastructure is hard to maintain, because we need
to keep a number of fields to keep track of which packets are
sent or unsent, and the number of packets in each category.
A lot of code becomes simpler if we split this queue into a transmission
queue, where sent/unacknowledged packets are kept, and a backlog queue,
where we keep the not yet sent packets.
In this commit we do this separation.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unicast packet header contains a broadcast acknowledge sequence
number, that may need to be conveyed to the broadcast link for proper
treatment. Currently, the function tipc_rcv(), which is on the most
critical data path, calls the function tipc_bclink_acknowledge() to
have this done. This call is made for each received packet, and results
in the unconditional grabbing of the broadcast link spinlock.
This is unnecessary, since we can see directly from tipc_rcv() if
the acknowledged number differs from what has been previously acked
from the node in question. In the vast majority of cases the numbers
won't differ, and there is nothing to update.
We now make the call to tipc_bclink_acknowledge() conditional
to that the two ack values differ.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we currently extract a bundled buffer from a message bundle in
the function tipc_msg_extract(), we allocate a new buffer and explicitly
copy the linear data area.
This is unnecessary, since we can just clone the buffer and do
skb_pull() on the clone to move the data pointer to the correct
position.
This is what we do in this commit.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, TIPC linearizes all incoming buffers directly at reception
before passing them upwards in the stack. This is clearly a waste of
CPU resources, and must be avoided.
In this commit, we eliminate this unnecessary linearization. We still
ensure that at least the message header is linear, and that the buffer
is linearized where this is still needed, i.e. when unbundling and when
reversing messages.
In addition, we ensure that fragmented messages are validated after
reassembly before delivering them upwards in the stack.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function link_buf_validate() is in reality re-entrant and context
independent, and will in later commits be called from several locations.
Therefore, we move it to msg.c, make it outline and rename the it to
tipc_msg_validate().
We also redesign the function to make proper use of pskb_may_pull()
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TIPC protocol spec has defined a 13 bit capability bitmap in
the neighbor discovery header, as a means to maintain compatibility
between different code and protocol generations. Until now this field
has been unused.
We now introduce the basic framework for exchanging capabilities
between nodes at first contact. After exchange, a peer node's
capabilities are stored as a 16 bit bitmap in struct tipc_node.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's another set of Bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 4.1:
- Added support for QCA ROME chipset family in the btusb driver
- at86rf230 driver fixes & cleanups
- ieee802154 cleanups
- Refactoring of Bluetooth mgmt API to allow new users
- New setting for static Bluetooth address exposed to user space
- Refactoring of hci_dev flags to remove limit of 32
- Remove unnecessary fast-connectable setting usage restrictions
- Fix behavior to be consistent when trying to pair already paired device
- Service discovery corner-case fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The semantic patch that fixes this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
type T;
identifier f;
@@
static T f (...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
declarer name EXPORT_SYMBOL;
@@
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(f);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix the max sifs size correction when the
IEEE802154_HW_TX_OMIT_CKSUM flag is set. With this flag the sk_buff
doesn't contain the CRC, because the transceiver will add the CRC
while transmit.
Also add some defines for the max sifs frame size value and frame check
sequence according to 802.15.4 standard.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's only necessary to offer the name and index, others value are
available over netlink.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently the wpan_phy under /sys/class/ieee802154/ is named as
"wpan-phy#", this patch will change the name to phy. This will
introduce the same naming convention like wireless.
Note: wpan-tools users will not type "wpan-phy#" anymore, just a simple
"phy#" is enough.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there exists two interface types with ARPHRD_IEEE802154. These
are the 802.15.4 interfaces and 802.15.4 6LoWPAN interfaces. This is
more a bug because some userspace applications checks on this value like
wireshark. This occurs that wireshark will always try to parse a lowpan
interface as 802.15.4 frames. With ARPHRD_6LOWPAN wireshark will parse
it as IPv6 frames which is correct.
Much applications checks on this value to readout the EUI64 mac address
which should be the same for ARPHRD_6LOWPAN. BTLE 6LoWPAN and ieee802154
6LoWPAN will share now the same ARPHRD.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
inet_diag_dump_one_icsk() allocates too small skb.
Add inet_sk_attr_size() helper right before inet_sk_diag_fill()
so that it can be updated if/when new attributes are added.
iproute2/ss currently does not use this dump_one() interface,
this might explain nobody noticed this problem yet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the extension of hdev->dev_flags utilizing a bitmap now, the space
is no longer restricted. Merge the hdev->dbg_flags into hdev->dev_flags
to save space on 64-bit architectures. On 32-bit architectures no size
reduction happens.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hdev->dev_flags field has outgrown itself on 32-bit systems. So
instead of hacking around it, switch to using DECLARE_BITMAP.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The AIO interface is fairly complex because it tries to allow
filesystems to always work async and then wakeup a synchronous
caller through aio_complete. It turns out that basically no one
was doing this to avoid the complexity and context switches,
and we've already fixed up the remaining users and can now
get rid of this case.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
fix build-warning introduced by commit: f0eede10fd ("SUNRPC: use
jiffies_to_msecs for converting jiffies") which did not fixup
the format properly (my bad).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
When we get back an EAGAIN from rhashtable_walk_next we were
treating it as a valid object which obviously doesn't work too
well.
Luckily this is hard to trigger so it seems nobody has run into
it yet.
This patch fixes it by redoing the next call when we get an EAGAIN.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of manually coding test_and_set_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_set_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_clear_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_clear_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_change_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_change_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding change_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_change_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding clear_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_clear_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding set_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_set_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_test_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The patch adds a second advertising setting that allows switching of the
controller into connectable mode independent of the global connectable
setting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Now that all of the operations are safe on a single hash table
accross network namespaces, allocate a single global hash table
and update the code to use it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rewrite tcp_metrics_flush_all so that it can cope with entries from
different network namespaces on it's hash chain.
This is based on the logic in tcp_metrics_nl_cmd_del for deleting
a selection of entries from a tcp metrics hash chain.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_metrics_flush_all always returns 0. Remove the unnecessary return code.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for using one tcp metrics hash table for all network
namespaces add a field tcpm_net to struct tcp_metrics_block, and
verify that field on all hash table lookups.
Make the field tcpm_net of type possible_net_t so it takes no space
when network namespaces are disabled.
Further add a function tm_net to read that field so we can be
efficient when network namespaces are disabled and concise
the rest of the time.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for using one hash table for all network namespaces
mix the network namespace into the hash value.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is not a practical way to cleanup during boot so
just panic if there is a problem initializing tcp_metrics.
That will at least give us a clear place to start debugging
if something does go wrong.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On device hot-unplug, 9p/virtio currently will kfree channel while
it might still be in use.
Of course, it might stay used forever, so it's an extremely ugly hack,
but it seems better than use-after-free that we have now.
[ Unused variable removed, whitespace cleanup, msg single-lined --RR ]
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
There is no need to pass the total request length in the kiocb, as
we already get passed in through the iov_iter argument.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Reobert Shearman noticed that mpls_egress is failing to verify that
the bytes to be examined are in fact present in the packet before
mpls_egress reads those bytes.
As suggested by David Miller reduce this to a single pskb_may_pull
call so that we don't do unnecessary work in the fast path.
Reported-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before inserting request socks into general hash table,
fill their socket family.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ireq->ir_num contains local port, use it.
Also, get_openreq4() dumping listen_sk->refcnt makes litle sense.
inet_diag_fill_req() can also use ireq->ir_num
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_edemux() & sock_gen_put() should be ready to cope with request socks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make proto_register() & proto_unregister() a bit nicer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to update dccp_v6_conn_request() & cookie_v6_check().
They both need to set ireq->ireq_net and ireq->ir_cookie
Lets clear ireq->ir_cookie in inet_reqsk_alloc()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 33cf7c90fe ("net: add real socket cookies")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, it is possible in cls_bpf to access eBPF maps only under
rcu_read_lock_bh() variants: while on ingress side, that is, handle_ing(),
the classifier would be called from __netif_receive_skb_core() under
rcu_read_lock(); on egress side, however, it's rcu_read_lock_bh() via
__dev_queue_xmit().
This rcu/rcu_bh mix doesn't work together with eBPF maps as they require
soley to be called under rcu_read_lock(). eBPF maps could also be shared
among various other eBPF programs (possibly even with other eBPF program
types, f.e. tracing) and user space processes, so any context is assumed.
Therefore, a possible fix for cls_bpf is to wrap/nest eBPF program
invocation under non-bh RCU lock variant.
Fixes: e2e9b6541d ("cls_bpf: add initial eBPF support for programmable classifiers")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that we should always have a deterministic ordering
for the main and local aliases within the merged table when two leaves
overlap.
So for example if we have a leaf with a key of 192.168.254.0. If we
previously added two aliases with a prefix length of 24 from both local and
main the first entry would be first and the second would be second. When I
was coding this I had added a WARN_ON should such a situation occur as I
wasn't sure how likely it would be. However this WARN_ON has been
triggered so this is something that should be addressed.
With this patch the ordering of the aliases is as follows. First they are
sorted on prefix length, then on their table ID, then tos, and finally
priority. This way what we end up doing is essentially interleaving the
two tables on what used to be leaf_info structure boundaries.
Fixes: 0ddcf43d5 ("ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function fib_unmerge assumed the local table had already been
allocated. If that is not the case however when custom rules are applied
then this can result in a NULL pointer dereference.
In order to prevent this we must check the value of the local table pointer
and if it is NULL simply return 0 as there is no local table to separate
from the main.
Fixes: 0ddcf43d5 ("ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse")
Reported-by: Madhu Challa <challa@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having to say
> #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
> struct net *net;
> #endif
in structures is a little bit wordy and a little bit error prone.
Instead it is possible to say:
> typedef struct {
> #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
> struct net *net;
> #endif
> } possible_net_t;
And then in a header say:
> possible_net_t net;
Which is cleaner and easier to use and easier to test, as the
possible_net_t is always there no matter what the compile options.
Further this allows read_pnet and write_pnet to be functions in all
cases which is better at catching typos.
This change adds possible_net_t, updates the definitions of read_pnet
and write_pnet, updates optional struct net * variables that
write_pnet uses on to have the type possible_net_t, and finally fixes
up the b0rked users of read_pnet and write_pnet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hold_net and release_net were an idea that turned out to be useless.
The code has been disabled since 2008. Kill the code it is long past due.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use jiffies_to_msecs for converting jiffies as it handles all of the corner
cases reliably and also helps readability.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
nfnl_cthelper_parse_tuple() is called from nfnl_cthelper_new(),
nfnl_cthelper_get() and nfnl_cthelper_del(). In each case they pass
a pointer to an nf_conntrack_tuple data structure local variable:
struct nf_conntrack_tuple tuple;
...
ret = nfnl_cthelper_parse_tuple(&tuple, tb[NFCTH_TUPLE]);
The problem is that this local variable is not initialized, and
nfnl_cthelper_parse_tuple() only initializes two fields: src.l3num and
dst.protonum. This leaves all other fields with undefined values
based on whatever is on the stack:
tuple->src.l3num = ntohs(nla_get_be16(tb[NFCTH_TUPLE_L3PROTONUM]));
tuple->dst.protonum = nla_get_u8(tb[NFCTH_TUPLE_L4PROTONUM]);
The symptom observed was that when the rpc and tns helpers were added
then traffic to port 1536 was being sent to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Ian Wilson <iwilson@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The SMP code contains two else branches that are not needed since the
successful test will actually leave the function.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The rds_iw_update_cm_id function stores a large 'struct rds_sock' object
on the stack in order to pass a pair of addresses. This happens to just
fit withint the 1024 byte stack size warning limit on x86, but just
exceed that limit on ARM, which gives us this warning:
net/rds/iw_rdma.c:200:1: warning: the frame size of 1056 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
As the use of this large variable is basically bogus, we can rearrange
the code to not do that. Instead of passing an rds socket into
rds_iw_get_device, we now just pass the two addresses that we have
available in rds_iw_update_cm_id, and we change rds_iw_get_mr accordingly,
to create two address structures on the stack there.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Test that sk != NULL before reading sk->sk_tsflags.
Fixes: 49ca0d8bfa ("net-timestamp: no-payload option")
Reported-by: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John reported that my previous commit added a regression
on his router.
This is because sender_cpu & napi_id share a common location,
so get_xps_queue() can see garbage and perform an out of bound access.
We need to make sure sender_cpu is cleared before doing the transmit,
otherwise any NIC busy poll enabled (skb_mark_napi_id()) can trigger
this bug.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: John <jw@nuclearfallout.net>
Bisected-by: John <jw@nuclearfallout.net>
Fixes: 2bd82484bb ("xps: fix xps for stacked devices")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to use write_pnet() in three locations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 33cf7c90fe ("net: add real socket cookies")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes it possible to retain the route preference when RAs are handled in
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A long standing problem in netlink socket dumps is the use
of kernel socket addresses as cookies.
1) It is a security concern.
2) Sockets can be reused quite quickly, so there is
no guarantee a cookie is used once and identify
a flow.
3) request sock, establish sock, and timewait socks
for a given flow have different cookies.
Part of our effort to bring better TCP statistics requires
to switch to a different allocator.
In this patch, I chose to use a per network namespace 64bit generator,
and to use it only in the case a socket needs to be dumped to netlink.
(This might be refined later if needed)
Note that I tried to carry cookies from request sock, to establish sock,
then timewait sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Eric Salo <salo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we merged the tries for local and main I had overlooked the iterator
for /proc/net/route. As a result it was outputting both local and main
when the two tries were merged.
This patch resolves that by only providing output for aliases that are
actually in the main trie. As a result we should go back to the original
behavior which I assume will be necessary to maintain legacy support.
Fixes: 0ddcf43d5 ("ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the
switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver
implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII
bus in order for this to happen.
Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s
function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done
during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would
not go through these diverted reads and writes.
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards
certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY
device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function:
dsa_slave_phy_connect().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 0-day kernel test infrastructure reported a use of uninitialized
variable warning for local_table due to the fact that the local and main
allocations had been swapped from the original setup. This change corrects
that by making it so that we free the main table if the local table
allocation fails.
Fixes: 0ddcf43d5 ("ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 814d488c61 ("tcp: fix the timid additive increase on stretch
ACKs") fixed a bug where tcp_cong_avoid_ai() would either credit a
connection with an increase of snd_cwnd_cnt, or increase snd_cwnd, but
not both, resulting in cwnd increasing by 1 packet on at most every
alternate invocation of tcp_cong_avoid_ai().
Although the commit correctly implemented the CUBIC algorithm, which
can increase cwnd by as much as 1 packet per 1 packet ACKed (2x per
RTT), in practice that could be too aggressive: in tests on network
paths with small buffers, YouTube server retransmission rates nearly
doubled.
This commit restores CUBIC to a maximum cwnd growth rate of 1 packet
per 2 packets ACKed (1.5x per RTT). In YouTube tests this restored
retransmit rates to low levels.
Testing: This patch has been tested in datacenter netperf transfers
and live youtube.com and google.com servers.
Fixes: 9cd981dcf1 ("tcp: fix stretch ACK bugs in CUBIC")
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent change to tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to handle stretch ACKs
introduced a bug where snd_cwnd_cnt could accumulate a very large
value while w was large, and then if w was reduced snd_cwnd could be
incremented by a large delta, leading to a large burst and high packet
loss. This was tickled when CUBIC's bictcp_update() sets "ca->cnt =
100 * cwnd".
This bug crept in while preparing the upstream version of
814d488c61.
Testing: This patch has been tested in datacenter netperf transfers
and live youtube.com and google.com servers.
Fixes: 814d488c61 ("tcp: fix the timid additive increase on stretch ACKs")
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move rtnl_lock() before the call to fib4_rules_exit so that
fib_table_flush_external is called under RTNL.
Fixes: 104616e74e ("switchdev: don't support custom ip rules, for now")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CONFIG_MPLS=m doesn't result in a kernel module being built because it
applies to the net/mpls directory, rather than to .o files.
So revert the MPLS menuitem to being a boolean and make MPLS_GSO and
MPLS_ROUTING tristates to allow mpls_gso and mpls_router modules to be
produced as desired.
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is meant to collapse local and main into one by converting
tb_data from an array to a pointer. Doing this allows us to point the
local table into the main while maintaining the same variables in the
table.
As such the tb_data was converted from an array to a pointer, and a new
array called data is added in order to still provide an object for tb_data
to point to.
In order to track the origin of the fib aliases a tb_id value was added in
a hole that existed on 64b systems. Using this we can also reverse the
merge in the event that custom FIB rules are enabled.
With this patch I am seeing an improvement of 20ns to 30ns for routing
lookups as long as custom rules are not enabled, with custom rules enabled
we fall back to split tables and the original behavior.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we're given an RPA when checking whether we're paired or not, we
should consult the local RPA storage whether there's a matching IRK.
This we we ensure that hci_bdaddr_is_paired() gives the right result
even when trying to pair a second time with the same device with an RPA.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When finding a matching LTK the rcu_read_unlock() function was failing
to release the RCU read lock. This patch adds the missing call to
rcu_reaD_unlock().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to
introduction of new static address setting and fixes for the
fast connectable feature.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If rtnl_newlink() fails on it's call to dev_change_net_namespace(), we
have to make use of the ->dellink() method, if present, just like we
do when rtnl_configure_link() fails.
Fixes: 317f4810e4 ("rtnl: allow to create device with IFLA_LINK_NETNSID set")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit afaa3f65f6
(tipc: purge links when bearer is disabled) was an attempt to resolve
a problem that turned out to have a more profound reason.
When we disable a bearer, we delete all its pertaining links if
there is no other bearer to perform failover to, or if the module
is shutting down. In case there are dual bearers, we wait with
deleting links until the failover procedure is finished.
However, this misses the case when a link on the removed bearer
was already down, so that there will be no failover procedure to
finish the link delete. This causes confusion if a new bearer is
added to replace the removed one, and also entails a small memory
leak.
This commit takes the current state of the link into account when
deciding when to delete it, and also reverses the above-mentioned
commit.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the inflate call failed it would return NULL. As a result tp would be
set to NULL and cause use to trigger a NULL pointer dereference in
should_halve if the inflate failed on the first attempt.
In order to prevent this we should decrement max_work before we actually
attempt to inflate as this will force us to exit before attempting to halve
a node we should have inflated. In order to keep things symmetric between
inflate and halve I went ahead and also moved the decrement of max_work for
the halve case as well so we take care of that before we actually attempt
to halve the tnode.
Fixes: 88bae714 ("fib_trie: Add key vector to root, return parent key_vector in resize")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make the behavior predictable when attempting to pair with a device
for which we already have a Link Key or Long Term Key, this patch adds a
new 'Already Paired' error which gets sent in such a scenario.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the case of a trie that had no tnodes with a key of 0 the initial
look-up would fail resulting in an out-of-bounds cindex on the first tnode.
This resulted in an entire trie being skipped.
In order resolve this I have updated the cindex logic in the initial
look-up so that if the key is zero we will always traverse the child zero
path.
Fixes: 8be33e95 ("fib_trie: Fib walk rcu should take a tnode and key instead of a trie and a leaf")
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To maximize the usability of the Fast Connectable feature we should make
it possible to set (or unset) it at any given moment. This means
removing the dependency on the 'connectable' setting as well as the
'powered' setting. The former makes also sense since page scan may get
enabled through add_device even if 'connectable' is false. To keep the
setting available over power cycles its flag also needs to be removed
from the flags that are cleared upon HCI_Reset.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Remove all inline keywords, add some const, and cleanup style.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_diag_check_cookie() second parameter is constant
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net-next
The following batch contains a couple of fixes to address some fallout
from the previous pull request, they are:
1) Address link problems in the bridge code after e5de75b. Fix it by
using rcu hook to address to avoid ifdef pollution and hard
dependency between bridge and br_netfilter.
2) Address sparse warnings in the netfilter reject code, patch from
Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
e5de75b ("netfilter: bridge: move DNAT helper to br_netfilter") results
in the following link problem:
net/bridge/br_device.c:29: undefined reference to `br_nf_prerouting_finish_bridge`
Moreover it creates a hard dependency between br_netfilter and the
bridge core, which is what we've been trying to avoid so far.
Resolve this problem by using a hook structure so we reduce #ifdef
pollution and keep bridge netfilter specific code under br_netfilter.c
which was the original intention.
Reported-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ shows following:
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:65:50: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:65:50: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] protocol [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:102:37: warning: cast from restricted __be16
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:102:37: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types) [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:121:50: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types) [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:168:52: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types) [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:233:52: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types) [..]
Caused by two (harmless) errors:
1. htons() instead of ntohs()
2. __be16 for protocol in nf_reject_ipXhdr_put API, use u8 instead.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pass in the netlink flags (NLM_F_*) into switchdev driver for IPv4 FIB add op
to allow driver to 1) optimize hardware updates, 2) handle ip route prepend
and append commands correctly.
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using of_find_device_by_node() restricts the search to platform_device that
match the specified device_node pointer. This is not even remotely true for
network devices backed by a pci_device for instance.
of_find_net_device_by_node() allows us to do a more thorough lookup to find the
struct net_device corresponding to a particular device_node pointer.
For symetry with the non-OF code path, we hold the net_device pointer in
dsa_probe() just like what dev_to_net_dev() does when we call this
function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper function which allows getting the struct net_device pointer
associated with a given struct device_node pointer. This is useful for
instance for DSA Ethernet devices not backed by a platform_device, but a PCI
device.
Since we need to access net_class which is not accessible outside of
net/core/net-sysfs.c, this helper function is also added here and gated
with CONFIG_OF_NET.
Network devices initialized with SET_NETDEV_DEV() are also taken into
account by checking for dev->parent first and then falling back to
checking the device pointer within struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We dynamically allocate divisor+1 entries for ->ht[] in tc_u_hnode:
ht = kzalloc(sizeof(*ht) + divisor*sizeof(void *), GFP_KERNEL);
So ->ht is supposed to be the last field of this struct, however
this is broken, since an rcu head is appended after it.
Fixes: 1ce87720d4 ("net: sched: make cls_u32 lockless")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
Overlapping changes in macb driver, mostly fixes and cleanups
in 'net' overlapping with the integration of at91_ether into
macb in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) nft_compat accidently truncates ethernet protocol to 8-bits, from
Arturo Borrero.
2) Memory leak in ip_vs_proc_conn(), from Julian Anastasov.
3) Don't allow the space required for nftables rules to exceed the
maximum value representable in the dlen field. From Patrick
McHardy.
4) bcm63xx_enet can accidently leave interrupts permanently disabled
due to errors in the NAPI polling exit logic. Fix from Nicolas
Schichan.
5) Fix OOPSes triggerable by the ping protocol module, due to missing
address family validations etc. From Lorenzo Colitti.
6) Don't use RCU locking in sleepable context in team driver, from Jiri
Pirko.
7) xen-netback miscalculates statistic offset pointers when reporting
the stats to userspace. From David Vrabel.
8) Fix a leak of up to 256 pages per VIF destroy in xen-netaback, also
from David Vrabel.
9) ip_check_defrag() cannot assume that skb_network_offset(),
particularly when it is used by the AF_PACKET fanout defrag code.
From Alexander Drozdov.
10) gianfar driver doesn't query OF node names properly when trying to
determine the number of hw queues available. Fix it to explicitly
check for OF nodes named queue-group. From Tobias Waldekranz.
11) MID field in macb driver should be 12 bits, not 16. From Punnaiah
Choudary Kalluri.
12) Fix unintentional regression in traceroute due to timestamp socket
option changes. Empty ICMP payloads should be allowed in
non-timestamp cases. From Willem de Bruijn.
13) When devices are unregistered, we have to get rid of AF_PACKET
multicast list entries that point to it via ifindex. Fix from
Francesco Ruggeri.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (38 commits)
tipc: fix bug in link failover handling
net: delete stale packet_mclist entries
net: macb: constify macb configuration data
MAINTAINERS: add Marc Kleine-Budde as co maintainer for CAN networking layer
MAINTAINERS: linux-can moved to github
can: kvaser_usb: Read all messages in a bulk-in URB buffer
can: kvaser_usb: Avoid double free on URB submission failures
can: peak_usb: fix missing ctrlmode_ init for every dev
can: add missing initialisations in CAN related skbuffs
ip: fix error queue empty skb handling
bgmac: Clean warning messages
tcp: align tcp_xmit_size_goal() on tcp_tso_autosize()
net: fec: fix unbalanced clk disable on driver unbind
net: macb: Correct the MID field length value
net: gianfar: correctly determine the number of queue groups
ipv4: ip_check_defrag should not assume that skb_network_offset is zero
net: bcmgenet: properly disable password matching
net: eth: xgene: fix booting with devicetree
bnx2x: Force fundamental reset for EEH recovery
xen-netback: refactor xenvif_handle_frag_list()
...
In commit c637c10355
("tipc: resolve race problem at unicast message reception") we
introduced a new mechanism for delivering buffers upwards from link
to socket layer.
That code contains a bug in how we handle the new link input queue
during failover. When a link is reset, some of its users may be blocked
because of congestion, and in order to resolve this, we add any pending
wakeup pseudo messages to the link's input queue, and deliver them to
the socket. This misses the case where the other, remaining link also
may have congested users. Currently, the owner node's reference to the
remaining link's input queue is unconditionally overwritten by the
reset link's input queue. This has the effect that wakeup events from
the remaining link may be unduely delayed (but not lost) for a
potentially long period.
We fix this by adding the pending events from the reset link to the
input queue that is currently referenced by the node, whichever one
it is.
This commit should be applied to both net and net-next.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an interface is deleted from a net namespace the ifindex in the
corresponding entries in PF_PACKET sockets' mclists becomes stale.
This can create inconsistencies if later an interface with the same ifindex
is moved from a different namespace (not that unlikely since ifindexes are
per-namespace).
In particular we saw problems with dev->promiscuity, resulting
in "promiscuity touches roof, set promiscuity failed. promiscuity
feature of device might be broken" warnings and EOVERFLOW failures of
setsockopt(PACKET_ADD_MEMBERSHIP).
This patch deletes the mclist entries for interfaces that are deleted.
Since this now causes setsockopt(PACKET_DROP_MEMBERSHIP) to fail with
EADDRNOTAVAIL if called after the interface is deleted, also make
packet_mc_drop not fail.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After my change to neigh_hh_init to obtain the protocol from the
neigh_table there are no more users of protocol in struct dst_ops.
Remove the protocol field from dst_ops and all of it's initializers.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, improvements for the packet rejection infrastructure,
deprecation of CLUSTERIP, cleanups for nf_tables and some untangling for
br_netfilter. More specifically they are:
1) Send packet to reset flow if checksum is valid, from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix nf_tables reject bridge from the input chain, also from Florian.
3) Deprecate the CLUSTERIP target, the cluster match supersedes it in
functionality and it's known to have problems.
4) A couple of cleanups for nf_tables rule tracing infrastructure, from
Patrick McHardy.
5) Another cleanup to place transaction declarations at the bottom of
nf_tables.h, also from Patrick.
6) Consolidate Kconfig dependencies wrt. NF_TABLES.
7) Limit table names to 32 bytes in nf_tables.
8) mac header copying in bridge netfilter is already required when
calling ip_fragment(), from Florian Westphal.
9) move nf_bridge_update_protocol() to br_netfilter.c, also from
Florian.
10) Small refactor in br_netfilter in the transmission path, again from
Florian.
11) Move br_nf_pre_routing_finish_bridge_slow() to br_netfilter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9bbb4ecc68 ("tipc: standardize recvmsg routine") changed
the sleep/wakeup behaviour for sockets entering recv() or accept().
In this process the order of reporting -EAGAIN/-EINTR was reversed.
This caused problems with wrong errno being reported back if the
timeout expires. The same problem happens if the socket is
nonblocking and recv()/accept() is called when the process have
pending signals. If there is no pending data read or connections to
accept, -EINTR will be returned instead of -EAGAIN.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reported-by László Benedek <laszlo.benedek@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d0f91938be ("tipc: add ip/udp media type") introduced
some new sparse warnings. Clean them up.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel automatically creates a tp for each
(kind, protocol, priority) tuple, which has handle 0,
when we add a new filter, but it still is left there
after we remove our own, unless we don't specify the
handle (literally means all the filters under
the tuple). For example this one is left:
# tc filter show dev eth0
filter parent 8001: protocol arp pref 49152 basic
The user-space is hard to clean up these for kernel
because filters like u32 are organized in a complex way.
So kernel is responsible to remove it after all filters
are gone. Each type of filter has its own way to
store the filters, so each type has to provide its
way to check if all filters are gone.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim<jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only one caller, there is no need to keep this in a header.
Move it to br_netfilter.c where this belongs to.
Based on patch from Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The mac header only has to be copied back into the skb for
fragments generated by ip_fragment(), which only happens
for bridge forwarded packets with nf-call-iptables=1 && active nf_defrag.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When accessing CAN network interfaces with AF_PACKET sockets e.g. by dhclient
this can lead to a skb_under_panic due to missing skb initialisations.
Add the missing initialisations at the CAN skbuff creation times on driver
level (rx path) and in the network layer (tx path).
Reported-by: Austin Schuh <austin@peloton-tech.com>
Reported-by: Daniel Steer <daniel.steer@mclaren.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
When reading from the error queue, msg_name and msg_control are only
populated for some errors. A new exception for empty timestamp skbs
added a false positive on icmp errors without payload.
`traceroute -M udpconn` only displayed gateways that return payload
with the icmp error: the embedded network headers are pulled before
sock_queue_err_skb, leaving an skb with skb->len == 0 otherwise.
Fix this regression by refining when msg_name and msg_control
branches are taken. The solutions for the two fields are independent.
msg_name only makes sense for errors that configure serr->port and
serr->addr_offset. Test the first instead of skb->len. This also fixes
another issue. saddr could hold the wrong data, as serr->addr_offset
is not initialized in some code paths, pointing to the start of the
network header. It is only valid when serr->port is set (non-zero).
msg_control support differs between IPv4 and IPv6. IPv4 only honors
requests for ICMP and timestamps with SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_CMSG. The
skb->len test can simply be removed, because skb->dev is also tested
and never true for empty skbs. IPv6 honors requests for all errors
aside from local errors and timestamps on empty skbs.
In both cases, make the policy more explicit by moving this logic to
a new function that decides whether to process msg_control and that
optionally prepares the necessary fields in skb->cb[]. After this
change, the IPv4 and IPv6 paths are more similar.
The last case is rxrpc. Here, simply refine to only match timestamps.
Fixes: 49ca0d8bfa ("net-timestamp: no-payload option")
Reported-by: Jan Niehusmann <jan@gondor.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
Changes
v1->v2
- fix local origin test inversion in ip6_datagram_support_cmsg
- make v4 and v6 code paths more similar by introducing analogous
ipv4_datagram_support_cmsg
- fix compile bug in rxrpc
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with
neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family
as a parameter.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the OPENVSWITCH Kconfig option and old Kconfigs by having
OPENVSWITCH select both NET_MPLS_GSO and MPLSO.
A Kbuild test robot reported that when NET_MPLS_GSO is selected by
OPENVSWITCH the generated .config is broken because MPLS is not
selected.
Cc: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Fixes: cec9166ca4 mpls: Refactor how the mpls module is built
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to RFC3032 section 2.4.2 packets with an outgoing
ttl of 0 MUST NOT be forwarded. According to section 2.4.1
an outgoing TTL of 0 comes from an incomming TTL <= 1.
Therefore any packets that is received with a ttl <= 1 should
not have it's ttl decremented and forwarded.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations
in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code
for performance by moving work before loops.
This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and
rcu_dereference.
Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick
out like a sore thumb.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
*Blink* I got the argument order wrong to kzalloc and the
code was working properly when tested. *Blink*
Fix that.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
POLL_OUT isn't what callers of ->poll() are expecting to see; it's
actually __SI_POLL | 2 and it's a siginfo code, not a poll bitmap
bit...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Bruce Fields <bfields@fieldses.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Here are some tty and serial driver fixes for 4.0-rc3.
Along with the atime fix that you know about, here are some other serial
driver bugfixes as well. Most notable is a wait_until_sent bugfix that
was traced back to being around since before 2.6.12 that Johan has fixed
up.
All have been in linux-next successfully.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iEYEABECAAYFAlT8RCYACgkQMUfUDdst+yk62QCgycxS4giC2hyRver3dyvaNR6g
zYYAn2w0uRndW+AqP4Tls54isRz6owpF
=gA2k
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-4.0-rc3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull tty/serial fixes from Greg KH:
"Here are some tty and serial driver fixes for 4.0-rc3.
Along with the atime fix that you know about, here are some other
serial driver bugfixes as well. Most notable is a wait_until_sent
bugfix that was traced back to being around since before 2.6.12 that
Johan has fixed up.
All have been in linux-next successfully"
* tag 'tty-4.0-rc3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty:
TTY: fix tty_wait_until_sent maximum timeout
TTY: fix tty_wait_until_sent on 64-bit machines
USB: serial: fix infinite wait_until_sent timeout
TTY: bfin_jtag_comm: remove incorrect wait_until_sent operation
net: irda: fix wait_until_sent poll timeout
serial: uapi: Declare all userspace-visible io types
serial: core: Fix iotype userspace breakage
serial: sprd: Fix missing spin_unlock in sprd_handle_irq()
console: Fix console name size mismatch
tty: fix up atime/mtime mess, take four
serial: 8250_dw: Fix get_mctrl behaviour
serial:8250:8250_pci: delete unneeded quirk entries
serial:8250:8250_pci: fix redundant entry report for WCH_CH352_2S
Change email address for 8250_pci
serial: 8250: Revert "tty: serial: 8250_core: read only RX if there is something in the FIFO"
Revert "tty/serial: of_serial: add DT alias ID handling"
While compiling the following warning occurs:
WARNING: net/built-in.o(.init.text+0x602c): Section mismatch in
reference from the function bt_init() to the function
.exit.text:sco_exit()
The function __init bt_init() references
a function __exit sco_exit().
This is often seen when error handling in the init function
uses functionality in the exit path.
The fix is often to remove the __exit annotation of
sco_exit() so it may be used outside an exit section.
Since commit 6d785aa345 ("Bluetooth:
Convert mgmt to use HCI chan registration API") the function "sco_exit"
is used inside of function "bt_init". The suggested solution by remove
the __exit annotation solved this issue.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some drivers use copybreak to copy tiny frames into smaller skb,
and this smaller skb might not have skb->head_frag set for various
reasons.
skb_gro_receive() currently doesn't allow to aggregate the smaller skb
into the previous GRO packet if this GRO packet has at least 2 MSS in
it.
Following workload easily demonstrates the problem.
netperf -t TCP_RR -H target -- -r 3000,3000
(tcpdump shows one GRO packet with 2 MSS, plus one additional packet of
104 bytes that should have been appended.)
It turns out that we can remove code from skb_gro_receive(), because
commit 8a29111c7c ("net: gro: allow to build full sized skb") and its
followups removed the assumption that a GRO packet with a frag_list had
to have an empty head.
Removing this code allows the aggregation of the last (incomplete) frame
in some RPC workloads. Note that tcp_gro_receive() already takes care of
forcing a flush if necessary, including this case.
If we want to avoid using frag_list in the first place (in forwarding
workloads for example, as the outgoing NIC is generally not able to cope
with skbs having a frag_list), we need to address this separately.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As specified in 802.1Qau spec. Add this optional attribute to the
DCB netlink layer. To allow for application to use the new attribute,
NIC drivers should implement and register the callbacks ieee_getqcn,
ieee_setqcn and ieee_getqcnstats.
The QCN attribute holds a set of parameters for management, and
a set of statistics to provide informative data on Congestion-Control
defined by this spec.
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shachar Raindel <raindel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case an infinite timeout (0) is requested, the irda wait_until_sent
implementation would use a zero poll timeout rather than the default
200ms.
Note that wait_until_sent is currently never called with a 0-timeout
argument due to a bug in tty_wait_until_sent.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v2.6.12
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This change makes it so that the root of the trie contains a key_vector, by
doing this we make room to essentially collapse the entire trie by at least
one cache line as we can store the information about the tnode or leaf that
is pointed to in the root.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pulls the parent pointer from the key_vector and places it in
the tnode structure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This pulls the information about the child array out of the key_vector and
places it in the tnode since that is where it is needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU is only needed once for the entire node, not once per key_vector so we
can pull that out and move it to the tnode structure.
In addition add accessors to be used inside the RCU functions so that we
can more easily get from the key vector to either the tnode or the trie
pointers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pulls the fields not explicitly needed in the key_vector and
placed them in the new tnode structure. By doing this we will eventually
be able to reduce the key_vector down to 16 bytes on 64 bit systems, and
12 bytes on 32 bit systems.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are now checking the length of a key_vector instead of a tnode so it
makes sense to probably just rename this to child_length since it would
probably even be applicable to a leaf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I am replacing the tnode_get_child call with get_child since we are
techically pulling the child out of a key_vector now and not a tnode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tnode to key_vector. The key_vector will be the eventual
container for all of the information needed by either a leaf or a tnode.
The final result should be much smaller than the 40 bytes currently needed
for either one.
This also updates the trie struct so that it contains an array of size 1 of
tnode pointers. This is to bring the structure more inline with how an
actual tnode itself is configured.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resize related functions now all return a pointer to the pointer that
references the object that was resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change just does a couple of minor cleanups on
fib_table_flush_external. Specifically it addresses the fact that resize
was being called even though nothing was being removed from the table, and
it drops an unecessary indent since we could just call continue on the
inverse of the fi && flag check.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the nla length is less than 2 then the nla data could be accessed
beyond the accessible bounds. So ensure that the nla is big enough to
at least read the via_family before doing so. Replace magic value of
2.
Fixes: 03c0566542 ("mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes")
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per RFC4821 7.3. Selecting Probe Size, a probe timer should
be armed once probing has converged. Once this timer expired,
probing again to take advantage of any path PMTU change. The
recommended probing interval is 10 minutes per RFC1981. Probing
interval could be sysctled by sysctl_tcp_probe_interval.
Eric Dumazet suggested to implement pseudo timer based on 32bits
jiffies tcp_time_stamp instead of using classic timer for such
rare event.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current probe_size is chosen by doubling mss_cache,
the probing process will end shortly with a sub-optimal
mss size, and the link mtu will not be taken full
advantage of, in return, this will make user to tweak
tcp_base_mss with care.
Use binary search to choose probe_size in a fine
granularity manner, an optimal mss will be found
to boost performance as its maxmium.
In addition, introduce a sysctl_tcp_probe_threshold
to control when probing will stop in respect to
the width of search range.
Test env:
Docker instance with vxlan encapuslation(82599EB)
iperf -c 10.0.0.24 -t 60
before this patch:
1.26 Gbits/sec
After this patch: increase 26%
1.59 Gbits/sec
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Other users users of the neighbour table use neigh->output as the method
to decided when and which link-layer header to place on a packet.
DECnet has been using neigh->output to decide which DECnet headers to
place on a packet depending which neighbour the packet is destined for.
The DECnet usage isn't totally wrong but it can run into problems if the
neighbour output function is run for a second time as the teql driver
and the bridge netfilter code can do.
Therefore to avoid pathologic problems later down the line and make the
neighbour code easier to understand by refactoring the decnet output
code to only use a neighbour method to add a link layer header to a
packet.
This is done by moving the neigbhour operations lookup from
dn_to_neigh_output to dn_neigh_output_packet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the mgmt_event() function is only capable of sending to
HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL. To void having to change all users of it, add a new
mgmt_send_event() function that takes a channel parameter, and make the
old mgmt_event() a wrapper that passes MGMT_CHANNEL_CONTROL to it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the pending_cmd struct (used for tracking pending mgmt
commands) to mgmt_pending_cmd, so that it can be moved to a more generic
place and be used also by other modules using other HCI channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the cmd_complete() function to mgmt_cmd_complete() in
preparation of making it a generic helper for other modules to use too.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the cmd_status() function to mgmt_cmd_status() in
preparation of making it a generic helper for other modules to use too.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to completely generalize the mgmt command handling we need to
move away command-specific information from mgmt_control() into the
actual command table. This patch adds a new 'flags' field to the handler
entries which can now contain the following command specific
information:
- Command takes variable length parameters
- Command doesn't target any specific HCI device
- Command can be sent when the HCI device is unconfigured
After this the mgmt_control() function is completely generic and can
potentially be reused by new HCI channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the existing mgmt code to use the newly introduced
generic API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like semantics.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like
semantics. For now the only user will be HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL, but e.g.
6lowpan is intended to use this as well in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently it is not possible to determine if the static address is used
by the controller. It is also not possible to determine if using a
static on a dual-mode controller with disabled BR/EDR is possible or
not.
To address this issue, introduce a new setting called static-address. If
support for this setting is signaled that means that the kernel supports
using static addresses. And if used on dual-mode controllers with BR/EDR
disabled it means that a configured static address can be used.
In addition utilize the same setting for the list of current active
settings that indicates if a static address is configured and if that
address will be actually used.
With this in mind the existing Set Static Address management command
has been extended to return the current settings. That way the caller
of that command can easily determine if the programmed address will
be used or if extra steps are required.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Highlights include:
- Fix a regression in the NFSv4 open state recovery code
- Fix a regression in the NFSv4 close code
- Fix regressions and side-effects of the loop-back mounted NFS fixes
in 3.18, that cause the NFS read() syscall to return EBUSY.
- Fix regressions around the readdirplus code and how it interacts with
the VFS lazy unmount changes that went into v3.18.
- Fix issues with out-of-order RPC call replies replacing updated
attributes with stale ones (particularly after a truncate()).
- Fix an underflow checking issue with RPC/RDMA credits
- Fix a number of issues with the NFSv4 delegation return/free code.
- Fix issues around stale NFSv4.1 leases when doing a mount
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=qMB7
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-4.0-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
- Fix a regression in the NFSv4 open state recovery code
- Fix a regression in the NFSv4 close code
- Fix regressions and side-effects of the loop-back mounted NFS fixes
in 3.18, that cause the NFS read() syscall to return EBUSY.
- Fix regressions around the readdirplus code and how it interacts
with the VFS lazy unmount changes that went into v3.18.
- Fix issues with out-of-order RPC call replies replacing updated
attributes with stale ones (particularly after a truncate()).
- Fix an underflow checking issue with RPC/RDMA credits
- Fix a number of issues with the NFSv4 delegation return/free code.
- Fix issues around stale NFSv4.1 leases when doing a mount"
* tag 'nfs-for-4.0-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (24 commits)
NFSv4.1: Clear the old state by our client id before establishing a new lease
NFSv4: Fix a race in NFSv4.1 server trunking discovery
NFS: Don't write enable new pages while an invalidation is proceeding
NFS: Fix a regression in the read() syscall
NFSv4: Ensure we skip delegations that are already being returned
NFSv4: Pin the superblock while we're returning the delegation
NFSv4: Ensure we honour NFS_DELEGATION_RETURNING in nfs_inode_set_delegation()
NFSv4: Ensure that we don't reap a delegation that is being returned
NFS: Fix stateid used for NFS v4 closes
NFSv4: Don't call put_rpccred() under the rcu_read_lock()
NFS: Don't require a filehandle to refresh the inode in nfs_prime_dcache()
NFSv3: Use the readdir fileid as the mounted-on-fileid
NFS: Don't invalidate a submounted dentry in nfs_prime_dcache()
NFSv4: Set a barrier in the update_changeattr() helper
NFS: Fix nfs_post_op_update_inode() to set an attribute barrier
NFS: Remove size hack in nfs_inode_attrs_need_update()
NFSv4: Add attribute update barriers to delegreturn and pNFS layoutcommit
NFS: Add attribute update barriers to NFS writebacks
NFS: Set an attribute barrier on all updates
NFS: Add attribute update barriers to nfs_setattr_update_inode()
...
Timeout was scheduled only in case CRDA was called due to user hints,
but was not scheduled for other cases. This can result in regulatory
hint processing getting stuck in case that there is no CRDA configured.
Change this by scheduling a timeout every time CRDA is called. In
addition, in restore_regulatory_settings() all pending requests are
restored (and not only the user ones).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the indoor setting configuration assumed that as
long as a station interface is connected, the indoor environment
setting does not change. However, this assumption is problematic
as:
- It is possible that a station interface is connected to a mobile
AP, e.g., softAP or a P2P GO, where it is possible that both the
station and the mobile AP move out of the indoor environment making
the indoor setting invalid. In such a case, user space has no way to
invalidate the setting.
- A station interface disconnection does not necessarily imply that
the device is no longer operating in an indoor environment, e.g.,
it is possible that the station interface is roaming but is still
stays indoor.
To handle the above, extend the indoor configuration API to allow
user space to indicate a change of indoor settings, and allow it to
indicate weather it controls the indoor setting, such that:
1. If the user space process explicitly indicates that it is going
to control the indoor setting, do not clear the indoor setting
internally, unless the socket is released. The user space process
should use the NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER attribute in the command
to state that it is going to control the indoor setting.
2. Reset the indoor setting when restoring the regulatory settings in
case it is not owned by a user space process.
Based on the above, a user space tool that continuously monitors the
indoor settings, i.e., tracking power setting, location etc., can
indicate environment changes to the regulatory core.
It should be noted that currently user space is the only provided mechanism
used to hint to the regulatory core over the indoor/outdoor environment --
while the country IEs do have an environment setting this has been completely
ignored by the regulatory core by design for a while now since country IEs
typically can contain bogus data.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Directly update the indoor setting without wrapping it as
a regulatory request, to simplify the processing.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
net/ipv4/fib_trie.c: In function ‘fib_table_flush_external’:
net/ipv4/fib_trie.c:1572:6: warning: unused variable ‘found’ [-Wunused-variable]
int found = 0;
^
net/ipv4/fib_trie.c:1571:16: warning: unused variable ‘slen’ [-Wunused-variable]
unsigned char slen;
^
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call into the switchdev driver any time an IPv4 fib entry is
added/modified/deleted from the kernel's FIB. The switchdev driver may or
may not install the route to the offload device. In the case where the
driver tries to install the route and something goes wrong (device's routing
table is full, etc), then all of the offloaded routes will be flushed from the
device, route forwarding falls back to the kernel, and no more routes are
offloading.
We can refine this logic later. For now, use the simplist model of offloading
routes up to the point of failure, and then on failure, undo everything and
mark IPv4 offloading disabled.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flesh out ndo wrappers to call into device driver. To call into device driver,
the wrapper must interate over route's nexthops to ensure all nexthop devs
belong to the same switch device. Currently, there is no support for route's
nexthops spanning offloaded and non-offloaded devices, or spanning ports of
multiple offload devices.
Since switch device ports may be stacked under virtual interfaces (bonds and/or
bridges), and the route's nexthop may be on the virtual interface, the wrapper
will traverse the nexthop dev down to the base dev. It's the base dev that's
passed to the switchdev driver's ndo ops.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep switchdev FIB offload model simple for now and don't allow custom ip
rules.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add IPv4 fib ndo wrapper funcs and stub them out for now.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the core logic that setups a 'struct dsa_switch_tree' and
removes it, update dsa_probe() and dsa_remove() to use the two helper
functions. This will be useful to allow for other callers to setup
this structure differently.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support the new DSA device driver model, a dsa_switch should
be able to advertise the type of tagging protocol supported by the
underlying switch device. This also removes constraints on how tagging
can be stacked to each other.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split the part of dsa_switch_setup() which is responsible for allocating
and initializing a 'struct dsa_switch' and the part which is doing a
given switch device setup and slave network device creation.
This is a preliminary change to allow a separate caller of
dsa_switch_setup_one() which may have externally initialized the
dsa_switch structure, outside of dsa_switch_setup().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing a different model to register DSA switches,
update dsa_of_probe() and dsa_probe() to return -EPROBE_DEFER where
appropriate.
Failure to find a phandle or Device Tree property is still fatal, but
looking up the internal device structure associated with a Device Tree
node is something that might need to be delayed based on driver probe
ordering.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing a different mechanism to register DSA switch
devices and driver, update dsa_of_probe and dsa_of_remove to take a
struct device pointer since neither of these two functions uses the
struct platform_device pointer.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
timewait sockets now share a common base with established sockets.
inet_twsk_diag_dump() can use inet_diag_bc_sk() instead of duplicating
code, granted that inet_diag_bc_sk() does proper userlocks
initialization.
twsk_build_assert() will catch any future changes that could break
the assumptions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With some mss values, it is possible tcp_xmit_size_goal() puts
one segment more in TSO packet than tcp_tso_autosize().
We send then one TSO packet followed by one single MSS.
It is not a serious bug, but we can do slightly better, especially
for drivers using netif_set_gso_max_size() to lower gso_max_size.
Using same formula avoids these corner cases and makes
tcp_xmit_size_goal() a bit faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 605ad7f184 ("tcp: refine TSO autosizing")
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip/udp bearer can be configured in a point-to-point
mode by specifying both local and remote ip/hostname,
or it can be enabled in multicast mode, where links are
established to all tipc nodes that have joined the same
multicast group. The multicast IP address is generated
based on the TIPC network ID, but can be overridden by
using another multicast address as remote ip.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The payload area following the TIPC discovery message header is an
opaque area defined by the media. INT_H_SIZE was enough for
Ethernet/IB/IPv4 but needs to be expanded to carry IPv6 addressing
information.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Don't truncate ethernet protocol type to u8 in nft_compat, from
Arturo Borrero.
2) Fix several problems in the addition/deletion of elements in nf_tables.
3) Fix module refcount leak in ip_vs_sync, from Julian Anastasov.
4) Fix a race condition in the abort path in the nf_tables transaction
infrastructure. Basically aborted rules can show up as active rules
until changes are unrolled, oneliner from Patrick McHardy.
5) Check for overflows in the data area of the rule, also from Patrick.
6) Fix off-by-one in the per-rule user data size field. This introduces
a new nft_userdata structure that is placed at the beginning of the
user data area that contains the length to save some bits from the
rule and we only need one bit to indicate its presence, from Patrick.
7) Fix rule replacement error path, the replaced rule is deleted on
error instead of leaving it in place. This has been fixed by relying
on the abort path to undo the incomplete replacement.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_check_defrag() may be used by af_packet to defragment outgoing packets.
skb_network_offset() of af_packet's outgoing packets is not zero.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Drozdov <al.drozdov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes this build error:
net/mpls/af_mpls.c: In function 'resize_platform_label_table':
net/mpls/af_mpls.c:767:4: error: implicit declaration of function 'vzalloc' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
labels = vzalloc(size);
^
Fixes: 7720c01f3f ("mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* JUMP and GOTO are equivalent except for JUMP pushing the current
context to the stack
* RETURN and implicit RETURN (CONTINUE) are equivalent except that
the logged rule number differs
Result:
nft_do_chain | -112
1 function changed, 112 bytes removed, diff: -112
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The tracing code is squeezed between multiple related parts of the
evaluation code, move it out. Also add an inline wrapper for the
reoccuring test for skb->nf_trace.
Small code savings in nft_do_chain():
nft_trace_packet | -137
nft_do_chain | -8
2 functions changed, 145 bytes removed, diff: -145
net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.c:
__nft_trace_packet | +137
1 function changed, 137 bytes added, diff: +137
net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.o:
3 functions changed, 137 bytes added, 145 bytes removed, diff: -8
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
xt_cluster supersedes ipt_CLUSTERIP since it can be also used in
gateway configurations (not only from the backend side).
ipt_CLUSTER is also known to leak the netdev that it uses on
device removal, which requires a rather large fix to workaround
the problem: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/358629/
So let's deprecate this so we can probably kill code this in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This extends the design in commit 958501163d ("bridge: Add support for
IEEE 802.11 Proxy ARP") with optional set of rules that are needed to
meet the IEEE 802.11 and Hotspot 2.0 requirements for ProxyARP. The
previously added BR_PROXYARP behavior is left as-is and a new
BR_PROXYARP_WIFI alternative is added so that this behavior can be
configured from user space when required.
In addition, this enables proxyarp functionality for unicast ARP
requests for both BR_PROXYARP and BR_PROXYARP_WIFI since it is possible
to use unicast as well as broadcast for these frames.
The key differences in functionality:
BR_PROXYARP:
- uses the flag on the bridge port on which the request frame was
received to determine whether to reply
- block bridge port flooding completely on ports that enable proxy ARP
BR_PROXYARP_WIFI:
- uses the flag on the bridge port to which the target device of the
request belongs
- block bridge port flooding selectively based on whether the proxyarp
functionality replied
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes service discovery behaviour, when provided uuid filter
is empty and HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER is set. Before this
patch, empty uuid filter was unable to trigger scan restart, and that
caused inconsistent behaviour in applications.
Example: two DBus clients call BlueZ, one to find all devices with
service abcd, second to find all devices with rssi smaller than -90.
Sum of those filters, that is passed to mgmt_service_scan is empty
filter, with no rssi or uuids set.
That caused kernel not to restart scan when quirk was set.
That was inconsistent with what happen when there's only one of those
two filters set (scan is restarted and reports devices).
To fix that, new variable hdev->discovery.result_filtering was
introduced. It can indicate that filtered scan is running, no matter
what uuid or rssi filter is set.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch refactor code responsible for filtering when service
discovery method is used. Previously this code was mixed with
mgmt_device found logic. Now when it's in one place whole logic can
be greatly simplified. That includes removing no longer necessary
length field and merging checks for eir and scan_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves whole packet filering logic of service discovery
into new function is_filter_match. It's done because logic inside
mgmt_device_found is very complicated and needs some
simplification.
Also having whole logic in one place will allow to simplify it in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds code to prevent us from attempting to allocate a tnode with
a size larger than what can be represented by size_t.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change updates the fib_table_lookup function so that it is in sync
with the fib_find_node function in terms of the explanation for the index
check based on the bits value.
I have also updated it from doing a mask to just doing a compare as I have
found that seems to provide more options to the compiler as I have seen it
turn this into a shift of the value and test under some circumstances.
In addition I addressed one minor issue in which we kept computing the key
^ n->key when checking the fib aliases. I pulled the xor out of the loop
in order to reduce the number of memory reads in the lookup. As a result
we should save a couple cycles since the xor is only done once much earlier
in the lookup.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fib_table was wrapped in several places with an
rcu_read_lock/rcu_read_unlock however after looking over the code I found
several spots where the tables were being accessed as just standard
pointers without any protections. This change fixes that so that all of
the proper protections are in place when accessing the table to take RCU
replacement or removal of the table into account.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we are going to compact the leaf and tnode we first need to make sure
the fields are all in the same place. In that regard I am moving the leaf
pointer which represents the fib_alias hash list to occupy what is
currently the first key_vector pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that the insert and delete functions make use of
the tnode pointer returned in the fib_find_node call. By doing this we
will not have to rely on the parent pointer in the leaf which will be going
away soon.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that the parent pointer is returned by reference in
fib_find_node. By doing this I can use it to find the parent node when I
am performing an insertion and I don't have to look for it again in
fib_insert_node.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that leaf_walk_rcu takes a tnode and a key instead
of the trie and a leaf.
The main idea behind this is to avoid using the leaf parent pointer as that
can have additional overhead in the future as I am trying to reduce the
size of a leaf down to 16 bytes on 64b systems and 12b on 32b systems.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that we only call resize on the tnodes, instead of
from each of the leaves. By doing this we can significantly reduce the
amount of time spent resizing as we can update all of the leaves in the
tnode first before we make any determinations about resizing. As a result
we can simply free the tnode in the case that all of the leaves from a
given tnode are flushed instead of resizing with each leaf removed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. For an IPv4 ping socket, ping_check_bind_addr does not check
the family of the socket address that's passed in. Instead,
make it behave like inet_bind, which enforces either that the
address family is AF_INET, or that the family is AF_UNSPEC and
the address is 0.0.0.0.
2. For an IPv6 ping socket, ping_check_bind_addr returns EINVAL
if the socket family is not AF_INET6. Return EAFNOSUPPORT
instead, for consistency with inet6_bind.
3. Make ping_v4_sendmsg and ping_v6_sendmsg return EAFNOSUPPORT
instead of EINVAL if an incorrect socket address structure is
passed in.
4. Make IPv6 ping sockets be IPv6-only. The code does not support
IPv4, and it cannot easily be made to support IPv4 because
the protocol numbers for ICMP and ICMPv6 are different. This
makes connect(::ffff:192.0.2.1) fail with EAFNOSUPPORT instead
of making the socket unusable.
Among other things, this fixes an oops that can be triggered by:
int s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_ICMP);
struct sockaddr_in6 sin6 = {
.sin6_family = AF_INET6,
.sin6_addr = in6addr_any,
};
bind(s, (struct sockaddr *) &sin6, sizeof(sin6));
Change-Id: If06ca86d9f1e4593c0d6df174caca3487c57a241
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In general, if a transaction object is added to the list successfully,
we can rely on the abort path to undo what we've done. This allows us to
simplify the error handling of the rule replacement path in
nf_tables_newrule().
This implicitly fixes an unnecessary removal of the old rule, which
needs to be left in place if we fail to replace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The NFT_USERDATA_MAXLEN is defined to 256, however we only have a u8
to store its size. Introduce a struct nft_userdata which contains a
length field and indicate its presence using a single bit in the rule.
The length field of struct nft_userdata is also a u8, however we don't
store zero sized data, so the actual length is udata->len + 1.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Check that the space required for the expressions doesn't exceed the
size of the dlen field, which would lead to the iterators crashing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A race condition exists in the rule transaction code for rules that
get added and removed within the same transaction.
The new rule starts out as inactive in the current and active in the
next generation and is inserted into the ruleset. When it is deleted,
it is additionally set to inactive in the next generation as well.
On commit the next generation is begun, then the actions are finalized.
For the new rule this would mean clearing out the inactive bit for
the previously current, now next generation.
However nft_rule_clear() clears out the bits for *both* generations,
activating the rule in the current generation, where it should be
deactivated due to being deleted. The rule will thus be active until
the deletion is finalized, removing the rule from the ruleset.
Similarly, when aborting a transaction for the same case, the undo
of insertion will remove it from the RCU protected rule list, the
deletion will clear out all bits. However until the next RCU
synchronization after all operations have been undone, the rule is
active on CPUs which can still see the rule on the list.
Generally, there may never be any modifications of the current
generations' inactive bit since this defeats the entire purpose of
atomicity. Change nft_rule_clear() to only touch the next generations
bit to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
timeout was being passed as int but assigned from u32/u16 values and used
as unsigned type. This is really only for better readability.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is primarily an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var) which also handles
corner cases correctly.
There is a change of behavior as e.g. for HZ 100, t * HZ / 1000 will
return 0 for t < 10 but msecs_to_jiffies will return at least 1 always.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some device drivers offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA
negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of
the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of
AddBA/DelBA action frames.
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
[fix commit log, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces
that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state
after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took
place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty".
Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag.
This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive
APIs remains the same.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the device supports waking up on 'any' signal - i.e. it continues
operating as usual and wakes up the host on pretty much anything that
happens, then it makes no sense to also configure the more restricted
WoWLAN mode where the device operates more autonomously but also in a
more restricted fashion.
Currently only cw2100 supports both 'any' and other triggers, but it
seems to be broken as it doesn't configure anything to the device, so
we can't currently get into a situation where both even can correctly
be configured. This is about to change (Intel devices are going to
support both and have different behaviour depending on configuration)
so make sure the conflicting modes cannot be configured.
(It seems that cw2100 advertises 'any' and 'disconnect' as a means of
saying that's what it will always do, but that isn't really the way
this API was meant to be used nor does it actually mean anything as
'any' always implies 'disconnect' already, and the driver doesn't
change device configuration in any way depending on the settings.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb() function currently entirely ignores
the fact that the SKB that is passed in might be split into more
than one due to fragmentation and doesn't check the list of skbs
that the TX handlers may create. In case this happens, it would
leak them.
Fix this and also don't leave the skb next/prev pointers dangling
pointing to the on-stack sk_buff_head.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_queue_work() we check if we're quiescing or suspended, so
it's not necessary to check for quiescing before calling this
function. Remove duplicate checks.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
TDLS off-channel can be allowed in channels marked with GO_CONCURRENT,
provided the device is connected to an AP on the same UNII.
When relaxing the NO-IR requirements for TDLS, we might hit flows in
cfg80211_reg_can_beacon that acquire the wdev lock. Take some measures
to allow this during TDLS setup.
Acquire the RCU read lock later in the flow that invokes
cfg80211_reg_can_beacon.
Avoid taking local->mtx when preparing the setup packet to avoid
circular deadlocks with mac80211 code that is invoked with wdev-mtx
held.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver rejects WoWLAN, restart the queues before returning
to cfg80211. cfg80211 will return to mac80211, but not before it
disconnects all interfaces. If we don't start the queues, any of
the packets needed for disconnecting won't be transmitted, which
is strange. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We check local->open_count at the top of the __ieee80211_suspend(), so
there's no need to check for it again. open_count is protected by the
rtnl, so there's no chance for it to have change between the two
calls.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers can't really be expected to suspend properly while auth
or assoc is in progress since then they don't have any state
they could keep with WoWLAN, nor can they actually finish the
authentication or association. In fact, keeping this can cause
subtle issues with drivers like iwlwifi that refuse WoWLAN if
not associated, but have trouble figuring out what's going on
in the middle of association.
In any case, regardless of possible driver issues in this area,
it doesn't make sense for mac80211 to try to WoWLAN-suspend in
the middle of such operations, so stop them before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes
are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes.
Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting
route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic
when an interface goes doew.
For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace
is not notified.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds two new netlink routing attributes:
RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST.
RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to
like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it
includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send
a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET,
AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac
address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the
destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration.
I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET
will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate
on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further
seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point
I don't care much either way.
RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet
with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop.
For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label.
For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels.
For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy
RTAN_NEWDST is specified.
Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink
RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the
MPLS label table.
rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message,
verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets
up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del.
I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats
that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so
don't properly have a scope.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is
traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting
as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label
stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink
I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit).
This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used,
and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length.
Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length
network representation allows existing userspace functions
such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their
prototype.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding
and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input
label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is
consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are
maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND,
NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE.
Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation
of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed.
Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without
specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label
table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal
but that can be changed.
As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback
device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding
MPLS over.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0
mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding
any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users.
The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense
table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and
is extremely simple and efficient to implement.
This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label
table size userspace applications need to cope with.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING.
The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received
from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and
forward the packet on.
Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This
implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that
can pass over essentially any network.
What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call
net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label
Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the
label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid.
Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032.
There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong
discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence
the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and
replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified
interface to it's next hop.
Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them
are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet
is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the
packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic
class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over
MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols.
Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and
sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for
which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac
address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS
such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is
appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented
at some point.
Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace.
Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit
endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract
the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format
mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit
label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally
everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing
to and reading from a packet.
For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out
an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly
if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL
(so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label
are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows
the kernel label table to function as the definitive source
of which labels are allocated and which are not.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This refactoring is needed to allow more than just mpls gso
support to be built into the mpls moddule.
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For MPLS I am building the code so that either the neighbour mac
address can be specified or we can have a next hop in ipv4 or ipv6.
The kind of next hop we have is indicated by the neighbour table
pointer. A neighbour table pointer of NULL is a link layer address.
A non-NULL neighbour table pointer indicates which neighbour table and
thus which address family the next hop address is in that we need to
look up.
The code either sends a packet directly or looks up the appropriate
neighbour table entry and sends the packet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking at the mpls code I found myself writing yet another
version of neigh_lookup_noref. We currently have __ipv4_lookup_noref
and __ipv6_lookup_noref.
So to make my work a little easier and to make it a smidge easier to
verify/maintain the mpls code in the future I stopped and wrote
___neigh_lookup_noref. Then I rewote __ipv4_lookup_noref and
__ipv6_lookup_noref in terms of this new function. I tested my new
version by verifying that the same code is generated in
ip_finish_output2 and ip6_finish_output2 where these functions are
inlined.
To get to ___neigh_lookup_noref I added a new neighbour cache table
function key_eq. So that the static size of the key would be
available.
I also added __neigh_lookup_noref for people who want to to lookup
a neighbour table entry quickly but don't know which neibhgour table
they are going to look up.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the STP timer fires, it can call br_ifinfo_notify(),
which in turn ends up in the new br_get_link_af_size().
This function is annotated to be using RTNL locking, which
clearly isn't the case here, and thus lockdep warns:
===============================
[ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ]
3.19.0+ #569 Not tainted
-------------------------------
net/bridge/br_private.h:204 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage!
Fix this by doing RCU locking here.
Fixes: b7853d73e3 ("bridge: add vlan info to bridge setlink and dellink notification messages")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull nfsd fixes from Bruce Fields:
"Three miscellaneous bugfixes, most importantly the clp->cl_revoked
bug, which we've seen several reports of people hitting"
* 'for-4.0' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
sunrpc: integer underflow in rsc_parse()
nfsd: fix clp->cl_revoked list deletion causing softlock in nfsd
svcrpc: fix memory leak in gssp_accept_sec_context_upcall
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) If an IPVS tunnel is created with a mixed-family destination
address, it cannot be removed. Fix from Alexey Andriyanov.
2) Fix module refcount underflow in netfilter's nft_compat, from Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
3) Generic statistics infrastructure can reference variables sitting on
a released function stack, therefore use dynamic allocation always.
Fix from Ignacy Gawędzki.
4) skb_copy_bits() return value test is inverted in ip_check_defrag().
5) Fix network namespace exit in openvswitch, we have to release all of
the per-net vports. From Pravin B Shelar.
6) Fix signedness bug in CAIF's cfpkt_iterate(), from Dan Carpenter.
7) Fix rhashtable grow/shrink behavior, only expand during inserts and
shrink during deletes. From Daniel Borkmann.
8) Netdevice names with semicolons should never be allowed, because
they serve as a separator. From Matthew Thode.
9) Use {,__}set_current_state() where appropriate, from Fabian
Frederick.
10) Revert byte queue limits support in r8169 driver, it's causing
regressions we can't figure out.
11) tcp_should_expand_sndbuf() erroneously uses tp->packets_out to
measure packets in flight, properly use tcp_packets_in_flight()
instead. From Neal Cardwell.
12) Fix accidental removal of support for bluetooth in CSR based Intel
wireless cards. From Marcel Holtmann.
13) We accidently added a behavioral change between native and compat
tasks, wrt testing the MSG_CMSG_COMPAT bit. Just ignore it if the
user happened to set it in a native binary as that was always the
behavior we had. From Catalin Marinas.
14) Check genlmsg_unicast() return valud in hwsim netlink tx frame
handling, from Bob Copeland.
15) Fix stale ->radar_required setting in mac80211 that can prevent
starting new scans, from Eliad Peller.
16) Fix memory leak in nl80211 monitor, from Johannes Berg.
17) Fix race in TX index handling in xen-netback, from David Vrabel.
18) Don't enable interrupts in amx-xgbe driver until all software et al.
state is ready for the interrupt handler to run. From Thomas
Lendacky.
19) Add missing netlink_ns_capable() checks to rtnl_newlink(), from Eric
W Biederman.
20) The amount of header space needed in macvtap was not calculated
properly, fix it otherwise we splat past the beginning of the
packet. From Eric Dumazet.
21) Fix bcmgenet TCP TX perf regression, from Jaedon Shin.
22) Don't raw initialize or mod timers, use setup_timer() and
mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
23) Fix software maintained statistics in bcmgenet and systemport
drivers, from Florian Fainelli.
24) DMA descriptor updates in sh_eth need proper memory barriers, from
Ben Hutchings.
25) Don't do UDP Fragmentation Offload on RAW sockets, from Michal
Kubecek.
26) Openvswitch's non-masked set actions aren't constructed properly
into netlink messages, fix from Joe Stringer.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
openvswitch: Fix serialization of non-masked set actions.
gianfar: Reduce logging noise seen due to phy polling if link is down
ibmveth: Add function to enable live MAC address changes
net: bridge: add compile-time assert for cb struct size
udp: only allow UFO for packets from SOCK_DGRAM sockets
sh_eth: Really fix padding of short frames on TX
Revert "sh_eth: Enable Rx descriptor word 0 shift for r8a7790"
sh_eth: Fix RX recovery on R-Car in case of RX ring underrun
sh_eth: Ensure proper ordering of descriptor active bit write/read
net/mlx4_en: Disbale GRO for incoming loopback/selftest packets
net/mlx4_core: Fix wrong mask and error flow for the update-qp command
net: systemport: fix software maintained statistics
net: bcmgenet: fix software maintained statistics
rxrpc: don't multiply with HZ twice
rxrpc: terminate retrans loop when sending of skb fails
net/hsr: Fix NULL pointer dereference and refcnt bugs when deleting a HSR interface.
net: pasemi: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: stmmac: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: axnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: pcnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
...
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the ax25 stack calls dev_queue_xmit it always calls
ax25_type_trans which sets skb->protocol to ETH_P_AX25.
Which means that by looking at the protocol type it is possible to
detect IP packets that have not been munged by the ax25 stack in
ndo_start_xmit and call a function to munge them.
Rename ax25_neigh_xmit to ax25_ip_xmit and tweak the return type and
value to be appropriate for an ndo_start_xmit function.
Update all of the ax25 devices to test the protocol type for ETH_P_IP
and return ax25_ip_xmit as the first thing they do. This preserves
the existing semantics of IP packet processing, but the timing will be
a little different as the IP packets now pass through the qdisc layer
before reaching the ax25 ip packet processing.
Remove the now unnecessary ax25 neighbour table operations.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set actions consist of a regular OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attribute nested inside
of a OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET action attribute. When converting masked actions
back to regular set actions, the inner attribute length was not changed,
ie, double the length being serialized. This patch fixes the bug.
Fixes: 83d2b9b ("net: openvswitch: Support masked set actions.")
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jrajahalme@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WAIT_FOR_DEMON code is directly undefined at the beginning
of signaling.c since initial git version and thus never compiled.
This also removes buggy current->state direct access.
Suggested-by: Chas Williams <chas@cmf.nrl.navy.mil>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make build fail if structure no longer fits into ->cb storage.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If any interface fails to be added to the driver in during reconfig,
we should remove all the successfully added interfaces and report
reconfig failure, so things can be cleaned up properly. Failing to do
so can lead to subsequent failures and leave the drivers in a messed
up state.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since cfg80211 disconnects, but has no insight into the association
process, it can happen that it disconnects while association is in
progress. We then try to abort association in mac80211, but this is
only later so the association can complete between the two.
This results in removing an interface from the driver while bound
to the channel context, obviously causing confusion and issues.
Solve this by also checking if we're associated during quiesce and
if so deauthenticating. The frame will no longer go out to the AP
which is a bit unfortunate, but it'll resolve the crash (and before
we would have suspended without telling the AP as well.)
I'm working on a better, but more complex solution as well, which
should avoid that problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the AID and VHT-cap/operation IEs during TDLS setup. Remove the
block of TDLS peers when setting HT-caps of the peer station.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Operating classes 128-130 are defined in the 11ac
spec for the 5GHz band.
Update ieee80211_operating_class_to_band() to support them.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Beacon's timestamp, device system time associated with this beacon and
DTIM count parameters are not updated in the associated vif context
if the latest beacon's content is identical to the previously received.
It make sense to update these changing parameters on every beacon so the
driver can get most updated values. This may be necessary, for example,
to avoid either beacons' drift effect or device time stamp overrun.
IMPORTANT: Three sync_* parameters - sync_ts, sync_device_ts and
sync_dtim_count would possibly be out of sync by the time the driver will
use them. The synchronized view is currently guaranteed only in certain
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This modifies cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() with an additional argument
struct wireless_dev *wdev. __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() is modified to
take in *wdev argument, if wdev != NULL, both the NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
and wdev identifier are added to the vendor event.
These changes make it easier for drivers to add ifindex indication in
vendor events cleanly.
This also updates all existing users of cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
and __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() in the kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Kholaif <akholaif@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS flag and VHT
support for IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11ad adds new a network type (PBSS) and changes the capability
field interpretation for the DMG (60G) band.
The same 2 bits that were interpreted as "ESS" and "IBSS" before are
re-used as a 2-bit field with 3 valid values (and 1 reserved). Valid
values are: "IBSS", "PBSS" (new) and "AP".
In order to get the BSS struct for the new PBSS networks, change the
cfg80211_get_bss() function to take a new enum ieee80211_bss_type
argument with the valid network types, as "capa_mask" and "capa_val"
no longer work correctly (the search must be band-aware now.)
The remaining bits in "capa_mask" and "capa_val" are used only for
privacy matching so replace those two with a privacy enum as well.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit log, tiny fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some APs experience problems when working with
U-APSD. Decreasing the probability of that
happening by using legacy mode for all ACs but VO
isn't enough.
Cisco 4410N originally forced us to enable VO by
default only because it treated non-VO ACs as
legacy.
However some APs (notably Netgear R7000) silently
reclassify packets to different ACs. Since u-APSD
ACs require trigger frames for frame retrieval
clients would never see some frames (e.g. ARP
responses) or would fetch them accidentally after
a long time.
It makes little sense to enable u-APSD queues by
default because it needs userspace applications to
be aware of it to actually take advantage of the
possible additional powersavings. Implicitly
depending on driver autotrigger frame support
doesn't make much sense.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
structure like xfrm_usersa_info or xfrm_userpolicy_info
has different sizeof when compiled as 32bits and 64bits
due to not appending pack attribute in their definition.
This will result in broken SA and SP information when user
trying to configure them through netlink interface.
Inform user land about this situation instead of keeping
silent, the upper test scripts would behave accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The mesh forwarding path was not checking that data
frames were protected when running an encrypted network;
add the necessary check.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an over-MTU UDP datagram is sent through a SOCK_RAW socket to a
UFO-capable device, ip_ufo_append_data() sets skb->ip_summed to
CHECKSUM_PARTIAL unconditionally as all GSO code assumes transport layer
checksum is to be computed on segmentation. However, in this case,
skb->csum_start and skb->csum_offset are never set as raw socket
transmit path bypasses udp_send_skb() where they are usually set. As a
result, driver may access invalid memory when trying to calculate the
checksum and store the result (as observed in virtio_net driver).
Moreover, the very idea of modifying the userspace provided UDP header
is IMHO against raw socket semantics (I wasn't able to find a document
clearly stating this or the opposite, though). And while allowing
CHECKSUM_NONE in the UFO case would be more efficient, it would be a bit
too intrusive change just to handle a corner case like this. Therefore
disallowing UFO for packets from SOCK_DGRAM seems to be the best option.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bridge reject handling is not straightforward, there are many subtle
differences depending on configuration.
skb->dev is either the bridge port (PRE_ROUTING) or the bridge
itself (INPUT), so we need to use indev instead.
Also, checksum validation will only work reliably if we trim skb
according to the l3 header size.
While at it, add csum validation for ipv6 and skip existing tests
if skb was already checked e.g. by GRO.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
tcp resets are never emitted if the packet that triggers the
reject/reset has an invalid checksum.
For icmp error responses there was no such check.
It allows to distinguish icmp response generated via
iptables -I INPUT -p udp --dport 42 -j REJECT
and those emitted by network stack (won't respond if csum is invalid,
REJECT does).
Arguably its possible to avoid this by using conntrack and only
using REJECT with -m conntrack NEW/RELATED.
However, this doesn't work when connection tracking is not in use
or when using nf_conntrack_checksum=0.
Furthermore, sending errors in response to invalid csums doesn't make
much sense so just add similar test as in nf_send_reset.
Validate csum if needed and only send the response if it is ok.
Reference: http://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1169829
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Having a dst helps a little bit for teql but is fundamentally
unnecessary and there are code paths where a dst is not available that
it would be nice to use the neighbour cache.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add protocol to neigh_tbl so that dst->ops->protocol is not needed
- Acquire the device from neigh->dev
This results in a neigh_hh_init that will cache the samve values
regardless of the packets flowing through it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no more callers so kill this function.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there are no more users kill dev_rebuild_header and all of it's
implementations.
This is long overdue.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Have ax25_neigh_output perform ordinary arp resolution before calling
ax25_neigh_xmit.
Call dev_hard_header in ax25_neigh_output with a destination address so
it will not fail, and the destination mac address will not need to be
set in ax25_neigh_xmit.
Remove arp_find from ax25_neigh_xmit (the ordinary arp resolution added
to ax25_neigh_output removes the need for calling arp_find).
Document how close ax25_neigh_output is to neigh_resolve_output.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Rename ax25_rebuild_header to ax25_neigh_xmit and call it from
ax25_neigh_output directly. The rename is to make it clear
that this is not a rebuild_header operation.
- Remove ax25_rebuild_header from ax25_header_ops.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only caller is now is ax25_neigh_construct so move
neigh_compat_output into ax25_ip.c make it static and rename it
ax25_neigh_output.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The special case has been pushed out into ax25_neigh_construct so there
is no need to keep this code in arp.c
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AX25 already has it's own private arp cache operations to isolate
it's abuse of dev_rebuild_header to transmit packets. Add a function
ax25_neigh_construct that will allow all of the ax25 devices to
force using these operations, so that the generic arp code does
not need to.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user is in ax25_ip.c so stop exporting these functions.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patterned after the similar code in net/rom this turns out
to be a trivial obviously correct transmformation.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not setting the destination address is a bug that I suspect causes no
problems today, as only the arp code seems to call dev_hard_header and
the description I have of rose is that it is expected to be used with a
static neigbour table.
I have derived the offset and the length of the rose destination address
from rose_rebuild_header where arp_find calls neigh_ha_snapshot to set
the destination address.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the unlikely (impossible?) event that we attempt to transmit
an ax25 packet over a non-ax25 device free the skb so we don't
leak it.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
A small batch with accumulated updates in nf-next, mostly IPVS updates,
they are:
1) Add 64-bits stats counters to IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
2) Move NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ADDRTYPE out of NETFILTER_ADVANCED as docker
seem to require this, from Anton Blanchard.
3) Use boolean instead of numeric value in set_match_v*(), from
coccinelle via Fengguang Wu.
4) Allows rescheduling of new connections in IPVS when port reuse is
detected, from Marcelo Ricardo Leitner.
5) Add missing bits to support arptables extensions from nft_compat,
from Arturo Borrero.
Patrick is preparing a large batch to enhance the set infrastructure,
named expressions among other things, that should follow up soon after
this batch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both sk_attach_filter() and sk_attach_bpf() are setting up sk_filter,
charging skmem and attaching it to the socket after we got the eBPF
prog up and ready. Lets refactor that into a common helper.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-02
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request targeting the 4.1 kernel:
- ieee802154/6lowpan cleanups
- SCO routing to host interface support for the btmrvl driver
- AMP code cleanups
- Fixes to AMP HCI init sequence
- Refactoring of the HCI callback mechanism
- Added shutdown routine for Intel controllers in the btusb driver
- New config option to enable/disable Bluetooth debugfs information
- Fix for early data reception on L2CAP fixed channels
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After TIPC doesn't depend on iocb argument in its internal
implementations of sendmsg() and recvmsg() hooks defined in proto
structure, no any user is using iocb argument in them at all now.
Then we can drop the redundant iocb argument completely from kinds of
implementations of both sendmsg() and recvmsg() in the entire
networking stack.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the iocb argument is used to idenfiy whether or not socket
lock is hold before tipc_sendmsg()/tipc_send_stream() is called. But
this usage prevents iocb argument from being dropped through sendmsg()
at socket common layer. Therefore, in the commit we introduce two new
functions called __tipc_sendmsg() and __tipc_send_stream(). When they
are invoked, it assumes that their callers have taken socket lock,
thereby avoiding the weird usage of iocb argument.
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to arptables extensions from nft_compat.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 977750076d ("af_packet: add interframe drop cmsg (v6)")
unionized skb->mark and skb->dropcount in order to allow recording
of the socket drop count while maintaining struct sk_buff size.
skb->dropcount was introduced since there was no available room
in skb->cb[] in packet sockets. However, its introduction led to
the inability to export skb->mark, or any other aliased field to
userspace if so desired.
Moving the dropcount metric to skb->cb[] eliminates this problem
at the expense of 4 bytes less in skb->cb[] for protocol families
using it.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[], use
a common function in order to set dropcount in struct sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[] use a common
macro in protocol families using skb->cb[] for ancillary data to
validate available room in skb->cb[].
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[], 4 bytes
of additional room are needed in skb->cb[] in packet sockets.
Store the skb original length in the first two fields of sockaddr_ll
(sll_family and sll_protocol) as they can be derived from the skb when
needed.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3b885787ea ("net: Generalize socket rx gap / receive queue overflow cmsg")
allowed receiving packet dropcount information as a socket level option.
RXRPC sockets recvmsg function was changed to support this by calling
sock_recv_ts_and_drops() instead of sock_recv_timestamp().
However, protocol families wishing to receive dropcount should call
sock_queue_rcv_skb() or set the dropcount specifically (as done
in packet_rcv()). This was not done for rxrpc and thus this feature
never worked on these sockets.
Formalizing this by not calling sock_recv_ts_and_drops() in rxrpc as
part of an effort to move skb->dropcount into skb->cb[]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert boolean fields incoming and req_start to bit fields and move
force_active in order save space in bt_skb_cb in an effort to use
a portion of skb->cb[] for storing skb->dropcount.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct hci_req_ctrl is never used outside of struct bt_skb_cb;
Inlining it frees 8 bytes on a 64 bit system in skb->cb[] allowing
the addition of more ancillary data.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work extends the "classic" BPF programmable tc classifier by
extending its scope also to native eBPF code!
This allows for user space to implement own custom, 'safe' C like
classifiers (or whatever other frontend language LLVM et al may
provide in future), that can then be compiled with the LLVM eBPF
backend to an eBPF elf file. The result of this can be loaded into
the kernel via iproute2's tc. In the kernel, they can be JITed on
major archs and thus run in native performance.
Simple, minimal toy example to demonstrate the workflow:
#include <linux/ip.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/bpf.h>
#include "tc_bpf_api.h"
__section("classify")
int cls_main(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
return (0x800 << 16) | load_byte(skb, ETH_HLEN + __builtin_offsetof(struct iphdr, tos));
}
char __license[] __section("license") = "GPL";
The classifier can then be compiled into eBPF opcodes and loaded
via tc, for example:
clang -O2 -emit-llvm -c cls.c -o - | llc -march=bpf -filetype=obj -o cls.o
tc filter add dev em1 parent 1: bpf cls.o [...]
As it has been demonstrated, the scope can even reach up to a fully
fledged flow dissector (similarly as in samples/bpf/sockex2_kern.c).
For tc, maps are allowed to be used, but from kernel context only,
in other words, eBPF code can keep state across filter invocations.
In future, we perhaps may reattach from a different application to
those maps e.g., to read out collected statistics/state.
Similarly as in socket filters, we may extend functionality for eBPF
classifiers over time depending on the use cases. For that purpose,
cls_bpf programs are using BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS program type, so
we can allow additional functions/accessors (e.g. an ABI compatible
offset translation to skb fields/metadata). For an initial cls_bpf
support, we allow the same set of helper functions as eBPF socket
filters, but we could diverge at some point in time w/o problem.
I was wondering whether cls_bpf and act_bpf could share C programs,
I can imagine that at some point, we introduce i) further common
handlers for both (or even beyond their scope), and/or if truly needed
ii) some restricted function space for each of them. Both can be
abstracted easily through struct bpf_verifier_ops in future.
The context of cls_bpf versus act_bpf is slightly different though:
a cls_bpf program will return a specific classid whereas act_bpf a
drop/non-drop return code, latter may also in future mangle skbs.
That said, we can surely have a "classify" and "action" section in
a single object file, or considered mentioned constraint add a
possibility of a shared section.
The workflow for getting native eBPF running from tc [1] is as
follows: for f_bpf, I've added a slightly modified ELF parser code
from Alexei's kernel sample, which reads out the LLVM compiled
object, sets up maps (and dynamically fixes up map fds) if any, and
loads the eBPF instructions all centrally through the bpf syscall.
The resulting fd from the loaded program itself is being passed down
to cls_bpf, which looks up struct bpf_prog from the fd store, and
holds reference, so that it stays available also after tc program
lifetime. On tc filter destruction, it will then drop its reference.
Moreover, I've also added the optional possibility to annotate an
eBPF filter with a name (e.g. path to object file, or something
else if preferred) so that when tc dumps currently installed filters,
some more context can be given to an admin for a given instance (as
opposed to just the file descriptor number).
Last but not least, bpf_prog_get() and bpf_prog_put() needed to be
exported, so that eBPF can be used from cls_bpf built as a module.
Thanks to 60a3b2253c ("net: bpf: make eBPF interpreter images
read-only") I think this is of no concern since anything wanting to
alter eBPF opcode after verification stage would crash the kernel.
[1] http://git.breakpoint.cc/cgit/dborkman/iproute2.git/log/?h=ebpf
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
is_gpl_compatible and prog_type should be moved directly into bpf_prog
as they stay immutable during bpf_prog's lifetime, are core attributes
and they can be locked as read-only later on via bpf_prog_select_runtime().
With a bit of rearranging, this also allows us to shrink bpf_prog_aux
to exactly 1 cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discussed recently and at netconf/netdev01, we want to prevent making
bpf_verifier_ops registration available for modules, but have them at a
controlled place inside the kernel instead.
The reason for this is, that out-of-tree modules can go crazy and define
and register any verfifier ops they want, doing all sorts of crap, even
bypassing available GPLed eBPF helper functions. We don't want to offer
such a shiny playground, of course, but keep strict control to ourselves
inside the core kernel.
This also encourages us to design eBPF user helpers carefully and
generically, so they can be shared among various subsystems using eBPF.
For the eBPF traffic classifier (cls_bpf), it's a good start to share
the same helper facilities as we currently do in eBPF for socket filters.
That way, we have BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS look like it's own type, thus
one day if there's a good reason to diverge the set of helper functions
from the set available to socket filters, we keep ABI compatibility.
In future, we could place all bpf_prog_type_list at a central place,
perhaps.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This gets rid of CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL ifdefs in the socket filter code,
now that the BPF internal header can deal with it.
While going over it, I also changed eBPF related functions to a sk_filter
prefix to be more consistent with the rest of the file.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can move bpf_map_ops and bpf_verifier_ops and other structs into ro
section, bpf_map_type_list and bpf_prog_type_list into read mostly.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rxrpc_resend_timeout has an initial value of 4 * HZ; use it as-is.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Typo, 'stop' is never set to true.
Seems intent is to not attempt to retransmit more packets after sendmsg
returns an error.
This change is based on code inspection only.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To repeat:
$ sudo ip link del hsr0
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000018
IP: [<ffffffff8187f495>] hsr_del_port+0x15/0xa0
etc...
Bug description:
As part of the hsr master device destruction, hsr_del_port() is called for each of
the hsr ports. At each such call, the master device is updated regarding features
and mtu. When the master device is freed before the slave interfaces, master will
be NULL in hsr_del_port(), which led to a NULL pointer dereference.
Additionally, dev_put() was called on the master device itself in hsr_del_port(),
causing a refcnt error.
A third bug in the same code path was that the rtnl lock was not taken before
hsr_del_port() was called as part of hsr_dev_destroy().
The reporter (Nicolas Dichtel) also said: "hsr_netdev_notify() supposes that the
port will always be available when the notification is for an hsr interface. It's
wrong. For example, netdev_wait_allrefs() may resend NETDEV_UNREGISTER.". As a
precaution against this, a check for port == NULL was added in hsr_dev_notify().
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Fixes: 51f3c60531 ("net/hsr: Move slave init to hsr_slave.c.")
Signed-off-by: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We did a failed attempt in the past to only use rcu in rtnl dump
operations (commit e67f88dd12 "net: dont hold rtnl mutex during
netlink dump callbacks")
Now that dumps are holding RTNL anyway, there is no need to also
use rcu locking, as it forbids any scheduling ability, like
GFP_KERNEL allocations that controlling path should use instead
of GFP_ATOMIC whenever possible.
This should fix following splat Cong Wang reported :
[ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ]
3.19.0+ #805 Tainted: G W
include/linux/rcupdate.h:538 Illegal context switch in RCU read-side critical section!
other info that might help us debug this:
rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 0
2 locks held by ip/771:
#0: (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8182b8f4>] netlink_dump+0x21/0x26c
#1: (rcu_read_lock){......}, at: [<ffffffff817d785b>] rcu_read_lock+0x0/0x6e
stack backtrace:
CPU: 3 PID: 771 Comm: ip Tainted: G W 3.19.0+ #805
Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
0000000000000001 ffff8800d51e7718 ffffffff81a27457 0000000029e729e6
ffff8800d6108000 ffff8800d51e7748 ffffffff810b539b ffffffff820013dd
00000000000001c8 0000000000000000 ffff8800d7448088 ffff8800d51e7758
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81a27457>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x65
[<ffffffff810b539b>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0x107/0x110
[<ffffffff8109796f>] rcu_preempt_sleep_check+0x45/0x47
[<ffffffff8109e457>] ___might_sleep+0x1d/0x1cb
[<ffffffff8109e67d>] __might_sleep+0x78/0x80
[<ffffffff814b9b1f>] idr_alloc+0x45/0xd1
[<ffffffff810cb7ab>] ? rcu_read_lock_held+0x3b/0x3d
[<ffffffff814b9f9d>] ? idr_for_each+0x53/0x101
[<ffffffff817c1383>] alloc_netid+0x61/0x69
[<ffffffff817c14c3>] __peernet2id+0x79/0x8d
[<ffffffff817c1ab7>] peernet2id+0x13/0x1f
[<ffffffff817d8673>] rtnl_fill_ifinfo+0xa8d/0xc20
[<ffffffff810b17d9>] ? __lock_is_held+0x39/0x52
[<ffffffff817d894f>] rtnl_dump_ifinfo+0x149/0x213
[<ffffffff8182b9c2>] netlink_dump+0xef/0x26c
[<ffffffff8182bcba>] netlink_recvmsg+0x17b/0x2c5
[<ffffffff817b0adc>] __sock_recvmsg+0x4e/0x59
[<ffffffff817b1b40>] sock_recvmsg+0x3f/0x51
[<ffffffff817b1f9a>] ___sys_recvmsg+0xf6/0x1d9
[<ffffffff8115dc67>] ? handle_pte_fault+0x6e1/0xd3d
[<ffffffff8100a3a0>] ? native_sched_clock+0x35/0x37
[<ffffffff8109f45b>] ? sched_clock_local+0x12/0x72
[<ffffffff8109f6ac>] ? sched_clock_cpu+0x9e/0xb7
[<ffffffff810cb7ab>] ? rcu_read_lock_held+0x3b/0x3d
[<ffffffff811abde8>] ? __fcheck_files+0x4c/0x58
[<ffffffff811ac556>] ? __fget_light+0x2d/0x52
[<ffffffff817b376f>] __sys_recvmsg+0x42/0x60
[<ffffffff817b379f>] SyS_recvmsg+0x12/0x1c
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 0c7aecd4bd ("netns: add rtnl cmd to add and get peer netns ids")
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
four-way-handshake problem. The others are various small fixes
for problems all over, nothing really stands out.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJU8HQ5AAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrGeUQAK7O/UliGPxPNSMs1Mmb+Fj/
GT51sGhZLYXUj2nMMFTTPuhR5qXdgSsBaonitNQaAmJtMtmO6R21rcd74NDB29i7
1xHgtdxJDyDYh6zWUX6+IETV/eRHuS7vlfiiBY/PHAymAQZVa1doC5nN0yCfPHkd
XanD4HRXEZppiw+OVh3VkgvxQZkhqmExQDdYZYWGVm8b3cspqa0l/e9WpLrU/Z19
15liupuhINcDAl5KAsR0oaBy/vUsETA6+H9K4fzZG6bemlaD5T+nkNqjlEPbw806
sMxiWZ7jrI1n5v2KiNHkKTJakzHsz08zb9nooA9swusSImflr8BUm3lNz+IVsqtL
zBvtMEiGwNlGkSLdHieICBktXw7/Lw2VUSKgWlRj1LZSXfd3kISXrwdR46NOr93e
cBzaGn7H8YrVM2Sl/EraRimYL9womICPr6+flE+YAeRnZzsAFrBd9qegc2N3LTt+
NtTqS/JbGAKyOS84JCge+1omGOKPIuQGBOtEIy1U0zlxibZzEzCulrKSeGjQ8o3Q
dfrMYEwpicK4ADh7wxeslD6QlgkcQ/Ft7agkP+ps4m5ngFXo3swup+hxNMDoyyi3
BYiOGDum6SBzrOK8bN4hv3jEHK7e3fo68NeLhJ34Ap4K7jY9kOi8sk7WY8NerZBI
19oVt0+0yyzKVlaI7IQE
=H3+7
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-02-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few patches have accumulated, among them the fix for Linus's
four-way-handshake problem. The others are various small fixes
for problems all over, nothing really stands out.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_fastopen_create_child() is static and should not be exported.
tcp4_gso_segment() and tcp6_gso_segment() should be static.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using the wext compatibility code in cfg80211, part of the IEs
can be truncated if the passed user buffer is large enough for part
of the BSS but not large enough for all of the IEs. This can cause
an EAP network to show up as a PSK network.
Always return -E2BIG in this case to avoid truncating data.
Since this changes the control flow, use an on-stack variable for
a small buffer instead of allocating it.
Signed-off-by: James Minor <james.minor@ni.com>
[rework patch to error out immediately, use _check wrappers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Revert commit ad38bfc916 ("mac80211: Tx frame latency statistics")
(along with some follow-up fixes).
This code turned out not to be as useful in the current form as we
thought, and we've internally hacked it up more, but that's not
very suitable for upstream (for now), and we might just do that
with tracing instead.
Therefore, for now at least, remove this code. We might also need
to use the skb->tstamp field for the TCP performance issue, which
is more important than the debugging.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both wpa_supplicant and mac80211 have and inactivity timer. By default
wpa_supplicant will be timed out in 5 minutes and mac80211's it is 30
minutes. If wpa_supplicant uses a longer timer than mac80211, it will
get unexpected disconnection by mac80211.
Using 0xffffffff instead as the configured value could solve this w/o
changing the code, but due to integer overflow in the expression used
this doesn't work. The expression is:
(current jiffies) > (frame Rx jiffies + NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT * 250)
On 32bit system, the right side would overflow and be a very small
value if NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT is sufficiently large,
causing unexpectedly early disconnections.
Instead allow disabling the inactivity timer to avoid this situation,
by passing the (previously invalid and useless) value 0.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
[reword/rewrap commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a fully converted cfg80211 driver needs cfg80211-wext for
userspace API purposes, the symbols need not be exported. When
other drivers (orinoco/hermes or ipw2200) are enabled, they do
need the symbols exported as they use them directly.
Make those drivers select a new CFG80211_WEXT_EXPORT Kconfig
symbol (instead of just CFG80211_WEXT) and export the functions
only if requested - this saves about 1/2k due to the size of
EXPORT_SYMBOL() itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When changing AP SMPS, we need to look up all the stations
for this interface, so there's no reason to iterate over
hash chains rather than doing the simpler iteration over
the station list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since multicast addresses don't exist as stations, don't attempt
to look them up in the hashtable on TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When applicable verify that the caller has permisson to the underlying
network namespace for a newly created network device.
Similary checks exist for the network namespace a network device will
be created in.
Fixes: 317f4810e4 ("rtnl: allow to create device with IFLA_LINK_NETNSID set")
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When applicable verify that the caller has permision to create a
network device in another network namespace. This check is already
present when moving a network device between network namespaces in
setlink so all that is needed is to duplicate that check in newlink.
This change almost backports cleanly, but there are context conflicts
as the code that follows was added in v4.0-rc1
Fixes: b51642f6d7 net: Enable a userns root rtnl calls that are safe for unprivilged users
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another TCP issue is triggered by ECN.
Under pressure, receiver gets ECN marks, and send back ACK packets
with ECE TCP flag. Senders enter CA_CWR state.
In this state, tcp_tso_should_defer() is short cut :
if (icsk->icsk_ca_state != TCP_CA_Open)
goto send_now;
This means that about all ACK packets we receive are triggering
a partial send, and because cwnd is kept small, we can only send
a small amount of data for each incoming ACK,
which in return generate more ACK packets.
Allowing CA_Open and CA_CWR states to enable TSO defer in
tcp_tso_should_defer() brings performance back :
TSO autodefer has more chance to defer under pressure.
This patch increases TSO and LRO/GRO efficiency back to normal levels,
and does not impact overall ECN behavior.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With sysctl_tcp_min_tso_segs being 4, it is very possible
that tcp_tso_should_defer() decides not sending last 2 MSS
of initial window of 10 packets. This also applies if
autosizing decides to send X MSS per GSO packet, and cwnd
is not a multiple of X.
This patch implements an heuristic based on age of first
skb in write queue : If it was sent very recently (less than half srtt),
we can predict that no ACK packet will come in less than half rtt,
so deferring might cause an under utilization of our window.
This is visible on initial send (IW10) on web servers,
but more generally on some RPC, as the last part of the message
might need an extra RTT to get delivered.
Tested:
Ran following packetdrill test
// A simple server-side test that sends exactly an initial window (IW10)
// worth of packets.
`sysctl -e -q net.ipv4.tcp_min_tso_segs=4`
0.000 socket(..., SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) = 3
+0 setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, [1], 4) = 0
+0 bind(3, ..., ...) = 0
+0 listen(3, 1) = 0
+.1 < S 0:0(0) win 32792 <mss 1460,sackOK,nop,nop,nop,wscale 7>
+0 > S. 0:0(0) ack 1 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 6>
+.1 < . 1:1(0) ack 1 win 257
+0 accept(3, ..., ...) = 4
+0 write(4, ..., 14600) = 14600
+0 > . 1:5841(5840) ack 1 win 457
+0 > . 5841:11681(5840) ack 1 win 457
// Following packet should be sent right now.
+0 > P. 11681:14601(2920) ack 1 win 457
+.1 < . 1:1(0) ack 14601 win 257
+0 close(4) = 0
+0 > F. 14601:14601(0) ack 1
+.1 < F. 1:1(0) ack 14602 win 257
+0 > . 14602:14602(0) ack 2
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TSO relies on ability to defer sending a small amount of packets.
Heuristic is to wait for future ACKS in hope to send more packets at once.
Current algorithm uses a per socket tso_deferred field as a pseudo timer.
This pseudo timer relies on future ACK, but there is no guarantee
we receive them in time.
Fix would be to use a real timer, but cost of such timer is probably too
expensive for typical cases.
This patch changes the logic to test the time of last transmit,
because we should not add bursts of more than 1ms for any given flow.
We've used this patch for about two years at Google, before FQ/pacing
as it would reduce a fair amount of bursts.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the exception of infiniband media which does not use media
offsets, the media address is always located at offset 4 in the
media info field as defined by the protocol, so we move the
definition to the generic bearer.h
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TIPC_MEDIA_ADDR_SIZE and TIPC_MEDIA_ADDR_OFFSET names
are misleading, as they actually define the size and offset of
the whole media info field and not the address part. This patch
does not have any functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a bearer is disabled by manual intervention, all links over that
bearer should be purged, indicated with the 'shutting_down' flag.
Otherwise tipc will get confused if a new bearer is enabled using
a different media type.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a subscription request is sent to a topology server
connection, and any error occurs (malformed request, oom
or limit reached) while processing this request, TIPC should
terminate the subscriber connection. While doing so, it tries
to access fields in an already freed (or never allocated)
subscription element leading to a nullpointer exception.
We fix this by removing the subscr_terminate function and
terminate the connection immediately upon any subscription
failure.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TIPC name distributor pushes topology updates to the cluster
neighbors. Currently this is done in a unicast manner, and the
skb holding the update is cloned for each cluster member. This
is unnecessary, as we only modify the destnode field in the header
so we change it to do pskb_copy instead.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At this point the leaf_info hash is redundant. By adding the suffix length
to the fib_alias hash list we no longer have need of leaf_info as we can
determine the prefix length from fa_slen. So we can compress things by
dropping the leaf_info structure from fib_trie and instead directly connect
the leaves to the fib_alias hash list.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of an empty spot in the alias to store the suffix length so that
we don't need to pull that information from the leaf_info structure.
This patch also makes a slight change to the user statistics. Instead of
incrementing semantic_match_miss once per leaf_info miss we now just
increment it once per leaf if a match was not found.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This replaces the prefix length variable in the leaf_info structure with a
suffix length value, or host identifier length in bits. By doing this it
makes it easier to sort out since the tnodes and leaf are carrying this
value as well since it is compatible with the ->pos field in tnodes.
I also cleaned up one spot that had some list manipulation that could be
simplified. I basically updated it so that we just use hlist_add_head_rcu
instead of calling hlist_add_before_rcu on the first node in the list.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There isn't any advantage to having it as a list and by making it an hlist
we make the fib_alias more compatible with the list_info in terms of the
type of list used.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Joining multicast group on ethernet level via "ip maddr" command would
not work if we have an Ethernet switch that does igmp snooping since
the switch would not replicate multicast packets on ports that did not
have IGMP reports for the multicast addresses.
Linux vxlan interfaces created via "ip link add vxlan" have the group option
that enables then to do the required join.
By extending ip address command with option "autojoin" we can get similar
functionality for openvswitch vxlan interfaces as well as other tunneling
mechanisms that need to receive multicast traffic. The kernel code is
structured similar to how the vxlan driver does a group join / leave.
example:
ip address add 224.1.1.10/24 dev eth5 autojoin
ip address del 224.1.1.10/24 dev eth5
Signed-off-by: Madhu Challa <challa@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on the igmp v4 changes from Eric Dumazet.
959d10f6bbf6("igmp: add __ip_mc_{join|leave}_group()")
These changes are needed to perform igmp v6 join/leave while
RTNL is held.
Make ipv6_sock_mc_join and ipv6_sock_mc_drop wrappers around
__ipv6_sock_mc_join and __ipv6_sock_mc_drop to avoid
proliferation of work queues.
Signed-off-by: Madhu Challa <challa@noironetworks.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, all real users of rhashtable default their grow and shrink
decision functions to rht_grow_above_75() and rht_shrink_below_30(),
so that there's currently no need to have this explicitly selectable.
It can/should be generic and private inside rhashtable until a real
use case pops up. Since we can make this private, we'll save us this
additional indirection layer and can improve insertion/deletion time
as well.
Reference: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/443040/
Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the unlikely event that skb_get_hash is unable to deduce a hash
in udp_flow_src_port we use a consistent random value instead.
This is specified in GRE/UDP draft section 3.2.1:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-gre-in-udp-encap-04
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc5 warns about passing a const array to hci_test_bit which takes a
non-const pointer:
net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c: In function ‘hci_sock_sendmsg’:
net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c:955:8: warning: passing argument 2 of ‘hci_test_bit’ discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-array-qualifiers]
&hci_sec_filter.ocf_mask[ogf])) &&
^
net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c:49:19: note: expected ‘void *’ but argument is of type ‘const __u32 (*)[4] {aka const unsigned int (*)[4]}’
static inline int hci_test_bit(int nr, void *addr)
^
So make 'addr' 'const void *'.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
The 'master' parameter of the New CSRK event was recently renamed to
'type', with the old values kept for backwards compatibility as
unauthenticated local/remote keys. This patch updates the code to take
into account the two new (authenticated) values and ensures they get
used based on the security level of the connection that the respective
keys get distributed over.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we call groups_alloc() with invalid values then it's might lead to
memory corruption. For example, with a negative value then we might not
allocate enough for sizeof(struct group_info).
(We're doing this in the caller for consistency with other callers of
groups_alloc(). The other alternative might be to move the check out of
all the callers into groups_alloc().)
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Simo Sorce <simo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The current minstrel_ht rate control behavior is somewhat optimistic in
trying to find optimum TX rate. While this is usually fine for normal
Data frames, there are cases where a more conservative set of retry
parameters would be beneficial to make the connection more robust.
EAPOL frames are critical to the authentication and especially the
EAPOL-Key message 4/4 (the last message in the 4-way handshake) is
important to get through to the AP. If that message is lost, the only
recovery mechanism in many cases is to reassociate with the AP and start
from scratch. This can often be avoided by trying to send the frame with
more conservative rate and/or with more link layer retries.
In most cases, minstrel_ht is currently using the initial EAPOL-Key
frames for probing higher rates and this results in only five link layer
transmission attempts (one at high(ish) MCS and four at MCS0). While
this works with most APs, it looks like there are some deployed APs that
may have issues with the EAPOL frames using HT MCS immediately after
association. Similarly, there may be issues in cases where the signal
strength or radio environment is not good enough to be able to get
frames through even at couple of MCS 0 tries.
The best approach for this would likely to be to reduce the TX rate for
the last rate (3rd rate parameter in the set) to a low basic rate (say,
6 Mbps on 5 GHz and 2 or 5.5 Mbps on 2.4 GHz), but doing that cleanly
requires some more effort. For now, we can start with a simple one-liner
that forces the minimum rate to be used for EAPOL frames similarly how
the TX rate is selected for the IEEE 802.11 Management frames. This does
result in a small extra latency added to the cases where the AP would be
able to receive the higher rate, but taken into account how small number
of EAPOL frames are used, this is likely to be insignificant. A future
optimization in the minstrel_ht design can also allow this patch to be
reverted to get back to the more optimized initial TX rate.
It should also be noted that many drivers that do not use minstrel as
the rate control algorithm are already doing similar workarounds by
forcing the lowest TX rate to be used for EAPOL frames.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Tested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
my previous patch skipped vlan range optimizations during skb size
calculations for simplicity.
This incremental patch considers vlan ranges during
skb size calculations. This leads to a bit of code duplication
in the fill and size calculation functions. But, I could not find a
prettier way to do this. will take any suggestions.
Previously, I had reused the existing br_get_link_af_size size calculation
function to calculate skb size for notifications. Reusing it this time
around creates some change in behaviour issues for the usual
.get_link_af_size callback.
This patch adds a new br_get_link_af_size_filtered() function to
base the size calculation on the incoming filter flag and include
vlan ranges.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid race conditions when using the ds->ports[] array,
we need to check if the accessed port has been initialized.
Introduce and use helper function dsa_is_port_initialized
for that purpose and use it where needed.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select
NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id
NDOs that we are required to implement.
To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3
types of operations:
- port_join_bridge
- port_leave_bridge
- port_stp_update
DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port
members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit
the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for
slow MDIO buses).
We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network
devices are brought up/down while being bridge members.
Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in
BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it
disabled as a result of having left the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created
slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can
result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices
by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being
added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized.
Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in
dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs
to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when TCP/SCTP port reusing happens, IPVS will find the old
entry and use it for the new one, behaving like a forced persistence.
But if you consider a cluster with a heavy load of small connections,
such reuse will happen often and may lead to a not optimal load
balancing and might prevent a new node from getting a fair load.
This patch introduces a new sysctl, conn_reuse_mode, that allows
controlling how to proceed when port reuse is detected. The default
value will allow rescheduling of new connections only if the old entry
was in TIME_WAIT state for TCP or CLOSED for SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The IP6_TNL_TRACE macro is no longer used anywhere in the code so remove definition.
Signed-off-by: Ian Morris <ipm@chirality.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before da413eec72 ("packet: Fixed TPACKET V3 to signal poll when block is
closed rather than every packet") poll listening for an af_packet socket was
not signaled if there was no packets to process. After the patch poll is
signaled evety time when block retire timer expires. That happens because
af_packet closes the current block on timeout even if the block is empty.
Passing empty blocks to the user not only wastes CPU but also wastes ring
buffer space increasing probability of packets dropping on small timeouts.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Drozdov <al.drozdov@gmail.com>
Cc: Dan Collins <dan@dcollins.co.nz>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Guy Harris <guy@alum.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Arrays (when not in a struct) "shall have a value greater than zero".
GCC complains when it's not the case here.
Fixes: ba7d49b1f0 ("rtnetlink: provide api for getting and setting slave info")
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 06d961a8e2 ("mac80211/minstrel: use the new rate control API")
inverted the condition 'if (msr->sample_limit != 0)' to
'if (!msr->sample_limit != 0)'. But it is confusing both to people and
compilers (gcc5):
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel.c: In function 'minstrel_get_rate':
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel.c:376:26: warning: logical not is only applied to the left hand side of comparison
if (!msr->sample_limit != 0)
^
Let there be only 'if (!msr->sample_limit)'.
Fixes: 06d961a8e2 ("mac80211/minstrel: use the new rate control API")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Simon Horman says:
====================
Second Round of IPVS Fixes for v3.20
This patch resolves some memory leaks in connection
synchronisation code that date back to v2.6.39.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nl80211_exit should be called in cfg80211_init if nl80211_init succeeds
but regulatory_init or create_singlethread_workqueue fails.
Signed-off-by: Junjie Mao <junjie_mao@yeah.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are currently 8 rules in the world_regdom, but only the first 6
are applied due to an incorrect value for n_reg_rules. This causes
channels 149-165 and 60GHz to be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason@aether.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If monitor flags parsing results in active monitor but that
isn't supported, the already allocated message is leaked.
Fix this by moving the allocation after this check.
Reported-by: Christian Engelmayer <cengelma@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We currently add nested members of the NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES
as NLA_U32 attributes of type NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in
cfg80211_net_detect_results. However, since there can be an arbitrary number of
frequency results, we should use the loop index of the loop used to add the
frequency results to NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES as the type (i.e. nla_type)
for each result attribute, rather than a fixed type.
This change is in line with how nested members are added to
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES in the functions nl80211_send_wowlan_nd and
nl80211_add_scan_req.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Tan <samueltan@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If ieee80211_vif_use_channel() fails, we have to clear
sdata->radar_required (which we might have just set).
Failing to do it results in stale radar_required field
which prevents starting new scan requests.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[use false instead of 0]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes another sparse fix found by Dan Carpenter's tool.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJU66HvAAoJENfLVL+wpUDrJdYP/Ap2xiMpEmO6Zl4h/MiDJKYs
GIL3o+Ayc+wzlga2qBuNMfFBqzochCL2xqgS/9bvA0z/OT3ilq+FKZRr8FuDsmb+
5XtIS49Kvo2mjWNpnh8GMoCbBoQfkBMJLETtR0KhhrMBNX5sidBPi2cSeZJxqnAw
9LIc3Od9jyZSLh2je3gJCKxh90CVWgjs9OfJookfksNyVMnwK+TRWjo1FInEfkW6
2fMFrC20xBg0qWWgtZL73ib8ojaIwv5MxnyFNgsiv/xcDWShZhdaMizBlqjDiNUq
co9S1skJ9RTgInoDLeWvKoKkc7JjkLTpSzqsZx+Kke75p/D41Sah215jp0yyz2tb
fEi+lZ8q1f5iorjamw5UDQPAuNcPx/eBzQNmkFGbue2xDP/kOXErb5AtnfMpDqav
FXX/C3Vf6BxeAVB+8VifcdKEchE6cN9St6SBUludIisdmQWLLjSxazTAG7MXZdYW
X0dxJ7D2hcwGEbjYKdNOn6a8+N3m1++XiJdPc1KSN71EO6z0xqjQM+3PytXCXaGI
t3dKCDoEM/Ee1+4VxVa02OjW62ApNDd8APrCrn+8zMglG0eFwPmocNx/U42WanXd
bGnEI9qd6mvn22eJrrOc55gShaDjovhXRmvvc2E8tHKVnaMXdfG8o5CjtB6LPXbW
6deK+m1/LxkzFhRvMySs
=ooZn
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-rdma-for-4.0-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma
NFS: RDMA Client Sparse Fix#2
This patch fixes another sparse fix found by Dan Carpenter's tool.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
* tag 'nfs-rdma-for-4.0-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma:
xprtrdma: Store RDMA credits in unsigned variables
Currently we don't check if the new MTU is valid or not and this allows
one to configure a smaller than minimum allowed by RFCs or even bigger
than interface own MTU, which is a problem as it may lead to packet
drops.
If you have a daemon like NetworkManager running, this may be exploited
by remote attackers by forging RA packets with an invalid MTU, possibly
leading to a DoS. (NetworkManager currently only validates for values
too small, but not for too big ones.)
The fix is just to make sure the new value is valid. That is, between
IPV6_MIN_MTU and interface's MTU.
Note that similar check is already performed at
ndisc_router_discovery(), for when kernel itself parses the RA.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With commit a7526eb5d0 (net: Unbreak compat_sys_{send,recv}msg), the
MSG_CMSG_COMPAT flag is blocked at the compat syscall entry points,
changing the kernel compat behaviour from the one before the commit it
was trying to fix (1be374a051, net: Block MSG_CMSG_COMPAT in
send(m)msg and recv(m)msg).
On 32-bit kernels (!CONFIG_COMPAT), MSG_CMSG_COMPAT is 0 and the native
32-bit sys_sendmsg() allows flag 0x80000000 to be set (it is ignored by
the kernel). However, on a 64-bit kernel, the compat ABI is different
with commit a7526eb5d0.
This patch changes the compat_sys_{send,recv}msg behaviour to the one
prior to commit 1be374a051.
The problem was found running 32-bit LTP (sendmsg01) binary on an arm64
kernel. Arguably, LTP should not pass 0xffffffff as flags to sendmsg()
but the general rule is not to break user ABI (even when the user
behaviour is not entirely sane).
Fixes: a7526eb5d0 (net: Unbreak compat_sys_{send,recv}msg)
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to access current->state.
Direct assignments are prone to races and therefore buggy.
current->state = TASK_RUNNING can be replaced by __set_current_state()
Thanks to Peter Zijlstra for the exact definition of the problem.
Suggested-By: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Carpenter's static checker pointed out:
net/sunrpc/xprtrdma/rpc_rdma.c:879 rpcrdma_reply_handler()
warn: can 'credits' be negative?
"credits" is defined as an int. The credits value comes from the
server as a 32-bit unsigned integer.
A malicious or broken server can plant a large unsigned integer in
that field which would result in an underflow in the following
logic, potentially triggering a deadlock of the mount point by
blocking the client from issuing more RPC requests.
net/sunrpc/xprtrdma/rpc_rdma.c:
876 credits = be32_to_cpu(headerp->rm_credit);
877 if (credits == 0)
878 credits = 1; /* don't deadlock */
879 else if (credits > r_xprt->rx_buf.rb_max_requests)
880 credits = r_xprt->rx_buf.rb_max_requests;
881
882 cwnd = xprt->cwnd;
883 xprt->cwnd = credits << RPC_CWNDSHIFT;
884 if (xprt->cwnd > cwnd)
885 xprt_release_rqst_cong(rqst->rq_task);
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: eba8ff660b ("xprtrdma: Move credit update to RPC . . .")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
tcp_should_expand_sndbuf() does not expand the send buffer if we have
filled the congestion window.
However, it should use tcp_packets_in_flight() instead of
tp->packets_out to make this check.
Testing has established that the difference matters a lot if there are
many SACKed packets, causing a needless performance shortfall.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan add/deletes are not notified to userspace today. This patch adds
vlan info to bridge newlink/dellink notifications generated from the
bridge driver. Notifications use the RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN_COMPRESSED
flag to compress vlans into ranges whereever applicable.
The size calculations does not take ranges into account for
simplicity. This has the potential for allocating a larger skb than
required.
There is an existing inconsistency with bridge NEWLINK and DELLINK
change notifications. Both generate NEWLINK notifications. Since its
always a NEWLINK notification, this patch includes all vlans the port
belongs to in the notification. The NEWLINK and DELLINK request
messages however only include the vlans to be added and deleted.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trying to use burst capability (aka xmit_more) on a virtual device
like bonding is not supported.
For example, skb might be queued multiple times on a qdisc, with
various list corruptions.
Fixes: 38b2cf2982 ("net: pktgen: packet bursting via skb->xmit_more")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net-next commit 6d91147d18 ("batman-adv: Remove uses of return value
of seq_printf") incorrectly changed the overflow occurred return from
-1 to 1. Change it back so that the test of batadv_write_buffer_text's
return value in batadv_gw_client_seq_print_text works properly.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync() gets in param.pe a module
reference for persistence engine from __ip_vs_pe_getbyname()
but forgets to put it. Problem occurs in backup for
sync protocol v1 (2.6.39).
Also, pe_data usually comes in sync messages for
connection templates and ip_vs_conn_new() copies
the pointer only in this case. Make sure pe_data
is not leaked if it comes unexpectedly for normal
connections. Leak can happen only if bogus messages
are sent to backup server.
Fixes: fe5e7a1efb ("IPVS: Backup, Adding Version 1 receive capability")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Although it is clear that textsearch state is intentionally passed to
skb_find_text() as uninitialized argument, it was never used by the
callers. Therefore, we can simplify skb_find_text() by making it
local variable.
Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <prtvar.b@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have several problems in this path:
1) There is a use-after-free when removing individual elements from
the commit path.
2) We have to uninit() the data part of the element from the abort
path to avoid a chain refcount leak.
3) We have to check for set->flags to see if there's a mapping, instead
of the element flags.
4) We have to check for !(flags & NFT_SET_ELEM_INTERVAL_END) to skip
elements that are part of the interval that have no data part, so
they don't need to be uninit().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use u16 for protocol and then cast it to __be16
>> net/netfilter/nft_compat.c:140:37: sparse: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/netfilter/nft_compat.c:140:37: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] ethproto
net/netfilter/nft_compat.c:140:37: got unsigned char [unsigned] [usertype] proto
>> net/netfilter/nft_compat.c:351:37: sparse: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/netfilter/nft_compat.c:351:37: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] ethproto
net/netfilter/nft_compat.c:351:37: got unsigned char [unsigned] [usertype] proto
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Packets defragmentation was introduced for PACKET_FANOUT_HASH only,
see 7736d33f42 ("packet: Add pre-defragmentation support for ipv4
fanouts")
It may be useful to have defragmentation enabled regardless of
fanout type. Without that, the AF_PACKET user may have to:
1. Collect fragments from different rings
2. Defragment by itself
Signed-off-by: Alexander Drozdov <al.drozdov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"dev->ethtool_ops" and "ops" are the same, but we should use "ops"
everywhere to be consistent.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix checkpatch.pl warning "Use #include <linux/uaccess.h> instead of <asm/uaccess.h>"
Signed-off-by: Alex W Slater <alex.slater.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
colons are used as a separator in netdev device lookup in dev_ioctl.c
Specific functions are SIOCGIFTXQLEN SIOCETHTOOL SIOCSIFNAME
Signed-off-by: Matthew Thode <mthode@mthode.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Highlights include:
- Fix a use-after-free in decode_cb_sequence_args()
- Fix a compile error when #undef CONFIG_PROC_FS
- NFSv4.1 backchannel spinlocking issue
- Cleanups in the NFS unstable write code requested by Linus
- NFSv4.1 fix issues when the server denies our backchannel request
- Cleanups in create_session and bind_conn_to_session
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJU51zBAAoJEGcL54qWCgDyyvwQALp7vxXCTwC3/OSoPkhujd2C
HGMoI2nVSl8CY0LFYxoT6auhefZCgQChmQXkGtlZwO+bkEr9rvJ6ii8lhuDR+JXF
M0bAwOX+bNxUFkpqYYF3Q4Hi//tMJCIZdqUp2irtyFLL/qlNoN2ktoEYMIjMY5uO
4L1fxj9KaVuMtFuqt3xeSSe41LaXxitKyefyVJfbqz5qbcPGiXzS7WKYAun4RyvM
7rCir9kfnxxEX3+hc7xHxWeFJnW0jUMklrjNvnrubnpHE/fX2sUAnjX2hmx5bLg/
4puxADzhPT4f3LdGDKXVWaULuTy20VksOJnB82TKJ3rLIELJixGZw88svOrFcGvt
5CMI8BvOihwn8ov+sSj7Xedz4046btwA1YHkUcwPV3LZAlyx/FSq4nasO4Cn27yl
OPdkcAL1YR5I83mEKA+8BOVXJuFx5vKhkwmMdReJkBmxsWbSwB/qp6caPD9DtuXI
K0qJYWHMqN+Dv9npi0Q4WR6vmnzxV+Eq7Z2D9WPW0FL8nT3STE0eWIrNipyqOv+7
bHptPxrrZej+i3c922bZ6hdaE2uAlwG8FPgEGhHFtm+s09RgDPDG7NiaeCutf9cQ
9ub82Hlk9nLTqq5X3poUPV35RS6THnZcybhngNMy8F1cPSUTs+/H+l91sEW/Zhgw
odMB/DEa9sRnZGX5rQXE
=NieR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.20-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull more NFS client updates from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
- Fix a use-after-free in decode_cb_sequence_args()
- Fix a compile error when #undef CONFIG_PROC_FS
- NFSv4.1 backchannel spinlocking issue
- Cleanups in the NFS unstable write code requested by Linus
- NFSv4.1 fix issues when the server denies our backchannel request
- Cleanups in create_session and bind_conn_to_session"
* tag 'nfs-for-3.20-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
NFSv4.1: Clean up bind_conn_to_session
NFSv4.1: Always set up a forward channel when binding the session
NFSv4.1: Don't set up a backchannel if the server didn't agree to do so
NFSv4.1: Clean up create_session
pnfs: Refactor the *_layout_mark_request_commit to use pnfs_layout_mark_request_commit
NFSv4: Kill unused nfs_inode->delegation_state field
NFS: struct nfs_commit_info.lock must always point to inode->i_lock
nfs: Can call nfs_clear_page_commit() instead
nfs: Provide and use helper functions for marking a page as unstable
SUNRPC: Always manipulate rpc_rqst::rq_bc_pa_list under xprt->bc_pa_lock
SUNRPC: Fix a compile error when #undef CONFIG_PROC_FS
NFSv4.1: Convert open-coded array allocation calls to kmalloc_array()
NFSv4.1: Fix a kfree() of uninitialised pointers in decode_cb_sequence_args
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains updates for your net tree, they are:
1) Fix removal of destination in IPVS when the new mixed family support
is used, from Alexey Andriyanov via Simon Horman.
2) Fix module refcount undeflow in nft_compat when reusing a match /
target.
3) Fix iptables-restore when the recent match is used with a new hitcount
that exceeds threshold, from Florian Westphal.
4) Fix stack corruption in xt_socket due to using stack storage to save
the inner IPv6 header, from Eric Dumazet.
I'll follow up soon with another batch with more fixes that are still
cooking.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cfpkt_iterate() function can return -EPROTO on error, but the
function is a u16 so the negative value gets truncated to a positive
unsigned short. This causes a static checker warning.
The only caller which might care is cffrml_receive(), when it's checking
the frame checksum. I modified cffrml_receive() so that it never says
-EPROTO is a valid checksum.
Also this isn't ever going to be inlined so I removed the "inline".
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit aafb3e98b2 (netdev: introduce new NETIF_F_HW_SWITCH_OFFLOAD feature
flag for switch device offloads) add a new feature without adding it to
netdev_features_strings array; this patch fixes this.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Non NAPI drivers can call skb_tstamp_tx() and then sock_queue_err_skb()
from hard IRQ context.
Therefore, sock_dequeue_err_skb() needs to block hard irq or
corruptions or hangs can happen.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 364a9e9324 ("sock: deduplicate errqueue dequeue")
Fixes: cb820f8e4b ("net: Provide a generic socket error queue delivery method for Tx time stamps.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Open vSwitch allows moving internal vport to different namespace
while still connected to the bridge. But when namespace deleted
OVS does not detach these vports, that results in dangling
pointer to netdevice which causes kernel panic as follows.
This issue is fixed by detaching all ovs ports from the deleted
namespace at net-exit.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000028
IP: [<ffffffffa0aadaa5>] ovs_vport_locate+0x35/0x80 [openvswitch]
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa0aa6391>] lookup_vport+0x21/0xd0 [openvswitch]
[<ffffffffa0aa65f9>] ovs_vport_cmd_get+0x59/0xf0 [openvswitch]
[<ffffffff8167e07c>] genl_family_rcv_msg+0x1bc/0x3e0
[<ffffffff8167e319>] genl_rcv_msg+0x79/0xc0
[<ffffffff8167d919>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xb9/0xe0
[<ffffffff8167deac>] genl_rcv+0x2c/0x40
[<ffffffff8167cffd>] netlink_unicast+0x12d/0x1c0
[<ffffffff8167d3da>] netlink_sendmsg+0x34a/0x6b0
[<ffffffff8162e140>] sock_sendmsg+0xa0/0xe0
[<ffffffff8162e5e8>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x408/0x420
[<ffffffff8162f541>] __sys_sendmsg+0x51/0x90
[<ffffffff8162f592>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
[<ffffffff81764ee9>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x17
Reported-by: Assaf Muller <amuller@redhat.com>
Fixes: 46df7b81454("openvswitch: Add support for network namespaces.")
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tcf_em_validate(), after calling request_module() to load the
kind-specific module, set em->ops to NULL before returning -EAGAIN, so
that module_put() is not called again by tcf_em_tree_destroy().
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a need to perform igmp join/leave operations while RTNL is
held.
Make ip_mc_{join|leave}_group() wrappers around
__ip_mc_{join|leave}_group() to avoid the proliferation of work queues.
For example, vxlan_igmp_join() could possibly be removed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_copy_bits() returns zero on success and negative value on error,
so it is needed to invert the condition in ip_check_defrag().
Fixes: 1bf3751ec9 ("ipv4: ip_check_defrag must not modify skb before unsharing")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Drozdov <al.drozdov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is soon going to return void so remove the
return value use.
Convert the return value to test seq_has_overflowed() instead.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This message isn't really needed it justs waits time/space.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there's the general purpose hci_send_to_channel() API it will
do the exact same thing as queue_monitor_skb() when passed the monitor
HCI channel. This patch removes queue_monitor_skb() and replaces any
users of it with calls to hci_send_to_channel().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_send_to_control() can be made more general purpose with a small
change of passing the desired HCI channel as a parameter to it. This
allows using it for the monitor channel as well as e.g. 6lowpan in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The only reason the SMP code is essentially duplicating the
hci_copy_identity_addr() function is that the helper returns the address
type in the HCI format rather than the three-value format expected by
l2cap_chan. This patch converts the SMP code to use the helper and then
do a simple conversion from one address type to another.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull Ceph changes from Sage Weil:
"On the RBD side, there is a conversion to blk-mq from Christoph,
several long-standing bug fixes from Ilya, and some cleanup from
Rickard Strandqvist.
On the CephFS side there is a long list of fixes from Zheng, including
improved session handling, a few IO path fixes, some dcache management
correctness fixes, and several blocking while !TASK_RUNNING fixes.
The core code gets a few cleanups and Chaitanya has added support for
TCP_NODELAY (which has been used on the server side for ages but we
somehow missed on the kernel client).
There is also an update to MAINTAINERS to fix up some email addresses
and reflect that Ilya and Zheng are doing most of the maintenance for
RBD and CephFS these days. Do not be surprised to see a pull request
come from one of them in the future if I am unavailable for some
reason"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (27 commits)
MAINTAINERS: update Ceph and RBD maintainers
libceph: kfree() in put_osd() shouldn't depend on authorizer
libceph: fix double __remove_osd() problem
rbd: convert to blk-mq
ceph: return error for traceless reply race
ceph: fix dentry leaks
ceph: re-send requests when MDS enters reconnecting stage
ceph: show nocephx_require_signatures and notcp_nodelay options
libceph: tcp_nodelay support
rbd: do not treat standalone as flatten
ceph: fix atomic_open snapdir
ceph: properly mark empty directory as complete
client: include kernel version in client metadata
ceph: provide seperate {inode,file}_operations for snapdir
ceph: fix request time stamp encoding
ceph: fix reading inline data when i_size > PAGE_SIZE
ceph: avoid block operation when !TASK_RUNNING (ceph_mdsc_close_sessions)
ceph: avoid block operation when !TASK_RUNNING (ceph_get_caps)
ceph: avoid block operation when !TASK_RUNNING (ceph_mdsc_sync)
rbd: fix error paths in rbd_dev_refresh()
...
The gnet_stats_copy_app() function gets called, more often than not, with its
second argument a pointer to an automatic variable in the caller's stack.
Therefore, to avoid copying garbage afterwards when calling
gnet_stats_finish_copy(), this data is better copied to a dynamically allocated
memory that gets freed after use.
[xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com: remove a useless kfree()]
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull kconfig updates from Michal Marek:
"Yann E Morin was supposed to take over kconfig maintainership, but
this hasn't happened. So I'm sending a few kconfig patches that I
collected:
- Fix for missing va_end in kconfig
- merge_config.sh displays used if given too few arguments
- s/boolean/bool/ in Kconfig files for consistency, with the plan to
only support bool in the future"
* 'kconfig' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mmarek/kbuild:
kconfig: use va_end to match corresponding va_start
merge_config.sh: Display usage if given too few arguments
kconfig: use bool instead of boolean for type definition attributes
Changing the HS setting requires that SSP is enabled, however so far the
code only checked for the SSP flag but not a potentially ongoing Set SSP
operation. This patch adds a check for a pending Set SSP command in the
Set HS handler, and returns a 'busy' error if one is found.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The command handler for Set HS doesn't use mgmt_pending_add() so we can
never have a pending Set HS command that mgmt_pending_find() would
return. This patch removes an unnecessary lookup for it in the set_ssp()
handler function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
a255651d4c ("ceph: ensure auth ops are defined before use") made
kfree() in put_osd() conditional on the authorizer. A mechanical
mistake most likely - fix it.
Cc: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
It turns out it's possible to get __remove_osd() called twice on the
same OSD. That doesn't sit well with rb_erase() - depending on the
shape of the tree we can get a NULL dereference, a soft lockup or
a random crash at some point in the future as we end up touching freed
memory. One scenario that I was able to reproduce is as follows:
<osd3 is idle, on the osd lru list>
<con reset - osd3>
con_fault_finish()
osd_reset()
<osdmap - osd3 down>
ceph_osdc_handle_map()
<takes map_sem>
kick_requests()
<takes request_mutex>
reset_changed_osds()
__reset_osd()
__remove_osd()
<releases request_mutex>
<releases map_sem>
<takes map_sem>
<takes request_mutex>
__kick_osd_requests()
__reset_osd()
__remove_osd() <-- !!!
A case can be made that osd refcounting is imperfect and reworking it
would be a proper resolution, but for now Sage and I decided to fix
this by adding a safe guard around __remove_osd().
Fixes: http://tracker.ceph.com/issues/8087
Cc: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.9+: 7c6e6fc53e: libceph: assert both regular and lingering lists in __remove_osd()
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.9+: cc9f1f518c: libceph: change from BUG to WARN for __remove_osd() asserts
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.9+
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
On Mon, Dec 22, 2014 at 5:35 PM, Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> wrote:
> On Mon, 22 Dec 2014, Ilya Dryomov wrote:
>> Actually, pool op stuff has been unused for over two years - looks like
>> it was added for rbd create_snap and that got ripped out in 2012. It's
>> unlikely we'd ever need to manage pools or snaps from the kernel client
>> so I think it makes sense to nuke it. Sage?
>
> Yep!
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
This patch moves all the disconn_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_disconn_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_conn_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all the connect_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_connect_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_connect_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason to have the custom hci_proto_auth/encrypt_cfm helpers
when the hci_cb list works equally well. This patch adds L2CAP to the
hci_cb list and makes l2cap_security_cfm a private function of
l2cap_core.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon need to be able to sleep inside the loops that iterate the
hci_cb list, so neither a spinlock, rwlock or rcu are usable. This patch
changes the lock to a mutex which permits sleeping while holding the
lock.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When processing hci_cb entries we want first registered callbacks to be
called first and later ones later. This is because eventually the L2CAP
callbacks that are part of the core will use this list and get
registered first. To keep the same order of calling L2CAP callbacks
before e.g. RFCOMM the order of elements needs to be this way.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
On top of tht is the major rework of lguest, to use PCI and virtio 1.0, to
double-check the implementation.
Then comes the inevitable fixes and cleanups from that work.
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=ivCe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull virtio updates from Rusty Russell:
"OK, this has the big virtio 1.0 implementation, as specified by OASIS.
On top of tht is the major rework of lguest, to use PCI and virtio
1.0, to double-check the implementation.
Then comes the inevitable fixes and cleanups from that work"
* tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (80 commits)
virtio: don't set VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER_OK twice.
virtio_net: unconditionally define struct virtio_net_hdr_v1.
tools/lguest: don't use legacy definitions for net device in example launcher.
virtio: Don't expose legacy net features when VIRTIO_NET_NO_LEGACY defined.
tools/lguest: use common error macros in the example launcher.
tools/lguest: give virtqueues names for better error messages
tools/lguest: more documentation and checking of virtio 1.0 compliance.
lguest: don't look in console features to find emerg_wr.
tools/lguest: don't start devices until DRIVER_OK status set.
tools/lguest: handle indirect partway through chain.
tools/lguest: insert driver references from the 1.0 spec (4.1 Virtio Over PCI)
tools/lguest: insert device references from the 1.0 spec (4.1 Virtio Over PCI)
tools/lguest: rename virtio_pci_cfg_cap field to match spec.
tools/lguest: fix features_accepted logic in example launcher.
tools/lguest: handle device reset correctly in example launcher.
virtual: Documentation: simplify and generalize paravirt_ops.txt
lguest: remove NOTIFY call and eventfd facility.
lguest: remove NOTIFY facility from demonstration launcher.
lguest: use the PCI console device's emerg_wr for early boot messages.
lguest: always put console in PCI slot #1.
...
Merge cleanups requested by Linus.
* cleanups: (3 commits)
pnfs: Refactor the *_layout_mark_request_commit to use pnfs_layout_mark_request_commit
nfs: Can call nfs_clear_page_commit() instead
nfs: Provide and use helper functions for marking a page as unstable
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Missing netlink attribute validation in nft_lookup, from Patrick
McHardy.
2) Restrict ipv6 partial checksum handling to UDP, since that's the
only case it works for. From Vlad Yasevich.
3) Clear out silly device table sentinal macros used by SSB and BCMA
drivers. From Joe Perches.
4) Make sure the remote checksum code never creates a situation where
the remote checksum is applied yet the tunneling metadata describing
the remote checksum transformation is still present. Otherwise an
external entity might see this and apply the checksum again. From
Tom Herbert.
5) Use msecs_to_jiffies() where applicable, from Nicholas Mc Guire.
6) Don't explicitly initialize timer struct fields, use setup_timer()
and mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
7) Don't invoke tg3_halt() without the tp->lock held, from Jun'ichi
Nomura.
8) Missing __percpu annotation in ipvlan driver, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Don't potentially perform skb_get() on shared skbs, also from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Fix COW'ing of metrics for non-DST_HOST routes in ipv6, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
11) Fix merge resolution error between the iov_iter changes in vhost and
some bug fixes that occurred at the same time. From Jason Wang.
12) If rtnl_configure_link() fails we have to perform a call to
->dellink() before unregistering the device. From WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (39 commits)
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type
rtnetlink: call ->dellink on failure when ->newlink exists
com20020-pci: add support for eae single card
vhost_net: fix wrong iter offset when setting number of buffers
net: spelling fixes
net/core: Fix warning while make xmldocs caused by dev.c
net: phy: micrel: disable NAND-tree for KSZ8021, KSZ8031, KSZ8051, KSZ8081
ipv6: fix ipv6_cow_metrics for non DST_HOST case
openvswitch: Fix key serialization.
r8152: restore hw settings
hso: fix rx parsing logic when skb allocation fails
tcp: make sure skb is not shared before using skb_get()
bridge: netfilter: Move sysctl-specific error code inside #ifdef
ipv6: fix possible deadlock in ip6_fl_purge / ip6_fl_gc
ipvlan: add a missing __percpu pcpu_stats
tg3: Hold tp->lock before calling tg3_halt() from tg3_init_one()
bgmac: fix device initialization on Northstar SoCs (condition typo)
qlcnic: Delete existing multicast MAC list before adding new
net/mlx5_core: Fix configuration of log_uar_page_sz
sunvnet: don't change gso data on clones
...
Our UC-KLEE tool found a kernel memory leak of 512 bytes (on x86_64) for
each call to gssp_accept_sec_context_upcall()
(net/sunrpc/auth_gss/gss_rpc_upcall.c). Since it appears that this call
can be triggered by remote connections (at least, from a cursory a
glance at the call chain), it may be exploitable to cause kernel memory
exhaustion. We found the bug in kernel 3.16.3, but it appears to date
back to commit 9dfd87da1a (2013-08-20).
The gssp_accept_sec_context_upcall() function performs a pair of calls
to gssp_alloc_receive_pages() and gssp_free_receive_pages(). The first
allocates memory for arg->pages. The second then frees the pages
pointed to by the arg->pages array, but not the array itself.
Reported-by: David A. Ramos <daramos@stanford.edu>
Fixes: 9dfd87da1a ("rpc: fix huge kmalloc's in gss-proxy”)
Signed-off-by: David A. Ramos <daramos@stanford.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree
is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code
sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode
without checking if it is valid.
This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect
or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid
value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface.
Fixes: b31f65fb43 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus")
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some AMP controllers do not support the Read Local Features HCI commands
(even though according to the spec they should). Luckily they at least
correctly omit this from the supported commands bitmask, so we can work
around the issue by creating a second AMP init phase and issuing the HCI
command conditionally there.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As soon as extract_icmp6_fields() returns, its local storage (automatic
variables) is deallocated and can be overwritten.
Lets add an additional parameter to make sure storage is valid long
enough.
While we are at it, adds some const qualifiers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: b64c9256a9 ("tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
given:
-A INPUT -m recent --update --seconds 30 --hitcount 4
and
iptables-save > foo
then
iptables-restore < foo
will fail with:
kernel: xt_recent: hitcount (4) is larger than packets to be remembered (4) for table DEFAULT
Even when the check is fixed, the restore won't work if the hitcount is
increased to e.g. 6, since by the time checkentry runs it will find the
'old' incarnation of the table.
We can avoid this by increasing the maximum threshold silently; we only
have to rm all the current entries of the table (these entries would
not have enough room to handle the increased hitcount).
This even makes (not-very-useful)
-A INPUT -m recent --update --seconds 30 --hitcount 4
-A INPUT -m recent --update --seconds 30 --hitcount 42
work.
Fixes: abc86d0f99 (netfilter: xt_recent: relax ip_pkt_list_tot restrictions)
Tracked-down-by: Chris Vine <chris@cvine.freeserve.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
On BR/EDR the L2CAP channel instances for fixed channels have so far
been marked as ready only once the L2CAP information req/rsp procedure
is complete and we have the fixed channel mask. This could however lead
to data being dropped if we receive it on the channel before knowing the
remote mask.
Since it is valid for a remote to send data this early, simply assume
that the channel is supported when we receive data on it. So far this
hasn't been noticed much because of limited use of fixed channels on
BR/EDR, but e.g. with SMP over BR/EDR this is already now visible with
automated tests failing randomly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth controllers can export extensive information about
internal states via debugfs. This patch provides an option to
choose if these information are provided or not.
For backwards compatibility with existing kernel configuration,
this option defaults to yes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Ignacy reported that when eth0 is down and add a vlan device
on top of it like:
ip link add link eth0 name eth0.1 up type vlan id 1
We will get a refcount leak:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0.1 to become free. Usage count = 2
The problem is when rtnl_configure_link() fails in rtnl_newlink(),
we simply call unregister_device(), but for stacked device like vlan,
we almost do nothing when we unregister the upper device, more work
is done when we unregister the lower device, so call its ->dellink().
Reported-by: Ignacy Gawedzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The __next_ident function is a local function and so do not export it
and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The a2mp_send function is a local function and so do not export it
and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The amp_mgr_lookup_by_state function does not need to be exported. So
just move it to a different location and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There is no reason to have amp_mgr_list and amp_mgr_list_lock exported
from a2mp.c and thus make both of them static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The A2MP_FEAT_EXT declaration has a single user in a2mp.c and thus
just move it there.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Spelling errors caught by codespell.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix following warning wile make xmldocs.
Warning(.//net/core/dev.c:5345): No description found
for parameter 'bonding_info'
Warning(.//net/core/dev.c:5345): Excess function parameter
'netdev_bonding_info' description in 'netdev_bonding_info_change'
This warning starts to appear after following patch was added
into Linus's tree during merger period.
commit 61bd3857ff
net/core: Add event for a change in slave state
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_cow_metrics() currently assumes only DST_HOST routes require
dynamic metrics allocation from inetpeer. The assumption breaks
when ndisc discovered router with RTAX_MTU and RTAX_HOPLIMIT metric.
Refer to ndisc_router_discovery() in ndisc.c and note that dst_metric_set()
is called after the route is created.
This patch creates the metrics array (by calling dst_cow_metrics_generic) in
ipv6_cow_metrics().
Test:
radvd.conf:
interface qemubr0
{
AdvLinkMTU 1300;
AdvCurHopLimit 30;
prefix fd00:face:face:face::/64
{
AdvOnLink on;
AdvAutonomous on;
AdvRouterAddr off;
};
};
Before:
[root@qemu1 ~]# ip -6 r show | egrep -v unreachable
fd00:face:face:face::/64 dev eth0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 27sec
fe80::/64 dev eth0 proto kernel metric 256
default via fe80::74df:d0ff:fe23:8ef2 dev eth0 proto ra metric 1024 expires 27sec
After:
[root@qemu1 ~]# ip -6 r show | egrep -v unreachable
fd00:face:face:face::/64 dev eth0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 27sec mtu 1300
fe80::/64 dev eth0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1300
default via fe80::74df:d0ff:fe23:8ef2 dev eth0 proto ra metric 1024 expires 27sec mtu 1300 hoplimit 30
Fixes: 8e2ec63917 (ipv6: don't use inetpeer to store metrics for routes.)
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix typo where mask is used rather than key.
Fixes: 74ed7ab9264("openvswitch: Add support for unique flow IDs.")
Reported-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This callback allows a vendor to send the vendor specific commands
before cloing the hci interface.
Signed-off-by: Tedd Ho-Jeong An <tedd.an@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds other known rfc6282 compression formats to the nhc
framework. These compression formats are known but not implemented yet.
For now this is useful to printout a warning which compression format
isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch move UDP header compression and uncompression into the
generic 6LoWPAN nhc header compression layer. Moreover this patch
activates the nhc layer compression in iphc compression and
uncompression functions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a generic next header compression layer interface. There
exists various methods to do a header compression after 6LoWPAN header
to save payload. This introduce a generic nhc header which allow a
simple adding of a new header compression format instead of a static
implementation inside the 6LoWPAN header compression and uncompression
function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
printk and friends can now format bitmaps using '%*pb[l]'. cpumask
and nodemask also provide cpumask_pr_args() and nodemask_pr_args()
respectively which can be used to generate the two printf arguments
necessary to format the specified cpu/nodemask.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If user space is trying to pair on not enabled transport
MGMT_STATUS_REJECT will be returned.
If user space is trying to pair on transport which controller does not
support, MGMT_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned.
Having separate error code for that scenario might be useful for
debugging at least.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With this patch -EOPNOTSUPP will be returned by hci_connect_acl for LE
only controllers. If it is dual device with disabled BREDR -ECONNREFUSED
will be returned
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Kernel gives possibility to enable/disable LE host support.
There is flag HCI_LE_ENABLED which is set when this support is enabled
and some parts of the code checks this flag e.g. SMP
However it is still possible to make LE connection if LE Host support is
disabled, what might be confused for remote device.
This patch makes sure that kernel will not send HCI LE Create Connection
if LE HOST support is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
6LoWPAN currently doesn't supports x-netns and works only in init_net.
With this patch, we ensure that:
- the wpan interface cannot be moved to another netns;
- the 6lowpan interface cannot be moved to another netns;
- the wpan interface is in the same netns than the 6lowpan interface;
- the 6lowpan interface is in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Other code that accesses rq_bc_pa_list holds xprt->bc_pa_lock.
xprt_complete_bc_request() should do the same.
Fixes: 2ea24497a1 ("SUNRPC: RPC callbacks may be split . . .")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
IPv6 can keep a copy of SYN message using skb_get() in
tcp_v6_conn_request() so that caller wont free the skb when calling
kfree_skb() later.
Therefore TCP fast open has to clone the skb it is queuing in
child->sk_receive_queue, as all skbs consumed from receive_queue are
freed using __kfree_skb() (ie assuming skb->users == 1)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Fixes: 5b7ed0892f ("tcp: move fastopen functions to tcp_fastopen.c")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move memcg_socket_limit_enabled decrement to tcp_destroy_cgroup (called
from memcg_destroy_kmem -> mem_cgroup_sockets_destroy) and zap a bunch of
wrapper functions.
Although this patch moves static keys decrement from __mem_cgroup_free to
mem_cgroup_css_free, it does not introduce any functional changes, because
the keys are incremented on setting the limit (tcp or kmem), which can
only happen after successful mem_cgroup_css_online.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull nfsd updates from Bruce Fields:
"The main change is the pNFS block server support from Christoph, which
allows an NFS client connected to shared disk to do block IO to the
shared disk in place of NFS reads and writes. This also requires xfs
patches, which should arrive soon through the xfs tree, barring
unexpected problems. Support for other filesystems is also possible
if there's interest.
Thanks also to Chuck Lever for continuing work to get NFS/RDMA into
shape"
* 'for-3.20' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (32 commits)
nfsd: default NFSv4.2 to on
nfsd: pNFS block layout driver
exportfs: add methods for block layout exports
nfsd: add trace events
nfsd: update documentation for pNFS support
nfsd: implement pNFS layout recalls
nfsd: implement pNFS operations
nfsd: make find_any_file available outside nfs4state.c
nfsd: make find/get/put file available outside nfs4state.c
nfsd: make lookup/alloc/unhash_stid available outside nfs4state.c
nfsd: add fh_fsid_match helper
nfsd: move nfsd_fh_match to nfsfh.h
fs: add FL_LAYOUT lease type
fs: track fl_owner for leases
nfs: add LAYOUT_TYPE_MAX enum value
nfsd: factor out a helper to decode nfstime4 values
sunrpc/lockd: fix references to the BKL
nfsd: fix year-2038 nfs4 state problem
svcrdma: Handle additional inline content
svcrdma: Move read list XDR round-up logic
...
If CONFIG_SYSCTL=n:
net/bridge/br_netfilter.c: In function ‘br_netfilter_init’:
net/bridge/br_netfilter.c:996: warning: label ‘err1’ defined but not used
Move the label and the code after it inside the existing #ifdef to get
rid of the warning.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use spin_lock_bh in ip6_fl_purge() to prevent following potentially
deadlock scenario between ip6_fl_purge() and ip6_fl_gc() timer.
=================================
[ INFO: inconsistent lock state ]
3.19.0 #1 Not tainted
---------------------------------
inconsistent {SOFTIRQ-ON-W} -> {IN-SOFTIRQ-W} usage.
swapper/5/0 [HC0[0]:SC1[1]:HE1:SE0] takes:
(ip6_fl_lock){+.?...}, at: [<ffffffff8171155d>] ip6_fl_gc+0x2d/0x180
{SOFTIRQ-ON-W} state was registered at:
[<ffffffff810ee9a0>] __lock_acquire+0x4a0/0x10b0
[<ffffffff810efd54>] lock_acquire+0xc4/0x2b0
[<ffffffff81751d2d>] _raw_spin_lock+0x3d/0x80
[<ffffffff81711798>] ip6_flowlabel_net_exit+0x28/0x110
[<ffffffff815f9759>] ops_exit_list.isra.1+0x39/0x60
[<ffffffff815fa320>] cleanup_net+0x100/0x1e0
[<ffffffff810ad80a>] process_one_work+0x20a/0x830
[<ffffffff810adf4b>] worker_thread+0x11b/0x460
[<ffffffff810b42f4>] kthread+0x104/0x120
[<ffffffff81752bfc>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0
irq event stamp: 84640
hardirqs last enabled at (84640): [<ffffffff81752080>] _raw_spin_unlock_irq+0x30/0x50
hardirqs last disabled at (84639): [<ffffffff81751eff>] _raw_spin_lock_irq+0x1f/0x80
softirqs last enabled at (84628): [<ffffffff81091ad1>] _local_bh_enable+0x21/0x50
softirqs last disabled at (84629): [<ffffffff81093b7d>] irq_exit+0x12d/0x150
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(ip6_fl_lock);
<Interrupt>
lock(ip6_fl_lock);
*** DEADLOCK ***
Signed-off-by: Jan Stancek <jstancek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_orig should be released on error. Function like __xfrm_route_forward()
expects that behavior.
Since a recent commit, xfrm_lookup() may also be called by xfrm_lookup_route(),
which expects the opposite.
Let's introduce a new flag (XFRM_LOOKUP_KEEP_DST_REF) to tell what should be
done in case of error.
Fixes: f92ee61982d("xfrm: Generate blackhole routes only from route lookup functions")
Signed-off-by: huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pull security layer updates from James Morris:
"Highlights:
- Smack adds secmark support for Netfilter
- /proc/keys is now mandatory if CONFIG_KEYS=y
- TPM gets its own device class
- Added TPM 2.0 support
- Smack file hook rework (all Smack users should review this!)"
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (64 commits)
cipso: don't use IPCB() to locate the CIPSO IP option
SELinux: fix error code in policydb_init()
selinux: add security in-core xattr support for pstore and debugfs
selinux: quiet the filesystem labeling behavior message
selinux: Remove unused function avc_sidcmp()
ima: /proc/keys is now mandatory
Smack: Repair netfilter dependency
X.509: silence asn1 compiler debug output
X.509: shut up about included cert for silent build
KEYS: Make /proc/keys unconditional if CONFIG_KEYS=y
MAINTAINERS: email update
tpm/tpm_tis: Add missing ifdef CONFIG_ACPI for pnp_acpi_device
smack: fix possible use after frees in task_security() callers
smack: Add missing logging in bidirectional UDS connect check
Smack: secmark support for netfilter
Smack: Rework file hooks
tpm: fix format string error in tpm-chip.c
char/tpm/tpm_crb: fix build error
smack: Fix a bidirectional UDS connect check typo
smack: introduce a special case for tmpfs in smack_d_instantiate()
...
Merge second set of updates from Andrew Morton:
"More of MM"
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (83 commits)
mm/nommu.c: fix arithmetic overflow in __vm_enough_memory()
mm/mmap.c: fix arithmetic overflow in __vm_enough_memory()
vmstat: Reduce time interval to stat update on idle cpu
mm/page_owner.c: remove unnecessary stack_trace field
Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt: describe /proc/<pid>/map_files
mm: incorporate read-only pages into transparent huge pages
vmstat: do not use deferrable delayed work for vmstat_update
mm: more aggressive page stealing for UNMOVABLE allocations
mm: always steal split buddies in fallback allocations
mm: when stealing freepages, also take pages created by splitting buddy page
mincore: apply page table walker on do_mincore()
mm: /proc/pid/clear_refs: avoid split_huge_page()
mm: pagewalk: fix misbehavior of walk_page_range for vma(VM_PFNMAP)
mempolicy: apply page table walker on queue_pages_range()
arch/powerpc/mm/subpage-prot.c: use walk->vma and walk_page_vma()
memcg: cleanup preparation for page table walk
numa_maps: remove numa_maps->vma
numa_maps: fix typo in gather_hugetbl_stats
pagemap: use walk->vma instead of calling find_vma()
clear_refs: remove clear_refs_private->vma and introduce clear_refs_test_walk()
...
Highlights incluse:
Features:
- Removing the forced serialisation of open()/close() calls in NFSv4.x (x>0)
makes for a significant performance improvement in metadata intensive
workloads.
- Full support for the pNFS "flexible files" layout type
- Further RPC/RDMA client improvements from Chuck
Bugfixes:
- Stable fix: NFSv4.1 backchannel calls blocking operations with !TASK_RUNNING
- Stable fix: pnfs_generic_pg_init_read/write can be called with lseg == NULL
- Stable fix: Fix an Oopsable condition when nsm_mon_unmon is called as part
of the namespace cleanup,
- Stable fix: Ensure we reference the inode for return-on-close in delegreturn
- Use SO_REUSEPORT to ensure that NFSv3 TCP connections can rebind to the
same source address/port combination during a disconnect/reconnect event.
This is a requirement imposed by most NFSv3 server duplicate reply cache
implementations.
Optimisations:
- Ask for no NFSv4.1 delegations on OPEN if using O_DIRECT
Other:
- Add Anna Schumaker as co-maintainer for the NFS client
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=c47U
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.20-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client updates from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights incluse:
Features:
- Removing the forced serialisation of open()/close() calls in
NFSv4.x (x>0) makes for a significant performance improvement in
metadata intensive workloads.
- Full support for the pNFS "flexible files" layout type
- Further RPC/RDMA client improvements from Chuck
Bugfixes:
- Stable fix: NFSv4.1 backchannel calls blocking operations with !TASK_RUNNING
- Stable fix: pnfs_generic_pg_init_read/write can be called with lseg == NULL
- Stable fix: Fix an Oopsable condition when nsm_mon_unmon is called
as part of the namespace cleanup,
- Stable fix: Ensure we reference the inode for return-on-close in
delegreturn
- Use SO_REUSEPORT to ensure that NFSv3 TCP connections can rebind to
the same source address/port combination during a disconnect/
reconnect event. This is a requirement imposed by most NFSv3
server duplicate reply cache implementations.
Optimisations:
- Ask for no NFSv4.1 delegations on OPEN if using O_DIRECT
Other:
- Add Anna Schumaker as co-maintainer for the NFS client"
* tag 'nfs-for-3.20-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (119 commits)
SUNRPC: Cleanup to remove xs_tcp_close()
pnfs: delete an unintended goto
pnfs/flexfiles: Do not dprintk after the free
SUNRPC: Fix stupid typo in xs_sock_set_reuseport
SUNRPC: Define xs_tcp_fin_timeout only if CONFIG_SUNRPC_DEBUG
SUNRPC: Handle connection reset more efficiently.
SUNRPC: Remove the redundant XPRT_CONNECTION_CLOSE flag
SUNRPC: Make xs_tcp_close() do a socket shutdown rather than a sock_release
SUNRPC: Ensure xs_tcp_shutdown() requests a full close of the connection
SUNRPC: Cleanup to remove remaining uses of XPRT_CONNECTION_ABORT
SUNRPC: Remove TCP socket linger code
SUNRPC: Remove TCP client connection reset hack
SUNRPC: TCP/UDP always close the old socket before reconnecting
SUNRPC: Add helpers to prevent socket create from racing
SUNRPC: Ensure xs_reset_transport() resets the close connection flags
SUNRPC: Do not clear the source port in xs_reset_transport
SUNRPC: Handle EADDRINUSE on connect
SUNRPC: Set SO_REUSEPORT socket option for TCP connections
NFSv4.1: Fix pnfs_put_lseg races
NFSv4.1: pnfs_send_layoutreturn should use GFP_NOFS
...
This allows those get_user_pages calls to pass FAULT_FLAG_ALLOW_RETRY to
the page fault in order to release the mmap_sem during the I/O.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Andres Lagar-Cavilla <andreslc@google.com>
Cc: Peter Feiner <pfeiner@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The unified hierarchy interface for memory cgroups will no longer use "-1"
to mean maximum possible resource value. In preparation for this, make
the string an argument and let the caller supply it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Change remote checksum handling to set checksum partial as default
behavior. Added an iflink parameter to configure not using
checksum partial (calling csum_partial to update checksum).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds infrastructure so that remote checksum offload can
set CHECKSUM_PARTIAL instead of calling csum_partial and writing
the modfied checksum field.
Add skb_remcsum_adjust_partial function to set an skb for using
CHECKSUM_PARTIAL with remote checksum offload. Changed
skb_remcsum_process and skb_gro_remcsum_process to take a boolean
argument to indicate if checksum partial can be set or the
checksum needs to be modified using the normal algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Properly set GSO types and skb->encapsulation in the UDP tunnel GRO
complete so that packets are properly represented for GSO. This sets
SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL or SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM depending on whether
non-zero checksums were received, and sets SKB_GSO_TUNNEL_REMCSUM if
the remote checksum option was processed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remote checksum offload processing is currently the same for both
the GRO and non-GRO path. When the remote checksum offload option
is encountered, the checksum field referred to is modified in
the packet. So in the GRO case, the packet is modified in the
GRO path and then the operation is skipped when the packet goes
through the normal path based on skb->remcsum_offload. There is
a problem in that the packet may be modified in the GRO path, but
then forwarded off host still containing the remote checksum option.
A remote host will again perform RCO but now the checksum verification
will fail since GRO RCO already modified the checksum.
To fix this, we ensure that GRO restores a packet to it's original
state before returning. In this model, when GRO processes a remote
checksum option it still changes the checksum per the algorithm
but on return from lower layer processing the checksum is restored
to its original value.
In this patch we add define gro_remcsum structure which is passed
to skb_gro_remcsum_process to save offset and delta for the checksum
being changed. After lower layer processing, skb_gro_remcsum_cleanup
is called to restore the checksum before returning from GRO.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/openvswitch/flow_netlink.c: In function ‘validate_and_copy_set_tun’:
net/openvswitch/flow_netlink.c:1749: warning: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in this function
If ipv4_tun_from_nlattr() returns a different positive value than
OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_GENEVE_OPTS, err will be uninitialized, and
validate_and_copy_set_tun() may return an undefined value instead of a
zero success indicator. Initialize err to zero to fix this.
Fixes: 1dd144cf5b ("openvswitch: Support VXLAN Group Policy extension")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userspace packet execute command pass down flow key for given
packet. But userspace can skip some parameter with zero value.
Therefore kernel needs to initialize key metadata to zero.
Fixes: 0714812134 ("openvswitch: Eliminate memset() from flow_extract.")
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the RDS transport is TCP, we cannot inline the call to rds_send_xmit
from rds_cong_queue_update because
(a) we are already holding the sock_lock in the recv path, and
will deadlock when tcp_setsockopt/tcp_sendmsg try to get the sock
lock
(b) cong_queue_update does an irqsave on the rds_cong_lock, and this
will trigger warnings (for a good reason) from functions called
out of sock_lock.
This patch reverts the change introduced by
2fa57129d ("RDS: Bypass workqueue when queueing cong updates").
The patch has been verified for both RDS/TCP as well as RDS/RDMA
to ensure that there are not regressions for either transport:
- for verification of RDS/TCP a client-server unit-test was used,
with the server blocked in gdb and thus unable to drain its rcvbuf,
eventually triggering a RDS congestion update.
- for RDS/RDMA, the standard IB regression tests were used
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_append_data is used by other protocols and some of them can't
be partially checksummed. Only partially checksum UDP protocol.
Fixes: 32dce968dd (ipv6: Allow for partial checksums on non-ufo packets)
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Tested-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains two small Netfilter updates for your
net-next tree, they are:
1) Add ebtables support to nft_compat, from Arturo Borrero.
2) Fix missing validation of the SET_ID attribute in the lookup
expressions, from Patrick McHardy.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the IPCB() macro to get the IPv4 options is convenient, but
unfortunately NetLabel often needs to examine the CIPSO option outside
of the scope of the IP layer in the stack. While historically IPCB()
worked above the IP layer, due to the inclusion of the inet_skb_param
struct at the head of the {tcp,udp}_skb_cb structs, recent commit
971f10ec ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
reordered the tcp_skb_cb struct and invalidated this IPCB() trick.
This patch fixes the problem by creating a new function,
cipso_v4_optptr(), which locates the CIPSO option inside the IP header
without calling IPCB(). Unfortunately, this isn't as fast as a simple
lookup so some additional tweaks were made to limit the use of this
new function.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.18
Reported-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
net/netfilter/xt_set.c:196:9-10: WARNING: return of 0/1 in function 'set_match_v3' with return type bool
net/netfilter/xt_set.c:242:9-10: WARNING: return of 0/1 in function 'set_match_v4' with return type bool
Return statements in functions returning bool should use
true/false instead of 1/0.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/boolreturn.cocci
CC: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Docker needs NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ADDRTYPE, so move it out from behind
NETFILTER_ADVANCED and make it default to a module.
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
xs_tcp_close() is now just a call to xs_tcp_shutdown(), so remove it,
and replace the entry in xs_tcp_ops.
Suggested-by: Anna Schumaker <anna.schumaker@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Packetization Layer Path MTU Discovery works separately beside
Path MTU Discovery at IP level, different net namespace has
various requirements on which one to chose, e.g., a virutalized
container instance would require TCP PMTU to probe an usable
effective mtu for underlying tunnel, while the host would
employ classical ICMP based PMTU to function.
Hence making TCP PMTU mechanism per net namespace to decouple
two functionality. Furthermore the probe base MSS should also
be configured separately for each namespace.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a server has enabled Fast Open and it receives a pure SYN-data
packet (without a Fast Open option), it won't accept the data but it
incorrectly returns a SYN-ACK with a Fast Open cookie and also
increments the SNMP stat LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENPASSIVEFAIL.
This patch makes the server include a Fast Open cookie in SYN-ACK
only if the SYN has some Fast Open option (i.e., when client
requests or presents a cookie).
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids setting TUNNEL_VXLAN_OPT for VXLAN frames which don't
have any GBP metadata set. It is not invalid to set it but unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make __ipv6_select_ident() static as it isn't used outside
the file.
Fixes: 0508c07f5e (ipv6: Select fragment id during UFO segmentation if not set.)
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commit:
0508c07f5e
Author: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Date: Tue Feb 3 16:36:15 2015 -0500
ipv6: Select fragment id during UFO segmentation if not set.
Introduced a bug on LE in how ipv6 fragment id is assigned.
This was cought by nightly sparce check:
Resolve the following sparce error:
net/ipv6/output_core.c:57:38: sparse: incorrect type in assignment
(different base types)
net/ipv6/output_core.c:57:38: expected restricted __be32
[usertype] ip6_frag_id
net/ipv6/output_core.c:57:38: got unsigned int [unsigned]
[assigned] [usertype] id
Fixes: 0508c07f5e (ipv6: Select fragment id during UFO segmentation if not set.)
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bridge's default_pvid adds a vid by default, by which we cannot add a
non-vlan fdb entry by default, because br_fdb_add() adds fdb entries for
all vlans instead of a non-vlan one when any vlan is configured.
# ip link add br0 type bridge
# ip link set eth0 master br0
# bridge fdb add 12:34:56:78:90:ab dev eth0 master temp
# bridge fdb show brport eth0 | grep 12:34:56:78:90:ab
12:34:56:78:90:ab dev eth0 vlan 1 static
We expect a non-vlan fdb entry as well as vlan 1:
12:34:56:78:90:ab dev eth0 static
To fix this, we need to insert a non-vlan fdb entry if vlan is not
specified, even when any vlan is configured.
Fixes: 5be5a2df40 ("bridge: Add filtering support for default_pvid")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_slave_phy_setup() finds the phy for the port via device tree and
using of_phy_connect(), or it uses the fall back of taking a phy from
the switch internal mdio bus and calling phy_connect_direct(). Either
way, if a phy is found, phy_attach_direct() is called to attach the
phy to the slave device.
In dsa_slave_create(), a second call to phy_attach() is made. This
results in the warning "PHY already attached". Remove this second,
redundant attaching of the phy.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tipc_snprintf() was heavily utilized by the old netlink API which no
longer exists (now netlink compat).
In this patch we swap tipc_snprintf() to the identical scnprintf() in
the only remaining occurrence.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_CMD_NOOP to compat layer and remove the old framework.
All legacy nl commands are now converted to the compat layer in
netlink_compat.c.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert TIPC_CMD_SHOW_STATS to compat layer. This command does not
have any counterpart in the new API, meaning it now solely exists as a
function in the compat layer.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID to compat dumpit.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID to compat doit.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert TIPC_CMD_SET_NODE_ADDR to compat doit.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert TIPC_CMD_GET_NODES to compat dumpit and remove global node
counter solely used by the legacy API.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert TIPC_CMD_GET_MEDIA_NAMES to compat dumpit.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert socket (port) listing to compat dumpit call. If a socket
(port) has publications a second dumpit call is issued to collect them
and format then into the legacy buffer before continuing to process
the sockets (ports).
Command converted in this patch:
TIPC_CMD_SHOW_PORTS
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add functionality for printing a dump header and convert
TIPC_CMD_SHOW_NAME_TABLE to compat dumpit.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert TIPC_CMD_RESET_LINK_STATS to compat doit.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert setting of link proprieties to compat doit calls.
Commands converted in this patch:
TIPC_CMD_SET_LINK_TOL
TIPC_CMD_SET_LINK_PRI
TIPC_CMD_SET_LINK_WINDOW
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert TIPC_CMD_GET_LINKS to compat dumpit and remove global link
counter solely used by the legacy API.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add functionality for safely appending string data to a TLV without
keeping write count in the caller.
Convert TIPC_CMD_SHOW_LINK_STATS to compat dumpit.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a framework for transcoding legacy nl action into actions
(.doit) calls from the new nl API. This is done by converting the
incoming TLV data into netlink data with nested netlink attributes.
Unfortunately due to the randomness of the legacy API we can't do this
generically so each legacy netlink command requires a specific
transcoding recipe. In this case for bearer enable and bearer disable.
Convert TIPC_CMD_ENABLE_BEARER and TIPC_CMD_DISABLE_BEARER into doit
compat calls.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a framework for dumping netlink data from the new netlink
API and formatting it to the old legacy API format. This is done by
looping the dump data and calling a format handler for each entity, in
this case a bearer.
We dump until either all data is dumped or we reach the limited buffer
size of the legacy API. Remember, the legacy API doesn't scale.
In this commit we convert TIPC_CMD_GET_BEARER_NAMES to use the compat
layer.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new netlink API is no longer "v2" but rather the standard API and
the legacy API is now "nl compat". We split them into separate
start/stop and put them in different files in order to further
distinguish them.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the linger code is gone, the xs_tcp_fin_timeout variable has
no real function. Keep it for now, since it is part of the /proc
interface, but only define it if that /proc interface is enabled.
Suggested-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
If the connection reset is due to an active call on our side, then
the state change is sometimes not reported. Catch those instances
using xs_error_report() instead.
Also remove the xs_tcp_shutdown() call in xs_tcp_send_request() as
the change in behaviour makes it redundant.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Use of socket shutdown() means that we monitor the shutdown process
through the xs_tcp_state_change() callback, so it is preferable to
a full close in all cases unless we're destroying the transport.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The previous behaviour left the connection half-open in order to try
to scrape the last replies from the socket. Now that we have more reliable
reconnection, change the behaviour to close down the socket faster.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Now that we no longer use the partial shutdown code when closing the
socket, we no longer need to worry about the TCP linger2 state.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
We set the outer mode protocol too early. As a result, the
local error handler might dispatch to the wrong address family
and report the error to a wrong socket type. We fix this by
setting the outer protocol to the skb after we accessed the
inner mode for the last time, right before we do the atcual
encapsulation where we switch finally to the outer mode.
Reported-by: Chris Ruehl <chris.ruehl@gtsys.com.hk>
Tested-by: Chris Ruehl <chris.ruehl@gtsys.com.hk>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
IPVS stats are limited to 2^(32-10) conns/s and packets/s,
2^(32-5) bytes/s. It is time to use 64 bits:
* Change all conn/packet kernel counters to 64-bit and update
them in u64_stats_update_{begin,end} section
* In kernel use struct ip_vs_kstats instead of the user-space
struct ip_vs_stats_user and use new func ip_vs_export_stats_user
to export it to sockopt users to preserve compatibility with
32-bit values
* Rename cpu counters "ustats" to "cnt"
* To netlink users provide additionally 64-bit stats:
IPVS_SVC_ATTR_STATS64 and IPVS_DEST_ATTR_STATS64. Old stats
remain for old binaries.
* We can use ip_vs_copy_stats in ip_vs_stats_percpu_show
Thanks to Chris Caputo for providing initial patch for ip_vs_est.c
Signed-off-by: Chris Caputo <ccaputo@alt.net>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Make sure root user does not try something stupid.
Also make sure mask field in struct rps_sock_flow_table
does not share a cache line with the potentially often dirtied
flow table.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 567e4b7973 ("net: rfs: add hash collision detection")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code prevents any operation with a mixed-family dest
unless IP_VS_CONN_F_TUNNEL flag is set. The problem is that it's impossible
for the client to follow this rule, because ip_vs_genl_parse_dest does
not even read the destination conn_flags when cmd = IPVS_CMD_DEL_DEST
(need_full_dest = 0).
Also, not every client can pass this flag when removing a dest. ipvsadm,
for example, does not support the "-i" command line option together with
the "-d" option.
This change disables any checks for mixed-family on IPVS_CMD_DEL_DEST command.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Andriyanov <alan@al-an.info>
Fixes: bc18d37f67 ("ipvs: Allow heterogeneous pools now that we support them")
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Instead we rely on SO_REUSEPORT to provide the reconnection semantics
that we need for NFSv2/v3.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
It is not safe to call xs_reset_transport() from inside xs_udp_setup_socket()
or xs_tcp_setup_socket(), since they do not own the correct locks. Instead,
do it in xs_connect().
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The socket lock is currently held by the task that is requesting the
connection be established. While that is efficient in the case where
the connection happens quickly, it is racy in the case where it doesn't.
What we really want is for the connect helper to be able to block access
to the socket while it is being set up.
This patch does so by arranging to transfer the socket lock from the
task that is requesting the connect attempt, and then releasing that
lock once everything is done.
This scheme also gives us automatic protection against collisions with
the RPC close code, so we can kill the cancel_delayed_work_sync()
call in xs_close().
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Now that we can reuse bound ports after a close, we never really want to
clear the transport's source port after it has been set. Doing so really
messes up the NFSv3 DRC on the server.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Now that we're setting SO_REUSEPORT, we still need to handle the
case where a connect() is attempted, but the old socket is still
lingering.
Essentially, all we want to do here is handle the error by waiting
a few seconds and then retrying.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Receive Flow Steering is a nice solution but suffers from
hash collisions when a mix of connected and unconnected traffic
is received on the host, when flow hash table is populated.
Also, clearing flow in inet_release() makes RFS not very good
for short lived flows, as many packets can follow close().
(FIN , ACK packets, ...)
This patch extends the information stored into global hash table
to not only include cpu number, but upper part of the hash value.
I use a 32bit value, and dynamically split it in two parts.
For host with less than 64 possible cpus, this gives 6 bits for the
cpu number, and 26 (32-6) bits for the upper part of the hash.
Since hash bucket selection use low order bits of the hash, we have
a full hash match, if /proc/sys/net/core/rps_sock_flow_entries is big
enough.
If the hash found in flow table does not match, we fallback to RPS (if
it is enabled for the rxqueue).
This means that a packet for an non connected flow can avoid the
IPI through a unrelated/victim CPU.
This also means we no longer have to clear the table at socket
close time, and this helps short lived flows performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
encap.sport and encap.dport are __be16, use nla_{get,put}_be16 instead
of nla_{get,put}_u16.
Fixes the sparse warnings:
warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
expected restricted __be32 [addressable] [usertype] o_key
got restricted __be16 [addressable] [usertype] i_flags
warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
expected restricted __be16 [usertype] sport
got unsigned short
warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
expected restricted __be16 [usertype] dport
got unsigned short
warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] value
got restricted __be16 [usertype] sport
warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] value
got restricted __be16 [usertype] dport
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using TCP, we need the ability to reuse port numbers after
a disconnection, so that the NFSv3 server knows that we're the same
client. Currently we use a hack to work around the TCP socket's
TIME_WAIT: we send an RST instead of closing, which doesn't
always work...
The SO_REUSEPORT option added in Linux 3.9 allows us to bind multiple
TCP connections to the same source address+port combination, and thus
to use ordinary TCP close() instead of the current hack.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
In commit c637c10355 ("tipc: resolve race
problem at unicast message reception") we introduced a time limit
for how long the function tipc_sk_eneque() would be allowed to execute
its loop. Unfortunately, the test for when this limit is passed was put
in the wrong place, resulting in a lost message when the test is true.
We fix this by moving the test to before we dequeue the next buffer
from the input queue.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_probe allocates a struct __rt6_probe_work and schedules a work handler rt6_probe_deferred.
But rt6_probe_deferred kfree's the struct work_struct instead of struct __rt6_probe_work.
This works, because struct work_struct is the first element of struct __rt6_probe_work.
Change it to kfree struct __rt6_probe_work to not implicitly depend on
struct work_struct being the first element.
This does not affect the generated code.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a sparse warning in the initial submission.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=3fRY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-rdma-for-3.20-part-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma
NFS: RDMA Client Sparse Fixes
This patch fixes a sparse warning in the initial submission.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
* tag 'nfs-rdma-for-3.20-part-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma:
xprtrdma: Address sparse complaint in rpcr_to_rdmar()
Ensure that in state FIN_WAIT2 or TIME_WAIT, where the connection is
represented by a tcp_timewait_sock, we rate limit dupacks in response
to incoming packets (a) with TCP timestamps that fail PAWS checks, or
(b) with sequence numbers that are out of the acceptable window.
We do not send a dupack in response to out-of-window packets if it has
been less than sysctl_tcp_invalid_ratelimit (default 500ms) since we
last sent a dupack in response to an out-of-window packet.
Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure that in state ESTABLISHED, where the connection is represented
by a tcp_sock, we rate limit dupacks in response to incoming packets
(a) with TCP timestamps that fail PAWS checks, or (b) with sequence
numbers or ACK numbers that are out of the acceptable window.
We do not send a dupack in response to out-of-window packets if it has
been less than sysctl_tcp_invalid_ratelimit (default 500ms) since we
last sent a dupack in response to an out-of-window packet.
There is already a similar (although global) rate-limiting mechanism
for "challenge ACKs". When deciding whether to send a challence ACK,
we first consult the new per-connection rate limit, and then the
global rate limit.
Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the SYN_RECV state, where the TCP connection is represented by
tcp_request_sock, we now rate-limit SYNACKs in response to a client's
retransmitted SYNs: we do not send a SYNACK in response to client SYN
if it has been less than sysctl_tcp_invalid_ratelimit (default 500ms)
since we last sent a SYNACK in response to a client's retransmitted
SYN.
This allows the vast majority of legitimate client connections to
proceed unimpeded, even for the most aggressive platforms, iOS and
MacOS, which actually retransmit SYNs 1-second intervals for several
times in a row. They use SYN RTO timeouts following the progression:
1,1,1,1,1,2,4,8,16,32.
Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Helpers for mitigating ACK loops by rate-limiting dupacks sent in
response to incoming out-of-window packets.
This patch includes:
- rate-limiting logic
- sysctl to control how often we allow dupacks to out-of-window packets
- SNMP counter for cases where we rate-limited our dupack sending
The rate-limiting logic in this patch decides to not send dupacks in
response to out-of-window segments if (a) they are SYNs or pure ACKs
and (b) the remote endpoint is sending them faster than the configured
rate limit.
We rate-limit our responses rather than blocking them entirely or
resetting the connection, because legitimate connections can rely on
dupacks in response to some out-of-window segments. For example, zero
window probes are typically sent with a sequence number that is below
the current window, and ZWPs thus expect to thus elicit a dupack in
response.
We allow dupacks in response to TCP segments with data, because these
may be spurious retransmissions for which the remote endpoint wants to
receive DSACKs. This is safe because segments with data can't
realistically be part of ACK loops, which by their nature consist of
each side sending pure/data-less ACKs to each other.
The dupack interval is controlled by a new sysctl knob,
tcp_invalid_ratelimit, given in milliseconds, in case an administrator
needs to dial this upward in the face of a high-rate DoS attack. The
name and units are chosen to be analogous to the existing analogous
knob for ICMP, icmp_ratelimit.
The default value for tcp_invalid_ratelimit is 500ms, which allows at
most one such dupack per 500ms. This is chosen to be 2x faster than
the 1-second minimum RTO interval allowed by RFC 6298 (section 2, rule
2.4). We allow the extra 2x factor because network delay variations
can cause packets sent at 1 second intervals to be compressed and
arrive much closer.
Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a missing bridge port check caught by smatch.
setlink/dellink of attributes like vlans can come for a bridge device
and there is no need to offload those today. So, this patch adds a bridge
port check. (In these cases however, the BRIDGE_SELF flags will always be set
and we may not hit a problem with the current code).
smatch complaint:
The patch 68e331c785: "bridge: offload bridge port attributes to
switch asic if feature flag set" from Jan 29, 2015, leads to the
following Smatch complaint:
net/bridge/br_netlink.c:552 br_setlink()
error: we previously assumed 'p' could be null (see line 518)
net/bridge/br_netlink.c
517
518 if (p && protinfo) {
^
Check for NULL.
Reported-By: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hotpluging a cpu might be rare, yet we have to use proper
handlers when taking over packets found in backlog queues.
dev_cpu_callback() runs from process context, thus we should
call netif_rx_ni() to properly invoke softirq handler.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 083735f4b0 ("rds: switch rds_message_copy_from_user() to iov_iter")
breaks rds_message_copy_from_user() semantics on success, and causes it
to return nbytes copied, when it should return 0. This commit fixes that bug.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro rdsdebug is defined as
pr_debug("%s(): " fmt, __func__ , ##args)
Hence it doesn't make sense to include the name of the calling
function explicitly in the format string passed to rdsdebug.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OVS userspace already probes the openvswitch kernel module for
OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET_MASKED support. This patch adds the kernel module
implementation of masked set actions.
The existing set action sets many fields at once. When only a subset
of the IP header fields, for example, should be modified, all the IP
fields need to be exact matched so that the other field values can be
copied to the set action. A masked set action allows modification of
an arbitrary subset of the supported header bits without requiring the
rest to be matched.
Masked set action is now supported for all writeable key types, except
for the tunnel key. The set tunnel action is an exception as any
input tunnel info is cleared before action processing starts, so there
is no tunnel info to mask.
The kernel module converts all (non-tunnel) set actions to masked set
actions. This makes action processing more uniform, and results in
less branching and duplicating the action processing code. When
returning actions to userspace, the fully masked set actions are
converted back to normal set actions. We use a kernel internal action
code to be able to tell the userspace provided and converted masked
set actions apart.
Signed-off-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jrajahalme@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the second NFC pull request for 3.20.
It brings:
- NCI NFCEE (NFC Execution Environment, typically an embedded or
external secure element) discovery and enabling/disabling support.
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we also added NCI's logical
connections support to the NCI stack.
- HCI over NCI protocol support. Some secure elements only understand
HCI and thus we need to send them HCI frames when they're part of
an NCI chipset.
- NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION userspace API addition. Whenever an application
running on a secure element needs to notify its host counterpart,
we send an NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION event to userspace through the
NFC netlink socket.
- Secure element and HCI transaction event support for the st21nfcb
chipset.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=8caD
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.20-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
NFC: 3.20 second pull request
This is the second NFC pull request for 3.20.
It brings:
- NCI NFCEE (NFC Execution Environment, typically an embedded or
external secure element) discovery and enabling/disabling support.
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we also added NCI's logical
connections support to the NCI stack.
- HCI over NCI protocol support. Some secure elements only understand
HCI and thus we need to send them HCI frames when they're part of
an NCI chipset.
- NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION userspace API addition. Whenever an application
running on a secure element needs to notify its host counterpart,
we send an NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION event to userspace through the
NFC netlink socket.
- Secure element and HCI transaction event support for the st21nfcb
chipset.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ifla_vf_policy[] is wrong in advertising its individual member types as
NLA_BINARY since .type = NLA_BINARY in combination with .len declares the
len member as *max* attribute length [0, len].
The issue is that when do_setvfinfo() is being called to set up a VF
through ndo handler, we could set corrupted data if the attribute length
is less than the size of the related structure itself.
The intent is exactly the opposite, namely to make sure to pass at least
data of minimum size of len.
Fixes: ebc08a6f47 ("rtnetlink: Add VF config code to rtnetlink")
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of connected switches was sourced from the number of
children to the DSA node, change it to the number of available
children, skipping any disabled switches.
Fixes: 5e95329b70 ("dsa: add device tree bindings to register DSA switches")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We still need a validate_link_af() handler with an appropriate nla policy,
similarly as we have in IPv4 case, otherwise size validations are not being
done properly in that case.
Fixes: f53adae4ea ("net: ipv6: add tokenized interface identifier support")
Fixes: bc91b0f07a ("ipv6: addrconf: implement address generation modes")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a network-layer header has multiple IPv6 extension headers, then offset
for mobility header goes wrong. This regression breaks an xfrm policy lookup
for a particular receive packet. Binding update packets of Mobile IPv6
are all discarded without this fix.
Fixes: de3b7a06df ("xfrm6: Fix transport header offset in _decode_session6.")
Signed-off-by: Hajime Tazaki <tazaki@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In a previous commit in this series we resolved a race problem during
unicast message reception.
Here, we resolve the same problem at multicast reception. We apply the
same technique: an input queue serializing the delivery of arriving
buffers. The main difference is that here we do it in two steps.
First, the broadcast link feeds arriving buffers into the tail of an
arrival queue, which head is consumed at the socket level, and where
destination lookup is performed. Second, if the lookup is successful,
the resulting buffer clones are fed into a second queue, the input
queue. This queue is consumed at reception in the socket just like
in the unicast case. Both queues are protected by the same lock, -the
one of the input queue.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The structure 'tipc_port_list' is used to collect port numbers
representing multicast destination socket on a receiving node.
The list is not based on a standard linked list, and is in reality
optimized for the uncommon case that there are more than one
multicast destinations per node. This makes the list handling
unecessarily complex, and as a consequence, even the socket
multicast reception becomes more complex.
In this commit, we replace 'tipc_port_list' with a new 'struct
tipc_plist', which is based on a standard list. We give the new
list stack (push/pop) semantics, someting that simplifies
the implementation of the function tipc_sk_mcast_rcv().
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new input message queue in struct tipc_link can be used for
delivering connection abort messages to subscribing sockets. This
makes it possible to simplify the code for such cases.
This commit removes the temporary list in tipc_node_unlock()
used for transforming abort subscriptions to messages. Instead, the
abort messages are now created at the moment of lost contact, and
then added to the last failed link's generic input queue for delivery
to the sockets concerned.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC handles message cardinality and sequencing at the link layer,
before passing messages upwards to the destination sockets. During the
upcall from link to socket no locks are held. It is therefore possible,
and we see it happen occasionally, that messages arriving in different
threads and delivered in sequence still bypass each other before they
reach the destination socket. This must not happen, since it violates
the sequentiality guarantee.
We solve this by adding a new input buffer queue to the link structure.
Arriving messages are added safely to the tail of that queue by the
link, while the head of the queue is consumed, also safely, by the
receiving socket. Sequentiality is secured per socket by only allowing
buffers to be dequeued inside the socket lock. Since there may be multiple
simultaneous readers of the queue, we use a 'filter' parameter to reduce
the risk that they peek the same buffer from the queue, hence also
reducing the risk of contention on the receiving socket locks.
This solves the sequentiality problem, and seems to cause no measurable
performance degradation.
A nice side effect of this change is that lock handling in the functions
tipc_rcv() and tipc_bcast_rcv() now becomes uniform, something that
will enable future simplifications of those functions.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The list for outgoing traffic buffers from a socket is currently
allocated on the stack. This forces us to initialize the queue for
each sent message, something costing extra CPU cycles in the most
critical data path. Later in this series we will introduce a new
safe input buffer queue, something that would force us to initialize
even the spinlock of the outgoing queue. A closer analysis reveals
that the queue always is filled and emptied within the same lock_sock()
session. It is therefore safe to use a queue aggregated in the socket
itself for this purpose. Since there already exists a queue for this
in struct sock, sk_write_queue, we introduce use of that queue in
this commit.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function tipc_msg_eval() is in reality doing two related, but
different tasks. First it tries to find a new destination for named
messages, in case there was no first lookup, or if the first lookup
failed. Second, it does what its name suggests, evaluating the validity
of the message and its destination, and returning an appropriate error
code depending on the result.
This is confusing, and in this commit we choose to break it up into two
functions. A new function, tipc_msg_lookup_dest(), first attempts to find
a new destination, if the message is of the right type. If this lookup
fails, or if the message should not be subject to a second lookup, the
already existing tipc_msg_reverse() is called. This function performs
prepares the message for rejection, if applicable.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code for enqueuing arriving buffers in the function tipc_sk_rcv()
contains long code lines and currently goes to two indentation levels.
As a cosmetic preparaton for the next commits, we break it out into
a separate function.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Despite recent improvements, the handling of error codes and return
values at reception of messages in the socket layer is still confusing.
In this commit, we try to make it more comprehensible. First, we
separate between the return values coming from the functions called
by tipc_sk_rcv(), -those are TIPC specific error codes, and the
return values returned by tipc_sk_rcv() itself. Second, we don't
use the returned TIPC error code as indication for whether a buffer
should be forwarded/rejected or not; instead we use the buffer pointer
passed along with filter_msg(). This separation is necessary because
we sometimes want to forward messages even when there is no error
(i.e., protocol messages and successfully secondary looked up data
messages).
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The most common usage of namespace information is when we fetch the
own node addess from the net structure. This leads to a lot of
passing around of a parameter of type 'struct net *' between
functions just to make them able to obtain this address.
However, in many cases this is unnecessary. The own node address
is readily available as a member of both struct tipc_sock and
tipc_link, and can be fetched from there instead.
The fact that the vast majority of functions in socket.c and link.c
anyway are maintaining a pointer to their respective base structures
makes this option even more compelling.
In this commit, we introduce the inline functions tsk_own_node()
and link_own_node() to make it easy for functions to fetch the node
address from those structs instead of having to pass along and
dereference the namespace struct.
In particular, we make calls to the msg_xx() functions in msg.{h,c}
context independent by directly passing them the own node address
as parameter when needed. Those functions should be regarded as
leaves in the code dependency tree, and it is hence desirable to
keep them namspace unaware.
Apart from a potential positive effect on cache behavior, these
changes make it easier to introduce the changes that will follow
later in this series.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes two issues in UDP checksum computation in pktgen.
First, the pseudo-header uses the source and destination IP
addresses. Currently, the ports are used for IPv4.
Second, the UDP checksum covers both header and data. So we need to
generate the data earlier (move pktgen_finalize_skb up), and compute
the checksum for UDP header + data.
Fixes: c26bf4a513 ("pktgen: Add UDPCSUM flag to support UDP checksums")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4429 ("Optimistic DAD") states that optimistic addresses
should be treated as deprecated addresses. From section 2.1:
Unless noted otherwise, components of the IPv6 protocol stack
should treat addresses in the Optimistic state equivalently to
those in the Deprecated state, indicating that the address is
available for use but should not be used if another suitable
address is available.
Optimistic addresses are indeed avoided when other addresses are
available (i.e. at source address selection time), but they have
not heretofore been available for things like explicit bind() and
sendmsg() with struct in6_pktinfo, etc.
This change makes optimistic addresses treated more like
deprecated addresses than tentative ones.
Signed-off-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_cache_flush_task references a structure member flow_cache_gc_work
where it should reference flow_cache_flush_task instead.
Kernel panic occurs on kernels using IPsec during XFRM garbage
collection. The garbage collection interval can be shortened using the
following sysctl settings:
net.ipv4.xfrm4_gc_thresh=4
net.ipv6.xfrm6_gc_thresh=4
With the default settings, our productions servers crash approximately
once a week. With the settings above, they crash immediately.
Fixes: ca925cf153 ("flowcache: Make flow cache name space aware")
Reported-by: Tomáš Charvát <tc@excello.cz>
Tested-by: Jan Hejl <jh@excello.cz>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Urbanek <mu@miroslavurbanek.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/vxlan.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
include/linux/if_vlan.h
net/core/dev.c
The net/core/dev.c conflict was the overlap of one commit marking an
existing function static whilst another was adding a new function.
In the include/linux/if_vlan.h case, the type used for a local
variable was changed in 'net', whereas the function got rewritten
to fix a stacked vlan bug in 'net-next'.
In drivers/vhost/net.c, Al Viro's iov_iter conversions in 'net-next'
overlapped with an endainness fix for VHOST 1.0 in 'net'.
In drivers/net/vxlan.c, vxlan_find_vni() added a 'flags' parameter
in 'net-next' whereas in 'net' there was a bug fix to pass in the
correct network namespace pointer in calls to this function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With "make ARCH=x86_64 allmodconfig make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__":
linux-2.6/net/sunrpc/xprtrdma/xprt_rdma.h:273:30: warning: incorrect
type in initializer (different base types)
linux-2.6/net/sunrpc/xprtrdma/xprt_rdma.h:273:30: expected restricted
__be32 [usertype] *buffer
linux-2.6/net/sunrpc/xprtrdma/xprt_rdma.h:273:30: got unsigned int
[usertype] *rq_buffer
As far as I can tell this is a false positive.
Reported-by: kbuild-all@01.org
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Fixes following sparse warnings :
net/ipv6/sit.c:1509:32: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/ipv6/sit.c:1509:32: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] sport
net/ipv6/sit.c:1509:32: got unsigned short
net/ipv6/sit.c:1514:32: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/ipv6/sit.c:1514:32: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] dport
net/ipv6/sit.c:1514:32: got unsigned short
net/ipv6/sit.c:1711:38: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
net/ipv6/sit.c:1711:38: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] value
net/ipv6/sit.c:1711:38: got restricted __be16 [usertype] sport
net/ipv6/sit.c:1713:38: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
net/ipv6/sit.c:1713:38: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] value
net/ipv6/sit.c:1713:38: got restricted __be16 [usertype] dport
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netdev_adjacent_add_links() and netdev_adjacent_del_links()
are static.
queue->qdisc has __rcu annotation, need to use RCU_INIT_POINTER()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
info is in network byte order, change it back to host byte order
before use. In particular, the current code sets the MTU of the tunnel
to a wrong (too big) value.
Fixes: c12b395a46 ("gre: Support GRE over IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FQ has a fast path for skb attached to a socket, as it does not
have to compute a flow hash. But for other packets, FQ being non
stochastic means that hosts exposed to random Internet traffic
can allocate million of flows structure (104 bytes each) pretty
easily. Not only host can OOM, but lookup in RB trees can take
too much cpu and memory resources.
This patch adds a new attribute, orphan_mask, that is adding
possibility of having a stochastic hash for orphaned skb.
Its default value is 1024 slots, to mimic SFQ behavior.
Note: This does not apply to locally generated TCP traffic,
and no locally generated traffic will share a flow structure
with another perfect or stochastic flow.
This patch also handles the specific case of SYNACK messages:
They are attached to the listener socket, and therefore all map
to a single hash bucket. If listener have set SO_MAX_PACING_RATE,
hoping to have new accepted socket inherit this rate, SYNACK
might be paced and even dropped.
This is very similar to an internal patch Google have used more
than one year.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we added pacing to TCP, we decided to let sch_fq take care
of actual pacing.
All TCP had to do was to compute sk->pacing_rate using simple formula:
sk->pacing_rate = 2 * cwnd * mss / rtt
It works well for senders (bulk flows), but not very well for receivers
or even RPC :
cwnd on the receiver can be less than 10, rtt can be around 100ms, so we
can end up pacing ACK packets, slowing down the sender.
Really, only the sender should pace, according to its own logic.
Instead of adding a new bit in skb, or call yet another flow
dissection, we tweak skb->truesize to a small value (2), and
we instruct sch_fq to use new helper and not pace pure ack.
Note this also helps TCP small queue, as ack packets present
in qdisc/NIC do not prevent sending a data packet (RPC workload)
This helps to reduce tx completion overhead, ack packets can use regular
sock_wfree() instead of tcp_wfree() which is a bit more expensive.
This has no impact in the case packets are sent to loopback interface,
as we do not coalesce ack packets (were we would detect skb->truesize
lie)
In case netem (with a delay) is used, skb_orphan_partial() also sets
skb->truesize to 1.
This patch is a combination of two patches we used for about one year at
Google.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch gets rid of the manual rhashtable walk in nft_hash
which touches rhashtable internals that should not be exposed.
It does so by using the rhashtable iterator primitives.
Note that I'm leaving nft_hash_destroy alone since it's only
invoked on shutdown and it shouldn't be affected by changes
to rhashtable internals (or at least not what I'm planning to
change).
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch gets rid of the manual rhashtable walk in netlink
which touches rhashtable internals that should not be exposed.
It does so by using the rhashtable iterator primitives.
In fact the existing code was very buggy. Some sockets weren't
shown at all while others were shown more than once.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tcf_exts_dump_stats(), ensure that exts->actions is not empty before
accessing the first element of that list and calling tcf_action_copy_stats()
on it. This fixes some random segvs when adding filters of type "basic" with
no particular action.
This also fixes the dumping of those "no-action" filters, which more often
than not made calls to tcf_action_copy_stats() fail and consequently netlink
attributes added by the caller to be removed by a call to nla_nest_cancel().
Fixes: 33be627159 ("net_sched: act: use standard struct list_head")
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configuring fq with quantum 0 hangs the system, presumably because of a
non-interruptible infinite loop. Either way quantum 0 does not make sense.
Reproduce with:
sudo tc qdisc add dev lo root fq quantum 0 initial_quantum 0
ping 127.0.0.1
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Klette Jonassen <kennetkl@ifi.uio.no>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add event which provides an indication on a change in the state
of a bonding slave. The event handler should cast the pointer to the
appropriate type (struct netdev_bonding_info) in order to get the
full info about the slave.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new link instance is created, it is trigged to start by
sending it a TIPC_STARTING_EVT, whereafter a regular link
reset is applied to it.
The starting event is codewise treated as a timeout event, and prompts
a link RESET message to be sent to the peer node, carrying a link
session identifier. The later link_reset() call nudges this session
identifier, whereafter all subsequent RESET messages will be sent out
with the new identifier. The latter session number overrides the former,
causing the peer to unconditionally accept it irrespective of its
current working state.
We don't think that this causes any problem, but it is not in accordance
with the protocol spec, and may cause confusion when debugging TIPC
sessions.
To avoid this, we make the starting event distinct from the
subsequent timeout events, by not allowing the former to send
out any RESET message. This eliminates the described problem.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instances of struct node are created in the function tipc_disc_rcv()
under the assumption that there is no race between received discovery
messages arriving from the same node. This assumption is wrong.
When we use more than one bearer, it is possible that discovery
messages from the same node arrive at the same moment, resulting in
creation of two instances of struct tipc_node. This may later cause
confusion during link establishment, and may result in one of the links
never becoming activated.
We fix this by making lookup and potential creation of nodes atomic.
Instead of first looking up the node, and in case of failure, create it,
we now start with looking up the node inside node_link_create(), and
return a reference to that one if found. Otherwise, we go ahead and
create the node as we did before.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During link failover it may happen that the remaining link goes
down while it is still in the process of taking over traffic
from a previously failed link. When this happens, we currently
abort the failover procedure and reset the first failed link to
non-failover mode, so that it will be ready to re-establish
contact with its peer when it comes available.
However, if the first link goes down because its bearer was manually
disabled, it is not enough to reset it; it must also be deleted;
which is supposed to happen when the failover procedure is finished.
Otherwise it will remain a zombie link: attached to the owner node
structure, in mode LINK_STOPPED, and permanently blocking any re-
establishing of the link to the peer via the interface in question.
We fix this by amending the failover abort procedure. Apart from
resetting the link to non-failover state, we test if the link is
also in LINK_STOPPED mode. If so, we delete it, using the conditional
tipc_link_delete() function introduced in the previous commit.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a bearer is disabled, all pertaining links will be reset and
deleted. However, if there is a second active link towards a killed
link's destination, the delete has to be postponed until the failover
is finished. During this interval, we currently put the link in zombie
mode, i.e., we take it out of traffic, delete its timer, but leave it
attached to the owner node structure until all missing packets have
been received. When this is done, we detach the link from its node
and delete it, assuming that the synchronous timer deletion that was
initiated earlier in a different thread has finished.
This is unsafe, as the failover may finish before del_timer_sync()
has returned in the other thread.
We fix this by adding an atomic reference counter of type kref in
struct tipc_link. The counter keeps track of the references kept
to the link by the owner node and the timer. We then do a conditional
delete, based on the reference counter, both after the failover has
been finished and when the timer expires, if applicable. Whoever
comes last, will actually delete the link. This approach also implies
that we can make the deletion of the timer asynchronous.
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Max unacked packets/bytes is an int while sizeof(long) was used in the
sysctl table.
This means that when they were getting read we'd also leak kernel memory
to userspace along with the timeout values.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=wOaR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-02-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Last round of updates for net-next:
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-02-03
Here's what's likely the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.20.
Notable changes include:
- xHCI workaround + a new id for the ath3k driver
- Several new ids for the btusb driver
- Support for new Intel Bluetooth controllers
- Minor cleanups to ieee802154 code
- Nested sleep warning fix in socket accept() code path
- Fixes for Out of Band pairing handling
- Support for LE scan restarting for HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER
- Improvements to data we expose through debugfs
- Proper handling of Hardware Error HCI events
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds skb_remcsum_process and skb_gro_remcsum_process to
perform the appropriate adjustments to the skb when receiving
remote checksum offload.
Updated vxlan and gue to use these functions.
Tested: Ran TCP_RR and TCP_STREAM netperf for VXLAN and GUE, did
not see any change in performance.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When 'learned_sync' flag is turned on, the offloaded switch
port syncs learned MAC addresses to bridge's FDB via switchdev notifier
(NETDEV_SWITCH_FDB_ADD). Currently, FDB entries learnt via this mechanism are
wrongly being deleted by bridge aging logic. This patch ensures that FDB
entries synced from offloaded switch ports are not deleted by bridging logic.
Such entries can only be deleted via switchdev notifier
(NETDEV_SWITCH_FDB_DEL).
Signed-off-by: Siva Mannem <siva.mannem.lnx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A typical qdisc setup is the following :
bond0 : bonding device, using HTB hierarchy
eth1/eth2 : slaves, multiqueue NIC, using MQ + FQ qdisc
XPS allows to spread packets on specific tx queues, based on the cpu
doing the send.
Problem is that dequeues from bond0 qdisc can happen on random cpus,
due to the fact that qdisc_run() can dequeue a batch of packets.
CPUA -> queue packet P1 on bond0 qdisc, P1->ooo_okay=1
CPUA -> queue packet P2 on bond0 qdisc, P2->ooo_okay=0
CPUB -> dequeue packet P1 from bond0
enqueue packet on eth1/eth2
CPUC -> dequeue packet P2 from bond0
enqueue packet on eth1/eth2 using sk cache (ooo_okay is 0)
get_xps_queue() then might select wrong queue for P1, since current cpu
might be different than CPUA.
P2 might be sent on the old queue (stored in sk->sk_tx_queue_mapping),
if CPUC runs a bit faster (or CPUB spins a bit on qdisc lock)
Effect of this bug is TCP reorders, and more generally not optimal
TX queue placement. (A victim bulk flow can be migrated to the wrong TX
queue for a while)
To fix this, we have to record sender cpu number the first time
dev_queue_xmit() is called for one tx skb.
We can union napi_id (used on receive path) and sender_cpu,
granted we clear sender_cpu in skb_scrub_packet() (credit to Willem for
this union idea)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD is a specified NCI command used to discover
NFCEE IDs.
Move nci_nfcee_discover() call to nci_discover_se() in order to
guarantee:
- NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD run when the NCI state machine is initialized
- NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD is not run in case there is not discover_se
hook defined by a NFC device driver.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
conn_info is currently allocated only after nfcee_discovery_ntf
which is not generic enough for logical connection other than
NFCEE. The corresponding conn_info is now created in
nci_core_conn_create_rsp().
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
For consistency sake change nci_core_conn_create_rsp structure
credits field to credits_cnt.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The current implementation limits nci_core_conn_create_req()
to only manage NCI_DESTINATION_NFCEE.
Add new parameters to nci_core_conn_create() to support all
destination types described in the NCI specification.
Because there are some parameters with variable size dynamic
buffer allocation is needed.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The NCI_STATIC_RF_CONN_ID logical connection is the most used
connection. Keeping it directly accessible in the nci_dev
structure will simplify and optimize the access.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If the IPv6 fragment id has not been set and we perform
fragmentation due to UFO, select a new fragment id.
We now consider a fragment id of 0 as unset and if id selection
process returns 0 (after all the pertrubations), we set it to
0x80000000, thus giving us ample space not to create collisions
with the next packet we may have to fragment.
When doing UFO integrity checking, we also select the
fragment id if it has not be set yet. This is stored into
the skb_shinfo() thus allowing UFO to function correclty.
This patch also removes duplicate fragment id generation code
and moves ipv6_select_ident() into the header as it may be
used during GSO.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one needs to copy the same data from user potentially more than
once. Sadly, MTU changes can trigger that ;-/
Cc: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
That takes care of the majority of ->sendmsg() instances - most of them
via memcpy_to_msg() or assorted getfrag() callbacks. One place where we
still keep memcpy_fromiovecend() is tipc - there we potentially read the
same data over and over; separate patch, that...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
patch is actually smaller than it seems to be - most of it is unindenting
the inner loop body in tcp_sendmsg() itself...
the bit in tcp_input.c is going to get reverted very soon - that's what
memcpy_from_msg() will become, but not in this commit; let's keep it
reasonably contained...
There's one potentially subtle change here: in case of short copy from
userland, mainline tcp_send_syn_data() discards the skb it has allocated
and falls back to normal path, where we'll send as much as possible after
rereading the same data again. This patch trims SYN+data skb instead -
that way we don't need to copy from the same place twice.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Use iov_iter_kvec() there, get rid of set_fs() games - now that
rxrpc_send_data() uses iov_iter primitives, it'll handle ITER_KVEC just
fine.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Convert skb_add_data() to iov_iter; allows to get rid of the explicit
messing with iovec in its only caller - skb_add_data() will keep advancing
->msg_iter for us, so there's no need to similate that manually.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
As it is, zero msg_iovlen means that the first iovec in the kernel
array of iovecs is left uninitialized, so checking if its ->iov_base
is NULL is random. Since the real users of that thing are doing
sendto(fd, NULL, 0, ...), they are getting msg_iovlen = 1 and
msg_iov[0] = {NULL, 0}, which is what this test is trying to catch.
As suggested by davem, let's just check that msg_iovlen was 1 and
msg_iov[0].iov_base was NULL - _that_ is well-defined and it catches
what we want to catch.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
The functions "cipso_v4_doi_putdef" and "kfree" could be called in some cases
by the netlbl_mgmt_add_common() function during error handling even if the
passed variables contained still a null pointer.
* This implementation detail could be improved by adjustments for jump labels.
* Let us return immediately after the first failed function call according to
the current Linux coding style convention.
* Let us delete also an unnecessary check for the variable "entry" there.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cipso_v4_doi_free() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cipso_v4_doi_putdef() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix an Oopsable condition when nsm_mon_unmon is called as part of the
namespace cleanup, which now apparently happens after the utsname
has been freed.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20150125220604.090121ae@neptune.home
Reported-by: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.18
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
* flexfiles: (53 commits)
pnfs: lookup new lseg at lseg boundary
nfs41: .init_read and .init_write can be called with valid pg_lseg
pnfs: Update documentation on the Layout Drivers
pnfs/flexfiles: Add the FlexFile Layout Driver
nfs: count DIO good bytes correctly with mirroring
nfs41: wait for LAYOUTRETURN before retrying LAYOUTGET
nfs: add a helper to set NFS_ODIRECT_RESCHED_WRITES to direct writes
nfs41: add NFS_LAYOUT_RETRY_LAYOUTGET to layout header flags
nfs/flexfiles: send layoutreturn before freeing lseg
nfs41: introduce NFS_LAYOUT_RETURN_BEFORE_CLOSE
nfs41: allow async version layoutreturn
nfs41: add range to layoutreturn args
pnfs: allow LD to ask to resend read through pnfs
nfs: add nfs_pgio_current_mirror helper
nfs: only reset desc->pg_mirror_idx when mirroring is supported
nfs41: add a debug warning if we destroy an unempty layout
pnfs: fail comparison when bucket verifier not set
nfs: mirroring support for direct io
nfs: add mirroring support to pgio layer
pnfs: pass ds_commit_idx through the commit path
...
Conflicts:
fs/nfs/pnfs.c
fs/nfs/pnfs.h
Add a call to tally stats for a task under a different statsidx than
what's contained in the task structure.
This is needed to properly account for pnfs reads/writes when the
DS nfs version != the MDS version.
Signed-off-by: Weston Andros Adamson <dros@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Haynes <Thomas.Haynes@primarydata.com>
These patches improve the scalability of the NFSoRDMA client and take large
variables off of the stack. Additionally, the GFP_* flags are updated to
match what TCP uses.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=YCZe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-rdma-for-3.20' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma
NFS: Client side changes for RDMA
These patches improve the scalability of the NFSoRDMA client and take large
variables off of the stack. Additionally, the GFP_* flags are updated to
match what TCP uses.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
* tag 'nfs-rdma-for-3.20' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma: (21 commits)
xprtrdma: Update the GFP flags used in xprt_rdma_allocate()
xprtrdma: Clean up after adding regbuf management
xprtrdma: Allocate zero pad separately from rpcrdma_buffer
xprtrdma: Allocate RPC/RDMA receive buffer separately from struct rpcrdma_rep
xprtrdma: Allocate RPC/RDMA send buffer separately from struct rpcrdma_req
xprtrdma: Allocate RPC send buffer separately from struct rpcrdma_req
xprtrdma: Add struct rpcrdma_regbuf and helpers
xprtrdma: Refactor rpcrdma_buffer_create() and rpcrdma_buffer_destroy()
xprtrdma: Simplify synopsis of rpcrdma_buffer_create()
xprtrdma: Take struct ib_qp_attr and ib_qp_init_attr off the stack
xprtrdma: Take struct ib_device_attr off the stack
xprtrdma: Free the pd if ib_query_qp() fails
xprtrdma: Remove rpcrdma_ep::rep_func and ::rep_xprt
xprtrdma: Move credit update to RPC reply handler
xprtrdma: Remove rl_mr field, and the mr_chunk union
xprtrdma: Remove rpcrdma_ep::rep_ia
xprtrdma: Rename "xprt" and "rdma_connect" fields in struct rpcrdma_xprt
xprtrdma: Clean up hdrlen
xprtrdma: Display XIDs in host byte order
xprtrdma: Modernize htonl and ntohl
...
This is yet another Broadcom bluetooth chip with ACPI ID BCM2E40.
Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The bnep_get_device function may be triggered by an ioctl just after a
connection has gone down. In such a case the respective L2CAP chan->conn
pointer will get set to NULL (by l2cap_chan_del). This patch adds a
missing NULL check for this case in the bnep_get_device() function.
Reported-by: Patrik Flykt <patrik.flykt@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Validate hooks for nf_tables NAT expressions, otherwise users can
crash the kernel when using them from the wrong hook. We already
got one user trapped on this when configuring masquerading.
2) Fix a BUG splat in nf_tables with CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT=y. Reported
by Andreas Schultz.
3) Avoid unnecessary reroute of traffic in the local input path
in IPVS that triggers a crash in in xfrm. Reported by Florian
Wiessner and fixes by Julian Anastasov.
4) Fix memory and module refcount leak from the error path of
nf_tables_newchain().
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-By: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currntly, if we are not doing UFO on the packet, all UDP
packets will start with CHECKSUM_NONE and thus perform full
checksum computations in software even if device support
IPv6 checksum offloading.
Let's start start with CHECKSUM_PARTIAL if the device
supports it and we are sending only a single packet at
or below mtu size.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds the same functionaliy to IPv6 that
commit 903ab86d19
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Date: Tue Mar 1 02:36:48 2011 +0000
udp: Add lockless transmit path
added to IPv4.
UDP transmit path can now run without a socket lock,
thus allowing multiple threads to send to a single socket
more efficiently.
This is only used when corking/MSG_MORE is not used.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we can individually construct IPv6 skbs to send, add a
udpv6_send_skb() function to populate the udp header and send the
skb. This allows udp_v6_push_pending_frames() to re-use this
function as well as enables us to add lockless sendmsg() support.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit is very similar to
commit 1c32c5ad6f
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Date: Tue Mar 1 02:36:47 2011 +0000
inet: Add ip_make_skb and ip_finish_skb
It adds IPv6 version of the helpers ip6_make_skb and ip6_finish_skb.
The job of ip6_make_skb is to collect messages into an ipv6 packet
and poplulate ipv6 eader. The job of ip6_finish_skb is to transmit
the generated skb. Together they replicated the job of
ip6_push_pending_frames() while also provide the capability to be
called independently. This will be needed to add lockless UDP sendmsg
support.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to append data to arbitrary queue. This
will be needed later to implement lockless UDP sends.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull IPv6 cork initialization into its own function that
can be re-used. IPv6 specific cork data did not have an
explicit data structure. This patch creats eone so that
just ipv6 cork data can be as arguemts. Also, since
IPv6 tries to save the flow label into inet_cork_full
tructure, pass the full cork.
Adjust ip6_cork_release() to take cork data structures.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One deployment requirement of DCTCP is to be able to run
in a DC setting along with TCP traffic. As Glenn Judd's
NSDI'15 paper "Attaining the Promise and Avoiding the Pitfalls
of TCP in the Datacenter" [1] (tba) explains, one way to
solve this on switch side is to split DCTCP and TCP traffic
in two queues per switch port based on the DSCP: one queue
soley intended for DCTCP traffic and one for non-DCTCP traffic.
For the DCTCP queue, there's the marking threshold K as
explained in commit e3118e8359 ("net: tcp: add DCTCP congestion
control algorithm") for RED marking ECT(0) packets with CE.
For the non-DCTCP queue, there's f.e. a classic tail drop queue.
As already explained in e3118e8359, running DCTCP at scale
when not marking SYN/SYN-ACK packets with ECT(0) has severe
consequences as for non-ECT(0) packets, traversing the RED
marking DCTCP queue will result in a severe reduction of
connection probability.
This is due to the DCTCP queue being dominated by ECT(0) traffic
and switches handle non-ECT traffic in the RED marking queue
after passing K as drops, where K is usually a low watermark
in order to leave enough tailroom for bursts. Splitting DCTCP
traffic among several queues (ECN and non-ECN queue) is being
considered a terrible idea in the network community as it
splits single flows across multiple network paths.
Therefore, commit e3118e8359 implements this on Linux as
ECT(0) marked traffic, as we argue that marking all packets
of a DCTCP flow is the only viable solution and also doesn't
speak against the draft.
However, recently, a DCTCP implementation for FreeBSD hit also
their mainline kernel [2]. In order to let them play well
together with Linux' DCTCP, we would need to loosen the
requirement that ECT(0) has to be asserted during the 3WHS as
not implemented in FreeBSD. This simplifies the ECN test and
lets DCTCP work together with FreeBSD.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
[1] https://www.usenix.org/conference/nsdi15/technical-sessions/presentation/judd
[2] 8ad8794452
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tx timestamps are looped onto the error queue on top of an skb. This
mechanism leaks packet headers to processes unless the no-payload
options SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY is set.
Add a sysctl that optionally drops looped timestamp with data. This
only affects processes without CAP_NET_RAW.
The policy is checked when timestamps are generated in the stack.
It is possible for timestamps with data to be reported after the
sysctl is set, if these were queued internally earlier.
No vulnerability is immediately known that exploits knowledge
gleaned from packet headers, but it may still be preferable to allow
administrators to lock down this path at the cost of possible
breakage of legacy applications.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
Changes
(v1 -> v2)
- test socket CAP_NET_RAW instead of capable(CAP_NET_RAW)
(rfc -> v1)
- document the sysctl in Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
- fix access control race: read .._OPT_TSONLY only once,
use same value for permission check and skb generation.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add timestamping option SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY. For transmit
timestamps, this loops timestamps on top of empty packets.
Doing so reduces the pressure on SO_RCVBUF. Payload inspection and
cmsg reception (aside from timestamps) are no longer possible. This
works together with a follow on patch that allows administrators to
only allow tx timestamping if it does not loop payload or metadata.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
Changes (rfc -> v1)
- add documentation
- remove unnecessary skb->len test (thanks to Richard Cochran)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving an interface activation notification, if
the RF interface is NCI_RF_INTERFACE_NFCEE_DIRECT, we
need to ignore the following parameters and change the NCI
state machine to NCI_LISTEN_ACTIVE. According to the NCI
specification, the parameters should be 0 and shall be
ignored.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The NFCC sends an NCI_OP_RF_NFCEE_ACTION_NTF notification
to the host (DH) to let it know that for example an RF
transaction with a payment reader is done.
For now the notification handler is empty.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION is sent through netlink in order for a
specific application running on a secure element to notify
userspace of an event. Typically the secure element application
counterpart on the host could interpret that event and act
upon it.
Forwarded information contains:
- SE host generating the event
- Application IDentifier doing the operation
- Applications parameters
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to the NCI specification, one can use HCI over NCI
to talk with specific NFCEE. The HCI network is viewed as one
logical NFCEE.
This is needed to support secure element running HCI only
firmwares embedded on an NCI capable chipset, like e.g. the
st21nfcb.
There is some duplication between this piece of code and the
HCI core code, but the latter would need to be abstracted even
more to be able to use NCI as a logical transport for HCP packets.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we need to open a logical
connection to it, by sending the NCI_OP_CORE_CONN_CREATE_CMD
command to the NFCC. It's left up to the drivers to decide when
to close an already opened logical connection.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFCEEs can be enabled or disabled by sending the
NCI_OP_NFCEE_MODE_SET_CMD command to the NFCC. This patch
provides an API for drivers to enable and disable e.g. their
NCI discoveredd secure elements.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFCEEs (NFC Execution Environment) have to be explicitly
discovered by sending the NCI_OP_NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD
command. The NFCC will respond to this command by telling
us how many NFCEEs are connected to it. Then the NFCC sends
a notification command for each and every NFCEE connected.
Here we implement support for sending
NCI_OP_NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD command, receiving the response
and the potential notifications.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The current NCI core only support the RF static connection.
For other NFC features such as Secure Element communication, we
may need to create logical connections to the NFCEE (Execution
Environment.
In order to track each logical connection ID dynamically, we add a
linked list of connection info pointers to the nci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This extended return parameters struct conflicts with the new Read Local
OOB Extended Data command definition. To avoid the conflict simply
rename the old "extended" version to the normal one and update the code
appropriately to take into account the two possible response PDU sizes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When using LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_ENABLE, some controllers would send
advertising report from each LE device only once. That means that we
don't get any updates on RSSI value, and makes Service Discovery very
slow. This patch adds restarting scan when in Service Discovery, and
device with filtered uuid is found, but it's not in RSSI range to send
event yet. This way if device moves into range, we will quickly get RSSI
update.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there is no way to restart le scan, and it's needed in
service scan method. The way it work: it disable, and then enable le
scan on controller.
During the restart, we must remember when the scan was started, and
it's duration, to later re-schedule the le_scan_disable work, that was
stopped during the stop scan phase.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support to set/del bridge port attributes in hardware from
the bridge driver.
With this, when the user sends a bridge setlink message with no flags or
master flags set,
- the bridge driver ndo_bridge_setlink handler sets settings in the kernel
- calls the swicthdev api to propagate the attrs to the switchdev
hardware
You can still use the self flag to go to the switch hw or switch port
driver directly.
With this, it also makes sure a notification goes out only after the
attributes are set both in the kernel and hw.
The patch calls switchdev api only if BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF is not set.
This is because the offload cases with BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF are handled in
the caller (in rtnetlink.c).
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds two new api's netdev_switch_port_bridge_setlink
and netdev_switch_port_bridge_dellink to offload bridge port attributes
to switch port
(The names of the apis look odd with 'switch_port_bridge',
but am more inclined to change the prefix of the api to something else.
Will take any suggestions).
The api's look at the NETIF_F_HW_SWITCH_OFFLOAD feature flag to
pass bridge port attributes to the port device.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bridge flags are needed inside ndo_bridge_setlink/dellink handlers to
avoid another call to parse IFLA_AF_SPEC inside these handlers
This is used later in this series
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit be9f4a44e7 ("ipv4: tcp: remove per net tcp_sock")
I tried to address contention on a socket lock, but the solution
I chose was horrible :
commit 3a7c384ffd ("ipv4: tcp: unicast_sock should not land outside
of TCP stack") addressed a selinux regression.
commit 0980e56e50 ("ipv4: tcp: set unicast_sock uc_ttl to -1")
took care of another regression.
commit b5ec8eeac4 ("ipv4: fix ip_send_skb()") fixed another regression.
commit 811230cd85 ("tcp: ipv4: initialize unicast_sock sk_pacing_rate")
was another shot in the dark.
Really, just use a proper socket per cpu, and remove the skb_orphan()
call, to re-enable flow control.
This solves a serious problem with FQ packet scheduler when used in
hostile environments, as we do not want to allocate a flow structure
for every RST packet sent in response to a spoofed packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using Secure Connections Only mode, then only P-256 OOB data is
valid and should be provided. In case userspace provides P-192 and P-256
OOB data, then the P-192 values will be set to zero. However the present
value of the IO capability exchange still mentioned that both values
would be available. Fix this by telling the controller clearly that only
the P-256 OOB data is present.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For debugging purposes it is good to know which OOB data is actually
currently loaded for each controller. So expose that list via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the Hardware Error event is send by the controller, the Bluetooth
core stores the error code. Expose it via debugfs so it can be retrieved
later on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To allow easier debugging when debug keys are generated, provide debugfs
entry for checking the setting of debug keys usage.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI Write Simple Pairing Debug Mode command has been issued,
the result needs to be tracked and stored. The hdev->ssp_debug_mode
variable is already present, but was never updated when the mode in
the controller was actually changed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The value of the ssp_debug_mode should be accessible via debugfs to be
able to determine if a BR/EDR controller generates debugs keys or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Get rid of nr_cpu_ids and use modern percpu allocation.
Note that the sockets themselves are not yet allocated
using NUMA affinity.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current behavior only passes RTTs from sequentially acked data to CC.
If sender gets a combined ACK for segment 1 and SACK for segment 3, then the
computed RTT for CC is the time between sending segment 1 and receiving SACK
for segment 3.
Pass the minimum computed RTT from any acked data to CC, i.e. time between
sending segment 3 and receiving SACK for segment 3.
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Klette Jonassen <kennetkl@ifi.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the remote only provided P-192 or P-256 data for OOB pairing,
then make sure that the data value pointers are correctly set. That way
the core can provide correct information when remote OOB data present
information have to be communicated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Before setting the OOB data present flag with SMP pairing, check the
newly introduced present tracking that actual OOB data values have
been provided. The existence of remote OOB data structure does not
actually mean that the correct data values are available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When BR/EDR Secure Connections has been enabled, the OOB data present
value can take 2 additional values. The host has to clearly provide
details about if P-192 OOB data, P-256 OOB data or a combination of
P-192 and P-256 OOB data is present.
In case BR/EDR Secure Connections is not enabled or not supported,
then check that P-192 OOB data is actually present and return the
correct value based on that.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of doing complex calculation every time the OOB data is used,
just calculate the OOB data present value and store it with the OOB
data raw values.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 constructs by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan_get_protocol() could not get network protocol if a skb has a 802.1ad
vlan tag or multiple vlans, which caused incorrect checksum calculation
in several drivers.
Fix vlan_get_protocol() to retrieve network protocol instead of incorrect
vlan protocol.
As the logic is the same as skb_network_protocol(), create a common helper
function __vlan_get_protocol() and call it from existing functions.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are all either written once or extremly rarely (e.g. from init
code), so we can move them to the .data..read_mostly section.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When making use of RFC5061, section 4.2.4. for setting the primary IP
address, we're passing a wrong parameter header to param_type2af(),
resulting always in NULL being returned.
At this point, param.p points to a sctp_addip_param struct, containing
a sctp_paramhdr (type = 0xc004, length = var), and crr_id as a correlation
id. Followed by that, as also presented in RFC5061 section 4.2.4., comes
the actual sctp_addr_param, which also contains a sctp_paramhdr, but
this time with the correct type SCTP_PARAM_IPV{4,6}_ADDRESS that
param_type2af() can make use of. Since we already hold a pointer to
addr_param from previous line, just reuse it for param_type2af().
Fixes: d6de309759 ("[SCTP]: Add the handling of "Set Primary IP Address" parameter to INIT")
Signed-off-by: Saran Maruti Ramanara <saran.neti@telus.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The subscription bitmask passed via struct sockaddr_nl is converted to
the group number when calling the netlink_bind() and netlink_unbind()
callbacks.
The conversion is however incorrect since bitmask (1 << 0) needs to be
mapped to group number 1. Note that you cannot specify the group number 0
(usually known as _NONE) from setsockopt() using NETLINK_ADD_MEMBERSHIP
since this is rejected through -EINVAL.
This problem became noticeable since 97840cb ("netfilter: nfnetlink:
fix insufficient validation in nfnetlink_bind") when binding to bitmask
(1 << 0) in ctnetlink.
Reported-by: Andre Tomt <andre@tomt.net>
Reported-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends nft_compat to support ebtables extensions.
ebtables verdict codes are translated to the ones used by the nf_tables engine,
so we can properly use ebtables target extensions from nft_compat.
This patch extends previous work by Giuseppe Longo <giuseppelng@gmail.com>.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reflect the more conservative approach used in the socket transport's
version of this transport method. An RPC buffer allocation should
avoid forcing not just FS activity, but any I/O.
In particular, two recent changes missed updating xprtrdma:
- Commit c6c8fe79a8 ("net, sunrpc: suppress allocation warning ...")
- Commit a564b8f039 ("nfs: enable swap on NFS")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
rpcrdma_{de}register_internal() are used only in verbs.c now.
MAX_RPCRDMAHDR is no longer used and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Use the new rpcrdma_alloc_regbuf() API to shrink the amount of
contiguous memory needed for a buffer pool by moving the zero
pad buffer into a regbuf.
This is for consistency with the other uses of internally
registered memory.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The rr_base field is currently the buffer where RPC replies land.
An RPC/RDMA reply header lands in this buffer. In some cases an RPC
reply header also lands in this buffer, just after the RPC/RDMA
header.
The inline threshold is an agreed-on size limit for RDMA SEND
operations that pass from server and client. The sum of the
RPC/RDMA reply header size and the RPC reply header size must be
less than this threshold.
The largest RDMA RECV that the client should have to handle is the
size of the inline threshold. The receive buffer should thus be the
size of the inline threshold, and not related to RPCRDMA_MAX_SEGS.
RPC replies received via RDMA WRITE (long replies) are caught in
rq_rcv_buf, which is the second half of the RPC send buffer. Ie,
such replies are not involved in any way with rr_base.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The rl_base field is currently the buffer where each RPC/RDMA call
header is built.
The inline threshold is an agreed-on size limit to for RDMA SEND
operations that pass between client and server. The sum of the
RPC/RDMA header size and the RPC header size must be less than or
equal to this threshold.
Increasing the r/wsize maximum will require MAX_SEGS to grow
significantly, but the inline threshold size won't change (both
sides agree on it). The server's inline threshold doesn't change.
Since an RPC/RDMA header can never be larger than the inline
threshold, make all RPC/RDMA header buffers the size of the
inline threshold.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Because internal memory registration is an expensive and synchronous
operation, xprtrdma pre-registers send and receive buffers at mount
time, and then re-uses them for each RPC.
A "hardway" allocation is a memory allocation and registration that
replaces a send buffer during the processing of an RPC. Hardway must
be done if the RPC send buffer is too small to accommodate an RPC's
call and reply headers.
For xprtrdma, each RPC send buffer is currently part of struct
rpcrdma_req so that xprt_rdma_free(), which is passed nothing but
the address of an RPC send buffer, can find its matching struct
rpcrdma_req and rpcrdma_rep quickly via container_of / offsetof.
That means that hardway currently has to replace a whole rpcrmda_req
when it replaces an RPC send buffer. This is often a fairly hefty
chunk of contiguous memory due to the size of the rl_segments array
and the fact that both the send and receive buffers are part of
struct rpcrdma_req.
Some obscure re-use of fields in rpcrdma_req is done so that
xprt_rdma_free() can detect replaced rpcrdma_req structs, and
restore the original.
This commit breaks apart the RPC send buffer and struct rpcrdma_req
so that increasing the size of the rl_segments array does not change
the alignment of each RPC send buffer. (Increasing rl_segments is
needed to bump up the maximum r/wsize for NFS/RDMA).
This change opens up some interesting possibilities for improving
the design of xprt_rdma_allocate().
xprt_rdma_allocate() is now the one place where RPC send buffers
are allocated or re-allocated, and they are now always left in place
by xprt_rdma_free().
A large re-allocation that includes both the rl_segments array and
the RPC send buffer is no longer needed. Send buffer re-allocation
becomes quite rare. Good send buffer alignment is guaranteed no
matter what the size of the rl_segments array is.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
There are several spots that allocate a buffer via kmalloc (usually
contiguously with another data structure) and then register that
buffer internally. I'd like to split the buffers out of these data
structures to allow the data structures to scale.
Start by adding functions that can kmalloc and register a buffer,
and can manage/preserve the buffer's associated ib_sge and ib_mr
fields.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Move the details of how to create and destroy rpcrdma_req and
rpcrdma_rep structures into helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: There is one call site for rpcrdma_buffer_create(). All of
the arguments there are fields of an rpcrdma_xprt.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Reduce stack footprint of the connection upcall handler function.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Device attributes are large, and are used in more than one place.
Stash a copy in dynamically allocated memory.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
If ib_query_qp() fails or the memory registration mode isn't
supported, don't leak the PD. An orphaned IB/core resource will
cause IB module removal to hang.
Fixes: bd7ed1d133 ("RPC/RDMA: check selected memory registration ...")
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: The rep_func field always refers to rpcrdma_conn_func().
rep_func should have been removed by commit b45ccfd25d ("xprtrdma:
Remove MEMWINDOWS registration modes").
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Reduce work in the receive CQ handler, which can be run at hardware
interrupt level, by moving the RPC/RDMA credit update logic to the
RPC reply handler.
This has some additional benefits: More header sanity checking is
done before trusting the incoming credit value, and the receive CQ
handler no longer touches the RPC/RDMA header (the CPU stalls while
waiting for the header contents to be brought into the cache).
This further extends work begun by commit e7ce710a88 ("xprtrdma:
Avoid deadlock when credit window is reset").
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: Since commit 0ac531c183 ("xprtrdma: Remove REGISTER
memory registration mode"), the rl_mr pointer is no longer used
anywhere.
After removal, there's only a single member of the mr_chunk union,
so mr_chunk can be removed as well, in favor of a single pointer
field.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: This field is not used.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: Use consistent field names in struct rpcrdma_xprt.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: Replace naked integers with a documenting macro.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
xprtsock.c and the backchannel code display XIDs in host byte order.
Follow suit in xprtrdma.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: Replace htonl and ntohl with the be32 equivalents.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Make it easier to grep the system log for specific error conditions.
The wc.opcode field is not included because opcode numbers are
sparse, and because wc.opcode is not necessarily valid when
completion reports an error.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
commit f5a41847ac ("ipvs: move ip_route_me_harder for ICMP")
from 2.6.37 introduced ip_route_me_harder() call for responses to
local clients, so that we can provide valid rt_src after SNAT.
It was used by TCP to provide valid daddr for ip_send_reply().
After commit 0a5ebb8000 ("ipv4: Pass explicit daddr arg to
ip_send_reply()." from 3.0 this rerouting is not needed anymore
and should be avoided, especially in LOCAL_IN.
Fixes 3.12.33 crash in xfrm reported by Florian Wiessner:
"3.12.33 - BUG xfrm_selector_match+0x25/0x2f6"
Reported-by: Smart Weblications GmbH - Florian Wiessner <f.wiessner@smart-weblications.de>
Tested-by: Smart Weblications GmbH - Florian Wiessner <f.wiessner@smart-weblications.de>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
RFC 1191 said, "a host MUST not increase its estimate of the Path
MTU in response to the contents of a Datagram Too Big message."
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When many pf_packet listeners are created on a lot of interfaces the
current implementation using global packet type lists scales poorly.
This patch adds per net_device packet type lists to fix this problem.
The patch was originally written by Eric Biederman for linux-2.6.29.
Tested on linux-3.16.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Salam Noureddine <noureddine@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is used, the netdevice should be built in this link netns
and moved at the end to another netns (pointed by the socket netns or
IFLA_NET_NS_[PID|FD]).
Existing user of the newlink handler will use the netns argument (src_net) to
find a link netdevice or to check some other information into the link netns.
For example, to find a netdevice, two information are required: an ifindex
(usually from IFLA_LINK) and a netns (this link netns).
Note: when using IFLA_LINK_NETNSID and IFLA_NET_NS_[PID|FD], a user may create a
netdevice that stands in netnsX and with its link part in netnsY, by sending a
rtnl message from netnsZ.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
src_net points to the netns where the netlink message has been received. This
netns may be different from the netns where the interface is created (because
the user may add IFLA_NET_NS_[PID|FD]). In this case, src_net is the link netns.
It seems wrong to override the netns in the newlink() handler because if it
was not already src_net, it means that the user explicitly asks to create the
netdevice in another netns.
CC: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
CC: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@lockless.no>
Fixes: 8391c4aab1 ("caif: Bugfixes in CAIF netdevice for close and flow control")
Fixes: c412540063 ("caif-hsi: Add rtnl support")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I added sk_pacing_rate field, I forgot to initialize its value
in the per cpu unicast_sock used in ip_send_unicast_reply()
This means that for sch_fq users, RST packets, or ACK packets sent
on behalf of TIME_WAIT sockets might be sent to slowly or even dropped
once we reach the per flow limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 95bd09eb27 ("tcp: TSO packets automatic sizing")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIME_WAIT sockets are not owning any skb.
ip_send_unicast_reply() and tcp_v6_send_response() both use
regular sockets.
We can safely remove a test in sch_fq and save one cache line miss,
as sk_state is far away from sk_pacing_rate.
Tested at Google for about one year.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NET_ACT_CONNMARK fails to build if NF_CONNTRACK_MARK is disabled,
and d7924450e1 ("act_connmark: Add missing dependency on
NF_CONNTRACK_MARK") fixed that case, but missed the cased where
NF_CONNTRACK is a loadable module.
This adds the second dependency to ensure that NET_ACT_CONNMARK
can only be built-in if NF_CONNTRACK is also part of the kernel
rather than a loadable module.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sock_iocb structure is allocate on stack for each read/write-like
operation on sockets, and contains various fields of which only the
embedded msghdr and sometimes a pointer to the scm_cookie is ever used.
Get rid of the sock_iocb and put a msghdr directly on the stack and pass
the scm_cookie explicitly to netlink_mmap_sendmsg.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, it isn't possible to request checksums on the outer UDP
header of tunnels - the TUNNEL_CSUM flag is ignored. This adds
support for requesting that UDP checksums be computed on transmit
and properly reported if they are present on receive.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.20.
With this one we have:
- Secure element support for the ST Micro st21nfca driver. This depends
on a few HCI internal changes in order for example to support more
than one secure element per controller.
- ACPI support for NXP's pn544 HCI driver. This controller is found on
many x86 SoCs and is typically enumerated on the ACPI bus there.
- A few st21nfca and st21nfcb fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=SNWp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.20-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
NFC: 3.20 first pull request
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.20.
With this one we have:
- Secure element support for the ST Micro st21nfca driver. This depends
on a few HCI internal changes in order for example to support more
than one secure element per controller.
- ACPI support for NXP's pn544 HCI driver. This controller is found on
many x86 SoCs and is typically enumerated on the ACPI bus there.
- A few st21nfca and st21nfcb fixes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported in: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=92081
This patch avoids calling rtnl_notify if the device ndo_bridge_getlink
handler does not return any bytes in the skb.
Alternately, the skb->len check can be moved inside rtnl_notify.
For the bridge vlan case described in 92081, there is also a fix needed
in bridge driver to generate a proper notification. Will fix that in
subsequent patch.
v2: rebase patch on net tree
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a bug in CUBIC that causes cwnd to increase slightly
too slowly when multiple ACKs arrive in the same jiffy.
If cwnd is supposed to increase at a rate of more than once per jiffy,
then CUBIC was sometimes too slow. Because the bic_target is
calculated for a future point in time, calculated with time in
jiffies, the cwnd can increase over the course of the jiffy while the
bic_target calculated as the proper CUBIC cwnd at time
t=tcp_time_stamp+rtt does not increase, because tcp_time_stamp only
increases on jiffy tick boundaries.
So since the cnt is set to:
ca->cnt = cwnd / (bic_target - cwnd);
as cwnd increases but bic_target does not increase due to jiffy
granularity, the cnt becomes too large, causing cwnd to increase
too slowly.
For example:
- suppose at the beginning of a jiffy, cwnd=40, bic_target=44
- so CUBIC sets:
ca->cnt = cwnd / (bic_target - cwnd) = 40 / (44 - 40) = 40/4 = 10
- suppose we get 10 acks, each for 1 segment, so tcp_cong_avoid_ai()
increases cwnd to 41
- so CUBIC sets:
ca->cnt = cwnd / (bic_target - cwnd) = 41 / (44 - 41) = 41 / 3 = 13
So now CUBIC will wait for 13 packets to be ACKed before increasing
cwnd to 42, insted of 10 as it should.
The fix is to avoid adjusting the slope (determined by ca->cnt)
multiple times within a jiffy, and instead skip to compute the Reno
cwnd, the "TCP friendliness" code path.
Reported-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change CUBIC to properly handle stretch ACKs in additive increase mode
by passing in the count of ACKed packets to tcp_cong_avoid_ai().
In addition, because we are now precisely accounting for stretch ACKs,
including delayed ACKs, we can now remove the delayed ACK tracking and
estimation code that tracked recent delayed ACK behavior in
ca->delayed_ack.
Reported-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change Reno to properly handle stretch ACKs in additive increase mode
by passing in the count of ACKed packets to tcp_cong_avoid_ai().
In addition, if snd_cwnd crosses snd_ssthresh during slow start
processing, and we then exit slow start mode, we need to carry over
any remaining "credit" for packets ACKed and apply that to additive
increase by passing this remaining "acked" count to
tcp_cong_avoid_ai().
Reported-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_cong_avoid_ai() was too timid (snd_cwnd increased too slowly) on
"stretch ACKs" -- cases where the receiver ACKed more than 1 packet in
a single ACK. For example, suppose w is 10 and we get a stretch ACK
for 20 packets, so acked is 20. We ought to increase snd_cwnd by 2
(since acked/w = 20/10 = 2), but instead we were only increasing cwnd
by 1. This patch fixes that behavior.
Reported-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LRO, GRO, delayed ACKs, and middleboxes can cause "stretch ACKs" that
cover more than the RFC-specified maximum of 2 packets. These stretch
ACKs can cause serious performance shortfalls in common congestion
control algorithms that were designed and tuned years ago with
receiver hosts that were not using LRO or GRO, and were instead
politely ACKing every other packet.
This patch series fixes Reno and CUBIC to handle stretch ACKs.
This patch prepares for the upcoming stretch ACK bug fix patches. It
adds an "acked" parameter to tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to allow for future
fixes to tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to correctly handle stretch ACKs, and
changes all congestion control algorithms to pass in 1 for the ACKed
count. It also changes tcp_slow_start() to return the number of packet
ACK "credits" that were not processed in slow start mode, and can be
processed by the congestion control module in additive increase mode.
In future patches we will fix tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to handle stretch
ACKs, and fix Reno and CUBIC handling of stretch ACKs in slow start
and additive increase mode.
Reported-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The smp_unregister() function needs to be called every time the
controller is powered down. There are multiple entry points when
this can happen. One is "hciconfig hci0 reset" which will throw
a WARN_ON when LE support has been enabled.
[ 78.564620] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 148 at net/bluetooth/smp.c:3075 smp_register+0xf1/0x170()
[ 78.564622] Modules linked in:
[ 78.564628] CPU: 0 PID: 148 Comm: kworker/u3:1 Not tainted 3.19.0-rc4-devel+ #404
[ 78.564629] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS
[ 78.564635] Workqueue: hci0 hci_rx_work
[ 78.564638] ffffffff81b4a7a2 ffff88001cb2fb38 ffffffff8161d881 0000000080000000
[ 78.564642] 0000000000000000 ffff88001cb2fb78 ffffffff8103b870 696e55206e6f6f6d
[ 78.564645] ffff88001d965000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffff88001d965000
[ 78.564648] Call Trace:
[ 78.564655] [<ffffffff8161d881>] dump_stack+0x4f/0x7b
[ 78.564662] [<ffffffff8103b870>] warn_slowpath_common+0x80/0xc0
[ 78.564667] [<ffffffff81544b00>] ? add_uuid+0x1f0/0x1f0
[ 78.564671] [<ffffffff8103b955>] warn_slowpath_null+0x15/0x20
[ 78.564674] [<ffffffff81562d81>] smp_register+0xf1/0x170
[ 78.564680] [<ffffffff81081236>] ? lock_timer_base.isra.30+0x26/0x50
[ 78.564683] [<ffffffff81544bf0>] powered_complete+0xf0/0x120
[ 78.564688] [<ffffffff8152e622>] hci_req_cmd_complete+0x82/0x260
[ 78.564692] [<ffffffff8153554f>] hci_cmd_complete_evt+0x6cf/0x2e20
[ 78.564697] [<ffffffff81623e43>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x13/0x30
[ 78.564701] [<ffffffff8106b0af>] ? __wake_up_sync_key+0x4f/0x60
[ 78.564705] [<ffffffff8153a2ab>] hci_event_packet+0xbcb/0x2e70
[ 78.564709] [<ffffffff814094d3>] ? skb_release_all+0x23/0x30
[ 78.564711] [<ffffffff81409529>] ? kfree_skb+0x29/0x40
[ 78.564715] [<ffffffff815296c8>] hci_rx_work+0x1c8/0x3f0
[ 78.564719] [<ffffffff8105bd91>] ? get_parent_ip+0x11/0x50
[ 78.564722] [<ffffffff8105be25>] ? preempt_count_add+0x55/0xb0
[ 78.564727] [<ffffffff8104f65f>] process_one_work+0x12f/0x360
[ 78.564731] [<ffffffff8104ff9b>] worker_thread+0x6b/0x4b0
[ 78.564735] [<ffffffff8104ff30>] ? cancel_delayed_work_sync+0x10/0x10
[ 78.564738] [<ffffffff810542fa>] kthread+0xea/0x100
[ 78.564742] [<ffffffff81620000>] ? __schedule+0x3e0/0x980
[ 78.564745] [<ffffffff81054210>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x180/0x180
[ 78.564749] [<ffffffff816246ec>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0
[ 78.564752] [<ffffffff81054210>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x180/0x180
[ 78.564755] ---[ end trace 8b0d943af76d3736 ]---
This warning is not critical and has only been placed in the code to
actually catch this exact situation. To avoid triggering it move
the smp_unregister() into hci_dev_do_close() which will now also
take care of remove the SMP channel. It is safe to call this function
since it only remove the channel if it has been previously registered.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When receiving a HCI Hardware Error event, the controller should be
assumed to be non-functional until issuing a HCI Reset command.
The Bluetooth hardware errors are vendor specific and so add a
new hdev->hw_error callback that drivers can provide to run extra
code to handle the hardware error.
After completing the vendor specific error handling perform a full
reset of the Bluetooth stack by closing and re-opening the transport.
Based-on-patch-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Split the hci_dev_reset ioctl handling into using hci_dev_do_reset
helper function. Similar to what has been done with hci_dev_do_open
and hci_dev_do_close.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The discovery state should be set to stopped when the HCI device is
powered off. This patch adds the appropriate call to the
hci_discovery_set_state() function from hci_dev_do_close() which is
responsible for the power-off procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When HCI_Reset is issued the discovery state is assumed to be stopped.
The hci_cc_reset() handler was trying to set the state but it was doing
it without using the hci_discovery_set_state() function. Because of this
e.g. the mgmt Discovering event could go without being sent. This patch
fixes the code to use the hci_discovery_set_state() function instead of
just blindly setting the state value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's a check in set_secure_conn() that's supposed to ensure that SSP
is enabled before we try to request the controller to enable SC (since
SSP is a pre-requisite for it). However, this check only makes sense for
controllers actually supporting BR/EDR SC. If we have a 4.0 controller
we're only interested in the LE part of SC and should therefore not be
requiring SSP to be enabled. This patch adds an additional condition to
check for lmp_sc_capable(hdev) before requiring SSP to be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If Secure Connections Only mode has been enabled, the it is important
to check that OOB data for P-256 values is provided. In case it is not,
then tell the remote side that no OOB data is present.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When replying to the IO capability request for Secure Simple Pairing and
Secure Connections, the OOB data present fields needs to set. Instead of
making the calculation inline, split this into a separate helper
function.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When Secure Connections Only mode has been enabled and remote OOB data
is requested, then only provide P-256 hash and randomizer vaulues. The
fields for P-192 hash and randomizer should be set to zero.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Until legacy SMP OOB pairing is implemented user space should be given a
clear error when trying to use it. This patch adds a corresponding check
to the Add Remote OOB Data handler function which returns "invalid
parameters" if non-zero Rand192 or Hash192 parameters were given for an
LE address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
net/sched/cls_bpf.c
Two simple sets of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the newly introduced pipes table hci_dev fields,
the nfc_hci_pipe2gate routine is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When a command is received, it is sometime needed to let the CLF driver do
some additional operations. (ex: count remaining pipe notification...)
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
We update the tracked pipes status when receiving HCI commands.
Also we forward HCI errors and we reply to any HCI command, even though
we don't support it.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
As there can be several pipes connected to the same gate, we need
to know which pipe ID to use when sending an HCI response. A gate
ID is not enough.
Instead of changing the nfc_hci_send_response() API to something
not aligned with the rest of the HCI API, we call nfc_hci_hcp_message_tx
directly.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to keep host source information on specific hci event (such as
evt_connectivity or evt_transaction) and because 2 pipes can be connected
to the same gate, it is necessary to add a table referencing every pipe
with a {gate, host} tuple.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Several pipes may point to the same CLF gate, so getting the gate ID
as an input is not enough.
For example dual secure element may have 2 pipes (1 for uicc and
1 for eSE) pointing to the connectivity gate.
As resolving gate and host IDs can be done from a pipe, we now pass
the pipe ID to the event received handler.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 to the
driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the
driver does not support this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-CMAC-256 to the driver and also
use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not
support this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure CCMP-256 to the driver and also use
software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support
this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[squash ccmp256 -> mic_len argument change]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and
also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does
not support this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[remove a spurious newline]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes cfg80211 aware of the GCMP, GCMP-256, CCMP-256, BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, and BIP-CMAC-256 cipher suites. These new cipher suites
were defined in IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This cipher can be used only as a group management frame cipher and as
such, there is no point in validating that it is not used with non-zero
key-index. Instead, verify that it is not used as a pairwise cipher
regardless of the key index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[change code to use switch statement which is easier to extend]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If suspend starts while ieee80211_scan_completed() is running, between
the point where SCAN_COMPLETED is set and the work is queued,
ieee80211_scan_cancel() will not catch the work and we may finish
suspending before the work is actually executed, leaving the scan
running while suspended.
To fix this race, queue the scan work during resume if the
SCAN_COMPLETED flag is set and flush it immediately.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The socket already carries the net namespace with it so there is
no need to be passing another net around.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
ipsec 2015-01-26
Just two small fixes for _decode_session6() where we
might decode to wrong header information in some rare
situations.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lubomir Rintel reported that during replacing a route the interface
reference counter isn't correctly decremented.
To quote bug <https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=91941>:
| [root@rhel7-5 lkundrak]# sh -x lal
| + ip link add dev0 type dummy
| + ip link set dev0 up
| + ip link add dev1 type dummy
| + ip link set dev1 up
| + ip addr add 2001:db8:8086::2/64 dev dev0
| + ip route add 2001:db8:8086::/48 dev dev0 proto static metric 20
| + ip route add 2001:db8:8088::/48 dev dev1 proto static metric 10
| + ip route replace 2001:db8:8086::/48 dev dev1 proto static metric 20
| + ip link del dev0 type dummy
| Message from syslogd@rhel7-5 at Jan 23 10:54:41 ...
| kernel:unregister_netdevice: waiting for dev0 to become free. Usage count = 2
|
| Message from syslogd@rhel7-5 at Jan 23 10:54:51 ...
| kernel:unregister_netdevice: waiting for dev0 to become free. Usage count = 2
During replacement of a rt6_info we must walk all parent nodes and check
if the to be replaced rt6_info got propagated. If so, replace it with
an alive one.
Fixes: 4a287eba2d ("IPv6 routing, NLM_F_* flag support: REPLACE and EXCL flags support, warn about missing CREATE flag")
Reported-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Tested-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An exception is seen in ICMP ping receive path where the skb
destructor sock_rfree() tries to access a freed socket. This happens
because ping_rcv() releases socket reference with sock_put() and this
internally frees up the socket. Later icmp_rcv() will try to free the
skb and as part of this, skb destructor is called and which leads
to a kernel panic as the socket is freed already in ping_rcv().
-->|exception
-007|sk_mem_uncharge
-007|sock_rfree
-008|skb_release_head_state
-009|skb_release_all
-009|__kfree_skb
-010|kfree_skb
-011|icmp_rcv
-012|ip_local_deliver_finish
Fix this incorrect free by cloning this skb and processing this cloned
skb instead.
This patch was suggested by Eric Dumazet
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on rhashtable walking I noticed that the UDP diag
dumping code is buggy. In particular, the socket skipping within
a chain never happens, even though we record the number of sockets
that should be skipped.
As this code was supposedly copied from TCP, this patch does what
TCP does and resets num before we walk a chain.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix station double-removal when suspending while associating
* fix the HT (802.11n) header length calculation
* fix the CCK radiotap flag used for monitoring, a pretty
old regression but a simple one-liner
* fix per-station group-key handling
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=DhIp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Another set of last-minute fixes:
* fix station double-removal when suspending while associating
* fix the HT (802.11n) header length calculation
* fix the CCK radiotap flag used for monitoring, a pretty
old regression but a simple one-liner
* fix per-station group-key handling
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not caching dst_entries which cause redirects could be exploited by hosts
on the same subnet, causing a severe DoS attack. This effect aggravated
since commit f886497212 ("ipv4: fix dst race in sk_dst_get()").
Lookups causing redirects will be allocated with DST_NOCACHE set which
will force dst_release to free them via RCU. Unfortunately waiting for
RCU grace period just takes too long, we can end up with >1M dst_entries
waiting to be released and the system will run OOM. rcuos threads cannot
catch up under high softirq load.
Attaching the flag to emit a redirect later on to the specific skb allows
us to cache those dst_entries thus reducing the pressure on allocation
and deallocation.
This issue was discovered by Marcelo Leitner.
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hitting an INIT collision case during the 4WHS with AUTH enabled, as
already described in detail in commit 1be9a950c6 ("net: sctp: inherit
auth_capable on INIT collisions"), it can happen that we occasionally
still remotely trigger the following panic on server side which seems to
have been uncovered after the fix from commit 1be9a950c6 ...
[ 533.876389] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 00000000ffffffff
[ 533.913657] IP: [<ffffffff811ac385>] __kmalloc+0x95/0x230
[ 533.940559] PGD 5030f2067 PUD 0
[ 533.957104] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[ 533.974283] Modules linked in: sctp mlx4_en [...]
[ 534.939704] Call Trace:
[ 534.951833] [<ffffffff81294e30>] ? crypto_init_shash_ops+0x60/0xf0
[ 534.984213] [<ffffffff81294e30>] crypto_init_shash_ops+0x60/0xf0
[ 535.015025] [<ffffffff8128c8ed>] __crypto_alloc_tfm+0x6d/0x170
[ 535.045661] [<ffffffff8128d12c>] crypto_alloc_base+0x4c/0xb0
[ 535.074593] [<ffffffff8160bd42>] ? _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x12/0x50
[ 535.105239] [<ffffffffa0418c11>] sctp_inet_listen+0x161/0x1e0 [sctp]
[ 535.138606] [<ffffffff814e43bd>] SyS_listen+0x9d/0xb0
[ 535.166848] [<ffffffff816149a9>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
... or depending on the the application, for example this one:
[ 1370.026490] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 00000000ffffffff
[ 1370.026506] IP: [<ffffffff811ab455>] kmem_cache_alloc+0x75/0x1d0
[ 1370.054568] PGD 633c94067 PUD 0
[ 1370.070446] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[ 1370.085010] Modules linked in: sctp kvm_amd kvm [...]
[ 1370.963431] Call Trace:
[ 1370.974632] [<ffffffff8120f7cf>] ? SyS_epoll_ctl+0x53f/0x960
[ 1371.000863] [<ffffffff8120f7cf>] SyS_epoll_ctl+0x53f/0x960
[ 1371.027154] [<ffffffff812100d3>] ? anon_inode_getfile+0xd3/0x170
[ 1371.054679] [<ffffffff811e3d67>] ? __alloc_fd+0xa7/0x130
[ 1371.080183] [<ffffffff816149a9>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
With slab debugging enabled, we can see that the poison has been overwritten:
[ 669.826368] BUG kmalloc-128 (Tainted: G W ): Poison overwritten
[ 669.826385] INFO: 0xffff880228b32e50-0xffff880228b32e50. First byte 0x6a instead of 0x6b
[ 669.826414] INFO: Allocated in sctp_auth_create_key+0x23/0x50 [sctp] age=3 cpu=0 pid=18494
[ 669.826424] __slab_alloc+0x4bf/0x566
[ 669.826433] __kmalloc+0x280/0x310
[ 669.826453] sctp_auth_create_key+0x23/0x50 [sctp]
[ 669.826471] sctp_auth_asoc_create_secret+0xcb/0x1e0 [sctp]
[ 669.826488] sctp_auth_asoc_init_active_key+0x68/0xa0 [sctp]
[ 669.826505] sctp_do_sm+0x29d/0x17c0 [sctp] [...]
[ 669.826629] INFO: Freed in kzfree+0x31/0x40 age=1 cpu=0 pid=18494
[ 669.826635] __slab_free+0x39/0x2a8
[ 669.826643] kfree+0x1d6/0x230
[ 669.826650] kzfree+0x31/0x40
[ 669.826666] sctp_auth_key_put+0x19/0x20 [sctp]
[ 669.826681] sctp_assoc_update+0x1ee/0x2d0 [sctp]
[ 669.826695] sctp_do_sm+0x674/0x17c0 [sctp]
Since this only triggers in some collision-cases with AUTH, the problem at
heart is that sctp_auth_key_put() on asoc->asoc_shared_key is called twice
when having refcnt 1, once directly in sctp_assoc_update() and yet again
from within sctp_auth_asoc_init_active_key() via sctp_assoc_update() on
the already kzfree'd memory, which is also consistent with the observation
of the poison decrease from 0x6b to 0x6a (note: the overwrite is detected
at a later point in time when poison is checked on new allocation).
Reference counting of auth keys revisited:
Shared keys for AUTH chunks are being stored in endpoints and associations
in endpoint_shared_keys list. On endpoint creation, a null key is being
added; on association creation, all endpoint shared keys are being cached
and thus cloned over to the association. struct sctp_shared_key only holds
a pointer to the actual key bytes, that is, struct sctp_auth_bytes which
keeps track of users internally through refcounting. Naturally, on assoc
or enpoint destruction, sctp_shared_key are being destroyed directly and
the reference on sctp_auth_bytes dropped.
User space can add keys to either list via setsockopt(2) through struct
sctp_authkey and by passing that to sctp_auth_set_key() which replaces or
adds a new auth key. There, sctp_auth_create_key() creates a new sctp_auth_bytes
with refcount 1 and in case of replacement drops the reference on the old
sctp_auth_bytes. A key can be set active from user space through setsockopt()
on the id via sctp_auth_set_active_key(), which iterates through either
endpoint_shared_keys and in case of an assoc, invokes (one of various places)
sctp_auth_asoc_init_active_key().
sctp_auth_asoc_init_active_key() computes the actual secret from local's
and peer's random, hmac and shared key parameters and returns a new key
directly as sctp_auth_bytes, that is asoc->asoc_shared_key, plus drops
the reference if there was a previous one. The secret, which where we
eventually double drop the ref comes from sctp_auth_asoc_set_secret() with
intitial refcount of 1, which also stays unchanged eventually in
sctp_assoc_update(). This key is later being used for crypto layer to
set the key for the hash in crypto_hash_setkey() from sctp_auth_calculate_hmac().
To close the loop: asoc->asoc_shared_key is freshly allocated secret
material and independant of the sctp_shared_key management keeping track
of only shared keys in endpoints and assocs. Hence, also commit 4184b2a79a
("net: sctp: fix memory leak in auth key management") is independant of
this bug here since it concerns a different layer (though same structures
being used eventually). asoc->asoc_shared_key is reference dropped correctly
on assoc destruction in sctp_association_free() and when active keys are
being replaced in sctp_auth_asoc_init_active_key(), it always has a refcount
of 1. Hence, it's freed prematurely in sctp_assoc_update(). Simple fix is
to remove that sctp_auth_key_put() from there which fixes these panics.
Fixes: 730fc3d05c ("[SCTP]: Implete SCTP-AUTH parameter processing")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flows are hashed on the sending node address, which allows us
to spread out the TIPC link processing to RPS enabled cores. There
is no point to include the destination address in the hash as that
will always be the same for all inbound links. We have experimented
with a 3-tuple hash over [srcnode, sport, dport], but this showed to
give slightly lower performance because of increased lock contention
when the same link was handled by multiple cores.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a large number of namespaces is spawned on a node and TIPC is
enabled in each of these, the excessive printk tracing of network
events will cause the system to grind down to a near halt.
The traces are still of debug value, so instead of removing them
completely we fix it by changing the link state and node availability
logging debug traces.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly as in cls_bpf, also this code needs to reject mismatches.
Reference: http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/347406
Fixes: d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF based action")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As soon as we've found a matching handle in basic_get(), we can
return it. There's no need to continue walking until the end of
a filter chain, since they are unique anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a bpf classifier in tc with priority collisions and
invoking automatic unique handle assignment, cls_bpf_grab_new_handle()
will return a wrong handle id which in fact is non-unique. Usually
altering of specific filters is being addressed over major id, but
in case of collisions we result in a filter chain, where handle ids
address individual cls_bpf_progs inside the classifier.
Issue is, in cls_bpf_grab_new_handle() we probe for head->hgen handle
in cls_bpf_get() and in case we found a free handle, we're supposed
to use exactly head->hgen. In case of insufficient numbers of handles,
we bail out later as handle id 0 is not allowed.
Fixes: 7d1d65cb84 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: add BPF-based classifier")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cls_bpf_modify_existing(), we read out the number of filter blocks,
do some sanity checks, allocate a block on that size, and copy over the
BPF instruction blob from user space, then pass everything through the
classic BPF checker prior to installation of the classifier.
We should reject mismatches here, there are 2 scenarios: the number of
filter blocks could be smaller than the provided instruction blob, so
we do a partial copy of the BPF program, and thus the instructions will
either be rejected from the verifier or a valid BPF program will be run;
in the other case, we'll end up copying more than we're supposed to,
and most likely the trailing garbage will be rejected by the verifier
as well (i.e. we need to fit instruction pattern, ret {A,K} needs to be
last instruction, load/stores must be correct, etc); in case not, we
would leak memory when dumping back instruction patterns. The code should
have only used nla_len() as Dave noted to avoid this from the beginning.
Anyway, lets fix it by rejecting such load attempts.
Fixes: 7d1d65cb84 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: add BPF-based classifier")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, flows were manipulated by userspace specifying a full,
unmasked flow key. This adds significant burden onto flow
serialization/deserialization, particularly when dumping flows.
This patch adds an alternative way to refer to flows using a
variable-length "unique flow identifier" (UFID). At flow setup time,
userspace may specify a UFID for a flow, which is stored with the flow
and inserted into a separate table for lookup, in addition to the
standard flow table. Flows created using a UFID must be fetched or
deleted using the UFID.
All flow dump operations may now be made more terse with OVS_UFID_F_*
flags. For example, the OVS_UFID_F_OMIT_KEY flag allows responses to
omit the flow key from a datapath operation if the flow has a
corresponding UFID. This significantly reduces the time spent assembling
and transacting netlink messages. With all OVS_UFID_F_OMIT_* flags
enabled, the datapath only returns the UFID and statistics for each flow
during flow dump, increasing ovs-vswitchd revalidator performance by 40%
or more.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These minor tidyups make a future patch a little tidier.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rework so that ovs_flow_tbl_insert() calls flow_{key,mask}_insert().
This tidies up a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the ovs_nla_fill_match() function into separate netlink
serialization functions ovs_nla_put_{unmasked_key,mask}(). Modify
ovs_nla_put_flow() to handle attribute nesting and expose the 'is_mask'
parameter - all callers need to nest the flow, and callers have better
knowledge about whether it is serializing a mask or not.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove one useless blank line at beginning of nfc_disable_se function.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Remove one useless blank line at beginning of nfc_enable_se function.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
IPv6 TCP sockets store in np->pktoptions skbs, and use skb_set_owner_r()
to charge the skb to socket.
It means that destructor must be called while socket is locked.
Therefore, we cannot use skb_get() or atomic_inc(&skb->users)
to protect ourselves : kfree_skb() might race with other users
manipulating sk->sk_forward_alloc
Fix this race by holding socket lock for the duration of
ip6_datagram_recv_ctl()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static checkers complain that we should maybe set "ret" before we do the
"goto out;". They interpret the NULL return from br_port_get_rtnl() as
a failure and forgetting to set the error code is a common bug in this
situation.
The code is confusing but it's actually correct. We are returning zero
deliberately. Let's re-write it a bit to be more clear.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In my last commit (a3c00e4: ipv6: Remove BACKTRACK macro), the changes in
__ip6_route_redirect is incorrect. The following case is missed:
1. The for loop tries to find a valid gateway rt. If it fails to find
one, rt will be NULL.
2. When rt is NULL, it is set to the ip6_null_entry.
3. The newly added 'else if', from a3c00e4, will stop the backtrack from
happening.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When registering a mdio bus, Linux assumes than every port has a PHY and tries
to scan it. If a switch port has no PHY registered, DSA will fail to register
the slave MII bus. To fix this, set the slave MII bus PHY mask to the switch
PHYs mask.
As an example, if we use a Marvell MV88E6352 (which is a 7-port switch with no
registered PHYs for port 5 and port 6), with the following declared names:
static struct dsa_chip_data switch_cdata = {
[...]
.port_names[0] = "sw0",
.port_names[1] = "sw1",
.port_names[2] = "sw2",
.port_names[3] = "sw3",
.port_names[4] = "sw4",
.port_names[5] = "cpu",
};
DSA will fail to create the switch instance. With the PHY mask set for the
slave MII bus, only the PHY for ports 0-4 will be scanned and the instance will
be successfully created.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel forcefully applies MTU values received in router
advertisements provided the new MTU is less than the current. This
behavior is undesirable when the user space is managing the MTU. Instead
a sysctl flag 'accept_ra_mtu' is introduced such that the user space
can control whether or not RA provided MTU updates should be applied. The
default behavior is unchanged; user space must explicitly set this flag
to 0 for RA MTUs to be ignored.
Signed-off-by: Harout Hedeshian <harouth@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing further work on the fib_trie I noted a few items.
First I was using calls that were far more complicated than they needed to
be for determining when to push/pull the suffix length. I have updated the
code to reflect the simplier logic.
The second issue is that I realised we weren't necessarily handling the
case of a leaf_info struct surviving a flush. I have updated the logic so
that now we will call pull_suffix in the event of having a leaf info value
left in the leaf after flushing it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function fib_find_alias is only accessed by functions in fib_trie.c as
such it makes sense to relocate it and cast it as static so that the
compiler can take advantage of optimizations it can do to it as a local
function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It doesn't make much sense to count the pointers ourselves when
empty_children already has a count for the number of NULL pointers stored
in the tnode. As such save ourselves the cycles and just use
empty_children.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch really does two things.
First it pulls the logic for determining if we should collapse one node out
of the tree and the actual code doing the collapse into a separate pair of
functions. This helps to make the changes to these areas more readable.
Second it encodes the upper 32b of the empty_children value onto the
full_children value in the case of bits == KEYLENGTH. By doing this we are
able to handle the case of a 32b node where empty_children would appear to
be 0 when it was actually 1ul << 32.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change corrects an issue where if inflate or halve fails we were
exiting the resize function without at least updating the slen for the
node. To correct this I have moved the update of max_size into the while
loop so that it is only decremented on a successful call to either inflate
or halve.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses two issues.
The first issue is the fact that I believe I had the RCU freeing sequence
slightly out of order. As a result we could get into an issue if a caller
went into a child of a child of the new node, then backtraced into the to be
freed parent, and then attempted to access a child of a child that may have
been consumed in a resize of one of the new nodes children. To resolve this I
have moved the resize after we have freed the oldtnode. The only side effect
of this is that we will now be calling resize on more nodes in the case of
inflate due to the fact that we don't have a good way to test to see if a
full_tnode on the new node was there before or after the allocation. This
should have minimal impact however since the node should already be
correctly size so it is just the cost of calling should_inflate that we
will be taking on the node which is only a couple of cycles.
The second issue is the fact that inflate and halve were essentially doing
the same thing after the new node was added to the trie replacing the old
one. As such it wasn't really necessary to keep the code in both functions
so I have split it out into two other functions, called replace and
update_children.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In doing performance testing and analysis of the changes I recently found
that by shifting the index I had created an unnecessary dependency.
I have updated the code so that we instead shift a mask by bits and then
just test against that as that should save us about 2 CPU cycles since we
can generate the mask while the key and pos are being processed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timeout entries are sizeof(int) rather than sizeof(long), which
means that when they were getting read we'd also leak kernel memory
to userspace along with the timeout values.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the vxlan transmit path there is no need to reference the socket
for a tunnel which is needed for the receive side. We do, however,
need the vxlan_dev flags. This patch eliminate references
to the socket in the transmit path, and changes VXLAN_F_UNSHAREABLE
to be VXLAN_F_RCV_FLAGS. This mask is used to store the flags
applicable to receive (GBP, CSUM6_RX, and REMCSUM_RX) in the
vxlan_sock flags.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP tunnel transmit functions udp_tunnel_xmit_skb and
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb include a socket argument. The socket being
passed to the functions (from VXLAN) is a UDP created for receive
side. The only thing that the socket is used for in the transmit
functions is to get the setting for checksum (enabled or zero).
This patch removes the argument and and adds a nocheck argument
for checksum setting. This eliminates the unnecessary dependency
on a UDP socket for UDP tunnel transmit.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase the concurrency level for rpciod threads to allow for allocations
etc that happen in the RPCSEC_GSS layer. Also note that the NFSv4 byte range
locks may now need to allocate memory from inside rpciod.
Add the WQ_HIGHPRI flag to improve latency guarantees while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Netlink FDB messages are sent in the link netns. The header of these messages
contains the ifindex (ndm_ifindex) of the netdevice, but this ifindex is
unusable in case of x-netns vxlan.
I named the new attribute NDA_NDM_IFINDEX_NETNSID, to avoid confusion with
NDA_IFINDEX.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an error occurs when the netdevice is moved to the link netns, a full cleanup
must be done.
Fixes: 317f4810e4 ("rtnl: allow to create device with IFLA_LINK_NETNSID set")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Depending on NETFILTER is not sufficient to ensure the presence of the
'mark' field in nf_conn, also needs to depend on NF_CONNTRACK_MARK.
Fixes: 22a5dc ("net: sched: Introduce connmark action")
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
l2cap/rfcomm/sco_sock_accept() are wait loops which may acquire
sleeping locks. Since both wait loops and sleeping locks use
task_struct.state to sleep and wake, the nested sleeping locks
destroy the wait loop state.
Use the newly-minted wait_woken() and DEFINE_WAIT_FUNC() for the
wait loop. DEFINE_WAIT_FUNC() allows an alternate wake function
to be specified; in this case, the predefined scheduler function,
woken_wake_function(). This wait construct ensures wakeups will
not be missed without requiring the wait loop to set the
task state before condition evaluation. How this works:
CPU 0 | CPU 1
|
| is <condition> set?
| no
set <condition> |
|
wake_up_interruptible |
woken_wake_function |
set WQ_FLAG_WOKEN |
try_to_wake_up |
| wait_woken
| set TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE
| WQ_FLAG_WOKEN? yes
| set TASK_RUNNING
|
| - loop -
|
| is <condition> set?
| yes - exit wait loop
Fixes "do not call blocking ops when !TASK_RUNNING" warnings
in l2cap_sock_accept(), rfcomm_sock_accept() and sco_sock_accept().
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch converts the Set Secure Connection HCI handling to use a HCI
request instead of using a hard-coded callback in hci_event.c. This e.g.
ensures that we don't clear the flags incorrectly if something goes
wrong with the power up process (not related to a mgmt Set SC command).
The code can also be simplified a bit since only one pending Set SC
command is allowed, i.e. mgmt_pending_foreach usage is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Add Remote OOB Data mgmt command should allow data to be passed for
LE as well. This patch removes a left-over check for BDADDR_BREDR that
should not be there anymore.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Before doing any other verifications, the add_remote_oob_data function
should first check that the given address is valid. This patch adds such
a missing check to the beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The BKL is completely out of the picture in the lockd and sunrpc code
these days. Update the antiquated comments that refer to it.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
For drivers without beacon filtering, support beacon statistics
entirely, i.e. report the number of beacons and average signal.
For drivers with beacon filtering, give them the number of beacons
received by mac80211 -- in case the device reports only the number
of filtered beacons then driver doesn't have to count all beacons
again as mac80211 already does.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the case of non-QoS association, the counter was actually
wrong. The right index isn't security_idx but seqno_idx, as
security_idx will be 0 for data frames, while 16 is needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These conditions are rather difficult to follow, for example
because "!sta" only exists to not crash in the case that we
don't have a station pointer (WLAN_TDLS_SETUP_REQUEST) in
which the additional condition (peer supports HT) doesn't
actually matter anyway.
Cleaning this up only duplicates two lines of code but makes
the rest far easier to read, so do that.
As a side effect, smatch stops complaining about the lack of
a sta pointer test after the !sta (since the !sta goes away)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to use another local 'sta' variable as the
original (outer scope) one isn't needed any more and has
become invalid anyway when exiting the RCU read section.
Remove the inner scope one and along with it the useless NULL
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
smatch warns that we once checked request->ssids in two functions
and then unconditionally used it later again.
This is actually fine, because the code has a relationship between
attrs[NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS], n_ssids and request->ssids, but
smatch isn't smart enough to realize that.
Suppress the warnings by always checking just n_ssids - that way
smatch won't know that request->ssids could be NULL, and since it
is only NULL when n_ssids is 0 we still check everything correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case userspace attempts to obtain key information for or delete a
unicast key, this is currently erroneously rejected unless the driver
sets the WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN flag. Apparently enough drivers do so it
was never noticed.
Fix that, and while at it fix a potential memory leak: the error path
in the get_key() function was placed after allocating a message but
didn't free it - move it to a better place. Luckily admin permissions
are needed to call this operation.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: e31b82136d ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 2ae70efcea.
The new peer events that are generated by the change are causing problems
with wpa_supplicant in userspace: wpa_s tries to restart SAE authentication
with the peer when receiving the event, even though authentication may be in
progress already, and it gets very confused.
Revert back to the original operating mode, which is to only get events when
there is no corresponding station entry.
Cc: Nishikawa, Kenzoh <Kenzoh.Nishikawa@jp.sony.com>
Cc: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible that a deferred scan is queued after the queues are
flushed in __ieee80211_suspend(). The deferred scan work may be
scheduled by ROC or ieee80211_stop_poll().
To make sure don't start a new scan while suspending, check whether
we're quiescing or suspended and complete the scan immediately if
that's the case.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we go to suspend, there is complex set of states that
avoids races. The quiescing variable is set whlie
__ieee80211_suspend is running. Then suspended is set.
The code makes sure there is no window without any of these
flags.
The problem is that workers can still be enqueued while we
are quiescing. This leads to situations where the driver is
already suspending and other flows like disassociation are
handled by a worker.
To fix this, we need to check quiescing and suspended flags
in the worker itself and not only before enqueueing it.
I also add here extensive documentation to ease the
understanding of these complex issues.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When mac80211 disconnects, it drops all the packets on the
queues. This happens after the net stack has been notified
that we have no link anymore (netif_carrier_off).
netif_carrier_off ensures that no new packets are sent to
xmit() callback, but we might have older packets in the
middle of the Tx path. These packets will land in the
driver's queues after the latter have been flushed.
Synchronize_net() between netif_carrier_off and drv_flush()
will fix this.
Note that we can't call synchronize_net inside
ieee80211_flush_queues since there are flows that call
ieee80211_flush_queues and don't need synchronize_net()
which is an expensive operation.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[reword comment to be more accurate]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix a regression introduced by commit a5e70697d0 ("mac80211: add radiotap flag
and handling for 5/10 MHz") where the IEEE80211_CHAN_CCK channel type flag was
incorrectly replaced by the IEEE80211_CHAN_OFDM flag. This commit fixes that by
using the CCK flag again.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: a5e70697d0 ("mac80211: add radiotap flag and handling for 5/10 MHz")
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <vanhoefm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT Control field may also be present in management frames, as defined
in 8.2.4.1.10 of 802.11-2012. Account for this in calculation of header
length.
Signed-off-by: Fred Chou <fred.chou.nd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In normal cases (i.e. when we are fully associated), cfg80211 takes
care of removing all the stations before calling suspend in mac80211.
But in the corner case when we suspend during authentication or
association, mac80211 needs to roll back the station states. But we
shouldn't roll back the station states in the suspend function,
because this is taken care of in other parts of the code, except for
WDS interfaces. For AP types of interfaces, cfg80211 takes care of
disconnecting all stations before calling the driver's suspend code.
For station interfaces, this is done in the quiesce code.
For WDS interfaces we still need to do it here, so move the code into
a new switch case for WDS.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [3.15+]
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan or
net-detect cycle. Add an optional attribute to the scheduled scan
configuration to pass the delay to be (optionally) used by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[add the attribute to the policy to validate it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Control per packet Transmit Power Control (TPC) in lower drivers
according to TX power settings configured by the user. In particular TPC is
enabled if value passed in enum nl80211_tx_power_setting is
NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from userspace),
whereas TPC is disabled if nl80211_tx_power_setting is set to
NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Added new NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD which allows to
set namespace via nl80211 by fd.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Kochan <vadim4j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers unfortunately cannot support software crypto, but
mac80211 currently assumes that they do.
This has the issue that if the hardware enabling fails for some
reason, the software fallback is used, which won't work. This
clearly isn't desirable, the error should be reported and the
key setting refused.
Support this in mac80211 by allowing drivers to set a new HW
flag IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, in which case mac80211 will
only allow software fallback if the set_key() method returns 1.
The driver will also need to advertise supported cipher suites
so that mac80211 doesn't advertise any (future) software ciphers
that the driver can't actually do.
While at it, to make it easier to support this, refactor the
ieee80211_init_cipher_suites() code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When BR/EDR is supported by a controller, then it is required to enable
Secure Simple Pairing first before enabling the Secure Connections
feature.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a powered on dual-mode controller has been configured to operate
as LE only with secure connections, then the BR/EDR side of things can
not be switched back on. Do reconfigure the controller it first needs
to be powered down.
The secure connections feature is implemented in the BR/EDR controller
while for LE it is implemented in the host. So explicitly forbid such
a transaction to avoid inconsistent states.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The BR/EDR Secure Connections feature should only be enabled when the
Secure Simple Pairing mode has been enabled first. However since secure
connections is feature that is valid for BR/EDR and LE, this needs
special handling.
When enabling secure connections on a LE only configured controller,
thent the BR/EDR side should not be enabled in the controller. This
patches makes the BR/EDR Secure Connections feature depending on
enabling Secure Simple Pairing mode first.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Start Discovery was reporting 0 RSSI for invalid RSSI only for
BR/EDR devices. LE devices were reported with RSSI 127.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.19+
Station info state is started in allocation, so should be
destroyed on free (it's just a timer); rate control must
be freed if anything afterwards fails to initialize.
LED exit should be later, no need for locking there, but
it needs to be done also when rate init failed.
Also clean up the code by moving a label so the locking
doesn't have to be done separately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices might not implement config space access
(e.g. remoteproc used not to - before 3.9).
virtio/9p needs config space access so make it
fail gracefully if not there.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Bvmr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Some further updates for net-next:
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My previous patch to this file changed the code to be bug-compatible
towards userspace. Unless userspace (which I wasn't able to find)
implements the dump reader by hand in a wrong way, this isn't needed.
If it uses libnl or similar code putting multiple messages into a
single SKB is far more efficient.
Change the code to do this. While at it, also clean it up and don't
use so many variables - just store the address in the callback args
directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tc action allows you to retrieve the connection tracking mark
This action has been used heavily by openwrt for a few years now.
There are known limitations currently:
doesn't work for initial packets, since we only query the ct table.
Fine given use case is for returning packets
no implicit defrag.
frags should be rare so fix later..
won't work for more complex tasks, e.g. lookup of other extensions
since we have no means to store results
we still have a 2nd lookup later on via normal conntrack path.
This shouldn't break anything though since skb->nfct isn't altered.
V2:
remove unnecessary braces (Jiri)
change the action identifier to 14 (Jiri)
Fix some stylistic issues caught by checkpatch
V3:
Move module params to bottom (Cong)
Get rid of tcf_hashinfo_init and friends and conform to newer API (Cong)
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA-enabled master network devices with a switch tagging protocol should
strip the protocol specific format before handing the frame over to
higher layer.
When adding such a DSA master network device as a bridge member, we go
through the following code path when receiving a frame:
__netif_receive_skb_core
-> first ptype check against ptype_all is not returning any
handler for this skb
-> check and invoke rx_handler:
-> deliver frame to the bridge layer: br_handle_frame
DSA registers a ptype handler with the fake ETH_XDSA ethertype, which is
called *after* the bridge-layer rx_handler has run. br_handle_frame()
tries to parse the frame it received from the DSA master network device,
and will not be able to match any of its conditions and jumps straight
at the end of the end of br_handle_frame() and returns
RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED there.
Since we returned RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED, __netif_receive_skb_core() stops
RX processing for this frame and returns NET_RX_SUCCESS, so we never get
a chance to call our switch tag packet processing logic and deliver
frames to the DSA slave network devices, and so we do not get any
functional bridge members at all.
Instead of cluttering the bridge receive path with DSA-specific checks,
and rely on assumptions about how __netif_receive_skb_core() is
processing frames, we simply deny adding the DSA master network device
(conduit interface) as a bridge member, leaving only the slave DSA
network devices to be bridge members, since those will work correctly in
all circumstances.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The logic to configure a network interface for kernel IP
auto-configuration is very simplistic, and does not handle the case
where a device is stacked onto another such as with DSA. This causes the
kernel not to open and configure the master network device in a DSA
switch tree, and therefore slave network devices using this master
network devices as conduit device cannot be open.
This restriction comes from a check in net/dsa/slave.c, which is
basically checking the master netdev flags for IFF_UP and returns
-ENETDOWN if it is not the case.
Automatically bringing-up DSA master network devices allows DSA slave
network devices to be used as valid interfaces for e.g: NFS root booting
by allowing kernel IP autoconfiguration to succeed on these interfaces.
On the reverse path, make sure we do not attempt to close a DSA-enabled
device as this would implicitely prevent the slave DSA network device
from operating.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the attack vector and stop generating IPv6 Fragment Header for
paths with an MTU smaller than the minimum required IPv6 MTU
size (1280 byte) - called atomic fragments.
See IETF I-D "Deprecating the Generation of IPv6 Atomic Fragments" [1]
for more information and how this "feature" can be misused.
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6man-deprecate-atomfrag-generation-00
Signed-off-by: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the ability to create a netdevice in a specified netns and
then move it into the final netns. In fact, it allows to have a symetry between
get and set rtnl messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new attribute (IFLA_LINK_NETNSID) which contains the 'link'
netns id when this netns is different from the netns where the interface
stands (for example for x-net interfaces like ip tunnels).
With this attribute, it's possible to interpret correctly all advertised
information (like IFLA_LINK, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, a user can define an id for a peer netns by providing a FD or a
PID. These ids are local to the netns where it is added (ie valid only into this
netns).
The main function (ie the one exported to other module), peernet2id(), allows to
get the id of a peer netns. If no id has been assigned by the user, this
function allocates one.
These ids will be used in netlink messages to point to a peer netns, for example
in case of a x-netns interface.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While suspending, we destroy the authentication /
association that might be taking place. While doing so, we
forgot to delete the timer which can be firing after
local->suspended is already set, producing the warning below.
Fix that by deleting the timer.
[66722.825487] WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 5612 at net/mac80211/util.c:755 ieee80211_can_queue_work.isra.18+0x32/0x40 [mac80211]()
[66722.825487] queueing ieee80211 work while going to suspend
[66722.825529] CPU: 2 PID: 5612 Comm: kworker/u16:69 Tainted: G W O 3.16.1+ #24
[66722.825537] Workqueue: events_unbound async_run_entry_fn
[66722.825545] Call Trace:
[66722.825552] <IRQ> [<ffffffff817edbb2>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66
[66722.825556] [<ffffffff81075cad>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7d/0xa0
[66722.825572] [<ffffffffa06b5b90>] ? ieee80211_sta_bcn_mon_timer+0x50/0x50 [mac80211]
[66722.825573] [<ffffffff81075d1c>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4c/0x50
[66722.825586] [<ffffffffa06977a2>] ieee80211_can_queue_work.isra.18+0x32/0x40 [mac80211]
[66722.825598] [<ffffffffa06977d5>] ieee80211_queue_work+0x25/0x50 [mac80211]
[66722.825611] [<ffffffffa06b5bac>] ieee80211_sta_timer+0x1c/0x20 [mac80211]
[66722.825614] [<ffffffff8108655a>] call_timer_fn+0x8a/0x300
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit ba1debdfed.
Oliver reported that it breaks network-manager, for some reason with
this patch NM decides that the device isn't wireless but "generic"
(ethernet), sees no carrier (as expected with wifi) and fails to do
anything else with it.
Revert this to unbreak userspace.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The user can crash the kernel if it uses any of the existing NAT
expressions from the wrong hook, so add some code to validate this
when loading the rule.
This patch introduces nft_chain_validate_hooks() which is based on
an existing function in the bridge version of the reject expression.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 02dba4388d ("bridge: fix setlink/dellink notifications") removed usage of oflags in
both rtnl_bridge_setlink() and rtnl_bridge_dellink() methods. This patch removes this variable as it is no
longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 053c095a82 ("netlink: make nlmsg_end() and genlmsg_end()
void") didn't catch all of the cases where callers were breaking out
on the return value being equal to zero, which they no longer should
when zero means success.
Fix all such cases.
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reported-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Contrary to common expectations for an "int" return, these functions
return only a positive value -- if used correctly they cannot even
return 0 because the message header will necessarily be in the skb.
This makes the very common pattern of
if (genlmsg_end(...) < 0) { ... }
be a whole bunch of dead code. Many places also simply do
return nlmsg_end(...);
and the caller is expected to deal with it.
This also commonly (at least for me) causes errors, because it is very
common to write
if (my_function(...))
/* error condition */
and if my_function() does "return nlmsg_end()" this is of course wrong.
Additionally, there's not a single place in the kernel that actually
needs the message length returned, and if anyone needs it later then
it'll be very easy to just use skb->len there.
Remove this, and make the functions void. This removes a bunch of dead
code as described above. The patch adds lines because I did
- return nlmsg_end(...);
+ nlmsg_end(...);
+ return 0;
I could have preserved all the function's return values by returning
skb->len, but instead I've audited all the places calling the affected
functions and found that none cared. A few places actually compared
the return value with <= 0 in dump functionality, but that could just
be changed to < 0 with no change in behaviour, so I opted for the more
efficient version.
One instance of the error I've made numerous times now is also present
in net/phonet/pn_netlink.c in the route_dumpit() function - it didn't
check for <0 or <=0 and thus broke out of the loop every single time.
I've preserved this since it will (I think) have caused the messages to
userspace to be formatted differently with just a single message for
every SKB returned to userspace. It's possible that this isn't needed
for the tools that actually use this, but I don't even know what they
are so couldn't test that changing this behaviour would be acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 07f6c4bc (tipc: convert tipc reference table to use generic
rhashtable) introduced a problem with port listing in the new netlink
API. It broke the resume functionality resulting in a never ending
loop. This was caused by starting with the first hash table every time
subsequently never returning an empty skb (terminating).
This patch fixes the resume mechanism by keeping a logical reference
to the last hash table along with a logical reference to the socket
(port) that didn't fit in the previous message.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-01-16
Here are some more bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 3.20:
- Refactoring & cleanups of ieee802154 & 6lowpan code
- Various fixes to the btmrvl driver
- Fixes for Bluetooth Low Energy Privacy feature handling
- Added build-time sanity checks for sockaddr sizes
- Fixes for Security Manager registration on LE-only controllers
- Refactoring of broken inquiry mode handling to a generic quirk
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch benefits from newly introduced switchdev notifier and uses it
to propagate fdb learn events from rocker driver to bridge. That avoids
direct function calls and possible use by other listeners (ovs).
Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces new notifier for purposes of exposing events which happen
on switch driver side. The consumers of the event messages are mainly involved
masters, namely bridge and ovs.
Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This field already contains the length of the iovec, no need to calculate it
again.
Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I.e. one-to-many sockets in SCTP are not required to explicitly
call into connect(2) or sctp_connectx(2) prior to data exchange.
Instead, they can directly invoke sendmsg(2) and the SCTP stack
will automatically trigger connection establishment through 4WHS
via sctp_primitive_ASSOCIATE(). However, this in its current
implementation is racy: INIT is being sent out immediately (as
it cannot be bundled anyway) and the rest of the DATA chunks are
queued up for later xmit when connection is established, meaning
sendmsg(2) will return successfully. This behaviour can result
in an undesired side-effect that the kernel made the application
think the data has already been transmitted, although none of it
has actually left the machine, worst case even after close(2)'ing
the socket.
Instead, when the association from client side has been shut down
e.g. first gracefully through SCTP_EOF and then close(2), the
client could afterwards still receive the server's INIT_ACK due
to a connection with higher latency. This INIT_ACK is then considered
out of the blue and hence responded with ABORT as there was no
alive assoc found anymore. This can be easily reproduced f.e.
with sctp_test application from lksctp. One way to fix this race
is to wait for the handshake to actually complete.
The fix defers waiting after sctp_primitive_ASSOCIATE() and
sctp_primitive_SEND() succeeded, so that DATA chunks cooked up
from sctp_sendmsg() have already been placed into the output
queue through the side-effect interpreter, and therefore can then
be bundeled together with COOKIE_ECHO control chunks.
strace from example application (shortened):
socket(PF_INET, SOCK_SEQPACKET, IPPROTO_SCTP) = 3
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
msg_iov(1)=[{"hello", 5}], msg_controllen=0, msg_flags=0}, 0) = 5
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
msg_iov(1)=[{"hello", 5}], msg_controllen=0, msg_flags=0}, 0) = 5
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
msg_iov(1)=[{"hello", 5}], msg_controllen=0, msg_flags=0}, 0) = 5
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
msg_iov(1)=[{"hello", 5}], msg_controllen=0, msg_flags=0}, 0) = 5
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
msg_iov(0)=[], msg_controllen=48, {cmsg_len=48, cmsg_level=0x84 /* SOL_??? */, cmsg_type=, ...},
msg_flags=0}, 0) = 0 // graceful shutdown for SOCK_SEQPACKET via SCTP_EOF
close(3) = 0
tcpdump before patch (fooling the application):
22:33:36.306142 IP 192.168.1.114.41462 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [INIT] [init tag: 3879023686] [rwnd: 106496] [OS: 10] [MIS: 65535] [init TSN: 3139201684]
22:33:36.316619 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.41462: sctp (1) [INIT ACK] [init tag: 3345394793] [rwnd: 106496] [OS: 10] [MIS: 10] [init TSN: 3380109591]
22:33:36.317600 IP 192.168.1.114.41462 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [ABORT]
tcpdump after patch:
14:28:58.884116 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [INIT] [init tag: 438593213] [rwnd: 106496] [OS: 10] [MIS: 65535] [init TSN: 3092969729]
14:28:58.888414 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [INIT ACK] [init tag: 381429855] [rwnd: 106496] [OS: 10] [MIS: 10] [init TSN: 2141904492]
14:28:58.888638 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [COOKIE ECHO] , (2) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3092969729] [...]
14:28:58.893278 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [COOKIE ACK] , (2) [SACK] [cum ack 3092969729] [a_rwnd 106491] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
14:28:58.893591 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3092969730] [...]
14:28:59.096963 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3092969730] [a_rwnd 106496] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
14:28:59.097086 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3092969731] [...] , (2) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3092969732] [...]
14:28:59.103218 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3092969732] [a_rwnd 106486] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
14:28:59.103330 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [SHUTDOWN]
14:28:59.107793 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [SHUTDOWN ACK]
14:28:59.107890 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [SHUTDOWN COMPLETE]
Looks like this bug is from the pre-git history museum. ;)
Fixes: 08707d5482df ("lksctp-2_5_31-0_5_1.patch")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was suggested by DaveM to change the name as "len" might indicate
unit bytes.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action provides a possibility to exec custom BPF code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
problems with bridge getlink/setlink notifications today:
- bridge setlink generates two notifications to userspace
- one from the bridge driver
- one from rtnetlink.c (rtnl_bridge_notify)
- dellink generates one notification from rtnetlink.c. Which
means bridge setlink and dellink notifications are not
consistent
- Looking at the code it appears,
If both BRIDGE_FLAGS_MASTER and BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF were set,
the size calculation in rtnl_bridge_notify can be wrong.
Example: if you set both BRIDGE_FLAGS_MASTER and BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF
in a setlink request to rocker dev, rtnl_bridge_notify will
allocate skb for one set of bridge attributes, but,
both the bridge driver and rocker dev will try to add
attributes resulting in twice the number of attributes
being added to the skb. (rocker dev calls ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink)
There are multiple options:
1) Generate one notification including all attributes from master and self:
But, I don't think it will work, because both master and self may use
the same attributes/policy. Cannot pack the same set of attributes in a
single notification from both master and slave (duplicate attributes).
2) Generate one notification from master and the other notification from
self (This seems to be ideal):
For master: the master driver will send notification (bridge in this
example)
For self: the self driver will send notification (rocker in the above
example. It can use helpers from rtnetlink.c to do so. Like the
ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink api).
This patch implements 2) (leaving the 'rtnl_bridge_notify' around to be used
with 'self').
v1->v2 :
- rtnl_bridge_notify is now called only for self,
so, remove 'BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF' check and cleanup a few things
- rtnl_bridge_dellink used to always send a RTM_NEWLINK msg
earlier. So, I have changed the notification from br_dellink to
go as RTM_NEWLINK
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In addition to the problem Jeff Layton reported, I looked at the code
and reproduced the same warning by subscribing and removing the genl
family with a socket still open. This is a fairly tricky race which
originates in the fact that generic netlink allows the family to go
away while sockets are still open - unlike regular netlink which has
a module refcount for every open socket so in general this cannot be
triggered.
Trying to resolve this issue by the obvious locking isn't possible as
it will result in deadlocks between unregistration and group unbind
notification (which incidentally lockdep doesn't find due to the home
grown locking in the netlink table.)
To really resolve this, introduce a "closing socket" reference counter
(for generic netlink only, as it's the only affected family) in the
core netlink code and use that in generic netlink to wait for all the
sockets that are being closed at the same time as a generic netlink
family is removed.
This fixes the race that when a socket is closed, it will should call
the unbind, but if the family is removed at the same time the unbind
will not find it, leading to the warning. The real problem though is
that in this case the unbind could actually find a new family that is
registered to have a multicast group with the same ID, and call its
mcast_unbind() leading to confusing.
Also remove the warning since it would still trigger, but is now no
longer a problem.
This also moves the code in af_netlink.c to before unreferencing the
module to avoid having the same problem in the normal non-genl case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Layton reported that he could trigger the multicast unbind warning
in generic netlink using trinity. I originally thought it was a race
condition between unregistering the generic netlink family and closing
the socket, but there's a far simpler explanation: genetlink currently
allows subscribing to groups that don't (yet) exist, and the warning is
triggered when unsubscribing again while the group still doesn't exist.
Originally, I had a warning in the subscribe case and accepted it out of
userspace API concerns, but the warning was of course wrong and removed
later.
However, I now think that allowing userspace to subscribe to groups that
don't exist is wrong and could possibly become a security problem:
Consider a (new) genetlink family implementing a permission check in
the mcast_bind() function similar to the like the audit code does today;
it would be possible to bypass the permission check by guessing the ID
and subscribing to the group it exists. This is only possible in case a
family like that would be dynamically loaded, but it doesn't seem like a
huge stretch, for example wireless may be loaded when you plug in a USB
device.
To avoid this reject such subscription attempts.
If this ends up causing userspace issues we may need to add a workaround
in af_netlink to deny such requests but not return an error.
Reported-by: Jeff Layton <jeff.layton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return value from nl80211_send_station() is the length of the
skb, or a negative error, so abort sending the message only when
the return value was negative.
This fixes the ibss_rsn wpa_supplicant test case.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove the function hci_conn_change_link_key() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called
cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The patch c5adde9468 ("netlink:
eliminate nl_sk_hash_lock") introduced a bug where the EADDRINUSE
error has been replaced by ENOMEM. This patch rectifies that
problem.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
softnet_data.input_pkt_queue is protected by a spinlock that
we must hold when transferring packets from victim queue to an active
one. This is because other cpus could still be trying to enqueue packets
into victim queue.
A second problem is that when we transfert the NAPI poll_list from
victim to current cpu, we absolutely need to special case the percpu
backlog, because we do not want to add complex locking to protect
process_queue : Only owner cpu is allowed to manipulate it, unless cpu
is offline.
Based on initial patch from Prasad Sodagudi & Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan.
This version is better because we do not slow down packet processing,
only make migration safer.
Reported-by: Prasad Sodagudi <psodagud@codeaurora.org>
Reported-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sockaddr is returned in IP(V6)_RECVERR as part of errhdr. That
structure is defined and allocated on the stack as
struct {
struct sock_extended_err ee;
struct sockaddr_in(6) offender;
} errhdr;
The second part is only initialized for certain SO_EE_ORIGIN values.
Always initialize it completely.
An MTU exceeded error on a SOCK_RAW/IPPROTO_RAW is one example that
would return uninitialized bytes.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
Also verified that there is no padding between errhdr.ee and
errhdr.offender that could leak additional kernel data.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a cleanup, because in the current code MDBA_SET_ENTRY_MAX ==
MDBA_SET_ENTRY.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
one for a deadlock in regulatory processing.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=bMKg
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Just two fixes - one for an uninialized variable and
one for a deadlock in regulatory processing.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=vaEW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Here's a big pile of changes for this round.
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
Conflicts:
drivers/staging/rtl8723au/os_dep/ioctl_cfg80211.c
Minor overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RAW sockets with hdrinc suffer from contention on rt_uncached_lock
spinlock.
One solution is to use percpu lists, since most routes are destroyed
by the cpu that created them.
It is unclear why we even have to put these routes in uncached_list,
as all outgoing packets should be freed when a device is dismantled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: caacf05e5a ("ipv4: Properly purge netdev references on uncached routes.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which
is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different
bandwidths at the same time.
Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field
for the bandwidth ('bw') instead.
While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are
reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate,
but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them.
In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code
now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most NFS RPCs place their large payload argument at the end of the
RPC header (eg, NFSv3 WRITE). For NFSv3 WRITE and SYMLINK, RPC/RDMA
sends the complete RPC header inline, and the payload argument in
the read list. Data in the read list is the last part of the XDR
stream.
One important case is not like this, however. NFSv4 COMPOUND is a
counted array of operations. A WRITE operation, with its large data
payload, can appear in the middle of the compound's operations
array. Thus NFSv4 WRITE compounds can have header content after the
WRITE payload.
The Linux client, for example, performs an NFSv4 WRITE like this:
{ PUTFH, WRITE, GETATTR }
Though RFC 5667 is not precise about this, the proper way to convey
this compound is to place the GETATTR inline, _after_ the front of
the RPC header. The receiver inserts the read list payload into the
XDR stream after the initial WRITE arguments, and before the GETATTR
operation, thanks to the value of the read list "position" field.
The Linux client currently sends the GETATTR at the end of the
RPC/RDMA read list, which is incorrect. It will be corrected in the
future.
The Linux server currently rejects NFSv4 compounds with inline
content after the read list. For the above NFSv4 WRITE compound, the
NFS compound header indicates there are three operations, but the
server finds nonsense when it looks in the XDR stream for the third
operation, and the compound fails with OP_ILLEGAL.
Move trailing inline content to the end of the XDR buffer's page
list. This presents incoming NFSv4 WRITE compounds to NFSD in the
same way the socket transport does.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
This is a pre-requisite for a subsequent patch.
Read list XDR round-up needs to be done _before_ additional inline
content is copied to the end of the XDR buffer's page list. Move
the logic added by commit e560e3b510 ("svcrdma: Add zero padding
if the client doesn't send it").
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Currently the Linux server can not decode RDMA_NOMSG type requests.
Operations whose length exceeds the fixed size of RDMA SEND buffers,
like large NFSv4 CREATE(NF4LNK) operations, must be conveyed via
RDMA_NOMSG.
For an RDMA_MSG type request, the client sends the RPC/RDMA, RPC
headers, and some or all of the NFS arguments via RDMA SEND.
For an RDMA_NOMSG type request, the client sends just the RPC/RDMA
header via RDMA SEND. The request's read list contains elements for
the entire RPC message, including the RPC header.
NFSD expects the RPC/RMDA header and RPC header to be contiguous in
page zero of the XDR buffer. Add logic in the RDMA READ path to make
the read list contents land where the server prefers, when the
incoming message is a type RDMA_NOMSG message.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
An RPC/RDMA client may send large RPC arguments via a read
list. This is a list of scatter/gather elements which convey
RPC call arguments too large to fit in a small RDMA SEND.
Each entry in the read list has a "position" field, whose value is
the byte offset in the XDR stream where the data in that entry is to
be inserted. Entries which share the same "position" value make up
the same RPC argument. The receiver inserts entries with the same
position field value in list order into the XDR stream.
Currently the Linux NFS/RDMA server cannot handle receiving read
chunks in more than one position, mostly because no current client
sends read lists with elements in more than one position. As a
sanity check, ensure that all received chunks have the same
"rc_position."
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The RDMA reader function doesn't change once an svcxprt_rdma is
instantiated. Instead of checking sc_devcap during every incoming
RPC, set the reader function once when the connection is accepted.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
xdr_start() can return the wrong rmsgp address if an assumption
about how the xdr_buf was constructed changes. When it gets it
wrong, the client receives a reply that has gibberish in the
RPC/RDMA header, preventing it from matching a waiting RPC request.
Instead, make (and document) just one assumption: that the RDMA
header for the client's RPC call is at the start of the first page
in rq_pages.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Current convention is to avoid using BUG_ON() in places where an
oops could cause complete system failure.
Replace BUG_ON() call sites in svcrdma with an assertion error
message and allow execution to continue safely.
Some BUG_ON() calls are removed because they have never fired in
production (that we are aware of).
Some WARN_ON() calls are also replaced where a back trace is not
helpful; e.g., in a workqueue task.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The byte_count argument is not used, and the function is called
only from one place.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Nit: remove an unused variable to squelch a compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Nit: Fix inconsistent white space in dprintk messages.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
When the SMP channels have been already registered, then print out a
clear WARN_ON message that something went wrong. Also unregister the
existing channels in this case before trying to register new ones.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The comparing of chan->src should always be done against the local
identity address, represented by hcon->src and hcon->src_type. This
patch modifies l2cap_global_fixed_chan() to take the full hci_conn so
that we can easily compare against hcon->src and hcon->src_type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current bdaddr_type() usage in l2cap_core.c is a bit funny in that
it's always passed a hci_conn + a hci_conn member. Because of this only
the hci_conn is really needed. Since the second parameter is always
either hcon->src_type or hcon->dst type this patch adds two helper
functions for each purpose: bdaddr_src_type() and bdaddr_dst_type().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec, so
it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver uses them
yet, this is also not a problem, just remove them.
In the userspace API the field remains reserved to preserve
API and ABI.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec,
so it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver
uses them yet, this is also not a problem, just remove
them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the controller gets powered on via the management interface, then
register the supported SMP channels. There is no point in registering
these channels earlier since it is not know what identity address the
controller is going to operate with.
When powering down a controller unregister all SMP channels. This is
required since a powered down controller is allowed to change its
identity address.
In addition the SMP channels are only available when the controller
is powered via the management interface. When using legacy ioctl, then
Bluetooth Low Energy is not supported and registering kernel side SMP
integration may actually cause confusion.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When LE features are not supported, then do not bother registering any
kind of SMP channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The source address and source address type of the LE SMP channel can
either be the public address of the controller or the static random
address configured by the host.
Right now the public address is used for the LE SMP channel and
obviously that is not correct if the controller operates with the
configured static random address.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For dual-mode controllers it is possible to disable BR/EDR and operate
as LE single mode controllers with a static random address. If that is
the case, then refuse switching BR/EDR back on after the controller has
been powered.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The devices address types are BR/EDR Public, LE Public and LE Random and
any of these three is valid for L2CAP connections. So show the correct
type in the debugfs list.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains netfilter updates for net-next, just a
bunch of cleanups and small enhancement to selectively flush conntracks
in ctnetlink, more specifically the patches are:
1) Rise default number of buckets in conntrack from 16384 to 65536 in
systems with >= 4GBytes, patch from Marcelo Leitner.
2) Small refactor to save one level on indentation in xt_osf, from
Joe Perches.
3) Remove unnecessary sizeof(char) in nf_log, from Fabian Frederick.
4) Another small cleanup to remove redundant variable in nfnetlink,
from Duan Jiong.
5) Fix compilation warning in nfnetlink_cthelper on parisc, from
Chen Gang.
6) Fix wrong format in debugging for ctseqadj, from Gao feng.
7) Selective conntrack flushing through the mark for ctnetlink, patch
from Kristian Evensen.
8) Remove nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report() exported symbol now that is
not required anymore after the selective flushing patch, again from
Kristian.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces support for the group policy extension to the VXLAN virtual
port. The extension is disabled by default and only enabled if the user
has provided the respective configuration.
ovs-vsctl add-port br0 vxlan0 -- \
set Interface vxlan0 type=vxlan options:exts=gbp
The configuration interface to enable the extension is based on a new
attribute OVS_VXLAN_EXT_GBP nested inside OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_EXTENSION
which can carry additional extensions as needed in the future.
The group policy metadata is stored as binary blob (struct ovs_vxlan_opts)
internally just like Geneve options but transported as nested Netlink
attributes to user space.
Renames the existing TUNNEL_OPTIONS_PRESENT to TUNNEL_GENEVE_OPT with the
binary value kept intact, a new flag TUNNEL_VXLAN_OPT is introduced.
The attributes OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_VXLAN_OPTS and existing
OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_GENEVE_OPTS are implemented mutually exclusive.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nlattr_set() is currently hardcoded to two levels of nesting. This change
introduces struct ovs_len_tbl to define minimal length requirements plus
next level nesting tables to traverse the key attributes to arbitrary depth.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also factors out Geneve validation code into a new separate function
validate_and_copy_geneve_opts().
A subsequent patch will introduce VXLAN options. Rename the existing
GENEVE_TUN_OPTS() to reflect its extended purpose of carrying generic
tunnel metadata options.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements supports for the Group Policy VXLAN extension [0] to provide
a lightweight and simple security label mechanism across network peers
based on VXLAN. The security context and associated metadata is mapped
to/from skb->mark. This allows further mapping to a SELinux context
using SECMARK, to implement ACLs directly with nftables, iptables, OVS,
tc, etc.
The group membership is defined by the lower 16 bits of skb->mark, the
upper 16 bits are used for flags.
SELinux allows to manage label to secure local resources. However,
distributed applications require ACLs to implemented across hosts. This
is typically achieved by matching on L2-L4 fields to identify the
original sending host and process on the receiver. On top of that,
netlabel and specifically CIPSO [1] allow to map security contexts to
universal labels. However, netlabel and CIPSO are relatively complex.
This patch provides a lightweight alternative for overlay network
environments with a trusted underlay. No additional control protocol
is required.
Host 1: Host 2:
Group A Group B Group B Group A
+-----+ +-------------+ +-------+ +-----+
| lxc | | SELinux CTX | | httpd | | VM |
+--+--+ +--+----------+ +---+---+ +--+--+
\---+---/ \----+---/
| |
+---+---+ +---+---+
| vxlan | | vxlan |
+---+---+ +---+---+
+------------------------------+
Backwards compatibility:
A VXLAN-GBP socket can receive standard VXLAN frames and will assign
the default group 0x0000 to such frames. A Linux VXLAN socket will
drop VXLAN-GBP frames. The extension is therefore disabled by default
and needs to be specifically enabled:
ip link add [...] type vxlan [...] gbp
In a mixed environment with VXLAN and VXLAN-GBP sockets, the GBP socket
must run on a separate port number.
Examples:
iptables:
host1# iptables -I OUTPUT -m owner --uid-owner 101 -j MARK --set-mark 0x200
host2# iptables -I INPUT -m mark --mark 0x200 -j DROP
OVS:
# ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=1,actions=load:0x200->NXM_NX_TUN_GBP_ID[],NORMAL'
# ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=2,tun_gbp_id=0x200,actions=drop'
[0] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-smith-vxlan-group-policy
[1] http://lwn.net/Articles/204905/
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/xen-netfront.c
Minor overlapping changes in xen-netfront.c, mostly to do
with some buffer management changes alongside the split
of stats into TX and RX.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Don't use uninitialized data in IPVS, from Dan Carpenter.
2) conntrack race fixes from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
3) Fix TX hangs with i40e, from Jesse Brandeburg.
4) Fix budget return from poll calls in dnet and alx, from Eric
Dumazet.
5) Fix bugus "if (unlikely(x) < 0)" test in AF_PACKET, from Christoph
Jaeger.
6) Fix bug introduced by conversion to list_head in TIPC retransmit
code, from Jon Paul Maloy.
7) Don't use GFP_NOIO under spinlock in USB kaweth driver, from Alexey
Khoroshilov.
8) Fix bridge build with INET disabled, from Arnd Bergmann.
9) Fix netlink array overrun for PROBE attributes in openvswitch, from
Thomas Graf.
10) Don't hold spinlock across synchronize_irq() in tg3 driver, from
Prashant Sreedharan.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (44 commits)
tg3: Release tp->lock before invoking synchronize_irq()
tg3: tg3_reset_task() needs to use rtnl_lock to synchronize
tg3: tg3_timer() should grab tp->lock before checking for tp->irq_sync
team: avoid possible underflow of count_pending value for notify_peers and mcast_rejoin
openvswitch: packet messages need their own probe attribtue
i40e: adds FCoE configure option
cxgb4vf: Fix queue allocation for 40G adapter
netdevice: Add missing parentheses in macro
bridge: only provide proxy ARP when CONFIG_INET is enabled
neighbour: fix base_reachable_time(_ms) not effective immediatly when changed
net: fec: fix MDIO bus assignement for dual fec SoC's
xen-netfront: use different locks for Rx and Tx stats
drivers: net: cpsw: fix multicast flush in dual emac mode
cxgb4vf: Initialize mdio_addr before using it
net: Corrected the comment describing the ndo operations to reflect the actual prototype for couple of operations
usb/kaweth: use GFP_ATOMIC under spin_lock in usb_start_wait_urb()
MAINTAINERS: add me as ibmveth maintainer
tipc: fix bug in broadcast retransmit code
update ip-sysctl.txt documentation (v2)
net/at91_ether: prepare and unprepare clock
...
User space is currently sending a OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PROBE for both flow
and packet messages. This leads to an out-of-bounds access in
ovs_packet_cmd_execute() because OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PROBE >
OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MAX.
Introduce a new OVS_PACKET_ATTR_PROBE with the same numeric value
as OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PROBE to grow the range of accepted packet attributes
while maintaining to be binary compatible with existing OVS binaries.
Fixes: 05da589 ("openvswitch: Add support for OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PROBE.")
Reported-by: Sander Eikelenboom <linux@eikelenboom.it>
Tracked-down-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removing PSM setting debugfs interface as the IPSP has a well
defined PSM value that should be used.
The patch introduces enable flag that can be used to toggle
6lowpan on/off.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to the Bluetooth core specification valid identity addresses
are either Public Device Addresses or Static Random Addresses. IRKs
received with any other type of address should be discarded since we
cannot assume to know the permanent identity of the peer device.
This patch fixes a missing check for the Identity Address when receiving
the Identity Address Information SMP PDU.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
There are too many brackets. Maybe only one bracket is enough.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yanjun <Yanjun.Zhu@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce ovs_tunnel_route_lookup to consolidate route lookup
shared by vxlan, gre, and geneve ports.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces udp_offload_callbacks which has the same
GRO functions (but not a GSO function) as offload_callbacks,
except there is an argument to a udp_offload struct passed to
gro_receive and gro_complete functions. This additional argument
can be used to retrieve the per port structure of the encapsulation
for use in gro processing (mostly by doing container_of on the
structure).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IPV4 support is disabled, we cannot call arp_send from
the bridge code, which would result in a kernel link error:
net/built-in.o: In function `br_handle_frame_finish':
:(.text+0x59914): undefined reference to `arp_send'
:(.text+0x59a50): undefined reference to `arp_tbl'
This makes the newly added proxy ARP support in the bridge
code depend on the CONFIG_INET symbol and lets the compiler
optimize the code out to avoid the link error.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 958501163d ("bridge: Add support for IEEE 802.11 Proxy ARP")
Cc: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable 'controller' is assigned a value that is never used.
Identified by cppcheck tool.
Signed-off-by: Gowtham Anandha Babu <gowtham.ab@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Send the netdetect configuration information in the response to
NL8021_CMD_GET_WOWLAN commands. This includes the scan interval,
SSIDs to match and frequencies to scan.
Additionally, add the NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT with
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a system contains only self-managed regulatory devices all hints
from the regulatory core are ignored. Stop hint processing early in this
case. These systems usually don't have CRDA deployed, which results in
endless (irrelevent) logs of the form:
cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain
Make sure there's at least one self-managed device before discarding a
hint, in order to prevent initial hints from disappearing on CRDA
managed systems.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A self-managed device will sometimes need to set its regdomain synchronously.
Notably it should be set before usermode has a chance to query it. Expose
a new API to accomplish this which requires the RTNL.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Radar detection can last indefinite time. There is no
point in deferring a scan request in this case - simply
return -EBUSY.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ctx->conf.radar_enabled should reflect whether radar
detection is enabled for the channel context.
When calculating it, make it consider only the vifs
that have this context assigned (instead of all the
vifs).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
local->radar_detect_enabled should tell whether
radar_detect is enabled on any interface belonging
to local.
However, it's not getting updated correctly
in many cases (actually, when testing with hwsim
it's never been set, even when the dfs master
is beaconing).
Instead of handling all the corner cases
(e.g. channel switch), simply check whether
radar detection is enabled only when needed,
instead of caching the result.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function adding the supported channels IE during a TDLS connection had
several issues:
1. If the entire subband is usable, the function exitted the loop without
adding it
2. The function only checked chandef_usable, ignoring flags like RADAR
which would prevent TDLS off-channel communcation.
3. HT20 was explicitly required in the chandef, while not a requirement
for TDLS off-channel.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When roaming / suspending, it makes no sense to wait until
the transmit queues of the device are empty. In extreme
condition they can be starved (VO saturating the air), but
even in regular cases, it is pointless to delay the roaming
because the low level driver is trying to send packets to
an AP which is far away. We'd rather drop these packets and
let TCP retransmit if needed. This will allow to speed up
the roaming.
For suspend, the explanation is even more trivial.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The duration variable for the selftests is unsigned long long and with
that use %llu instead of %lld when printing the results.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This moves the execution of Delete Stored Link Key command to the
hci_init4_req phase. No actual code has been changed. The command
is just executed at a later stage of the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When setting base_reachable_time or base_reachable_time_ms on a
specific interface through sysctl or netlink, the reachable_time
value is not updated.
This means that neighbour entries will continue to be updated using the
old value until it is recomputed in neigh_period_work (which
recomputes the value every 300*HZ).
On systems with HZ equal to 1000 for instance, it means 5mins before
the change is effective.
This patch changes this behavior by recomputing reachable_time after
each set on base_reachable_time or base_reachable_time_ms.
The new value will become effective the next time the neighbour's timer
is triggered.
Changes are made in two places: the netlink code for set and the sysctl
handling code. For sysctl, I use a proc_handler. The ipv6 network
code does provide its own handler but it already refreshes
reachable_time correctly so it's not an issue.
Any other user of neighbour which provide its own handlers must
refresh reachable_time.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Francois Remy <jeff@melix.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same macros are used for rx as well. So rename it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc code implicitly considers skb->protocol even in case of accelerated
vlan paths and expects vlan protocol type here. However, on rx path,
if the vlan header was already stripped, skb->protocol contains value
of next header. Similar situation is on tx path.
So for skbs that use skb->vlan_tci for tagging, use skb->vlan_proto instead.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f2f9800d49 "tipc: make tipc node table aware of net
namespace" has added a dereference of sock->sk before making sure it's
not NULL, which makes releasing a tipc socket NULL pointer dereference
for sockets that are not fully initialized.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the redundant timer defined in tipc_sock structure, instead we
can directly reuse the sk_timer defined in sock structure.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/bridge/br_netlink.c: In function ‘br_fill_ifinfo’:
net/bridge/br_netlink.c:146:32: warning: ‘vid_range_flags’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = br_fill_ifvlaninfo_range(skb, vid_range_start,
^
net/bridge/br_netlink.c:108:6: note: ‘vid_range_flags’ was declared here
u16 vid_range_flags;
Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
version.h inclusion is not necessary as detected by versioncheck.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With TLP, the peer may reply to a probe with an
ACK+D-SACK, with ack value set to tlp_high_seq. In the current code,
such ACK+DSACK will be missed and only at next, higher ack will the TLP
episode be considered done. Since the DSACK is not present anymore,
this will cost a cwnd reduction.
This patch ensures that this scenario does not cause a cwnd reduction, since
receiving an ACK+DSACK indicates that both the initial segment and the probe
have been received by the peer.
The following packetdrill test, from Neal Cardwell, validates this patch:
// Establish a connection.
0 socket(..., SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) = 3
+0 setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, [1], 4) = 0
+0 bind(3, ..., ...) = 0
+0 listen(3, 1) = 0
+0 < S 0:0(0) win 32792 <mss 1000,sackOK,nop,nop,nop,wscale 7>
+0 > S. 0:0(0) ack 1 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 6>
+.020 < . 1:1(0) ack 1 win 257
+0 accept(3, ..., ...) = 4
// Send 1 packet.
+0 write(4, ..., 1000) = 1000
+0 > P. 1:1001(1000) ack 1
// Loss probe retransmission.
// packets_out == 1 => schedule PTO in max(2*RTT, 1.5*RTT + 200ms)
// In this case, this means: 1.5*RTT + 200ms = 230ms
+.230 > P. 1:1001(1000) ack 1
+0 %{ assert tcpi_snd_cwnd == 10 }%
// Receiver ACKs at tlp_high_seq with a DSACK,
// indicating they received the original packet and probe.
+.020 < . 1:1(0) ack 1001 win 257 <sack 1:1001,nop,nop>
+0 %{ assert tcpi_snd_cwnd == 10 }%
// Send another packet.
+0 write(4, ..., 1000) = 1000
+0 > P. 1001:2001(1000) ack 1
// Receiver ACKs above tlp_high_seq, which should end the TLP episode
// if we haven't already. We should not reduce cwnd.
+.020 < . 1:1(0) ack 2001 win 257
+0 %{ assert tcpi_snd_cwnd == 10, tcpi_snd_cwnd }%
Credits:
-Gregory helped in finding that tcp_process_tlp_ack was where the cwnd
got reduced in our MPTCP tests.
-Neal wrote the packetdrill test above
-Yuchung reworked the patch to make it more readable.
Cc: Gregory Detal <gregory.detal@uclouvain.be>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Barré <sebastien.barre@uclouvain.be>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As rhashtable_lookup_compare_insert() can guarantee the process
of search and insertion is atomic, it's safe to eliminate the
nl_sk_hash_lock. After this, object insertion or removal will
be protected with per bucket lock on write side while object
lookup is guarded with rcu read lock on read side.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_alloc_rx_queues() uses kcalloc() to allocate memory
for "struct netdev_queue *_rx" array.
If we are doing large rx queue allocation kcalloc() might
fail, so this patch does a fallback to vzalloc().
Similar implementation is done for tx queue allocation in
netif_alloc_netdev_queues().
We avoid failure of high order memory allocation
with the help of vzalloc(), this allows us to do large
rx and tx queue allocation which in turn helps us to
increase the number of queues in tun.
As vmalloc() adds overhead on a critical network path,
__GFP_REPEAT flag is used with kzalloc() to do this fallback
only when really needed.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Gupta <pagupta@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <dgibson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the function teql_neigh_release() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the function aead_entries() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds new function to pack vlans into ranges
whereever applicable using the flags BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN
and BRIDGE VLAN_INFO_RANGE_END
Old vlan packing code is moved to a new function and continues to be
called when filter_mask is RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes bridge IFLA_AF_SPEC netlink attribute parser to
look for more than one IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO attribute. This allows
userspace to pack more than one vlan in the setlink msg.
The dumps were already sending more than one vlan info in the getlink msg.
This patch also adds bridge_vlan_info flags BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN and
BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_END to indicate start and end of vlan range
This patch also deletes unused ifla_br_policy.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently tipc module only allows users sitting on "init_net" namespace
to configure it through netlink interface. But now almost each tipc
component is able to be aware of net namespace, so it's time to open
the permission for users residing in other namespaces, allowing them
to configure their own tipc stack instance through netlink interface.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After namespace is supported, each namespace should own its private
random value. So the global variable representing the random value
must be moved to tipc_net structure.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC establishes one subscriber server which allows users to subscribe
their interesting name service status. After tipc supports namespace,
one dedicated tipc stack instance is created for each namespace, and
each instance can be deemed as one independent TIPC node. As a result,
subscriber server must be built for each namespace.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If net namespace is supported in tipc, each namespace will be treated
as a separate tipc node. Therefore, every namespace must own its
private tipc node address. This means the "tipc_own_addr" global
variable of node address must be moved to tipc_net structure to
satisfy the requirement. It's turned out that users also can assign
node address for every namespace.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC name table is used to store the mapping relationship between
TIPC service name and socket port ID. When tipc supports namespace,
it allows users to publish service names only owned by a certain
namespace. Therefore, every namespace must have its private name
table to prevent service names published to one namespace from being
contaminated by other service names in another namespace. Therefore,
The name table global variable (ie, nametbl) and its lock must be
moved to tipc_net structure, and a parameter of namespace must be
added for necessary functions so that they can obtain name table
variable defined in tipc_net structure.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now tipc socket table is statically allocated as a global variable.
Through it, we can look up one socket instance with port ID, insert
a new socket instance to the table, and delete a socket from the
table. But when tipc supports net namespace, each namespace must own
its specific socket table. So the global variable of socket table
must be redefined in tipc_net structure. As a concequence, a new
socket table will be allocated when a new namespace is created, and
a socket table will be deallocated when namespace is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC broadcast link is statically established and its relevant states
are maintained with the global variables: "bcbearer", "bclink" and
"bcl". Allowing different namespace to own different broadcast link
instances, these variables must be moved to tipc_net structure and
broadcast link instances would be allocated and initialized when
namespace is created.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bearer list defined as a global variable is used to store bearer
instances. When tipc supports net namespace, bearers created in
one namespace must be isolated with others allocated in other
namespaces, which requires us that the bearer list(bearer_list)
must be moved to tipc_net structure. As a result, a net namespace
pointer has to be passed to functions which access the bearer list.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Global variables associated with node table are below:
- node table list (node_htable)
- node hash table list (tipc_node_list)
- node table lock (node_list_lock)
- node number counter (tipc_num_nodes)
- node link number counter (tipc_num_links)
To make node table support namespace, above global variables must be
moved to tipc_net structure in order to keep secret for different
namespaces. As a consequence, these variables are allocated and
initialized when namespace is created, and deallocated when namespace
is destroyed. After the change, functions associated with these
variables have to utilize a namespace pointer to access them. So
adding namespace pointer as a parameter of these functions is the
major change made in the commit.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Involve namespace infrastructure, make the "tipc_net_id" global
variable aware of per namespace, and rename it to "net_id". In
order that the conversion can be successfully done, an instance
of networking namespace must be passed to relevant functions,
allowing them to access the "net_id" variable of per namespace.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to make tipc socket table aware of namespace, a networking
namespace instance must be passed to tipc_sk_lookup(), allowing it
to look up tipc socket instance with a given port ID from a concrete
socket table. However, as now tipc_sk_timeout() only has one port ID
parameter and is not namespace aware, it's unable to obtain a correct
socket instance through tipc_sk_lookup() just with a port ID,
especially after namespace is completely supported.
If port ID is replaced with socket instance as tipc_sk_timeout()'s
parameter, it's unnecessary to look up socket table. But as the timer
handler - tipc_sk_timeout() is run asynchronously, socket reference
must be held before its timer is launched, and must be carefully
checked to identify whether the socket reference needs to be put or
not when its timer is terminated.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only the works of initializing and shutting down tipc module are done
in core.h and core.c files, so all stuffs which are not closely
associated with the two tasks should be moved to appropriate places.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not only some wrapper function like k_term_timer() is empty, but also
some others including k_start_timer() and k_cancel_timer() don't return
back any value to its caller, what's more, there is no any component
in the kernel world to do such thing. Therefore, these timer interfaces
defined in tipc module should be purged.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove redundant wrapper functions like tipc_core_start() and
tipc_core_stop(), and directly move them to their callers, such
as tipc_init() and tipc_exit(), having us clearly know what are
really done in both initialization and deinitialzation functions.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 58dc55f256 ("tipc: use generic
SKB list APIs to manage link transmission queue") we replace all list
traversal loops with the macros skb_queue_walk() or
skb_queue_walk_safe(). While the previous loops were based on the
assumption that the list was NULL-terminated, the standard macros
stop when the iterator reaches the list head, which is non-NULL.
In the function bclink_retransmit_pkt() this macro replacement has
lead to a bug. When we receive a BCAST STATE_MSG we unconditionally
call the function bclink_retransmit_pkt(), whether there really is
anything to retransmit or not, assuming that the sequence number
comparisons will lead to the correct behavior. However, if the
transmission queue is empty, or if there are no eligible buffers in
the transmission queue, we will by mistake pass the list head pointer
to the function tipc_link_retransmit(). Since the list head is not a
valid sk_buff, this leads to a crash.
In this commit we fix this by only calling tipc_link_retransmit()
if we actually found eligible buffers in the transmission queue.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently a bridge device turns off TSO feature if no bridge ports
support it. We can always enable it, since packets can be segmented on
ports by software as well as on the bridge device.
This will reduce the number of packets processed in the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 58dc55f256 ("tipc: use generic
SKB list APIs to manage link transmission queue") we replace all list
traversal loops with the macros skb_queue_walk() or
skb_queue_walk_safe(). While the previous loops were based on the
assumption that the list was NULL-terminated, the standard macros
stop when the iterator reaches the list head, which is non-NULL.
In the function bclink_retransmit_pkt() this macro replacement has
lead to a bug. When we receive a BCAST STATE_MSG we unconditionally
call the function bclink_retransmit_pkt(), whether there really is
anything to retransmit or not, assuming that the sequence number
comparisons will lead to the correct behavior. However, if the
transmission queue is empty, or if there are no eligible buffers in
the transmission queue, we will by mistake pass the list head pointer
to the function tipc_link_retransmit(). Since the list head is not a
valid sk_buff, this leads to a crash.
In this commit we fix this by only calling tipc_link_retransmit()
if we actually found eligible buffers in the transmission queue.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The expression in ll_header_truncated() tests less than or equal, but
the warning prints less than. Update the warning.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <jkmalinen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the HCI Delete Stored Link Key command completes, then update the
value of current stored keys in hci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The information about max stored link keys and current stored link keys
should be read at controller initialization. So issue HCI Read Stored
Link Key command with BDADDR_ANY and read_all flag set to 0x01 to
retrieve this information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI Read Stored Link Keys command completes it gives useful
information of the current stored keys and maximum keys a controller
can actually store. So process this event and store these information
in hci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The send_monitor_event function is essentially the same as the newly
introduced queue_monitor_skb. So instead of having duplicated code,
replace send_monitor_event with queue_monitor_skb.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_send_to_monitor function contains generic code for queueing the
packet into the receive queue of every monitor client. To avoid code
duplication, create a generic queue_monitor_skb function to interate
over all monitor sockets.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Within the monitor functionality, the global atomic variable called
monitor_promisc ensures that no memory allocation happend when there
is actually no client listening. This means it is safe to just create
a copy of the skb since it is guaranteed that at least one client
exists. No extra checks needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_sco
does not grow larger than sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_rc
does not grow larger than sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_l2
does not grow larger than sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_hci
does not grow larger than sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When hci_req_run() calls its provided complete function and one of the
HCI commands in the sequence fails, then provide the opcode of failing
command. In case of success HCI_OP_NOP is provided since all commands
completed.
This patch fixes the prototype of hci_req_complete_t and all its users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter/ipvs fixes for net
The following patchset contains netfilter/ipvs fixes, they are:
1) Small fix for the FTP helper in IPVS, a diff variable may be left
unset when CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 is set. Patch from Dan Carpenter.
2) Fix nf_tables port NAT in little endian archs, patch from leroy
christophe.
3) Fix race condition between conntrack confirmation and flush from
userspace. This is the second reincarnation to resolve this problem.
4) Make sure inner messages in the batch come with the nfnetlink header.
5) Relax strict check from nfnetlink_bind() that may break old userspace
applications using all 1s group mask.
6) Schedule removal of chains once no sets and rules refer to them in
the new nf_tables ruleset flush command. Reported by Asbjoern Sloth
Toennesen.
Note that this batch comes later than usual because of the short
winter holidays.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to a misplaced parenthesis, the expression
(unlikely(offset) < 0),
which expands to
(__builtin_expect(!!(offset), 0) < 0),
never evaluates to true. Therefore, when sending packets with
PF_PACKET/SOCK_DGRAM, packet_snd() does not abort as intended
if the creation of the layer 2 header fails.
Spotted by Coverity - CID 1259975 ("Operands don't affect result").
Fixes: 9c7077622d ("packet: make packet_snd fail on len smaller than l2 header")
Signed-off-by: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull two nfsd bugfixes from Bruce Fields.
* 'for-3.19' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
rpc: fix xdr_truncate_encode to handle buffer ending on page boundary
nfsd: fix fi_delegees leak when fi_had_conflict returns true
Pull two Ceph fixes from Sage Weil:
"These are both pretty trivial: a sparse warning fix and size_t printk
thing"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
libceph: fix sparse endianness warnings
ceph: use %zu for len in ceph_fill_inline_data()
When a station disconnects with frames still pending, we clear
the TIM bit, but too late - it's only cleared when the station
is already removed from the driver, and thus the driver can get
confused (and hwsim will loudly complain.)
Fix this by clearing the TIM bit earlier, when the station has
been unlinked but not removed from the driver yet. To do this,
refactor the TIM recalculation to in that case ignore traffic
and simply assume no pending traffic - this is correct for the
disconnected station even though the frames haven't been freed
yet at that point.
This patch isn't needed for current drivers though as they don't
check the station argument to the set_tim() operation and thus
don't really run into the possible confusion.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
- remove useless return in void functions
- remove unused member 'primary_iface' from 'struct orig_node'
- improve existing kernel doc
- fix several checkpatch complaints
- ensure socket's control block is cleared for received skbs
- add missing DEBUG_FS dependency to BATMAN_ADV_DEBUG symbol
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=2Y3v
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batman-adv-for-davem' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Included changes:
- remove useless return in void functions
- remove unused member 'primary_iface' from 'struct orig_node'
- improve existing kernel doc
- fix several checkpatch complaints
- ensure socket's control block is cleared for received skbs
- add missing DEBUG_FS dependency to BATMAN_ADV_DEBUG symbol
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As tipc reference table is statically allocated, its memory size
requested on stack initialization stage is quite big even if the
maximum port number is just restricted to 8191 currently, however,
the number already becomes insufficient in practice. But if the
maximum ports is allowed to its theory value - 2^32, its consumed
memory size will reach a ridiculously unacceptable value. Apart from
this, heavy tipc users spend a considerable amount of time in
tipc_sk_get() due to the read-lock on ref_table_lock.
If tipc reference table is converted with generic rhashtable, above
mentioned both disadvantages would be resolved respectively: making
use of the new resizable hash table can avoid locking on the lookup;
smaller memory size is required at initial stage, for example, 256
hash bucket slots are requested at the beginning phase instead of
allocating the entire 8191 slots in old mode. The hash table will
grow if entries exceeds 75% of table size up to a total table size
of 1M, and it will automatically shrink if usage falls below 30%,
but the minimum table size is allowed down to 256.
Also converts ref_table_lock to a separate mutex to protect hash table
mutations on write side. Lastly defers the release of the socket
reference using call_rcu() to allow using an RCU read-side protected
call to rhashtable_lookup().
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit ea81ac2e70 ("ieee802154:
create 6lowpan sub-directory") we have a subdirectory for the ieee802154
6lowpan implementation. This commit also moves the Kconfig entry inside
of net/ieee802154/6lowpan/ and forgot to rename the Makefile entry from
obj-$(CONFIG_IEEE802154_6LOWPAN) to obj-y and handle the
obj-$(CONFIG_IEEE802154_6LOWPAN) inside the created 6lowpan directory.
This will occur that the ieee802154_6lowpan can't be build.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implement the new counters cfg80211 can now advertise to userspace.
The TX code is in the sequence number handler, which is a bit odd,
but that place already knows the TID and frame type, so it was
easiest and least impact there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The base for the current statistics is pretty mixed up, support
exporting RX/TX statistics for MSDUs per TID. This (currently)
covers received MSDUs, transmitted MSDUs and retries/failures
thereof.
Doing it per TID for MSDUs makes more sense than say only per AC
because it's symmetric - we could export per-AC statistics for all
frames (which AC we used for transmission can be determined also
for management frames) but per TID is better and usually data
frames are really the ones we care about. Also, on RX we can't
determine the AC - but we do know the TID for any QoS MPDU we
received.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add these two values:
* BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer
* BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average for beacons only
These can then be used for Android Lollipop's statistics request.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is really just duplicating the list of information that's
already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list.
Two small changes are needed:
* remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length
(assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead
* add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally
but not in nl80211 yet
This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will
skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics
in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them
override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver
didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver
to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211.
Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know
this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up
with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"),
that can be added if it turns out to be needed.
This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be
implemented using sta_statistics().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function to send the
statistics about the deleted station with the delete event.
This lets userspace see how much traffic etc. the deleted
station used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a station is removed, its statistics may be interesting to
userspace, for example for further aggregation of statistics of
all stations that ever connected to an AP.
Introduce a new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function (and make the
cfg80211_del_sta() a static inline calling it) to allow passing
a struct station_info along with this, and send the data in the
nl80211 event message.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the time spent scanning to the survey data so it can be
reported by drivers that collect such information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Not all devices are able to report survey data (particularly
time spent for various operations) per channel. As all these
statistics already exist in survey data, allow such devices
to report them (if userspace requested it)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway,
so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In
the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey,
where the word "channel" is actually confusing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The only user of nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report() was ctnetlink_del_conntrack().
After adding support for flushing connections with a given mark, this function
is no longer called.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds support for selective flushing of conntrack mappings.
By adding CTA_MARK and CTA_MARK_MASK to a delete-message, the mark (and
mask) is checked before a connection is deleted while flushing.
Configuring the flush is moved out of ctnetlink_del_conntrack(), and
instead of calling nf_conntrack_flush_report(), we always call
nf_ct_iterate_cleanup(). This enables us to only make one call from the
new ctnetlink_flush_conntrack() and makes it easy to add more filter
parameters.
Filtering is done in the ctnetlink_filter_match()-function, which is
also called from ctnetlink_dump_table(). ctnetlink_dump_filter has been
renamed ctnetlink_filter, to indicated that it is no longer only used
when dumping conntrack entries.
Moreover, reject mark filters with -EOPNOTSUPP if no ct mark support is
available.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch renames the 6lowpan_rtnl.c file to core.c. 6lowpan_rtnl.c
contains functionality to put all 802.15.4 6LoWPAN functionality
together.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all relevant transmit functionality into a separate tx.c
file. We can simple separate this functionality like we did it in mac802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all relevant receive functionality into a separate rx.c
file. We can simple separate this functionality like we did it in mac802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the internal header for af802154. This naming
convention is like ieee802154_i.h in mac802154 and avoids naming
confusing with the global af802154 header. Furthermore this header
contains more ieee802154 specific definitions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch creates an 6lowpan sub-directory inside ieee802154.
Additional we move all ieee802154 6lowpan relevant files into
this sub-directory instead of placing the 6lowpan related files
inside ieee802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
BATMAN_ADV_DEBUG is using debugfs files for the debugging log. So it
depends on DEBUG_FS which is missing as dependency in the Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
A struct xdr_stream at a page boundary might point to the end of one
page or the beginning of the next, but xdr_truncate_encode isn't
prepared to handle the former.
This can cause corruption of NFSv4 READDIR replies in the case that a
readdir entry that would have exceeded the client's dircount/maxcount
limit would have ended exactly on a 4k page boundary. You're more
likely to hit this case on large directories.
Other xdr_truncate_encode callers are probably also affected.
Reported-by: Holger Hoffstätte <holger.hoffstaette@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Holger Hoffstätte <holger.hoffstaette@googlemail.com>
Fixes: 3e19ce762b "rpc: xdr_truncate_encode"
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Since other network components (and some drivers) uses the control block
provided in skb's, the network coding feature might wrongly assume that
an SKB has been decoded, and thus not try to code it with another packet
again. This happens for instance when batman-adv is running on a bridge device.
Fix this by clearing the control block for every received SKB.
Introduced by 3c12de9a5c
("batman-adv: network coding - code and transmit packets if possible")
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
This variable became obsolete when changing to the new bonding mechanism
based on the multi interface optimization. Since its not used anywhere,
remove it.
Reported-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
If a P2P GO is active, the cfg80211_reg_can_beacon function will take
the wdev lock, in its call to cfg80211_go_permissive_chan. But the wdev lock
is already taken by the parent channel-checking function, causing a
deadlock.
Split the checking code into two parts. The first part will check if the
wdev is active and saves the channel under the wdev lock. The second part
will check actual channel validity according to type.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can
safely be decremented for most drivers.
The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above
holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and
researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid
assumption for p54 and cw1200.
Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption
is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The return value should be initialized to false so that there's a
valid return value when there are no sessions that need work to be
done on them. Luckily, the side effect of using the uninitialized
value is an extra harmless driver call.
Coverity: CID 1260096
Fixes: 02219b3abc ("mac80211: add WMM admission control support")
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support for keyword 'boolean' will be dropped later on.
No functional change.
Reference: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/cover.1418003065.git.cj@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.cz>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Just a pile of random fixes, including:
1) Do not apply TSO limits to non-TSO packets, fix from Herbert Xu.
2) MDI{,X} eeprom check in e100 driver is reversed, from John W.
Linville.
3) Missing error return assignments in several ethernet drivers, from
Julia Lawall.
4) Altera TSE device doesn't come back up after ifconfig down/up
sequence, fix from Kostya Belezko.
5) Add more cases to the check for whether the qmi_wwan device has a
bogus MAC address and needs to be assigned a random one. From
Kristian Evensen.
6) Fix interrupt hangs in CPSW, from Felipe Balbi.
7) Implement ndo_features_check in r8152 so that the stack doesn't
feed GSO packets which are outside of the chip's capabilities.
From Hayes Wang"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
qla3xxx: don't allow never end busy loop
xen-netback: fixing the propagation of the transmit shaper timeout
r8152: support ndo_features_check
batman-adv: fix potential TT client + orig-node memory leak
batman-adv: fix multicast counter when purging originators
batman-adv: fix counter for multicast supporting nodes
batman-adv: fix lock class for decoding hash in network-coding.c
batman-adv: fix delayed foreign originator recognition
batman-adv: fix and simplify condition when bonding should be used
Revert "mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter"
net: ethernet: cpsw: fix hangs with interrupts
enic: free all rq buffs when allocation fails
qmi_wwan: Set random MAC on devices with buggy fw
openvswitch: Consistently include VLAN header in flow and port stats.
tcp: Do not apply TSO segment limit to non-TSO packets
Altera TSE: Add missing phydev
net/mlx4_core: Fix error flow in mlx4_init_hca()
net/mlx4_core: Correcly update the mtt's offset in the MR re-reg flow
qlcnic: Fix return value in qlcnic_probe()
net: axienet: fix error return code
...
This patch extends the ethtool plugin module eeprom API to support cards
whose phy support is delegated to a separate driver.
The handlers for ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO and ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM call the
module_info and module_eeprom functions if the phy driver provides them;
otherwise the handlers call the equivalent ethtool_ops functions provided
by network drivers with built-in phy support.
Signed-off-by: Ed Swierk <eswierk@skyportsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relax the checking that was introduced in 97840cb ("netfilter:
nfnetlink: fix insufficient validation in nfnetlink_bind") when the
subscription bitmask is used. Existing userspace code code may request
to listen to all of the existing netlink groups by setting an all to one
subscription group bitmask. Netlink already validates subscription via
setsockopt() for us.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Make sure there is enough room for the nfnetlink header in the
netlink messages that are part of the batch. There is a similar
check in netlink_rcv_skb().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 5195c14c8b ("netfilter: conntrack: fix race in
__nf_conntrack_confirm against get_next_corpse") aimed to resolve the
race condition between the confirmation (packet path) and the flush
command (from control plane). However, it introduced a crash when
several packets race to add a new conntrack, which seems easier to
reproduce when nf_queue is in place.
Fix this race, in __nf_conntrack_confirm(), by removing the CT
from unconfirmed list before checking the DYING bit. In case
race occured, re-add the CT to the dying list
This patch also changes the verdict from NF_ACCEPT to NF_DROP when
we lose race. Basically, the confirmation happens for the first packet
that we see in a flow. If you just invoked conntrack -F once (which
should be the common case), then this is likely to be the first packet
of the flow (unless you already called flush anytime soon in the past).
This should be hard to trigger, but better drop this packet, otherwise
we leave things in inconsistent state since the destination will likely
reply to this packet, but it will find no conntrack, unless the origin
retransmits.
The change of the verdict has been discussed in:
https://www.marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=141588039530056&w=2
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
- ensure bonding is used (if enabled) for packets coming in the soft
interface
- fix race condition to avoid orig_nodes to be deleted right after
being added
- avoid false positive lockdep splats by assigning lockclass to
the proper hashtable lock objects
- avoid miscounting of multicast 'disabled' nodes in the network
- fix memory leak in the Global Translation Table in case of
originator interval change
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=30sl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batman-adv-fix-for-davem' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Included changes:
- ensure bonding is used (if enabled) for packets coming in the soft
interface
- fix race condition to avoid orig_nodes to be deleted right after
being added
- avoid false positive lockdep splats by assigning lockclass to
the proper hashtable lock objects
- avoid miscounting of multicast 'disabled' nodes in the network
- fix memory leak in the Global Translation Table in case of
originator interval change
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=CnbJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Here's just a single fix - a revert of a patch that broke the
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch "40a11ca mac80211: check if channels allow 80 MHz for VHT
probe requests" considered disabled channels as VHT enabled, and
mistakenly sent out probe-requests with the VHT IE.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put the group names into the userspace API header file so that
userspace clients can use symbolic names from there instead of
hardcoding the actual names. This doesn't really change much,
but seems somewhat cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With the wiphy::features flag being used up this patch adds a
new field wiphy::ext_features. Considering extensibility this
new field is declared as a byte array. This extensible flag is
exposed to user-space by NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES.
Cc: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gautam (Gautam Kumar) Shukla <gautams@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes a potential memory leak which can occur once an
originator times out. On timeout the according global translation table
entry might not get purged correctly. Furthermore, the non purged TT
entry will cause its orig-node to leak, too. Which additionally can lead
to the new multicast optimization feature not kicking in because of a
therefore bogus counter.
In detail: The batadv_tt_global_entry->orig_list holds the reference to
the orig-node. Usually this reference is released after
BATADV_PURGE_TIMEOUT through: _batadv_purge_orig()->
batadv_purge_orig_node()->batadv_update_route()->_batadv_update_route()->
batadv_tt_global_del_orig() which purges this global tt entry and
releases the reference to the orig-node.
However, if between two batadv_purge_orig_node() calls the orig-node
timeout grew to 2*BATADV_PURGE_TIMEOUT then this call path isn't
reached. Instead the according orig-node is removed from the
originator hash in _batadv_purge_orig(), the batadv_update_route()
part is skipped and won't be reached anymore.
Fixing the issue by moving batadv_tt_global_del_orig() out of the rcu
callback.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
When purging an orig_node we should only decrease counter tracking the
number of nodes without multicast optimizations support if it was
increased through this orig_node before.
A not yet quite initialized orig_node (meaning it did not have its turn
in the mcast-tvlv handler so far) which gets purged would not adhere to
this and will lead to a counter imbalance.
Fixing this by adding a check whether the orig_node is mcast-initalized
before decreasing the counter in the mcast-orig_node-purging routine.
Introduced by 60432d756c
("batman-adv: Announce new capability via multicast TVLV")
Reported-by: Tobias Hachmer <tobias@hachmer.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
A miscounting of nodes having multicast optimizations enabled can lead
to multicast packet loss in the following scenario:
If the first OGM a node receives from another one has no multicast
optimizations support (no multicast tvlv) then we are missing to
increase the counter. This potentially leads to the wrong assumption
that we could safely use multicast optimizations.
Fixings this by increasing the counter if the initial OGM has the
multicast TVLV unset, too.
Introduced by 60432d756c
("batman-adv: Announce new capability via multicast TVLV")
Reported-by: Tobias Hachmer <tobias@hachmer.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
batadv_has_set_lock_class() is called with the wrong hash table as first
argument (probably due to a copy-paste error), which leads to false
positives when running with lockdep.
Introduced-by: 612d2b4fe0
("batman-adv: network coding - save overheard and tx packets for decoding")
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Currently it can happen that the reception of an OGM from a new
originator is not being accepted. More precisely it can happen that
an originator struct gets allocated and initialized
(batadv_orig_node_new()), even the TQ gets calculated and set correctly
(batadv_iv_ogm_calc_tq()) but still the periodic orig_node purging
thread will decide to delete it if it has a chance to jump between
these two function calls.
This is because batadv_orig_node_new() initializes the last_seen value
to zero and its caller (batadv_iv_ogm_orig_get()) makes it visible to
other threads by adding it to the hash table already.
batadv_iv_ogm_calc_tq() will set the last_seen variable to the correct,
current time a few lines later but if the purging thread jumps in between
that it will think that the orig_node timed out and will wrongly
schedule it for deletion already.
If the purging interval is the same as the originator interval (which is
the default: 1 second), then this game can continue for several rounds
until the random OGM jitter added enough difference between these
two (in tests, two to about four rounds seemed common).
Fixing this by initializing the last_seen variable of an orig_node
to the current time before adding it to the hash table.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
The current condition actually does NOT consider bonding when the
interface the packet came in from is the soft interface, which is the
opposite of what it should do (and the comment describes). Fix that and
slightly simplify the condition.
Reported-by: Ray Gibson <booray@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
This work adds the possibility to define a per route/destination
congestion control algorithm. Generally, this opens up the possibility
for a machine with different links to enforce specific congestion
control algorithms with optimal strategies for each of them based
on their network characteristics, even transparently for a single
application listening on all links.
For our specific use case, this additionally facilitates deployment
of DCTCP, for example, applications can easily serve internal
traffic/dsts in DCTCP and external one with CUBIC. Other scenarios
would also allow for utilizing e.g. long living, low priority
background flows for certain destinations/routes while still being
able for normal traffic to utilize the default congestion control
algorithm. We also thought about a per netns setting (where different
defaults are possible), but given its actually a link specific
property, we argue that a per route/destination setting is the most
natural and flexible.
The administrator can utilize this through ip-route(8) by appending
"congctl [lock] <name>", where <name> denotes the name of a
congestion control algorithm and the optional lock parameter allows
to enforce the given algorithm so that applications in user space
would not be allowed to overwrite that algorithm for that destination.
The dst metric lookups are being done when a dst entry is already
available in order to avoid a costly lookup and still before the
algorithms are being initialized, thus overhead is very low when the
feature is not being used. While the client side would need to drop
the current reference on the module, on server side this can actually
even be avoided as we just got a flat-copied socket clone.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the minimum necessary for the RTAX_CC_ALGO congestion
control metric to be set up and dumped back to user space.
While the internal representation of RTAX_CC_ALGO is handled as a u32
key, we avoided to expose this implementation detail to user space, thus
instead, we chose the netlink attribute that is being exchanged between
user space to be the actual congestion control algorithm name, similarly
as in the setsockopt(2) API in order to allow for maximum flexibility,
even for 3rd party modules.
It is a bit unfortunate that RTAX_QUICKACK used up a whole RTAX slot as
it should have been stored in RTAX_FEATURES instead, we first thought
about reusing it for the congestion control key, but it brings more
complications and/or confusion than worth it.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds necessary infrastructure to the congestion control
framework for later per route congestion control support.
For a per route congestion control possibility, our aim is to store
a unique u32 key identifier into dst metrics, which can then be
mapped into a tcp_congestion_ops struct. We argue that having a
RTAX key entry is the most simple, generic and easy way to manage,
and also keeps the memory footprint of dst entries lower on 64 bit
than with storing a pointer directly, for example. Having a unique
key id also allows for decoupling actual TCP congestion control
module management from the FIB layer, i.e. we don't have to care
about expensive module refcounting inside the FIB at this point.
We first thought of using an IDR store for the realization, which
takes over dynamic assignment of unused key space and also performs
the key to pointer mapping in RCU. While doing so, we stumbled upon
the issue that due to the nature of dynamic key distribution, it
just so happens, arguably in very rare occasions, that excessive
module loads and unloads can lead to a possible reuse of previously
used key space. Thus, previously stale keys in the dst metric are
now being reassigned to a different congestion control algorithm,
which might lead to unexpected behaviour. One way to resolve this
would have been to walk FIBs on the actually rare occasion of a
module unload and reset the metric keys for each FIB in each netns,
but that's just very costly.
Therefore, we argue a better solution is to reuse the unique
congestion control algorithm name member and map that into u32 key
space through jhash. For that, we split the flags attribute (as it
currently uses 2 bits only anyway) into two u32 attributes, flags
and key, so that we can keep the cacheline boundary of 2 cachelines
on x86_64 and cache the precalculated key at registration time for
the fast path. On average we might expect 2 - 4 modules being loaded
worst case perhaps 15, so a key collision possibility is extremely
low, and guaranteed collision-free on LE/BE for all in-tree modules.
Overall this results in much simpler code, and all without the
overhead of an IDR. Due to the deterministic nature, modules can
now be unloaded, the congestion control algorithm for a specific
but unloaded key will fall back to the default one, and on module
reload time it will switch back to the expected algorithm
transparently.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can just move this to an extra function and make the code
a bit more readable, no functional change.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the nla validation earlier, outside the write lock.
This is needed by followup patch which needs to be able to call
request_module (which can sleep) if needed.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IPv6 host routes with metrics attached are being added, we fetch
the metrics store from the dst via COW through dst_metrics_write_ptr(),
added through commit e5fd387ad5.
One remaining problem here is that we actually call into inet_getpeer()
and may end up allocating/creating a new peer from the kmemcache, which
may fail.
Example trace from perf probe (inet_getpeer:41) where create is 1:
ip 6877 [002] 4221.391591: probe:inet_getpeer: (ffffffff8165e293)
85e294 inet_getpeer.part.7 (<- kmem_cache_alloc())
85e578 inet_getpeer
8eb333 ipv6_cow_metrics
8f10ff fib6_commit_metrics
Therefore, a check for NULL on the return of dst_metrics_write_ptr()
is necessary here.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Fixes: e5fd387ad5 ("ipv6: do not overwrite inetpeer metrics prematurely")
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add checking whether the call to ndo_dflt_fdb_dump is needed.
It is not expected to call ndo_dflt_fdb_dump unconditionally
by some drivers (i.e. qlcnic or macvlan) that defines
own ndo_fdb_dump. Other drivers define own ndo_fdb_dump
and don't want ndo_dflt_fdb_dump to be called at all.
At the same time it is desirable to call the default dump
function on a bridge device.
Fix attributes that are passed to dev->netdev_ops->ndo_fdb_dump.
Add extra checking in br_fdb_dump to avoid duplicate entries
as now filter_dev can be NULL.
Following tests for filtering have been performed before
the change and after the patch was applied to make sure
they are the same and it doesn't break the filtering algorithm.
[root@localhost ~]# cd /root/iproute2-3.18.0/bridge
[root@localhost bridge]# modprobe dummy
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev dummy0
[root@localhost bridge]# brctl addbr br0
[root@localhost bridge]# brctl addif br0 dummy0
[root@localhost bridge]# ip link set dev br0 address 02:00:00:12:01:04
[root@localhost bridge]# # show all
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev p2p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev p2p1 self permanent
33:33:ff:ac:ce:32 dev p2p1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:02:02 dev p2p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:fb dev p2p1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev p7p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev p7p1 self permanent
33:33:ff:79:50:53 dev p7p1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:02:02 dev p7p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:fb dev p7p1 self permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev dummy0 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev dummy0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 master br0 permanent
[root@localhost bridge]# # filter by bridge
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show br br0
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev dummy0 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev dummy0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 master br0 permanent
[root@localhost bridge]# # filter by port
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show brport dummy0
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 self permanent
[root@localhost bridge]# # filter by port + bridge
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show br br0 brport dummy0
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 self permanent
[root@localhost bridge]#
Signed-off-by: Hubert Sokolowski <hubert.sokolowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.
ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.
ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the IP_CMSG_* constants from ip_sockglue.c to inet_sock.h so that
they can be referenced in other source files.
Restructure ip_cmsg_recv to not go through flags using shift, check
for flags by 'and'. This eliminates both the shift and a conditional
per flag check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move convert_csum from udp_sock to inet_sock. This allows the
possibility that we can use convert checksum for different types
of sockets and also allows convert checksum to be enabled from
inet layer (what we'll want to do when enabling IP_CHECKSUM cmsg).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
new_start_seq and new_end_seq are network byte order,
print the host byte order in debug message and print
seq number as the type of unsigned int.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@soleta.eu>
The related code can be simplified, and also can avoid related warnings
(with allmodconfig under parisc):
CC [M] net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.o
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.c: In function ‘nfnl_cthelper_from_nlattr’:
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.c:97:9: warning: passing argument 1 o ‘memcpy’ discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-array-qualifiers]
memcpy(&help->data, nla_data(attr), help->helper->data_len);
^
In file included from include/linux/string.h:17:0,
from include/uapi/linux/uuid.h:25,
from include/linux/uuid.h:23,
from include/linux/mod_devicetable.h:12,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/hardware.h:4,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/processor.h:15,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/spinlock.h:6,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/atomic.h:21,
from include/linux/atomic.h:4,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/bitops.h:12,
from include/linux/bitops.h:36,
from include/linux/kernel.h:10,
from include/linux/list.h:8,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.c:11:
./arch/parisc/include/asm/string.h:8:8: note: expected ‘void *’ but argument is of type ‘const char (*)[]’
void * memcpy(void * dest,const void *src,size_t count);
^
Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen.5i5j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@soleta.eu>
Actually after netlink_skb_clone() is called, the nskb and
skb will point to the same thing, but they are used just like
they are different, sometimes this is confusing, so i think
there is no necessary to keep nskb anymore.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@soleta.eu>
This reverts commit ca34e3b5c8.
It turns out that the p54 and cw2100 drivers assume that there's
tailroom even when they don't say they really need it. However,
there's currently no way for them to explicitly say they do need
it, so for now revert this.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=90331.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: ca34e3b5c8 ("mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter")
Reported-by: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Debugged-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When searching for an existing socket to reuse, the address family
is not taken into account - only port number. This means that an
IPv4 socket could be used for IPv6 traffic and vice versa, which
is sure to cause problems when passing packets.
It is not possible to trigger this problem currently because the
only user of Geneve creates just IPv4 sockets. However, that is
likely to change in the near future.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hash table for open Geneve ports is used only on creation and
deletion time. It is not performance critical and is not likely to
grow to a large number of items. Therefore, this can be changed
to use a simple linked list.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing Geneve locking scheme was pulled over directly from
VXLAN. However, VXLAN has a number of built in mechanisms which make
the locking more complex and are unlikely to be necessary with Geneve.
This simplifies the locking to use a basic scheme of a mutex
when doing updates plus RCU on receive.
In addition to making the code easier to read, this also avoids the
possibility of a race when creating or destroying sockets since
UDP sockets and the list of Geneve sockets are protected by different
locks. After this change, the entire operation is atomic.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The work queue is used only to free the UDP socket upon destruction.
This is not necessary with Geneve and generally makes the code more
difficult to reason about. It also introduces nondeterministic
behavior such as when a socket is rapidly deleted and recreated, which
could fail as the the deletion happens asynchronously.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HCI_QUIRK_FIXUP_INQUIRY_MODE option allows to force Inquiry Result
with RSSI setting on controllers that do not indicate support for it,
but where it is known to be fully functional.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are some old Bluetooth modules from Silicon Wave and Broadcom
which support Inquiry Result with RSSI, but do not advertise it. The
core has quirks in the code to enable that inquiry mode. However as
it stands right now, that code is not even executed since entering
the function to determine which inquiry mode requires that the device
has the feature bit for Inquiry Result with RSSI set in the first
place. So this makes this dead code that hasn't work for a long
time.
In conclusion, just remove these extra quirks and simplify the setup
of the inquiry mode to be inline and with that a lot easier to read
and understand.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Defers the release of the socket reference using call_rcu() to
allow using an RCU read-side protected call to rhashtable_lookup()
This restores behaviour and performance gains as previously
introduced by e341694 ("netlink: Convert netlink_lookup() to use
RCU protected hash table") without the side effect of severely
delayed socket destruction.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces an array of spinlocks to protect bucket mutations. The number
of spinlocks per CPU is configurable and selected based on the hash of
the bucket. This allows for parallel insertions and removals of entries
which do not share a lock.
The patch also defers expansion and shrinking to a worker queue which
allows insertion and removal from atomic context. Insertions and
deletions may occur in parallel to it and are only held up briefly
while the particular bucket is linked or unzipped.
Mutations of the bucket table pointer is protected by a new mutex, read
access is RCU protected.
In the event of an expansion or shrinking, the new bucket table allocated
is exposed as a so called future table as soon as the resize process
starts. Lookups, deletions, and insertions will briefly use both tables.
The future table becomes the main table after an RCU grace period and
initial linking of the old to the new table was performed. Optimization
of the chains to make use of the new number of buckets follows only the
new table is in use.
The side effect of this is that during that RCU grace period, a bucket
traversal using any rht_for_each() variant on the main table will not see
any insertions performed during the RCU grace period which would at that
point land in the future table. The lookup will see them as it searches
both tables if needed.
Having multiple insertions and removals occur in parallel requires nelems
to become an atomic counter.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal function of nft_hash currently stores a reference to the
previous element during lookup which is used to optimize removal later
on. This was possible because a lock is held throughout calling
rhashtable_lookup() and rhashtable_remove().
With the introdution of deferred table resizing in parallel to lookups
and insertions, the nftables lock will no longer synchronize all
table mutations and the stored pprev may become invalid.
Removing this optimization makes removal slightly more expensive on
average but allows taking the resize cost out of the insert and
remove path.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is in preparation to introduce per bucket spinlocks. It
extends all iterator macros to take the bucket table and bucket
index. It also introduces a new rht_dereference_bucket() to
handle protected accesses to buckets.
It introduces a barrier() to the RCU iterators to the prevent
the compiler from caching the first element.
The lockdep verifier is introduced as stub which always succeeds
and properly implement in the next patch when the locks are
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hash the key inside of rhashtable_lookup_compare() like
rhashtable_lookup() does. This allows to simplify the hashing
functions and keep them private.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixs the following kbuild test robot warning:
coccinelle warnings: (new ones prefixed by >>)
>> net/mac802154/cfg.c:53:1-3: WARNING: PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO can be used
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch handles the IEEE802154 Kconfig entry as menuconfig.
Furthermore we move this entry out of "Network Options" and put it into
"Networking" where the other networking subsystems are. This requires a
menuconfig entry like all other networking subsystems.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the "af_ieee802154.c" to "socket.c". This is just a
cleanup to have a short name for it which describes the implementationm
stuff more human understandable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch solves the following checkpatch issue:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "skb"
+ if (skb != NULL) {
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch puts all related socket handling into one file. This is just
a cleanup to do all socket handling stuff inside of one implementation
file.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the module name of af_802154 to ieee802154_socket.
Just for keeping the name convention according to the 6LoWPAN module
ieee802154_6lowpan.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes the ieee802154 socket handling as module. Currently
this is part of ieee802154 module. It pointed out that ieee802154 module
has also two module_init/module_exit functions. One inside of core.c and
the other in af_ieee802154.c. This patch will also solve this issue by
handle the af_802154 as separate module.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the Bluetooth controllers requires an unconfigured state (for
example when the BD_ADDR is missing), then it is important to try
to register the SMP channels when the controller transitions to the
configured state.
This also fixes an issue with the debugfs entires that are not present
for controllers that start out as unconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
One of the LE Secure Connections security credentials was still using
the BT_DBG instead of SMP_DBG.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The sc_only_mode debugfs entry is used to read the current state of the
Secure Connections Only mode. Before Bluetooth 4.2 this mode was only
for BR/EDR controllers and with that tight to the support Secure Simple
Pairing. Since Secure Connections is now available for BR/EDR and LE
this debugfs entry is no longer correctly place.
Move it to the common section and enable it when either BR/EDR Secure
Connections feature is supported or when the controller has LE support.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The force_sc_support debugfs option was introduced to easily work with
pre-production Bluetooth 4.1 silicon. This option is no longer needed
since controllers supporting BR/EDR Secure Connections feature are now
available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The force_lesc_support debugfs option never really worked. It has a race
condition between creating the debugfs entry and registering the L2CAP
fixed channel for BR/EDR SMP support.
Also this has been replaced with a working force_bredr_smp debugfs
switch that developers can use now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Testing cross-transport pairing that starts on BR/EDR is only valid when
using a controller with BR/EDR Secure Connections. Devices will indicate
this by providing BR/EDR SMP fixed channel over L2CAP. To allow testing
of this feature on Bluetooth 4.0 controller or controllers without the
BR/EDR Secure Connections features, introduce a force_bredr_smp debugfs
option that allows faking the required AES connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Until now, when VLAN acceleration was in use, the bytes of the VLAN header
were not included in port or flow byte counters. They were however
included when VLAN acceleration was not used. This commit corrects the
inconsistency, by always including the VLAN header in byte counters.
Previous discussion at
http://openvswitch.org/pipermail/dev/2014-December/049521.html
Reported-by: Motonori Shindo <mshindo@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@nicira.com>
Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@sysclose.org>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thomas Jarosch reported IPsec TCP stalls when a PMTU event occurs.
In fact the problem was completely unrelated to IPsec. The bug is
also reproducible if you just disable TSO/GSO.
The problem is that when the MSS goes down, existing queued packet
on the TX queue that have not been transmitted yet all look like
TSO packets and get treated as such.
This then triggers a bug where tcp_mss_split_point tells us to
generate a zero-sized packet on the TX queue. Once that happens
we're screwed because the zero-sized packet can never be removed
by ACKs.
Fixes: 1485348d24 ("tcp: Apply device TSO segment limit earlier")
Reported-by: Thomas Jarosch <thomas.jarosch@intra2net.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cheers,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not needed, only four cases:
- kfree_skb (or one of its aliases).
Don't need to zero, memory will be freed.
- kfree_skb_partial and head was stolen: memory will be freed.
- skb_morph: The skb header fields (including tc ones) will be
copied over from the 'to-be-morphed' skb right after
skb_release_head_state returns.
- skb_segment: Same as before, all the skb header
fields are copied over from the original skb right away.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg say:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2014-12-31
Here's the first batch of bluetooth patches for 3.20.
- Cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 drivers
- Fix synchronization of mgmt commands with respective HCI commands
- Add self-tests for LE pairing crypto functionality
- Remove 'BlueFritz!' specific handling from core using a new quirk flag
- Public address configuration support for ath3012
- Refactor debugfs support into a dedicated file
- Initial support for LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This results in an approximately 30% increase in throughput
when handling encapsulated bulk traffic.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the only tunnel protocol that supports GRO with encapsulated
Ethernet is VXLAN. This pulls out the Ethernet code into a proper layer
so that it can be used by other tunnel protocols such as GRE and Geneve.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds a tracking value for the maximum suffix length of all
prefixes stored in any given tnode. With this value we can determine if we
need to backtrace or not based on if the suffix is greater than the pos
value.
By doing this we can reduce the CPU overhead for lookups in the local table
as many of the prefixes there are 32b long and have a suffix length of 0
meaning we can immediately backtrace to the root node without needing to
test any of the nodes between it and where we ended up.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason the compiler doesn't seem to understand that when we are in
a loop that runs from tnode_child_length - 1 to 0 we don't expect the value
of tn->bits to change. As such every call to tnode_get_child was rerunning
tnode_chile_length which ended up consuming quite a bit of space in the
resultant assembly code.
I have gone though and verified that in all cases where tnode_get_child
is used we are either winding though a fixed loop from tnode_child_length -
1 to 0, or are in a fastpath case where we are verifying the value by
either checking for any remaining bits after shifting index by bits and
testing for leaf, or by using tnode_child_length.
size net/ipv4/fib_trie.o
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
15506 376 8 15890 3e12 net/ipv4/fib_trie.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
14827 376 8 15211 3b6b net/ipv4/fib_trie.o
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pulls the node_set_parent functionality out of put_child_reorg
and instead leaves that to the function to take care of as well. By doing
this we can fully construct the new cluster of tnodes and all of the
pointers out of it before we start routing pointers into it.
I am suspecting this will likely fix some concurency issues though I don't
have a good test to show as such.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pushes the tnode freeing down into the inflate and halve
functions. It makes more sense here as we have a better grasp of what is
going on and when a given cluster of nodes is ready to be freed.
I believe this may address a bug in the freeing logic as well. For some
reason if the freelist got to a certain size we would call
synchronize_rcu(). I'm assuming that what they meant to do is call
synchronize_rcu() after they had handed off that much memory via
call_rcu(). As such that is what I have updated the behavior to be.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that the assignment of the tnode to the parent is
handled directly within whatever function is currently handling the node be
it inflate, halve, or resize. By doing this we can avoid some of the need
to set NULL pointers in the tree while we are resizing the subnodes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pulls the logic for if we should inflate/halve the nodes out
into separate functions. It also addresses what I believe is a bug where 1
full node is all that is needed to keep a node from ever being halved.
Simple script to reproduce the issue:
modprobe dummy; ifconfig dummy0 up
for i in `seq 0 255`; do ifconfig dummy0:$i 10.0.${i}.1/24 up; done
ifconfig dummy0:256 10.0.255.33/16 up
for i in `seq 0 254`; do ifconfig dummy0:$i down; done
Results from /proc/net/fib_triestat
Before:
Local:
Aver depth: 3.00
Max depth: 4
Leaves: 17
Prefixes: 18
Internal nodes: 11
1: 8 2: 2 10: 1
Pointers: 1048
Null ptrs: 1021
Total size: 11 kB
After:
Local:
Aver depth: 3.41
Max depth: 5
Leaves: 17
Prefixes: 18
Internal nodes: 12
1: 8 2: 3 3: 1
Pointers: 36
Null ptrs: 8
Total size: 3 kB
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change consists of a cut/paste of resize to behind inflate and halve
so that I could remove the two function prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is to start cleaning up some of the rcu_read_lock/unlock
handling. I realized while reviewing the code there are several spots that
I don't believe are being handled correctly or are masking warnings by
locally calling rcu_read_lock/unlock instead of calling them at the correct
level.
A common example is a call to fib_get_table followed by fib_table_lookup.
The rcu_read_lock/unlock ought to wrap both but there are several spots where
they were not wrapped.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that anything that can be shifted by, or compared
to a value shifted by bits is updated to be an unsigned long. This is
mostly a precaution against an insanely huge address space that somehow
starts coming close to the 2^32 root node size which would require
something like 1.5 billion addresses.
I chose unsigned long instead of unsigned long long since I do not believe
it is possible to allocate a 32 bit tnode on a 32 bit system as the memory
consumed would be 16GB + 28B which exceeds the addressible space for any
one process.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change moves the pos value to the other side of the "bits" field. By
doing this it actually simplifies a significant amount of code in the trie.
For example when halving a tree we know that the bit lost exists at
oldnode->pos, and if we inflate the tree the new bit being add is at
tn->pos. Previously to find those bits you would have to subtract pos and
bits from the keylength or start with a value of (1 << 31) and then shift
that.
There are a number of spots throughout the code that benefit from this. In
the case of the hot-path searches the main advantage is that we can drop 2
or more operations from the search path as we no longer need to compute the
value for the index to be shifted by and can instead just use the raw pos
value.
In addition the tkey_extract_bits is now defunct and can be replaced by
get_index since the two operations were doing the same thing, but now
get_index does it much more quickly as it is only an xor and shift versus a
pair of shifts and a subtraction.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the fib_table_insert function to take advantage of the
changes made to improve the performance of fib_table_lookup. As a result
the code should be smaller and run faster then the original.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes use of the same features I made use of for
fib_table_lookup to streamline fib_find_node. The resultant code should be
smaller and run faster than the original.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is meant to reduce the complexity of fib_table_lookup by reducing
the number of variables to the bare minimum while still keeping the same if
not improved functionality versus the original.
Most of this change was started off by the desire to rid the function of
chopped_off and current_prefix_length as they actually added very little to
the function since they only applied when computing the cindex. I was able
to replace them mostly with just a check for the prefix match. As long as
the prefix between the key and the node being tested was the same we know
we can search the tnode fully versus just testing cindex 0.
The second portion of the change ended up being a massive reordering.
Originally the calls to check_leaf were up near the start of the loop, and
the backtracing and descending into lower levels of tnodes was later. This
didn't make much sense as the structure of the tree means the leaves are
always the last thing to be tested. As such I reordered things so that we
instead have a loop that will delve into the tree and only exit when we
have either found a leaf or we have exhausted the tree. The advantage of
rearranging things like this is that we can fully inline check_leaf since
there is now only one reference to it in the function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that leaf and tnode are the same struct. As a
result there is no need for rt_trie_node anymore since everyting can be
merged into tnode.
On 32b systems this results in the leaf being 4 bytes larger, however I
don't know if that is really an issue as this and an eariler patch that
added bits & pos have increased the size from 20 to 28. If I am not
mistaken slub/slab allocate on power of 2 sizes so 20 was likely being
rounded up to 32 anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both the leaf and the tnode had an rcu_head in them, but they had them in
slightly different places. Since we now have them in the same spot and
know that any node with bits == 0 is a leaf and the rest are either vmalloc
or kmalloc tnodes depending on the value of bits it makes it easy to combine
the functions and reduce overhead.
In addition I have taken advantage of the rcu_head pointer to go ahead and
put together a simple linked list instead of using the tnode pointer as
this way we can merge either type of structure for freeing.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes some fundamental changes to the way leaves and tnodes are
constructed. The big differences are:
1. Leaves now populate pos and bits indicating their full key size.
2. Trie nodes now mask out their lower bits to be consistent with the leaf
3. Both structures have been reordered so that rt_trie_node now consisists
of a much larger region including the pos, bits, and rcu portions of
the tnode structure.
On 32b systems this will result in the leaf being 4B larger as the pos and
bits values were added to a hole created by the key as it was only 4B in
length.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The trie usage stats were currently being shared by all threads that were
calling fib_table_lookup. As a result when multiple threads were
performing lookups simultaneously the trie would begin to cache bounce
between those threads.
In order to prevent this I have updated the usage stats to use a set of
percpu variables. By doing this we should be able to avoid the cache
bouncing and still make use of these stats.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GRE tap device supports Ethernet over GRE, but doesn't
care about the source address of the tunnel, therefore it
can be changed without bring device down.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously l2tp module did not provide any means for the user space to
get notified when tunnels/sessions are added/modified/deleted.
This change contains the following
- create a multicast group for the listeners to register.
- notify the registered listeners when the tunnels/sessions are
created/modified/deleted.
Signed-off-by: Bill Hong <bhong@brocade.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Reviewed-by: Sven-Thorsten Dietrich <sven@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse warning:
net/tipc/link.c:1924:40: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 24a0aa212e.
It's causing severe userspace breakage. Namely, all the utilities from
wireless-utils which are relying on CONFIG_WEXT (which means tools like
'iwconfig', 'iwlist', etc) are not working anymore. There is a 'iw'
utility in newer wireless-tools, which is supposed to be a replacement
for all the "deprecated" binaries, but it's far away from being
massively adopted.
Please see [1] for example of the userspace breakage this is causing.
In addition to that, Larry Finger reports [2] that this patch is also
causing ipw2200 driver being impossible to build.
To me this clearly shows that CONFIG_WEXT is far, far away from being
"deprecated enough" to be removed.
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1857010
[2] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/343688
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix double SKB free in bluetooth 6lowpan layer, from Jukka Rissanen.
2) Fix receive checksum handling in enic driver, from Govindarajulu
Varadarajan.
3) Fix NAPI poll list corruption in virtio_net and caif_virtio, from
Herbert Xu. Also, add code to detect drivers that have this mistake
in the future.
4) Fix doorbell endianness handling in mlx4 driver, from Amir Vadai.
5) Don't clobber IP6CB() before xfrm6_policy_check() is called in TCP
input path,f rom Nicolas Dichtel.
6) Fix MPLS action validation in openvswitch, from Pravin B Shelar.
7) Fix double SKB free in vxlan driver, also from Pravin.
8) When we scrub a packet, which happens when we are switching the
context of the packet (namespace, etc.), we should reset the
secmark. From Thomas Graf.
9) ->ndo_gso_check() needs to do more than return true/false, it also
has to allow the driver to clear netdev feature bits in order for
the caller to be able to proceed properly. From Jesse Gross.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (62 commits)
genetlink: A genl_bind() to an out-of-range multicast group should not WARN().
netlink/genetlink: pass network namespace to bind/unbind
ne2k-pci: Add pci_disable_device in error handling
bonding: change error message to debug message in __bond_release_one()
genetlink: pass multicast bind/unbind to families
netlink: call unbind when releasing socket
netlink: update listeners directly when removing socket
genetlink: pass only network namespace to genl_has_listeners()
netlink: rename netlink_unbind() to netlink_undo_bind()
net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check
net: incorrect use of init_completion fixup
neigh: remove next ptr from struct neigh_table
net: xilinx: Remove unnecessary temac_property in the driver
net: phy: micrel: use generic config_init for KSZ8021/KSZ8031
net/core: Handle csum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE VXLAN forwarding
openvswitch: fix odd_ptr_err.cocci warnings
Bluetooth: Fix accepting connections when not using mgmt
Bluetooth: Fix controller configuration with HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR
brcmfmac: Do not crash if platform data is not populated
ipw2200: select CFG80211_WEXT
...
After successful completion of the ECDH test cases, print the time it
took to run them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After successful completion of the SMP test cases, print the time it
took to run them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds SMP self-tests for the Secure Connections crypto
functions. The sample data has been taken from the core specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds self-tests for legacy SMP crypto functions. The sample
data has been taken from the core specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the initial skeleton and kernel config option for SMP
self-tests.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the test cases for ECDH cryptographic functionality
used by Bluetooth Low Energy Secure Connections feature.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This add support for the Bluetooth self testing framework that allows
running certain test cases of sample data to ensure correctness of its
basic functionality.
With this patch only the basic framework will be added. It contains
the build magic that allows running this at module loading time or
at late_initcall stage when built into the kernel image.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
These SMP crypto functions should have all their input parameters
declared as const. This patch fixes the parameters that were missing the
const declaration.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Users can request to bind to arbitrary multicast groups, so warning
when the requested group number is out of range is not appropriate.
And with the warning removed, and the 'err' variable properly given
an initial value, we can remove 'found' altogether.
Reported-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink families can exist in multiple namespaces, and for the most
part multicast subscriptions are per network namespace. Thus it only
makes sense to have bind/unbind notifications per network namespace.
To achieve this, pass the network namespace of a given client socket
to the bind/unbind functions.
Also do this in generic netlink, and there also make sure that any
bind for multicast groups that only exist in init_net is rejected.
This isn't really a problem if it is accepted since a client in a
different namespace will never receive any notifications from such
a group, but it can confuse the family if not rejected (it's also
possible to silently (without telling the family) accept it, but it
would also have to be ignored on unbind so families that take any
kind of action on bind/unbind won't do unnecessary work for invalid
clients like that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to make the newly fixed multicast bind/unbind
functionality in generic netlink, pass them down to the
appropriate family.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, netlink_unbind() is only called when the socket
explicitly unbinds, which limits its usefulness (luckily
there are no users of it yet anyway.)
Call netlink_unbind() also when a socket is released, so it
becomes possible to track listeners with this callback and
without also implementing a netlink notifier (and checking
netlink_has_listeners() in there.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code is now confusing to read - first in one function down
(netlink_remove) any group subscriptions are implicitly removed
by calling __sk_del_bind_node(), but the subscriber database is
only updated far later by calling netlink_update_listeners().
Move the latter call to just after removal from the list so it
is easier to follow the code.
This also enables moving the locking inside the kernel-socket
conditional, which improves the normal socket destruction path.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no point to force the caller to know about the internal
genl_sock to use inside struct net, just have them pass the network
namespace. This doesn't really change code generation since it's
an inline, but makes the caller less magic - there's never any
reason to pass another socket.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new name is more expressive - this isn't a generic unbind
function but rather only a little undo helper for use only in
netlink_bind().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's one more bluetooth pull request for 3.19. We've got two fixes:
- Fix for accepting connections with old user space versions of BlueZ
- Fix for Bluetooth controllers that don't have a public address
Both of these are regressions that were introduced in 3.17, so the
appropriate Cc: stable annotations are provided.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GSO isn't the only offload feature with restrictions that
potentially can't be expressed with the current features mechanism.
Checksum is another although it's a general issue that could in
theory apply to anything. Even if it may be possible to
implement these restrictions in other ways, it can result in
duplicate code or inefficient per-packet behavior.
This generalizes ndo_gso_check so that drivers can remove any
features that don't make sense for a given packet, similar to
netif_skb_features(). It also converts existing driver
restrictions to the new format, completing the work that was
done to support tunnel protocols since the issues apply to
checksums as well.
By actually removing features from the set that are used to do
offloading, it solves another problem with the existing
interface. In these cases, GSO would run with the original set
of features and not do anything because it appears that
segmentation is not required.
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Fixes: 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check")
Tested-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using VXLAN tunnels and a sky2 device, I have experienced
checksum failures of the following type:
[ 4297.761899] eth0: hw csum failure
[...]
[ 4297.765223] Call Trace:
[ 4297.765224] <IRQ> [<ffffffff8172f026>] dump_stack+0x46/0x58
[ 4297.765235] [<ffffffff8162ba52>] netdev_rx_csum_fault+0x42/0x50
[ 4297.765238] [<ffffffff8161c1a0>] ? skb_push+0x40/0x40
[ 4297.765240] [<ffffffff8162325c>] __skb_checksum_complete+0xbc/0xd0
[ 4297.765243] [<ffffffff8168c602>] tcp_v4_rcv+0x2e2/0x950
[ 4297.765246] [<ffffffff81666ca0>] ? ip_rcv_finish+0x360/0x360
These are reliably reproduced in a network topology of:
container:eth0 == host(OVS VXLAN on VLAN) == bond0 == eth0 (sky2) -> switch
When VXLAN encapsulated traffic is received from a similarly
configured peer, the above warning is generated in the receive
processing of the encapsulated packet. Note that the warning is
associated with the container eth0.
The skbs from sky2 have ip_summed set to CHECKSUM_COMPLETE, and
because the packet is an encapsulated Ethernet frame, the checksum
generated by the hardware includes the inner protocol and Ethernet
headers.
The receive code is careful to update the skb->csum, except in
__dev_forward_skb, as called by dev_forward_skb. __dev_forward_skb
calls eth_type_trans, which in turn calls skb_pull_inline(skb, ETH_HLEN)
to skip over the Ethernet header, but does not update skb->csum when
doing so.
This patch resolves the problem by adding a call to
skb_postpull_rcsum to update the skb->csum after the call to
eth_type_trans.
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AVM BlueFritz! USB controllers had a special handling in the
Bluetooth core when it comes to reading the supported commands.
Both drivers now set the HCI_QUIRK_BROKEN_LOCAL_COMMANDS and with
that it is no longer needed to look for vendor specific details.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
net/openvswitch/vport-gre.c:188:5-11: inconsistent IS_ERR and PTR_ERR, PTR_ERR on line 189
PTR_ERR should access the value just tested by IS_ERR
Semantic patch information:
There can be false positives in the patch case, where it is the call
IS_ERR that is wrong.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/tests/odd_ptr_err.cocci
CC: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When connectable mode is enabled (page scan on) through some non-mgmt
method the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag will not be set. For backwards
compatibility with user space versions not using mgmt we should not
require HCI_CONNECTABLE to be set if HCI_MGMT is not set.
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
When controllers set the HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR flag, it is required
by userspace to program a valid public Bluetooth device address into
the controller before it can be used.
After successful address configuration, the internal state changes and
the controller runs the complete initialization procedure. However one
small difference is that this is no longer the HCI_SETUP stage. The
HCI_SETUP stage is only valid during initial controller setup. In this
case the stack runs the initialization as part of the HCI_CONFIG stage.
The controller version information, default name and supported commands
are only stored during HCI_SETUP. While these information are static,
they are not read initially when HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR is set. So
when running in HCI_CONFIG state, these information need to be updated
as well.
This especially impacts Bluetooth 4.1 and later controllers using
extended feature pages and second event mask page.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
skb_scrub_packet() is called when a packet switches between a context
such as between underlay and overlay, between namespaces, or between
L3 subnets.
While we already scrub the packet mark, connection tracking entry,
and cached destination, the security mark/context is left intact.
It seems wrong to inherit the security context of a packet when going
from overlay to underlay or across forwarding paths.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@sysclose.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When vlan tags are stacked, it is very likely that the outer tag is stored
in skb->vlan_tci and skb->protocol shows the inner tag's vlan_proto.
Currently netif_skb_features() first looks at skb->protocol even if there
is the outer tag in vlan_tci, thus it incorrectly retrieves the protocol
encapsulated by the inner vlan instead of the inner vlan protocol.
This allows GSO packets to be passed to HW and they end up being
corrupted.
Fixes: 58e998c6d2 ("offloading: Force software GSO for multiple vlan tags.")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today vport-send has complex error handling because it involves
freeing skb and updating stats depending on return value from
vport send implementation.
This can be simplified by delegating responsibility of freeing
skb to the vport implementation for all cases. So that
vport-send needs just update stats.
Fixes: 91b7514cdf ("openvswitch: Unify vport error stats
handling")
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MPLS GSO needs to know inner most protocol to process GSO packets.
Fixes: 25cd9ba0ab ("openvswitch: Add basic MPLS support to
kernel").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linux stack does not implement GSO for packet with multiple
encapsulations. Therefore there was check in MPLS action
validation to detect such case, But this check introduced
bug which deleted one or more actions from actions list.
Following patch removes this check to fix the validation.
Fixes: 25cd9ba0ab ("openvswitch: Add basic MPLS support to
kernel").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Reported-by: Srinivas Neginhal <sneginha@vmware.com>
Acked-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jrajahalme@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MPLS and Tunnel GSO does not work together. Reject packet which
request such GSO.
Fixes: 0d89d2035f ("MPLS: Add limited GSO support").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes MPLS GSO for case when mpls is compiled as kernel module.
Fixes: 0d89d2035f ("MPLS: Add limited GSO support").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch rearranges the loop in net_rx_action to reduce the
amount of jumping back and forth when reading the code.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should only perform the softnet_break check after we have polled
at least one device in net_rx_action. Otherwise a zero or negative
setting of netdev_budget can lock up the whole system.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit d75b1ade56 (net: less
interrupt masking in NAPI) required drivers to leave poll_list
empty if the entire budget is consumed.
We have already had two broken drivers so let's add a check for
this.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates a new function napi_poll and moves the napi
polling code from net_rx_action into it.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gateway having bandwidth_down equal to zero are not accepted
at all and so never added to the Gateway list.
For this reason checking the bandwidth_down member in
batadv_gw_out_of_range() is useless.
This is probably a copy/paste error and this check was supposed
to be "!gw_node" only. Moreover, the way the check is written
now may also lead to a NULL dereference.
Fix this by rewriting the if-condition properly.
Introduced by 414254e342
("batman-adv: tvlv - gateway download/upload bandwidth container")
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Reported-by: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fragmentation code was replaced in 610bfc6bc9
("batman-adv: Receive fragmented packets and merge") by an implementation which
can handle up to 16 fragments of a packet. The packet is prepared for the split
in fragments by the function batadv_frag_send_packet and the actual split is
done by batadv_frag_create.
Both functions calculate the size of a fragment themself. But their calculation
differs because batadv_frag_send_packet also subtracts ETH_HLEN. Therefore,
the check in batadv_frag_send_packet "can a full fragment can be created?" may
return true even when batadv_frag_create cannot create a full fragment.
The function batadv_frag_create doesn't check the size of the skb before
splitting it and therefore might try to create a larger fragment than the
remaining buffer. This creates an integer underflow and an invalid len is given
to skb_split.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fragmentation code was replaced in 610bfc6bc9
("batman-adv: Receive fragmented packets and merge"). The new code provided a
mostly unused parameter skb for the merging function. It is used inside the
function to calculate the additionally needed skb tailroom. But instead of
increasing its own tailroom, it is only increasing the tailroom of the first
queued skb. This is not correct in some situations because the first queued
entry can be a different one than the parameter.
An observed problem was:
1. packet with size 104, total_size 1464, fragno 1 was received
- packet is queued
2. packet with size 1400, total_size 1464, fragno 0 was received
- packet is queued at the end of the list
3. enough data was received and can be given to the merge function
(1464 == (1400 - 20) + (104 - 20))
- merge functions gets 1400 byte large packet as skb argument
4. merge function gets first entry in queue (104 byte)
- stored as skb_out
5. merge function calculates the required extra tail as total_size - skb->len
- pskb_expand_head tail of skb_out with 64 bytes
6. merge function tries to squeeze the extra 1380 bytes from the second queued
skb (1400 byte aka skb parameter) in the 64 extra tail bytes of skb_out
Instead calculate the extra required tail bytes for skb_out also using skb_out
instead of using the parameter skb. The skb parameter is only used to get the
total_size from the last received packet. This is also the total_size used to
decide that all fragments were received.
Reported-by: Philipp Psurek <philipp.psurek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit cecda693a9 ("net: keep original skb
which only needs header checking during software GSO") keeps the original
skb for packets that only needs header check, but it doesn't drop the
packet if software segmentation or header check were failed.
Fixes cecda693a9 ("net: keep original skb which only needs header checking during software GSO")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure this fetches 16-bits port data from the register.
Remove casting to make sparse happy, not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: leroy christophe <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
sizeof(char) is always 1.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Invert logic in test to use continue.
This routine already uses continue, use it a bit more to
minimize > 80 column long lines and unnecessary indentation.
No change in compiled object file.
Other miscellanea:
o Remove trailing whitespace
o Realign arguments to multiline statement
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Manually bumping either nf_conntrack_buckets or nf_conntrack_max has
become a common task as our Linux servers tend to serve more and more
clients/applications, so let's adjust nf_conntrack_buckets this to a
more updated value.
Now for systems with more than 4GB of memory, nf_conntrack_buckets
becomes 65536 instead of 16384, resulting in nf_conntrack_max=256k
entries.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
dot11MulticastTransmittedFrameCount should be updated according
to the DA, which might be different from A1. Checking A1 results
in the counter being 0 in case of station, as to-DS data frames
use A1 for the BSSID.
This behaviour is defined in state machines, specifically in the
sta_tx_dcf_3.1d(10) description of 802.11-2012.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When xfrm6_policy_check() is used, _decode_session6() is called after some
intermediate functions. This function uses IP6CB(), thus TCP_SKB_CB() must be
prepared after the call of xfrm6_policy_check().
Before this patch, scenarii with IPv6 + TCP + IPsec Transport are broken.
Fixes: 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
Reported-by: Huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make TPACKET_V3 signal poll when block is closed rather than for every
packet. Side effect is that poll will be signaled when block retire
timer expires which didn't previously happen. Issue was visible when
sending packets at a very low frequency such that all blocks are retired
before packets are received by TPACKET_V3. This caused avoidable packet
loss. The fix ensures that the signal is sent when blocks are closed
which covers the normal path where the block is filled as well as the
path where the timer expires. The case where a block is filled without
moving to the next block (ie. all blocks are full) will still cause poll
to be signaled.
Signed-off-by: Dan Collins <dan@dcollins.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RFCOMM_PSM constant is actually a duplicate. So remove it and
use the L2CAP_PSM_RFCOMM constant instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For every internal representation of a Bluetooth connection which is
identified by hci_conn, create a debugfs directory with the handle
number as directory name.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the LE Data Length Extension feature, the
default and maximum data length are read and now stored.
For backwards compatibility all values are initialized to the data
length values from Bluetooth 4.1 and earlier specifications.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the new LE Data Length Extension feature
from Bluetooth 4.2 specification, enable the new events and read the
values for default and maxmimum data length supported by the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files for LE controllers
into hci_debugfs.c file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files for BR/EDR controllers
into hci_debugfs.c file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files common for all
controllers into hci_debugfs.c file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The debugfs file creation has been part of the core initialization
handling of controllers. With the introduction of Bluetooth 4.2 core
specification, the number of debugfs files is increasing even further.
To avoid cluttering the core controller handling, create a separate
file hci_debugfs.c to centralize all debugfs file creation. For now
leave the current files in the core, but in the future all debugfs
file creation will be moved.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Every BR/EDR/LE dual-mode controller requires to have a public address
and so far that has become the identity address and own address. The
only way to change that behavior was with a force_static_address
debugfs option.
However the host can actually disable the BR/EDR part of a dual-mode
controller and turn into a single mode LE controller. In that case
it makes perfect sense for a host to use a chosen static address
instead of the public address.
So if the host disables BR/EDR and configures a static address, then
that static address is used as identity address and own address. If
the host does not configure a static address, then the public address
is used as before.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pull vfs pile #3 from Al Viro:
"Assorted fixes and patches from the last cycle"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
[regression] chunk lost from bd9b51
vfs: make mounts and mountstats honor root dir like mountinfo does
vfs: cleanup show_mountinfo
init: fix read-write root mount
unfuck binfmt_misc.c (broken by commit e6084d4)
vm_area_operations: kill ->migrate()
new helper: iter_is_iovec()
move_extent_per_page(): get rid of unused w_flags
lustre: get rid of playing with ->fs
btrfs: filp_open() returns ERR_PTR() on failure, not NULL...
This patch moves the handling for checking on multiple node type
interface to the corresponding concurrent iface check function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a check for concurrent interfaces while calling
interface up. This avoids to have different mac parameters on one phy.
Otherwise it could be that a interface can overwrite current phy mac
settings which is set by an another interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is a left-over from the patch that created hci_request.c. The
hci_update_page_scan functions should have been moved from hci_core.c
there.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The cmd_complete callbacks for pending mgmt commands may fail e.g. in
the case of memory allocation. Previously this error would be caught and
returned to user space in the form of a failed write on the mgmt socket
(when the error happened in the mgmt command handler) but with the
introduction of the generic cmd_complete callback this information was
lost. This patch returns the feature by making cmd_complete callbacks
return int instead of void.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Add Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. To do this we need to add an extra
hci_request parameter to the hci_conn_params_set function. Since this
function has no other users besides mgmt.c it's moved there as a static
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Remove Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. This way we ensure that once the
mgmt command returns all HCI commands triggered by it have also
completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Many places using hci_update_background_scan() try to synchronize
whatever they're doing with the help of hci_request callbacks. However,
since the hci_update_background_scan() function hasn't so far accepted a
hci_request pointer any commands triggered by it have been left out by
the synchronization. This patch modifies the API in a similar way as was
done for hci_update_page_scan, i.e. there's a variant that takes a
hci_request and another one that takes a hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
On minstrel_ht, the size of the per-sta struct is almost 18k, making it
an order-3 allocation.
A few fields inside the per-rate statistics are bigger than they need to
be. This patch reduces the size enough to cut down the per-sta struct to
about 13k (order-2 allocation).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
... rather than relying on ciptool(8) never passing it anything else. Give
it e.g. an AF_UNIX connected socket (from socketpair(2)) and it'll oops,
trying to evaluate &l2cap_pi(sock->sk)->chan->dst...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
it's OK after we'd verified the sockets, but not before that.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we need to drop the message because of some error in the
compression etc, then do not free the skb as that is done
automatically in other part of networking stack.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
None of the hci_request related things in net/bluetooth/hci_core.h are
needed anywhere outside of the core bluetooth module. This patch creates
a new net/bluetooth/hci_request.c file with its corresponding h-file and
moves the functionality there from hci_core.c and hci_core.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To keep the parameter list and its semantics clear it makes sense to
split the hci_update_page_scan function into two separate functions: one
taking a hci_dev and another taking a hci_request. The one taking a
hci_dev constructs its own hci_request and then calls the other
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix NBMA tunnel mac header handling in GRE, from Timo Teräs.
2) Fix a NAPI race in the fec driver, from Nimrod Andy.
3) The new IFF_VNET_LE bit is outside the size of the flags member it
is stored in (which is 16-bits), store the state locally in the
drivers. From Michael S Tsirkin.
4) We are kicking the tires with the new wireless maintainership
situation. Bluetooth fixes via Johan Hedberg, and mac80211 fixes
from Johannes Berg.
5) Fix locking and leaks in geneve driver, from Jesse Gross.
6) Make netlink TX mmap code always copy, so we don't have to be
potentially exposed to the user changing the underlying contents
from underneath us.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (63 commits)
be2net: Fix incorrect setting of tunnel offload flag in netdev features
bnx2x: fix typos in "configure"
xen-netback: support frontends without feature-rx-notify again
MAINTAINERS: changes for wireless
cxgb4: Fix decoding QSA module for ethtool get settings
geneve: Fix races between socket add and release.
geneve: Remove socket and offload handlers at destruction.
netlink: Don't reorder loads/stores before marking mmap netlink frame as available
netlink: Always copy on mmap TX.
Bluetooth: Fix bug with filter in service discovery optimization
mac80211: free management frame keys when removing station
net: Disallow providing non zero VLAN ID for NIC drivers FDB add flow
net/mlx4: Cache line CQE/EQE stride fixes
net: fec: Fix NAPI race
xen-netfront: use napi_complete() correctly to prevent Rx stalling
ip_tunnel: Add missing validation of encap type to ip_tunnel_encap_setup()
ip_tunnel: Add sanity checks to ip_tunnel_encap_add_ops()
net: Allow FIXED_PHY to be modular.
if_tun: drop broken IFF_VNET_LE
macvtap: drop broken IFF_VNET_LE
...
This patch adds support for setting cca parameters via nl802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current cca setting handle is a driver specific call. We need to
introduce some 802.15.4 specific layer and mapping 802.15.4 cca modes to
driver specific ones inside the 802.15.4 driver. This patch will add
such 802.15.4 layer and mapping the cca settings to driver specific ones.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
that were broken a long time ago (the management key issue) but not
noticed yet, to small issues that were only introduced into 3.19
(like the multicast issue). At least one issue is old but can crash
the kernel based on invalid userspace requests (the nl80211 matches
array one.)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=iSDP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2014-12-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2014-12-18
Also from me a first pull request - we have a number of really old
issues that happened to crop up now with new work (or just more testing)
in the right areas as well as some small bugs newly introduced in 3.19.
Let me know if there are any problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2014-12-17
Here's the first direct (i.e. skipping the wireless tree) bluetooth pull
request for you, intended for 3.19. It's just one patch: a fix from
Marcel for for remote service discovery filtering which also fixes a
'used uninitialized' compiler warning.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simon Horman says:
====================
Second round of IPVS Updates for v3.19
please consider these IPVS updates for v3.19 or alternatively v3.20.
The single patch in this series fixes a long standing bug that
has not caused any trouble and thus is not being prioritised as a fix.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, searching for a socket to add a reference to is not
synchronized with deletion of sockets. This can result in use
after free if there is another operation that is removing a
socket at the same time. Solving this requires both holding the
appropriate lock and checking the refcount to ensure that it
has not already hit zero.
Inspired by a related (but not exactly the same) issue in the
VXLAN driver.
Fixes: 0b5e8b8e ("net: Add Geneve tunneling protocol driver")
CC: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sockets aren't currently removed from the the global list when
they are destroyed. In addition, offload handlers need to be cleaned
up as well.
Fixes: 0b5e8b8e ("net: Add Geneve tunneling protocol driver")
CC: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each mmap Netlink frame contains a status field which indicates
whether the frame is unused, reserved, contains data or needs to
be skipped. Both loads and stores may not be reordeded and must
complete before the status field is changed and another CPU might
pick up the frame for use. Use an smp_mb() to cover needs of both
types of callers to netlink_set_status(), callers which have been
reading data frame from the frame, and callers which have been
filling or releasing and thus writing to the frame.
- Example code path requiring a smp_rmb():
memcpy(skb->data, (void *)hdr + NL_MMAP_HDRLEN, hdr->nm_len);
netlink_set_status(hdr, NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED);
- Example code path requiring a smp_wmb():
hdr->nm_uid = from_kuid(sk_user_ns(sk), NETLINK_CB(skb).creds.uid);
hdr->nm_gid = from_kgid(sk_user_ns(sk), NETLINK_CB(skb).creds.gid);
netlink_frame_flush_dcache(hdr);
netlink_set_status(hdr, NL_MMAP_STATUS_VALID);
Fixes: f9c228 ("netlink: implement memory mapped recvmsg()")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checking the file f_count and the nlk->mapped count is not completely
sufficient to prevent the mmap'd area contents from changing from
under us during netlink mmap sendmsg() operations.
Be careful to sample the header's length field only once, because this
could change from under us as well.
Fixes: 5fd96123ee ("netlink: implement memory mapped sendmsg()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
An attribute NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER can be set by the scan initiator.
If present, the attribute will cause the scan to be stopped if the client
dies.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Because of possible races when accessing sched_scan_req pointer in
rdev, the sched_scan_req is converted to RCU pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull ceph updates from Sage Weil:
"The big item here is support for inline data for CephFS and for
message signatures from Zheng. There are also several bug fixes,
including interrupted flock request handling, 0-length xattrs, mksnap,
cached readdir results, and a message version compat field. Finally
there are several cleanups from Ilya, Dan, and Markus.
Note that there is another series coming soon that fixes some bugs in
the RBD 'lingering' requests, but it isn't quite ready yet"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (27 commits)
ceph: fix setting empty extended attribute
ceph: fix mksnap crash
ceph: do_sync is never initialized
libceph: fixup includes in pagelist.h
ceph: support inline data feature
ceph: flush inline version
ceph: convert inline data to normal data before data write
ceph: sync read inline data
ceph: fetch inline data when getting Fcr cap refs
ceph: use getattr request to fetch inline data
ceph: add inline data to pagecache
ceph: parse inline data in MClientReply and MClientCaps
libceph: specify position of extent operation
libceph: add CREATE osd operation support
libceph: add SETXATTR/CMPXATTR osd operations support
rbd: don't treat CEPH_OSD_OP_DELETE as extent op
ceph: remove unused stringification macros
libceph: require cephx message signature by default
ceph: introduce global empty snap context
ceph: message versioning fixes
...
The optimization for filtering out extended inquiry results, advertising
reports or scan response data based on provided UUID list has a logic
bug. In case no match is found in the advertising data, the scan
response is ignored and not checked against the filter. This will lead
to events being filtered wrongly.
Change the code to actually only drop the events when the scan response
data is not present. If it is present, it needs to be checked against
the provided filter.
The patch is a bit more complex than it needs to be. That is because
it also fixes this compiler warning that some gcc versions produce.
CC net/bluetooth/mgmt.o
net/bluetooth/mgmt.c: In function ‘mgmt_device_found’:
net/bluetooth/mgmt.c:7028:7: warning: ‘match’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
bool match;
^
It seems that gcc can not clearly figure out the context of the match
variable. So just change the branches for the extended inquiry response
and advertising data around so that it is clear.
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
allow specifying position of extent operation in multi-operations
osd request. This is required for cephfs to convert inline data to
normal data (compare xattr, then write object).
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
Add CEPH_OSD_OP_CREATE support. Also change libceph to not treat
CEPH_OSD_OP_DELETE as an extent op and add an assert to that end.
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
Session key is required when calculating message signature. Save the session
key in authorizer, this avoid lookup ticket handler for each message
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Use kvfree() from linux/mm.h instead, which is identical. Also fix the
ceph_buffer comment: we will allocate with kmalloc() up to 32k - the
value of PAGE_ALLOC_COSTLY_ORDER, but that really is just an
implementation detail so don't mention it at all.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
If there are no interfaces up, there is no reason
to continue the reconfig flow.
The current code might end up calling driver
callbacks (e.g. resume(), reconfig_complete())
while the driver is already stopped.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ht_oper variable is assigned a value, but never used in
ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie(). Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit e1a0c6b ("mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40")
mistakenly removed the actual update of sta->sta.bandwidth.
Refactor ieee80211_sta_cur_vht_bw() into multiple functions
(calculate caps-bw and chandef-bw separately, and min them
with cur_max_bandwidth).
On ht chanwidth action frame set only cur_max_bandwidth
(according to the sta capabilities) and recalc the sta bw.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In beacons, handle the Country IE even if no Power Constraint IE
is present, and, capability wise, also in case that the Radio
Measurements capability is enabled.
In cases where the Country IE should be handled and that the
Power Constraint IE is not present, the Country IE alone will
set the power limit (and not both Country and Power Constraint
IEs).
Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT override configurations was ignored when choosing the channel
(until now, the override configuration affected only the
capabilities shown in the IEs).
The override configurations received only on association time,
so in this case we should determine the channel again.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When writing the code to allow per-station GTKs, I neglected to
take into account the management frame keys (index 4 and 5) when
freeing the station and only added code to free the first four
data frame keys.
Fix this by iterating the array of keys over the right length.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: e31b82136d ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The custom-reg handling function can currently only add flags to a given
channel. This results in stale flags being left applied. In some cases
a channel was disabled and even the orig_flags were changed to reflect
this.
Previously the API was designed for a single invocation before wiphy
registration, so this didn't matter. The previous approach doesn't scale
well to self-managed regulatory devices, particularly when a more
permissive regdom is applied after a restrictive one.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a device has self-managed regulatory, insist on returning the wiphy
specific regdomain if a wiphy-idx is specified. The global regdomain is
meaningless for such devices.
Also add an attribute for self-managed devices, so usermode can
distinguish them as such.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new regulatory flag that allows a driver to manage regdomain
changes/updates for its own wiphy.
A self-managed wiphys only employs regulatory information obtained from
the FW and driver and does not use other cfg80211 sources like
beacon-hints, country-code IEs and hints from other devices on the same
system. Conversely, a self-managed wiphy does not share its regulatory
hints with other devices in the system. If a system contains several
devices, one or more of which are self-managed, there might be
contradictory regulatory settings between them. Usage of flag is
generally discouraged. Only use it if the FW/driver is incompatible
with non-locally originated hints.
A new API lets the driver send a complete regdomain, to be applied on
its wiphy only.
After a wiphy-specific regdomain change takes place, usermode will get
a new type of change notification. The regulatory core also takes care
enforce regulatory restrictions, in case some interfaces are on
forbidden channels.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a wiphy-idx is specified, the kernel will return the wiphy specific
regdomain, if such exists. Otherwise return the global regdom.
When no wiphy-idx is specified, return the global regdomain as well as
all wiphy-specific regulatory domains in the system, via a new nested
list of attributes.
Add a new attribute for each wiphy-specific regdomain, for usermode to
identify it as such.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of sending peer candidate events just once, send them as long
as the peer remains in the LISTEN state in the peering state machine,
when userspace is implementing the peering manager.
Userspace may silence the events from a peer by progressing the state
machine or by setting the link state to BLOCKED.
Fixes the problem that a mesh peering process won't be fired again after
the previous first peering trial fails due to like air propagation error
if the peering is managed by user space such as wpa_supplicant.
This patch works with another patch for wpa_supplicant described here
which fires a peering process again triggered by the notice from kernel.
http://lists.shmoo.com/pipermail/hostap/2014-November/031235.html
Signed-off-by: Kenzoh Nishikawa <Kenzoh.Nishikawa@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The call to cfg80211_ch_switch_notify() should be at the end of the
ieee80211_chswitch_post_beacon() function, because it should only be
sent if everything succeeded.
Fixes: d04b5ac9e7 ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow any interface to send channel switch notifications")
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using IBSS in HT mode, we always get NSS=1
in rc_update callback. Force NSS recalculation when
rates updated and notify driver that NSS changed.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull vfs pile #2 from Al Viro:
"Next pile (and there'll be one or two more).
The large piece in this one is getting rid of /proc/*/ns/* weirdness;
among other things, it allows to (finally) make nameidata completely
opaque outside of fs/namei.c, making for easier further cleanups in
there"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
coda_venus_readdir(): use file_inode()
fs/namei.c: fold link_path_walk() call into path_init()
path_init(): don't bother with LOOKUP_PARENT in argument
fs/namei.c: new helper (path_cleanup())
path_init(): store the "base" pointer to file in nameidata itself
make default ->i_fop have ->open() fail with ENXIO
make nameidata completely opaque outside of fs/namei.c
kill proc_ns completely
take the targets of /proc/*/ns/* symlinks to separate fs
bury struct proc_ns in fs/proc
copy address of proc_ns_ops into ns_common
new helpers: ns_alloc_inum/ns_free_inum
make proc_ns_operations work with struct ns_common * instead of void *
switch the rest of proc_ns_operations to working with &...->ns
netns: switch ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() to working with &net->ns
make mntns ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() work with &mnt_ns->ns
common object embedded into various struct ....ns
Pull nfsd updates from Bruce Fields:
"A comparatively quieter cycle for nfsd this time, but still with two
larger changes:
- RPC server scalability improvements from Jeff Layton (using RCU
instead of a spinlock to find idle threads).
- server-side NFSv4.2 ALLOCATE/DEALLOCATE support from Anna
Schumaker, enabling fallocate on new clients"
* 'for-3.19' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (32 commits)
nfsd4: fix xdr4 count of server in fs_location4
nfsd4: fix xdr4 inclusion of escaped char
sunrpc/cache: convert to use string_escape_str()
sunrpc: only call test_bit once in svc_xprt_received
fs: nfsd: Fix signedness bug in compare_blob
sunrpc: add some tracepoints around enqueue and dequeue of svc_xprt
sunrpc: convert to lockless lookup of queued server threads
sunrpc: fix potential races in pool_stats collection
sunrpc: add a rcu_head to svc_rqst and use kfree_rcu to free it
sunrpc: require svc_create callers to pass in meaningful shutdown routine
sunrpc: have svc_wake_up only deal with pool 0
sunrpc: convert sp_task_pending flag to use atomic bitops
sunrpc: move rq_cachetype field to better optimize space
sunrpc: move rq_splice_ok flag into rq_flags
sunrpc: move rq_dropme flag into rq_flags
sunrpc: move rq_usedeferral flag to rq_flags
sunrpc: move rq_local field to rq_flags
sunrpc: add a generic rq_flags field to svc_rqst and move rq_secure to it
nfsd: minor off by one checks in __write_versions()
sunrpc: release svc_pool_map reference when serv allocation fails
...
The current implementations all use dev_uc_add_excl() and such whose API
doesn't support vlans, so we can't make it with NICs HW for now.
Fixes: f6f6424ba7 ('net: make vid as a parameter for ndo_fdb_add/ndo_fdb_del')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The encap->type comes straight from Netlink. Validate it against
max supported encap types just like ip_encap_hlen() already does.
Fixes: a8c5f9 ("ip_tunnel: Ops registration for secondary encap (fou, gue)")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The symbols are exported and could be used by external modules.
Fixes: a8c5f9 ("ip_tunnel: Ops registration for secondary encap (fou, gue)")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-12-16
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.19 stream!
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"The patches consist of:
- Coccinelle warning fix
- hci_dev_lock/unlock fixes
- Fixes for pending mgmt command handling
- Fixes for properly following the force_lesc_support switch
- Fix for a Microsoft branded Broadcom adapter
- New device id for Atheros AR3012
- Fix for BR/EDR Secure Connections enabling"
Along with that...
Brian Norris avoids leaking some kernel memory contents via printk in brcmsmac.
Julia Lawall corrects some misspellings in a few drivers.
Larry Finger gives us one more rtlwifi fix to correct a porting oversight.
Wei Yongjun fixes a sparse warning in rtlwifi.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/rds/message.c: In function ‘rds_message_inc_copy_to_user’:
net/rds/message.c:328: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
Use min_t(unsigned long, ...) like is done in
rds_message_copy_from_user().
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NBMA GRE tunnels temporarily push GRE header that contain the
per-packet NBMA destination on the skb via header ops early in xmit
path. It is the later pulled before the real GRE header is constructed.
The inner mac was thus set differently in nbma case: the GRE header
has been pushed by neighbor layer, and mac header points to beginning
of the temporary gre header (set by dev_queue_xmit).
Now that the offloads expect mac header to point to the gre payload,
fix the xmit patch to:
- pull first the temporary gre header away
- and reset mac header to point to gre payload
This fixes tso to work again with nbma tunnels.
Fixes: 14051f0452 ("gre: Use inner mac length when computing tunnel length")
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support,
move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver
flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently
for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the
fly if needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The power level might have been set, but as the interface was idle
it might not have taken effect yet. Ask the driver to check the
power level when starting up an AP so that in this case the correct
power level is used in case the device/driver can only set it when
the interface is actually active.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes, just
removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There are
some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been acked by
the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iEYEABECAAYFAlSOD20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ylLPACg2QrW1oHhdTMT9WI8jihlHVRM
53kAoLeteByQ3iVwWurwwseRPiWa8+MI
=OVRS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core update from Greg KH:
"Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes,
just removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There
are some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been
acked by the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs
changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while"
* tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (324 commits)
Revert "ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries"
fs: debugfs: add forward declaration for struct device type
firmware class: Deletion of an unnecessary check before the function call "vunmap"
firmware loader: fix hung task warning dump
devcoredump: provide a one-way disable function
device: Add dev_<level>_once variants
ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries
ath: use seq_file api for ath9k debugfs files
debugfs: add helper function to create device related seq_file
drivers/base: cacheinfo: remove noisy error boot message
Revert "core: platform: add warning if driver has no owner"
drivers: base: support cpu cache information interface to userspace via sysfs
drivers: base: add cpu_device_create to support per-cpu devices
topology: replace custom attribute macros with standard DEVICE_ATTR*
cpumask: factor out show_cpumap into separate helper function
driver core: Fix unbalanced device reference in drivers_probe
driver core: fix race with userland in device_add()
sysfs/kernfs: make read requests on pre-alloc files use the buffer.
sysfs/kernfs: allow attributes to request write buffer be pre-allocated.
fs: sysfs: return EGBIG on write if offset is larger than file size
...
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
- The crypto API is now documented :)
- Disallow arbitrary module loading through crypto API.
- Allow get request with empty driver name through crypto_user.
- Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions.
- Add caam support for ctr(aes), gcm(aes) and their derivatives.
- nx now supports concurrent hashing properly.
- Add sahara support for SHA1/256.
- Add ARM64 version of CRC32.
- Misc fixes.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (77 commits)
crypto: tcrypt - Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions
crypto: af_alg - add user space interface for AEAD
crypto: qat - fix problem with coalescing enable logic
crypto: sahara - add support for SHA1/256
crypto: sahara - replace tasklets with kthread
crypto: sahara - add support for i.MX53
crypto: sahara - fix spinlock initialization
crypto: arm - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: powerpc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: sha - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: sparc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: algif_skcipher - initialize upon init request
crypto: algif_skcipher - removed unneeded code
crypto: algif_skcipher - Fixed blocking recvmsg
crypto: drbg - use memzero_explicit() for clearing sensitive data
crypto: drbg - use MODULE_ALIAS_CRYPTO
crypto: include crypto- module prefix in template
crypto: user - add MODULE_ALIAS
crypto: sha-mb - remove a bogus NULL check
crytpo: qat - Fix 64 bytes requests
...
This patch addresses an issue with the level compression of the fib_trie.
Specifically in the case of adding a new leaf that triggers a new node to
be added that takes the place of the old node. The result is a trie where
the 1 child tnode is on one side and one leaf is on the other which gives
you a very deep trie. Below is the script I used to generate a trie on
dummy0 with a 10.X.X.X family of addresses.
ip link add type dummy
ipval=184549374
bit=2
for i in `seq 1 23`
do
ifconfig dummy0:$bit $ipval/8
ipval=`expr $ipval - $bit`
bit=`expr $bit \* 2`
done
cat /proc/net/fib_triestat
Running the script before the patch:
Local:
Aver depth: 10.82
Max depth: 23
Leaves: 29
Prefixes: 30
Internal nodes: 27
1: 26 2: 1
Pointers: 56
Null ptrs: 1
Total size: 5 kB
After applying the patch and repeating:
Local:
Aver depth: 4.72
Max depth: 9
Leaves: 29
Prefixes: 30
Internal nodes: 12
1: 3 2: 2 3: 7
Pointers: 70
Null ptrs: 30
Total size: 4 kB
What this fix does is start the rebalance at the newly created tnode
instead of at the parent tnode. This way if there is a gap between the
parent and the new node it doesn't prevent the new tnode from being
coalesced with any pre-existing nodes that may have been pushed into one
of the new nodes child branches.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the real device can segment packets by software, a vlan device
can set TSO/UFO even when the real device doesn't have those features.
Unlike GSO, this allows packets to be segmented after Qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since multicast frames are marked as no-ack, using
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK to check if they have been
successfully transmitted by the driver is incorrect
since a driver can choose to ignore transmission status
for no-ack frames. This results in incorrect accounting
for such frames.
To fix this issue, this patch introduces a new flag
that can be used by drivers to indicate error-free
transmission of no-ack frames.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add a note about not setting the flag for non-no-ack frames]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since
this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up
a bit which can be used for other purposes.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It allows to identify the wlan kind of device for the user application,
e.g.:
# ip -d link
1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN mode DEFAULT group default
link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 promiscuity 0
2: enp0s25: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
3: wlp3s0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
wlan
Signed-off-by: Vadim Kochan <vadim4j@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
[make wireless_link_ops const]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ad-hoc requires beaconing for regulatory purposes. Validate that the
channel is valid for beaconing, and not only enabled.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can happen and there is no point in added more
detection code lower in the stack. Catching these in one
single point (cfg80211) is enough. Stop WARNING about this
case.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=89001
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 2f1c6c572d ("cfg80211: process non country IE conflicting first")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an adapter is removed (hci_unregister_dev) any pending mgmt
commands for that adapter should get the appropriate INVALID_INDEX
response. Since hci_unregister_dev() calls hci_dev_do_close() first
that'd so far have caused "not powered" responses to be sent.
Skipping the HCI_UNREGISTER case in mgmt_powered() is also not a
solution since before reaching the mgmt_index_removed() stage any
hci_conn callbacks (e.g. used by pairing) will get called, thereby
causing "disconnected" status responses to be sent.
The fix that covers all scenarios is to handle both INVALID_INDEX and
NOT_POWERED responses through the mgmt_powered() function. The
INVALID_INDEX response sending from mgmt_index_removed() is left
untouched since there are a couple of places not related to powering off
or removing an adapter that call it (e.g. configuring a new bdaddr).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we're in the AUTO_OFF stage the powered_update_hci() function is
responsible for doing the updates to the HCI state that were not done
during the actual mgmt command handlers. One of the updates needing done
is for BR/EDR SC support. This patch adds the missing HCI command for SC
support to the powered_update_hci() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the channel switch has been made, a vif is now using
the channel context which was reserved. When that happens,
we need to update the channel context since its parameters
may change.
I hit a case in which I switched to a 40Mhz channel but the
reserved channel context was still on 20Mhz. The rate control
would try to send 40Mhz packets on a 20Mhz channel context and
that made iwlwifi's firmware unhappy.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code assigns a constant value (a pointer to a static variable)
to an RCU pointer, which results in a sparse warning:
reg.c:112:10: warning: cast adds address space to expression (<asn:4>)
Suppress this warning by using __force.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the already-set and intersect case of a driver-hint, the previous
wiphy regdomain was not freed before being reset with a copy of the
cfg80211 regdomain.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The VHT supported channel width field is a two bit integer, not a
bitfield. cfg80211_chandef_usable() was interpreting it incorrectly and
ended up rejecting 160 MHz channel width if the driver indicated support
for both 160 and 80+80 MHz channels.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.16+)
Fixes: 3d9d1d6656 ("nl80211/cfg80211: support VHT channel configuration")
(however, no real drivers had 160 MHz support it until 3.16)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As multicast-frames can't be fragmented, "dot11MulticastReceivedFrameCount"
stopped being incremented after the use-after-free fix. Furthermore, the
RX-LED will be triggered by every multicast frame (which wouldn't happen
before) which wouldn't allow the LED to rest at all.
Fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=89431 which also had the
patch.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: b8fff407a1 ("mac80211: fix use-after-free in defragmentation")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Müller <goo@stapelspeicher.org>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid a case where we would access uninitialized stack data if the AP
advertises HT support without 40MHz channel support.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: f3000e1b43 ("mac80211: fix broken use of VHT/20Mhz with some APs")
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and
propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create().
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case there is no PHY at the designated address on the internal
switch, we would basically de-reference a null pointer here:
dsa_slave_phy_setup(...)
{
p->phy = ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_map[p->port];
phy_connect_direct(slave_dev, p->phy, dsa_slave_adjust_link,
^------
This can be triggered when the platform configuration (platform_data or
Device Tree) indicates there should be a PHY device at this address, but
the HW is non-responsive, such that we cannot attach a PHY device at
this specific location.
Fix this by checking the return value prior to calling
phy_connect_direct().
CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: b31f65fb43 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus")
Reported-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) New offloading infrastructure and example 'rocker' driver for
offloading of switching and routing to hardware.
This work was done by a large group of dedicated individuals, not
limited to: Scott Feldman, Jiri Pirko, Thomas Graf, John Fastabend,
Jamal Hadi Salim, Andy Gospodarek, Florian Fainelli, Roopa Prabhu
2) Start making the networking operate on IOV iterators instead of
modifying iov objects in-situ during transfers. Thanks to Al Viro
and Herbert Xu.
3) A set of new netlink interfaces for the TIPC stack, from Richard
Alpe.
4) Remove unnecessary looping during ipv6 routing lookups, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
5) Add PAUSE frame generation support to gianfar driver, from Matei
Pavaluca.
6) Allow for larger reordering levels in TCP, which are easily
achievable in the real world right now, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add a variable of napi_schedule that doesn't need to disable cpu
interrupts, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Use a doubly linked list to optimize neigh_parms_release(), from
Nicolas Dichtel.
9) Various enhancements to the kernel BPF verifier, and allow eBPF
programs to actually be attached to sockets. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
10) Support TSO/LSO in sunvnet driver, from David L Stevens.
11) Allow controlling ECN usage via routing metrics, from Florian
Westphal.
12) Remote checksum offload, from Tom Herbert.
13) Add split-header receive, BQL, and xmit_more support to amd-xgbe
driver, from Thomas Lendacky.
14) Add MPLS support to openvswitch, from Simon Horman.
15) Support wildcard tunnel endpoints in ipv6 tunnels, from Steffen
Klassert.
16) Do gro flushes on a per-device basis using a timer, from Eric
Dumazet. This tries to resolve the conflicting goals between the
desired handling of bulk vs. RPC-like traffic.
17) Allow userspace to ask for the CPU upon what a packet was
received/steered, via SO_INCOMING_CPU. From Eric Dumazet.
18) Limit GSO packets to half the current congestion window, from Eric
Dumazet.
19) Add a generic helper so that all drivers set their RSS keys in a
consistent way, from Eric Dumazet.
20) Add xmit_more support to enic driver, from Govindarajulu
Varadarajan.
21) Add VLAN packet scheduler action, from Jiri Pirko.
22) Support configurable RSS hash functions via ethtool, from Eyal
Perry.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1820 commits)
Fix race condition between vxlan_sock_add and vxlan_sock_release
net/macb: fix compilation warning for print_hex_dump() called with skb->mac_header
net/mlx4: Add support for A0 steering
net/mlx4: Refactor QUERY_PORT
net/mlx4_core: Add explicit error message when rule doesn't meet configuration
net/mlx4: Add A0 hybrid steering
net/mlx4: Add mlx4_bitmap zone allocator
net/mlx4: Add a check if there are too many reserved QPs
net/mlx4: Change QP allocation scheme
net/mlx4_core: Use tasklet for user-space CQ completion events
net/mlx4_core: Mask out host side virtualization features for guests
net/mlx4_en: Set csum level for encapsulated packets
be2net: Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created
gianfar: Fix dma check map error when DMA_API_DEBUG is enabled
cxgb4/csiostor: Don't use MASTER_MUST for fw_hello call
net: fec: only enable mdio interrupt before phy device link up
net: fec: clear all interrupt events to support i.MX6SX
net: fec: reset fep link status in suspend function
net: sock: fix access via invalid file descriptor
net: introduce helper macro for_each_cmsghdr
...
This adds a lot of infrastructure for virtio 1.0 support.
Notable missing pieces: virtio pci, virtio balloon (needs spec extension),
vhost scsi.
Plus, there are some minor fixes in a couple of places.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUh1CVAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpWZcH/2+EGPyng7Lca820UHA0cU1U
u4D8CAAwOGaVdnUUo8ox1eon3LNB2UgRtgsl3rBDR3YTgFfNPrfuYdnHO0dYIDc1
lS26NuPrVrTX0lA+OBPe2nlKrsrOkn8aw1kxG9Y0gKtNg/+HAGNW5e2eE7R/LrA5
94XbWZ8g9Yf4GPG1iFmih9vQvvN0E68zcUlojfCnllySgaIEYr8nTiGQBWpRgJat
fCqFAp1HMDZzGJQO+m1/Vw0OftTRVybyfai59e6uUTa8x1djvzPb/1MvREqQjegM
ylSuofIVyj7JPu++FbAjd9mikkb53GSc8ql3YmWNZLdr69rnkzP0GdzQvrdheAo=
=RtrR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio updates from Michael Tsirkin:
"virtio: virtio 1.0 support, misc patches
This adds a lot of infrastructure for virtio 1.0 support. Notable
missing pieces: virtio pci, virtio balloon (needs spec extension),
vhost scsi.
Plus, there are some minor fixes in a couple of places.
Note: some net drivers are affected by these patches. David said he's
fine with merging these patches through my tree.
Rusty's on vacation, he acked using my tree for these, too"
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost: (70 commits)
virtio_ccw: finalize_features error handling
virtio_ccw: future-proof finalize_features
virtio_pci: rename virtio_pci -> virtio_pci_common
virtio_pci: update file descriptions and copyright
virtio_pci: split out legacy device support
virtio_pci: setup config vector indirectly
virtio_pci: setup vqs indirectly
virtio_pci: delete vqs indirectly
virtio_pci: use priv for vq notification
virtio_pci: free up vq->priv
virtio_pci: fix coding style for structs
virtio_pci: add isr field
virtio: drop legacy_only driver flag
virtio_balloon: drop legacy_only driver flag
virtio_ccw: rev 1 devices set VIRTIO_F_VERSION_1
virtio: allow finalize_features to fail
virtio_ccw: legacy: don't negotiate rev 1/features
virtio: add API to detect legacy devices
virtio_console: fix sparse warnings
vhost: remove unnecessary forward declarations in vhost.h
...
This patch moves the mgmt_powered() notification earlier in the
hci_dev_do_close() function. This way the correct "not powered" error
gets passed to any pending mgmt commands. Without the patch the pending
commands would instead get a misleading "disconnected" response when
powering down the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The pairing_complete() function is used as a pending mgmt command
cmd_complete callback. The expectation of such functions is that they
are not responsible themselves for calling mgmt_pending_remove(). This
patch fixes the incorrect mgmt_pending_remove() call in
pairing_complete() and adds it to the appropriate changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The pairing_complete() function relies on a hci_conn reference to be
able to access the hci_conn object. It should therefore only release
this reference once it's done accessing the object, i.e. at the end of
the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Read Page Scan Activity and Read Page Scan Type commands are not
supported by all controllers. Move the execution of both commands
into the 3rd phase of the init procedure. And then check the bit
mask of supported commands before adding them to the init sequence.
With this re-ordering of the init sequence, the extra check for
AVM BlueFritz! controllers is no longer needed. They will report
that these two commands are not supported.
This fixes an issue with the Microsoft Corp. Wireless Transceiver
for Bluetooth 2.0 (ID 045e:009c).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
mgmt_pending_remove() should be called with hci_dev_lock protection and
all hci_event.c functions which calls mgmt_complete() (which eventually
calls mgmt_pending_remove()) should hold the lock.
So this patch fixes the same
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
mgmt_pending_remove() should be called with hci_dev_lock protection
and currently the rule to take dev lock is that all mgmt req_complete
functions should take dev lock. So this patch fixes the same in the
missing functions
Without this patch there is a chance of invalid memory access while
accessing the mgmt_pending list like below
bluetoothd: 392] [0] Backtrace:
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04ec770>] (pending_eir_or_class+0x0/0x68) from [<c04f1830>] (add_uuid+0x34/0x1c4)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04f17fc>] (add_uuid+0x0/0x1c4) from [<c04f3cc4>] (mgmt_control+0x204/0x274)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04f3ac0>] (mgmt_control+0x0/0x274) from [<c04f609c>] (hci_sock_sendmsg+0x80/0x308)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04f601c>] (hci_sock_sendmsg+0x0/0x308) from [<c03d4d68>] (sock_aio_write+0x144/0x174)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r8:00000000 r7 7c1be90 r6 7c1be18 r5:00000017 r4 a90ea80
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c03d4c24>] (sock_aio_write+0x0/0x174) from [<c00e2d4c>] (do_sync_write+0xb0/0xe0)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c00e2c9c>] (do_sync_write+0x0/0xe0) from [<c00e371c>] (vfs_write+0x134/0x13c)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r8:00000000 r7 7c1bf70 r6:beeca5c8 r5:00000017 r4 7c05900
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c00e35e8>] (vfs_write+0x0/0x13c) from [<c00e3910>] (sys_write+0x44/0x70)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r8:00000000 r7:00000004 r6:00000017 r5:beeca5c8 r4 7c05900
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c00e38cc>] (sys_write+0x0/0x70) from [<c000e3c0>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x30)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r9 7c1a000 r8:c000e568 r6:400b5f10 r5:403896d8 r4:beeca604
bluetoothd: 392] [0] Code: e28cc00c e152000c 0a00000f e3a00001 (e1d210b8)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] ---[ end trace 67b6ac67435864c4 ]---
bluetoothd: 392] [0] Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This time we have some more new material than we used to have during
the last couple of development cycles.
The most important part of it to me is the introduction of a unified
interface for accessing device properties provided by platform
firmware. It works with Device Trees and ACPI in a uniform way and
drivers using it need not worry about where the properties come
from as long as the platform firmware (either DT or ACPI) makes
them available. It covers both devices and "bare" device node
objects without struct device representation as that turns out to
be necessary in some cases. This has been in the works for quite
a few months (and development cycles) and has been approved by
all of the relevant maintainers.
On top of that, some drivers are switched over to the new interface
(at25, leds-gpio, gpio_keys_polled) and some additional changes are
made to the core GPIO subsystem to allow device drivers to manipulate
GPIOs in the "canonical" way on platforms that provide GPIO information
in their ACPI tables, but don't assign names to GPIO lines (in which
case the driver needs to do that on the basis of what it knows about
the device in question). That also has been approved by the GPIO
core maintainers and the rfkill driver is now going to use it.
Second is support for hardware P-states in the intel_pstate driver.
It uses CPUID to detect whether or not the feature is supported by
the processor in which case it will be enabled by default. However,
it can be disabled entirely from the kernel command line if necessary.
Next is support for a platform firmware interface based on ACPI
operation regions used by the PMIC (Power Management Integrated
Circuit) chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR platforms.
That interface is used for manipulating power resources and for
thermal management: sensor temperature reporting, trip point setting
and so on.
Also the ACPI core is now going to support the _DEP configuration
information in a limited way. Basically, _DEP it supposed to reflect
off-the-hierarchy dependencies between devices which may be very
indirect, like when AML for one device accesses locations in an
operation region handled by another device's driver (usually, the
device depended on this way is a serial bus or GPIO controller).
The support added this time is sufficient to make the ACPI battery
driver work on Asus T100A, but it is general enough to be able to
cover some other use cases in the future.
Finally, we have a new cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor.
In addition to the above, there are fixes and cleanups all over the
place as usual and a traditional ACPICA update to a recent upstream
release.
As far as the fixes go, the ACPI LPSS (Low-power Subsystem) driver
for Intel platforms should be able to handle power management of
the DMA engine correctly, the cpufreq-dt driver should interact
with the thermal subsystem in a better way and the ACPI backlight
driver should handle some more corner cases, among other things.
On top of the ACPICA update there are fixes for race conditions
in the ACPICA's interrupt handling code which might lead to some
random and strange looking failures on some systems.
In the cleanups department the most visible part is the series
of commits targeted at getting rid of the CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME
configuration option. That was triggered by a discussion
regarding the generic power domains code during which we realized
that trying to support certain combinations of PM config options
was painful and not really worth it, because nobody would use them
in production anyway. For this reason, we decided to make
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and that lead to the
conclusion that the latter became redundant and CONFIG_PM could
be used instead of it. The material here makes that replacement
in a major part of the tree, but there will be at least one more
batch of that in the second part of the merge window.
Specifics:
- Support for retrieving device properties information from ACPI
_DSD device configuration objects and a unified device properties
interface for device drivers (and subsystems) on top of that.
As stated above, this works with Device Trees and ACPI and allows
device drivers to be written in a platform firmware (DT or ACPI)
agnostic way. The at25, leds-gpio and gpio_keys_polled drivers
are now going to use this new interface and the GPIO subsystem
is additionally modified to allow device drivers to assign names
to GPIO resources returned by ACPI _CRS objects (in case _DSD is
not present or does not provide the expected data). The changes
in this set are mostly from Mika Westerberg, Rafael J Wysocki,
Aaron Lu, and Darren Hart with some fixes from others (Fabio Estevam,
Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Support for Hardware Managed Performance States (HWP) as described
in Volume 3, section 14.4, of the Intel SDM in the intel_pstate
driver. CPUID is used to detect whether or not the feature is
supported by the processor. If supported, it will be enabled
automatically unless the intel_pstate=no_hwp switch is present in
the kernel command line. From Dirk Brandewie.
- New Intel Broadwell-H ID for intel_pstate (Dirk Brandewie).
- Support for firmware interface based on ACPI operation regions
used by the PMIC chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR
platforms for power resource control and thermal management
(Aaron Lu).
- Limited support for retrieving off-the-hierarchy dependencies
between devices from ACPI _DEP device configuration objects
and deferred probing support for the ACPI battery driver based
on the _DEP information to make that driver work on Asus T100A
(Lan Tianyu).
- New cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor (Kelvin Cheung).
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20141107 which only affects
tools (Bob Moore).
- Fixes for race conditions in the ACPICA's interrupt handling
code and in the ACPI code related to system suspend and resume
(Lv Zheng and Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI core fix for an RCU-related issue in the ioremap() regions
management code that slowed down significantly after CPUs had
been allowed to enter idle states even if they'd had RCU callbakcs
queued and triggered some problems in certain proprietary graphics
driver (and elsewhere). The fix replaces synchronize_rcu() in
that code with synchronize_rcu_expedited() which makes the issue
go away. From Konstantin Khlebnikov.
- ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver fix to handle power
management of the DMA engine included into the LPSS correctly.
The problem is that the DMA engine doesn't have ACPI PM support
of its own and it simply is turned off when the last LPSS device
having ACPI PM support goes into D3cold. To work around that,
the PM domain used by the ACPI LPSS driver is redesigned so at
least one device with ACPI PM support will be on as long as the
DMA engine is in use. From Andy Shevchenko.
- ACPI backlight driver fix to avoid using it on "Win8-compatible"
systems where it doesn't work and where it was used by default by
mistake (Aaron Lu).
- Assorted minor ACPI core fixes and cleanups from Tomasz Nowicki,
Sudeep Holla, Huang Rui, Hanjun Guo, Fabian Frederick, and
Ashwin Chaugule (mostly related to the upcoming ARM64 support).
- Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) power capping driver
fixes and improvements including new processor IDs (Jacob Pan).
- Generic power domains modification to power up domains after
attaching devices to them to meet the expectations of device
drivers and bus types assuming devices to be accessible at
probe time (Ulf Hansson).
- Preliminary support for controlling device clocks from the
generic power domains core code and modifications of the
ARM/shmobile platform to use that feature (Ulf Hansson).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the generic power
domains core code (Ulf Hansson, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the device clocks control
code in the PM core (Geert Uytterhoeven, Grygorii Strashko).
- Consolidation of device power management Kconfig options by making
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and removing the latter
which is now redundant (Rafael J Wysocki and Kevin Hilman). That
is the first batch of the changes needed for this purpose.
- Core device runtime power management support code cleanup related
to the execution of callbacks (Andrzej Hajda).
- cpuidle ARM support improvements (Lorenzo Pieralisi).
- cpuidle cleanup related to the CPUIDLE_FLAG_TIME_VALID flag and
a new MAINTAINERS entry for ARM Exynos cpuidle (Daniel Lezcano and
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz).
- New cpufreq driver callback (->ready) to be executed when the
cpufreq core is ready to use a given policy object and cpufreq-dt
driver modification to use that callback for cooling device
registration (Viresh Kumar).
- cpufreq core fixes and cleanups (Viresh Kumar, Vince Hsu,
James Geboski, Tomeu Vizoso).
- Assorted fixes and cleanups in the cpufreq-pcc, intel_pstate,
cpufreq-dt, pxa2xx cpufreq drivers (Lenny Szubowicz, Ethan Zhao,
Stefan Wahren, Petr Cvek).
- OPP (Operating Performance Points) framework modification to
allow OPPs to be removed too and update of a few cpufreq drivers
(cpufreq-dt, exynos5440, imx6q, cpufreq) to remove OPPs (added
during initialization) on driver removal (Viresh Kumar).
- Hibernation core fixes and cleanups (Tina Ruchandani and
Markus Elfring).
- PM Kconfig fix related to CPU power management (Pankaj Dubey).
- cpupower tool fix (Prarit Bhargava).
/
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=5dox
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm+acpi-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull ACPI and power management updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"This time we have some more new material than we used to have during
the last couple of development cycles.
The most important part of it to me is the introduction of a unified
interface for accessing device properties provided by platform
firmware. It works with Device Trees and ACPI in a uniform way and
drivers using it need not worry about where the properties come from
as long as the platform firmware (either DT or ACPI) makes them
available. It covers both devices and "bare" device node objects
without struct device representation as that turns out to be necessary
in some cases. This has been in the works for quite a few months (and
development cycles) and has been approved by all of the relevant
maintainers.
On top of that, some drivers are switched over to the new interface
(at25, leds-gpio, gpio_keys_polled) and some additional changes are
made to the core GPIO subsystem to allow device drivers to manipulate
GPIOs in the "canonical" way on platforms that provide GPIO
information in their ACPI tables, but don't assign names to GPIO lines
(in which case the driver needs to do that on the basis of what it
knows about the device in question). That also has been approved by
the GPIO core maintainers and the rfkill driver is now going to use
it.
Second is support for hardware P-states in the intel_pstate driver.
It uses CPUID to detect whether or not the feature is supported by the
processor in which case it will be enabled by default. However, it
can be disabled entirely from the kernel command line if necessary.
Next is support for a platform firmware interface based on ACPI
operation regions used by the PMIC (Power Management Integrated
Circuit) chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR platforms.
That interface is used for manipulating power resources and for
thermal management: sensor temperature reporting, trip point setting
and so on.
Also the ACPI core is now going to support the _DEP configuration
information in a limited way. Basically, _DEP it supposed to reflect
off-the-hierarchy dependencies between devices which may be very
indirect, like when AML for one device accesses locations in an
operation region handled by another device's driver (usually, the
device depended on this way is a serial bus or GPIO controller). The
support added this time is sufficient to make the ACPI battery driver
work on Asus T100A, but it is general enough to be able to cover some
other use cases in the future.
Finally, we have a new cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor.
In addition to the above, there are fixes and cleanups all over the
place as usual and a traditional ACPICA update to a recent upstream
release.
As far as the fixes go, the ACPI LPSS (Low-power Subsystem) driver for
Intel platforms should be able to handle power management of the DMA
engine correctly, the cpufreq-dt driver should interact with the
thermal subsystem in a better way and the ACPI backlight driver should
handle some more corner cases, among other things.
On top of the ACPICA update there are fixes for race conditions in the
ACPICA's interrupt handling code which might lead to some random and
strange looking failures on some systems.
In the cleanups department the most visible part is the series of
commits targeted at getting rid of the CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME configuration
option. That was triggered by a discussion regarding the generic
power domains code during which we realized that trying to support
certain combinations of PM config options was painful and not really
worth it, because nobody would use them in production anyway. For
this reason, we decided to make CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select
CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and that lead to the conclusion that the latter
became redundant and CONFIG_PM could be used instead of it. The
material here makes that replacement in a major part of the tree, but
there will be at least one more batch of that in the second part of
the merge window.
Specifics:
- Support for retrieving device properties information from ACPI _DSD
device configuration objects and a unified device properties
interface for device drivers (and subsystems) on top of that. As
stated above, this works with Device Trees and ACPI and allows
device drivers to be written in a platform firmware (DT or ACPI)
agnostic way. The at25, leds-gpio and gpio_keys_polled drivers are
now going to use this new interface and the GPIO subsystem is
additionally modified to allow device drivers to assign names to
GPIO resources returned by ACPI _CRS objects (in case _DSD is not
present or does not provide the expected data). The changes in
this set are mostly from Mika Westerberg, Rafael J Wysocki, Aaron
Lu, and Darren Hart with some fixes from others (Fabio Estevam,
Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Support for Hardware Managed Performance States (HWP) as described
in Volume 3, section 14.4, of the Intel SDM in the intel_pstate
driver. CPUID is used to detect whether or not the feature is
supported by the processor. If supported, it will be enabled
automatically unless the intel_pstate=no_hwp switch is present in
the kernel command line. From Dirk Brandewie.
- New Intel Broadwell-H ID for intel_pstate (Dirk Brandewie).
- Support for firmware interface based on ACPI operation regions used
by the PMIC chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR
platforms for power resource control and thermal management (Aaron
Lu).
- Limited support for retrieving off-the-hierarchy dependencies
between devices from ACPI _DEP device configuration objects and
deferred probing support for the ACPI battery driver based on the
_DEP information to make that driver work on Asus T100A (Lan
Tianyu).
- New cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor (Kelvin Cheung).
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20141107 which only affects
tools (Bob Moore).
- Fixes for race conditions in the ACPICA's interrupt handling code
and in the ACPI code related to system suspend and resume (Lv Zheng
and Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI core fix for an RCU-related issue in the ioremap() regions
management code that slowed down significantly after CPUs had been
allowed to enter idle states even if they'd had RCU callbakcs
queued and triggered some problems in certain proprietary graphics
driver (and elsewhere). The fix replaces synchronize_rcu() in that
code with synchronize_rcu_expedited() which makes the issue go
away. From Konstantin Khlebnikov.
- ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver fix to handle power
management of the DMA engine included into the LPSS correctly. The
problem is that the DMA engine doesn't have ACPI PM support of its
own and it simply is turned off when the last LPSS device having
ACPI PM support goes into D3cold. To work around that, the PM
domain used by the ACPI LPSS driver is redesigned so at least one
device with ACPI PM support will be on as long as the DMA engine is
in use. From Andy Shevchenko.
- ACPI backlight driver fix to avoid using it on "Win8-compatible"
systems where it doesn't work and where it was used by default by
mistake (Aaron Lu).
- Assorted minor ACPI core fixes and cleanups from Tomasz Nowicki,
Sudeep Holla, Huang Rui, Hanjun Guo, Fabian Frederick, and Ashwin
Chaugule (mostly related to the upcoming ARM64 support).
- Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) power capping driver fixes
and improvements including new processor IDs (Jacob Pan).
- Generic power domains modification to power up domains after
attaching devices to them to meet the expectations of device
drivers and bus types assuming devices to be accessible at probe
time (Ulf Hansson).
- Preliminary support for controlling device clocks from the generic
power domains core code and modifications of the ARM/shmobile
platform to use that feature (Ulf Hansson).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the generic power domains core
code (Ulf Hansson, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the device clocks control code
in the PM core (Geert Uytterhoeven, Grygorii Strashko).
- Consolidation of device power management Kconfig options by making
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and removing the latter
which is now redundant (Rafael J Wysocki and Kevin Hilman). That
is the first batch of the changes needed for this purpose.
- Core device runtime power management support code cleanup related
to the execution of callbacks (Andrzej Hajda).
- cpuidle ARM support improvements (Lorenzo Pieralisi).
- cpuidle cleanup related to the CPUIDLE_FLAG_TIME_VALID flag and a
new MAINTAINERS entry for ARM Exynos cpuidle (Daniel Lezcano and
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz).
- New cpufreq driver callback (->ready) to be executed when the
cpufreq core is ready to use a given policy object and cpufreq-dt
driver modification to use that callback for cooling device
registration (Viresh Kumar).
- cpufreq core fixes and cleanups (Viresh Kumar, Vince Hsu, James
Geboski, Tomeu Vizoso).
- Assorted fixes and cleanups in the cpufreq-pcc, intel_pstate,
cpufreq-dt, pxa2xx cpufreq drivers (Lenny Szubowicz, Ethan Zhao,
Stefan Wahren, Petr Cvek).
- OPP (Operating Performance Points) framework modification to allow
OPPs to be removed too and update of a few cpufreq drivers
(cpufreq-dt, exynos5440, imx6q, cpufreq) to remove OPPs (added
during initialization) on driver removal (Viresh Kumar).
- Hibernation core fixes and cleanups (Tina Ruchandani and Markus
Elfring).
- PM Kconfig fix related to CPU power management (Pankaj Dubey).
- cpupower tool fix (Prarit Bhargava)"
* tag 'pm+acpi-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (120 commits)
i2c-omap / PM: Drop CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME from i2c-omap.c
dmaengine / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
tools: cpupower: fix return checks for sysfs_get_idlestate_count()
drivers: sh / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
e1000e / igb / PM: Eliminate CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME
MMC / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
MFD / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
misc / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
media / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
input / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
leds: leds-gpio: Fix multiple instances registration without 'label' property
iio / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
hsi / OMAP / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
i2c-hid / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
drm / exynos / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
gpio / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
hwrandom / exynos / PM: Use CONFIG_PM in #ifdef
block / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
USB / PM: Drop CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME from the USB core
PM: Merge the SET*_RUNTIME_PM_OPS() macros
...
0day robot reported the following crash:
[ 21.233581] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000007
[ 21.234709] IP: [<ffffffff8156ebda>] sk_attach_bpf+0x39/0xc2
It's due to bpf_prog_get() returning ERR_PTR.
Check it properly.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: 89aa075832 ("net: sock: allow eBPF programs to be attached to sockets")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce helper macro for_each_cmsghdr as a wrapper of the enumerating
cmsghdr from msghdr, just cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Gu Zheng <guz.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge first patchbomb from Andrew Morton:
- a few minor cifs fixes
- dma-debug upadtes
- ocfs2
- slab
- about half of MM
- procfs
- kernel/exit.c
- panic.c tweaks
- printk upates
- lib/ updates
- checkpatch updates
- fs/binfmt updates
- the drivers/rtc tree
- nilfs
- kmod fixes
- more kernel/exit.c
- various other misc tweaks and fixes
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (190 commits)
exit: pidns: fix/update the comments in zap_pid_ns_processes()
exit: pidns: alloc_pid() leaks pid_namespace if child_reaper is exiting
exit: exit_notify: re-use "dead" list to autoreap current
exit: reparent: call forget_original_parent() under tasklist_lock
exit: reparent: avoid find_new_reaper() if no children
exit: reparent: introduce find_alive_thread()
exit: reparent: introduce find_child_reaper()
exit: reparent: document the ->has_child_subreaper checks
exit: reparent: s/while_each_thread/for_each_thread/ in find_new_reaper()
exit: reparent: fix the cross-namespace PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER reparenting
exit: reparent: fix the dead-parent PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER reparenting
exit: proc: don't try to flush /proc/tgid/task/tgid
exit: release_task: fix the comment about group leader accounting
exit: wait: drop tasklist_lock before psig->c* accounting
exit: wait: don't use zombie->real_parent
exit: wait: cleanup the ptrace_reparented() checks
usermodehelper: kill the kmod_thread_locker logic
usermodehelper: don't use CLONE_VFORK for ____call_usermodehelper()
fs/hfs/catalog.c: fix comparison bug in hfs_cat_keycmp
nilfs2: fix the nilfs_iget() vs. nilfs_new_inode() races
...
As it is, default ->i_fop has NULL ->open() (along with all other methods).
The only case where it matters is reopening (via procfs symlink) a file that
didn't get its ->f_op from ->i_fop - anything else will have ->i_fop assigned
to something sane (default would fail on read/write/ioctl/etc.).
Unfortunately, such case exists - alloc_file() users, especially
anon_get_file() ones. There we have tons of opened files of very different
kinds sharing the same inode. As the result, attempt to reopen those via
procfs succeeds and you get a descriptor you can't do anything with.
Moreover, in case of sockets we set ->i_fop that will only be used
on such reopen attempts - and put a failing ->open() into it to make sure
those do not succeed.
It would be simpler to put such ->open() into default ->i_fop and leave
it unchanged both for anon inode (as we do anyway) and for socket ones. Result:
* everything going through do_dentry_open() works as it used to
* sock_no_open() kludge is gone
* attempts to reopen anon-inode files fail as they really ought to
* ditto for aio_private_file()
* ditto for perfmon - this one actually tried to imitate sock_no_open()
trick, but failed to set ->i_fop, so in the current tree reopens succeed and
yield completely useless descriptor. Intent clearly had been to fail with
-ENXIO on such reopens; now it actually does.
* everything else that used alloc_file() keeps working - it has ->i_fop
set for its inodes anyway
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Memory is internally accounted in bytes, using spinlock-protected 64-bit
counters, even though the smallest accounting delta is a page. The
counter interface is also convoluted and does too many things.
Introduce a new lockless word-sized page counter API, then change all
memory accounting over to it. The translation from and to bytes then only
happens when interfacing with userspace.
The removed locking overhead is noticable when scaling beyond the per-cpu
charge caches - on a 4-socket machine with 144-threads, the following test
shows the performance differences of 288 memcgs concurrently running a
page fault benchmark:
vanilla:
18631648.500498 task-clock (msec) # 140.643 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.33% )
1,380,638 context-switches # 0.074 K/sec ( +- 0.75% )
24,390 cpu-migrations # 0.001 K/sec ( +- 8.44% )
1,843,305,768 page-faults # 0.099 M/sec ( +- 0.00% )
50,134,994,088,218 cycles # 2.691 GHz ( +- 0.33% )
<not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend
<not supported> stalled-cycles-backend
8,049,712,224,651 instructions # 0.16 insns per cycle ( +- 0.04% )
1,586,970,584,979 branches # 85.176 M/sec ( +- 0.05% )
1,724,989,949 branch-misses # 0.11% of all branches ( +- 0.48% )
132.474343877 seconds time elapsed ( +- 0.21% )
lockless:
12195979.037525 task-clock (msec) # 133.480 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.18% )
832,850 context-switches # 0.068 K/sec ( +- 0.54% )
15,624 cpu-migrations # 0.001 K/sec ( +- 10.17% )
1,843,304,774 page-faults # 0.151 M/sec ( +- 0.00% )
32,811,216,801,141 cycles # 2.690 GHz ( +- 0.18% )
<not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend
<not supported> stalled-cycles-backend
9,999,265,091,727 instructions # 0.30 insns per cycle ( +- 0.10% )
2,076,759,325,203 branches # 170.282 M/sec ( +- 0.12% )
1,656,917,214 branch-misses # 0.08% of all branches ( +- 0.55% )
91.369330729 seconds time elapsed ( +- 0.45% )
On top of improved scalability, this also gets rid of the icky long long
types in the very heart of memcg, which is great for 32 bit and also makes
the code a lot more readable.
Notable differences between the old and new API:
- res_counter_charge() and res_counter_charge_nofail() become
page_counter_try_charge() and page_counter_charge() resp. to match
the more common kernel naming scheme of try_do()/do()
- res_counter_uncharge_until() is only ever used to cancel a local
counter and never to uncharge bigger segments of a hierarchy, so
it's replaced by the simpler page_counter_cancel()
- res_counter_set_limit() is replaced by page_counter_limit(), which
expects its callers to serialize against themselves
- res_counter_memparse_write_strategy() is replaced by
page_counter_limit(), which rounds down to the nearest page size -
rather than up. This is more reasonable for explicitely requested
hard upper limits.
- to keep charging light-weight, page_counter_try_charge() charges
speculatively, only to roll back if the result exceeds the limit.
Because of this, a failing bigger charge can temporarily lock out
smaller charges that would otherwise succeed. The error is bounded
to the difference between the smallest and the biggest possible
charge size, so for memcg, this means that a failing THP charge can
send base page charges into reclaim upto 2MB (4MB) before the limit
would have been reached. This should be acceptable.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add includes for WARN_ON_ONCE and memparse]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add includes for WARN_ON_ONCE, memparse, strncmp, and PAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull VFS changes from Al Viro:
"First pile out of several (there _definitely_ will be more). Stuff in
this one:
- unification of d_splice_alias()/d_materialize_unique()
- iov_iter rewrite
- killing a bunch of ->f_path.dentry users (and f_dentry macro).
Getting that completed will make life much simpler for
unionmount/overlayfs, since then we'll be able to limit the places
sensitive to file _dentry_ to reasonably few. Which allows to have
file_inode(file) pointing to inode in a covered layer, with dentry
pointing to (negative) dentry in union one.
Still not complete, but much closer now.
- crapectomy in lustre (dead code removal, mostly)
- "let's make seq_printf return nothing" preparations
- assorted cleanups and fixes
There _definitely_ will be more piles"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (63 commits)
copy_from_iter_nocache()
new helper: iov_iter_kvec()
csum_and_copy_..._iter()
iov_iter.c: handle ITER_KVEC directly
iov_iter.c: convert copy_to_iter() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: convert copy_from_iter() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: get rid of bvec_copy_page_{to,from}_iter()
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_zero() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages_alloc() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_npages() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: macros for iterating over iov_iter
kill f_dentry macro
dcache: fix kmemcheck warning in switch_names
new helper: audit_file()
nfsd_vfs_write(): use file_inode()
ncpfs: use file_inode()
kill f_dentry uses
lockd: get rid of ->f_path.dentry->d_sb
...
Highlights include:
Features:
- NFSv4.2 client support for hole punching and preallocation.
- Further RPC/RDMA client improvements.
- Add more RPC transport debugging tracepoints.
- Add RPC debugging tools in debugfs.
Bugfixes:
- Stable fix for layoutget error handling
- Fix a change in COMMIT behaviour resulting from the recent io code updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wOP3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.19-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client updates from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
Features:
- NFSv4.2 client support for hole punching and preallocation.
- Further RPC/RDMA client improvements.
- Add more RPC transport debugging tracepoints.
- Add RPC debugging tools in debugfs.
Bugfixes:
- Stable fix for layoutget error handling
- Fix a change in COMMIT behaviour resulting from the recent io code
updates"
* tag 'nfs-for-3.19-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (28 commits)
sunrpc: add a debugfs rpc_xprt directory with an info file in it
sunrpc: add debugfs file for displaying client rpc_task queue
nfs: Add DEALLOCATE support
nfs: Add ALLOCATE support
NFS: Clean up nfs4_init_callback()
NFS: SETCLIENTID XDR buffer sizes are incorrect
SUNRPC: serialize iostats updates
xprtrdma: Display async errors
xprtrdma: Enable pad optimization
xprtrdma: Re-write rpcrdma_flush_cqs()
xprtrdma: Refactor tasklet scheduling
xprtrdma: unmap all FMRs during transport disconnect
xprtrdma: Cap req_cqinit
xprtrdma: Return an errno from rpcrdma_register_external()
nfs: define nfs_inc_fscache_stats and using it as possible
nfs: replace nfs_add_stats with nfs_inc_stats when add one
NFS: Deletion of unnecessary checks before the function call "nfs_put_client"
sunrpc: eliminate RPC_TRACEPOINTS
sunrpc: eliminate RPC_DEBUG
lockd: eliminate LOCKD_DEBUG
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-desc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c
Overlapping changes in both conflict cases.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Making things const is a good thing.
(x86-64 defconfig with all irda)
$ size net/irda/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
109276 1868 244 111388 1b31c net/irda/built-in.o.new
108828 2316 244 111388 1b31c net/irda/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.
Net change:
$ size net/llc/built-in.o.*
text data bss dec hex filename
61193 12758 1344 75295 1261f net/llc/built-in.o.new
47113 27030 1344 75487 126df net/llc/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.
Net change from original:
$ size net/llc/built-in.o.*
text data bss dec hex filename
61065 12886 1344 75295 1261f net/llc/built-in.o.new
47113 27030 1344 75487 126df net/llc/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch effectively reverts commit 500f808726 ("net: ovs: use CRC32
accelerated flow hash if available"), and other remaining arch_fast_hash()
users such as from nfsd via commit 6282cd5655 ("NFSD: Don't hand out
delegations for 30 seconds after recalling them.") where it has been used
as a hash function for bloom filtering.
While we think that these users are actually not much of concern, it has
been requested to remove the arch_fast_hash() library bits that arose
from [1] entirely as per recent discussion [2]. The main argument is that
using it as a hash may introduce bias due to its linearity (see avalanche
criterion) and thus makes it less clear (though we tried to document that)
when this security/performance trade-off is actually acceptable for a
general purpose library function.
Lets therefore avoid any further confusion on this matter and remove it to
prevent any future accidental misuse of it. For the time being, this is
going to make hashing of flow keys a bit more expensive in the ovs case,
but future work could reevaluate a different hashing discipline.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/299369/
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/418756/
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Francesco Fusco <fusco@ntop.org>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For netlink, we shouldn't be using arch_fast_hash() as a hashing
discipline, but rather jhash() instead.
Since netlink sockets can be opened by any user, a local attacker
would be able to easily create collisions with the DPDK-derived
arch_fast_hash(), which trades off performance for security by
using crc32 CPU instructions on x86_64.
While it might have a legimite use case in other places, it should
be avoided in netlink context, though. As rhashtable's API is very
flexible, we could later on still decide on other hashing disciplines,
if legitimate.
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1844123
Fixes: e341694e3e ("netlink: Convert netlink_lookup() to use RCU protected hash table")
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 908344cdda ("tipc: fix bug in multicast congestion handling")
introduced a race in the broadcast link wakeup functionality.
This patch eliminates this broadcast link wakeup race caused by
operation on the wakeup list without proper locking. If this race
hit and corrupted the list all subsequent wakeup messages would be
lost, resulting in a considerable memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pulls the core functionality out of __netdev_alloc_skb and
places them in a new function named __alloc_rx_skb. The reason for doing
this is to make these bits accessible to a new function __napi_alloc_skb.
In addition __alloc_rx_skb now has a new flags value that is used to
determine which page frag pool to allocate from. If the SKB_ALLOC_NAPI
flag is set then the NAPI pool is used. The advantage of this is that we
do not have to use local_irq_save/restore when accessing the NAPI pool from
NAPI context.
In my test setup I saw at least 11ns of savings using the napi_alloc_skb
function versus the netdev_alloc_skb function, most of this being due to
the fact that we didn't have to call local_irq_save/restore.
The main use case for napi_alloc_skb would be for things such as copybreak
or page fragment based receive paths where an skb is allocated after the
data has been received instead of before.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the netdev_alloc_frag function up so that it can be used
on one of two page frag pools instead of being fixed on the
netdev_alloc_cache. By doing this we can add a NAPI specific function
__napi_alloc_frag that accesses a pool that is only used from softirq
context. The advantage to this is that we do not need to call
local_irq_save/restore which can be a significant savings.
I also took the opportunity to refactor the core bits that were placed in
__alloc_page_frag. First I updated the allocation to do either a 32K
allocation or an order 0 page. This is based on the changes in commmit
d9b2938aa where it was found that latencies could be reduced in case of
failures. Then I also rewrote the logic to work from the end of the page to
the start. By doing this the size value doesn't have to be used unless we
have run out of space for page fragments. Finally I cleaned up the atomic
bits so that we just do an atomic_sub_and_test and if that returns true then
we set the page->_count via an atomic_set. This way we can remove the extra
conditional for the atomic_read since it would have led to an atomic_inc in
the case of success anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The app_tcp_pkt_out() function expects "*diff" to be set and ends up
using uninitialized data if CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 is turned on.
The same issue is there in app_tcp_pkt_in(). Thanks to Julian Anastasov
for noticing that.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle are:
- 'Nested Sleep Debugging', activated when CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP=y.
This instruments might_sleep() checks to catch places that nest
blocking primitives - such as mutex usage in a wait loop. Such
bugs can result in hard to debug races/hangs.
Another category of invalid nesting that this facility will detect
is the calling of blocking functions from within schedule() ->
sched_submit_work() -> blk_schedule_flush_plug().
There's some potential for false positives (if secondary blocking
primitives themselves are not ready yet for this facility), but the
kernel will warn once about such bugs per bootup, so the warning
isn't much of a nuisance.
This feature comes with a number of fixes, for problems uncovered
with it, so no messages are expected normally.
- Another round of sched/numa optimizations and refinements, for
CONFIG_NUMA_BALANCING=y.
- Another round of sched/dl fixes and refinements.
Plus various smaller fixes and cleanups"
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (54 commits)
sched: Add missing rcu protection to wake_up_all_idle_cpus
sched/deadline: Introduce start_hrtick_dl() for !CONFIG_SCHED_HRTICK
sched/numa: Init numa balancing fields of init_task
sched/deadline: Remove unnecessary definitions in cpudeadline.h
sched/cpupri: Remove unnecessary definitions in cpupri.h
sched/deadline: Fix rq->dl.pushable_tasks bug in push_dl_task()
sched/fair: Fix stale overloaded status in the busiest group finding logic
sched: Move p->nr_cpus_allowed check to select_task_rq()
sched/completion: Document when to use wait_for_completion_io_*()
sched: Update comments about CLONE_NEWUTS and CLONE_NEWIPC
sched/fair: Kill task_struct::numa_entry and numa_group::task_list
sched: Refactor task_struct to use numa_faults instead of numa_* pointers
sched/deadline: Don't check CONFIG_SMP in switched_from_dl()
sched/deadline: Reschedule from switched_from_dl() after a successful pull
sched/deadline: Push task away if the deadline is equal to curr during wakeup
sched/deadline: Add deadline rq status print
sched/deadline: Fix artificial overrun introduced by yield_task_dl()
sched/rt: Clean up check_preempt_equal_prio()
sched/core: Use dl_bw_of() under rcu_read_lock_sched()
sched: Check if we got a shallowest_idle_cpu before searching for least_loaded_cpu
...
commit 46e5da40ae (net: qdisc: use rcu prefix and silence
sparse warnings) triggers a spurious warning:
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:97 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage!
The code should be using the _bh variant of rcu_dereference.
Signed-off-by: Valdis Kletnieks <valdis.kletnieks@vt.edu>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I cooked commit c3658e8d0f ("tcp: fix possible NULL dereference in
tcp_vX_send_reset()") I missed other spots we could deref a NULL
skb_dst(skb)
Again, if a socket is provided, we do not need skb_dst() to get a
pointer to network namespace : sock_net(sk) is good enough.
Reported-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Bisected-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: ca777eff51 ("tcp: remove dst refcount false sharing for prequeue mode")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit fb9962f3ce ("tipc: ensure all name sequences are properly
protected with its lock") involves below errors:
net/tipc/name_table.c:980 tipc_purge_publications() error: double lock 'spin_lock:&seq->lock'
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove use of 'swdev' mode in rocker. rocker dev offloads
can use the BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF to indicate offload to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-12-08
Please pull this last batch of pending wireless updates for the 3.19 tree...
For the wireless bits, Johannes says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19:
- Minor cleanups for ieee802154 & mac802154
- Fix for the kernel warning with !TASK_RUNNING reported by Kirill A.
Shutemov
- Support for another ath3k device
- Fix for tracking link key based security level
- Device tree bindings for btmrvl + a state update fix
- Fix for wrong ACL flags on LE links"
And...
"In addition to the previous one this contains two more cleanups to
mac802154 as well as support for some new HCI features from the
Bluetooth 4.2 specification.
From the original request:
'Here's what should be the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19.
It's rather large but the majority of it is the Low Energy Secure
Connections feature that's part of the Bluetooth 4.2 specification. The
specification went public only this week so we couldn't publish the
corresponding code before that. The code itself can nevertheless be
considered fairly mature as it's been in development for over 6 months
and gone through several interoperability test events.
Besides LE SC the pull request contains an important fix for command
complete events for mgmt sockets which also fixes some leaks of hci_conn
objects when powering off or unplugging Bluetooth adapters.
A smaller feature that's part of the pull request is service discovery
support. This is like normal device discovery except that devices not
matching specific UUIDs or strong enough RSSI are filtered out.
Other changes that the pull request contains are firmware dump support
to the btmrvl driver, firmware download support for Broadcom BCM20702A0
variants, as well as some coding style cleanups in 6lowpan &
ieee802154/mac802154 code.'"
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca"
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"Major works are CSA and TDLS. On top of that I have a new
firmware API for scan and a few rate control improvements.
Johannes find a few tricks to improve our CPU utilization
and adds support for a new spin of 7265 called 7265D.
Along with this a few random things that don't stand out."
And...
"I deprecate here -8.ucode since -9 has been published long ago.
Along with that I have a new activity, we have now better
a infrastructure for firmware debugging. This will allow to
have configurable probes insides the firmware.
Luca continues his work on NetDetect, this feature is now
complete. All the rest is minor fixes here and there."
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Only ath10k changes this time and no major changes. Most visible are:
o new debugfs interface for runtime firmware debugging (Yanbo)
o fix shared WEP (Sujith)
o don't rebuild whenever kernel version changes (Johannes)
o lots of refactoring to make it easier to add new hw support (Michal)
There's also smaller fixes and improvements with no point of listing
here."
In addition, there are a few last minute updates to ath5k,
ath9k, brcmfmac, brcmsmac, mwifiex, rt2x00, rtlwifi, and wil6210.
Also included is a pull of the wireless tree to pick-up the fixes
originally included in "pull request: wireless 2014-12-03"...
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the queue length of sd->input_pkt_queue has been put into qlen,
and impossible to change, since hold the lock
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=icE1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-3.19-20141207' of git://gitorious.org/linux-can/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2014-12-07
this is a pull request of 8 patches for net-next/master.
Andri Yngvason contributes 4 patches in which the CAN state change
handling is consolidated and unified among the sja1000, mscan and
flexcan driver. The three patches by Jeremiah Mahler fix spelling
mistakes and eliminate the banner[] variable in various parts. And a
patch by me that switches on sparse endianess checking by default.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 95bd09eb27 ("tcp: TSO packets automatic sizing") tried to
control TSO size, but did this at the wrong place (sendmsg() time)
At sendmsg() time, we might have a pessimistic view of flow rate,
and we end up building very small skbs (with 2 MSS per skb).
This is bad because :
- It sends small TSO packets even in Slow Start where rate quickly
increases.
- It tends to make socket write queue very big, increasing tcp_ack()
processing time, but also increasing memory needs, not necessarily
accounted for, as fast clones overhead is currently ignored.
- Lower GRO efficiency and more ACK packets.
Servers with a lot of small lived connections suffer from this.
Lets instead fill skbs as much as possible (64KB of payload), but split
them at xmit time, when we have a precise idea of the flow rate.
skb split is actually quite efficient.
Patch looks bigger than necessary, because TCP Small Queue decision now
has to take place after the eventual split.
As Neal suggested, introduce a new tcp_tso_autosize() helper, so that
tcp_tso_should_defer() can be synchronized on same goal.
Rename tp->xmit_size_goal_segs to tp->gso_segs, as this variable
contains number of mss that we can put in GSO packet, and is not
related to the autosizing goal anymore.
Tested:
40 ms rtt link
nstat >/dev/null
netperf -H remote -l -2000000 -- -s 1000000
nstat | egrep "IpInReceives|IpOutRequests|TcpOutSegs|IpExtOutOctets"
Before patch :
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/s
87380 2000000 2000000 0.36 44.22
IpInReceives 600 0.0
IpOutRequests 599 0.0
TcpOutSegs 1397 0.0
IpExtOutOctets 2033249 0.0
After patch :
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
87380 2000000 2000000 0.36 44.27
IpInReceives 221 0.0
IpOutRequests 232 0.0
TcpOutSegs 1397 0.0
IpExtOutOctets 2013953 0.0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... making both non-draining. That means that tcp_recvmsg() becomes
non-draining. And _that_ would break iscsit_do_rx_data() unless we
a) make sure tcp_recvmsg() is uniformly non-draining (it is)
b) make sure it copes with arbitrary (including shifted)
iov_iter (it does, all it uses is iov_iter primitives)
c) make iscsit_do_rx_data() initialize ->msg_iter only once.
Fortunately, (c) is doable with minimal work and we are rid of one
the two places where kernel send/recvmsg users would be unhappy with
non-draining behaviour.
Actually, that makes all but one of ->recvmsg() instances iov_iter-clean.
The exception is skcipher_recvmsg() and it also isn't hard to convert
to primitives (iov_iter_get_pages() is needed there). That'll wait
a bit - there's some interplay with ->sendmsg() path for that one.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Just use copy_from_iter(). That's what this method is trying to do
in all cases, in a very convoluted fashion.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Note that the code _using_ ->msg_iter at that point will be very
unhappy with anything other than unshifted iovec-backed iov_iter.
We still need to convert users to proper primitives.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
it'll die soon enough - now that kvec-backed iov_iter works regardless
of set_fs(), both instances will become copy_from_iter() as soon as
we introduce ->msg_iter...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Since commit f886497212 ("ipv4: fix dst race in sk_dst_get()")
DST_NOCACHE dst_entries get freed by RCU. So there is no need to get a
reference on them when we are in rcu protected sections.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Respect what the caller passed to ovs_tunnel_get_egress_info.
Fixes: 8f0aad6f35 ("openvswitch: Extend packet attribute for egress tunnel info")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce helper function do_sock_sendmsg() to simplify sock_sendmsg{_nosec},
and replace reduplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Gu Zheng <guz.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 2b4636a5f8 ("tcp_cubic: make the delay threshold of HyStart
less sensitive"), HYSTART_DELAY_MIN was changed to 4 ms.
The remaining problem is that using delay_min + (delay_min/16) as the
threshold is too sensitive.
6.25 % of variation is too small for rtt above 60 ms, which are not
uncommon.
Lets use 12.5 % instead (delay_min + (delay_min/8))
Tested:
80 ms RTT between peers, FQ/pacing packet scheduler on sender.
10 bulk transfers of 10 seconds :
nstat >/dev/null
for i in `seq 1 10`
do
netperf -H remote -- -k THROUGHPUT | grep THROUGHPUT
done
nstat | grep Hystart
With the 6.25 % threshold :
THROUGHPUT=20.66
THROUGHPUT=249.38
THROUGHPUT=254.10
THROUGHPUT=14.94
THROUGHPUT=251.92
THROUGHPUT=237.73
THROUGHPUT=19.18
THROUGHPUT=252.89
THROUGHPUT=21.32
THROUGHPUT=15.58
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainDetect 2 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainCwnd 4756 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartDelayDetect 5 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartDelayCwnd 180 0.0
With the 12.5 % threshold
THROUGHPUT=251.09
THROUGHPUT=247.46
THROUGHPUT=250.92
THROUGHPUT=248.91
THROUGHPUT=250.88
THROUGHPUT=249.84
THROUGHPUT=250.51
THROUGHPUT=254.15
THROUGHPUT=250.62
THROUGHPUT=250.89
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainDetect 1 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainCwnd 3175 0.0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When deploying FQ pacing, one thing we noticed is that CUBIC Hystart
triggers too soon.
Having SNMP counters to have an idea of how often the various Hystart
methods trigger is useful prior to any modifications.
This patch adds SNMP counters tracking, how many time "ack train" or
"Delay" based Hystart triggers, and cumulative sum of cwnd at the time
Hystart decided to end SS (Slow Start)
myhost:~# nstat -a | grep Hystart
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainDetect 9 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainCwnd 20650 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartDelayDetect 10 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartDelayCwnd 360 0.0
->
Train detection was triggered 9 times, and average cwnd was
20650/9=2294,
Delay detection was triggered 10 times and average cwnd was 36
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is never called and implementations are void. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 908344cdda ("tipc: fix bug in multicast congestion
handling") introduced two bugs with the bclink wakeup
function. This commit fixes the missing spinlock init for the
waiting_sks list. We also eliminate the race condition
between the waiting_sks length check/dequeue operations in
tipc_bclink_wakeup_users by simply removing the redundant
length check.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ce1a4ea3f1 ("net: avoid one atomic operation in skb_clone()")
took the wrong way to save one atomic operation.
It is actually possible to avoid two atomic operations, if we
do not change skb->fclone values, and only rely on clone_ref
content to signal if the clone is available or not.
skb_clone() can simply use the fast clone if clone_ref is 1.
kfree_skbmem() can avoid the atomic_dec_and_test() if clone_ref is 1.
Note that because we usually free the clone before the original skb,
this particular attempt is only done for the original skb to have better
branch prediction.
SKB_FCLONE_FREE is removed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Shewmaker <agshew@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 56bfa7ee7c ("unregister_netdevice : move RTM_DELLINK to
until after ndo_uninit") tried to do this ealier but while doing so
it created a problem. Unfortunately the delayed rtmsg_ifinfo() also
delayed call to fill_info(). So this translated into asking driver
to remove private state and then query it's private state. This
could have catastropic consequences.
This change breaks the rtmsg_ifinfo() into two parts - one takes the
precise snapshot of the device by called fill_info() before calling
the ndo_uninit() and the second part sends the notification using
collected snapshot.
It was brought to notice when last link is deleted from an ipvlan device
when it has free-ed the port and the subsequent .fill_info() call is
trying to get the info from the port.
kernel: [ 255.139429] ------------[ cut here ]------------
kernel: [ 255.139439] WARNING: CPU: 12 PID: 11173 at net/core/rtnetlink.c:2238 rtmsg_ifinfo+0x100/0x110()
kernel: [ 255.139493] Modules linked in: ipvlan bonding w1_therm ds2482 wire cdc_acm ehci_pci ehci_hcd i2c_dev i2c_i801 i2c_core msr cpuid bnx2x ptp pps_core mdio libcrc32c
kernel: [ 255.139513] CPU: 12 PID: 11173 Comm: ip Not tainted 3.18.0-smp-DEV #167
kernel: [ 255.139514] Hardware name: Intel RML,PCH/Ibis_QC_18, BIOS 1.0.10 05/15/2012
kernel: [ 255.139515] 0000000000000009 ffff880851b6b828 ffffffff815d87f4 00000000000000e0
kernel: [ 255.139516] 0000000000000000 ffff880851b6b868 ffffffff8109c29c 0000000000000000
kernel: [ 255.139518] 00000000ffffffa6 00000000000000d0 ffffffff81aaf580 0000000000000011
kernel: [ 255.139520] Call Trace:
kernel: [ 255.139527] [<ffffffff815d87f4>] dump_stack+0x46/0x58
kernel: [ 255.139531] [<ffffffff8109c29c>] warn_slowpath_common+0x8c/0xc0
kernel: [ 255.139540] [<ffffffff8109c2ea>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
kernel: [ 255.139544] [<ffffffff8150d570>] rtmsg_ifinfo+0x100/0x110
kernel: [ 255.139547] [<ffffffff814f78b5>] rollback_registered_many+0x1d5/0x2d0
kernel: [ 255.139549] [<ffffffff814f79cf>] unregister_netdevice_many+0x1f/0xb0
kernel: [ 255.139551] [<ffffffff8150acab>] rtnl_dellink+0xbb/0x110
kernel: [ 255.139553] [<ffffffff8150da90>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0xa0/0x240
kernel: [ 255.139557] [<ffffffff81329283>] ? rhashtable_lookup_compare+0x43/0x80
kernel: [ 255.139558] [<ffffffff8150d9f0>] ? __rtnl_unlock+0x20/0x20
kernel: [ 255.139562] [<ffffffff8152cb11>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xb1/0xc0
kernel: [ 255.139563] [<ffffffff8150a495>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x25/0x40
kernel: [ 255.139565] [<ffffffff8152c398>] netlink_unicast+0x178/0x230
kernel: [ 255.139567] [<ffffffff8152c75f>] netlink_sendmsg+0x30f/0x420
kernel: [ 255.139571] [<ffffffff814e0b0c>] sock_sendmsg+0x9c/0xd0
kernel: [ 255.139575] [<ffffffff811d1d7f>] ? rw_copy_check_uvector+0x6f/0x130
kernel: [ 255.139577] [<ffffffff814e11c9>] ? copy_msghdr_from_user+0x139/0x1b0
kernel: [ 255.139578] [<ffffffff814e1774>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x304/0x310
kernel: [ 255.139581] [<ffffffff81198723>] ? handle_mm_fault+0xca3/0xde0
kernel: [ 255.139585] [<ffffffff811ebc4c>] ? destroy_inode+0x3c/0x70
kernel: [ 255.139589] [<ffffffff8108e6ec>] ? __do_page_fault+0x20c/0x500
kernel: [ 255.139597] [<ffffffff811e8336>] ? dput+0xb6/0x190
kernel: [ 255.139606] [<ffffffff811f05f6>] ? mntput+0x26/0x40
kernel: [ 255.139611] [<ffffffff811d2b94>] ? __fput+0x174/0x1e0
kernel: [ 255.139613] [<ffffffff814e2129>] __sys_sendmsg+0x49/0x90
kernel: [ 255.139615] [<ffffffff814e2182>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
kernel: [ 255.139617] [<ffffffff815df092>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x17
kernel: [ 255.139619] ---[ end trace 5e6703e87d984f6b ]---
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reported-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Part of the old remote management feature is a piece of code
that checked permissions on the local system to see if a certain
operation was permitted, and if so pass the command to a remote
node. This serves no purpose after the removal of remote management
with commit 5902385a24 ("tipc: obsolete the remote management
feature") so we remove it.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To accomodate for enough headroom for tunnels, use MAX_HEADER instead
of LL_MAX_HEADER. Robert reported that he has hit after roughly 40hrs
of trinity an skb_under_panic() via SCTP output path (see reference).
I couldn't reproduce it from here, but not using MAX_HEADER as elsewhere
in other protocols might be one possible cause for this.
In any case, it looks like accounting on chunks themself seems to look
good as the skb already passed the SCTP output path and did not hit
any skb_over_panic(). Given tunneling was enabled in his .config, the
headroom would have been expanded by MAX_HEADER in this case.
Reported-by: Robert Święcki <robert@swiecki.net>
Reference: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/12/1/507
Fixes: 594ccc14df ("[SCTP] Replace incorrect use of dev_alloc_skb with alloc_skb in sctp_packet_transmit().")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xchg is atomic, so there is no necessary to use spin_lock/spin_unlock
to protect it. At last, remove the redundant
opt = xchg(&inet6_sk(sk)->opt, opt); statement.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is nice kernel helper to escape a given strings by provided rules. Let's
use it instead of custom approach.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
[bfields@redhat.com: fix length calculation]
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
...move the WARN_ON_ONCE inside the following if block since they use
the same condition.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
These were useful when I was tracking down a race condition between
svc_xprt_do_enqueue and svc_get_next_xprt.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Testing has shown that the pool->sp_lock can be a bottleneck on a busy
server. Every time data is received on a socket, the server must take
that lock in order to dequeue a thread from the sp_threads list.
Address this problem by eliminating the sp_threads list (which contains
threads that are currently idle) and replacing it with a RQ_BUSY flag in
svc_rqst. This allows us to walk the sp_all_threads list under the
rcu_read_lock and find a suitable thread for the xprt by doing a
test_and_set_bit.
Note that we do still have a potential atomicity problem however with
this approach. We don't want svc_xprt_do_enqueue to set the
rqst->rq_xprt pointer unless a test_and_set_bit of RQ_BUSY returned
zero (which indicates that the thread was idle). But, by the time we
check that, the bit could be flipped by a waking thread.
To address this, we acquire a new per-rqst spinlock (rq_lock) and take
that before doing the test_and_set_bit. If that returns false, then we
can set rq_xprt and drop the spinlock. Then, when the thread wakes up,
it must set the bit under the same spinlock and can trust that if it was
already set then the rq_xprt is also properly set.
With this scheme, the case where we have an idle thread no longer needs
to take the highly contended pool->sp_lock at all, and that removes the
bottleneck.
That still leaves one issue: What of the case where we walk the whole
sp_all_threads list and don't find an idle thread? Because the search is
lockess, it's possible for the queueing to race with a thread that is
going to sleep. To address that, we queue the xprt and then search again.
If we find an idle thread at that point, we can't attach the xprt to it
directly since that might race with a different thread waking up and
finding it. All we can do is wake the idle thread back up and let it
attempt to find the now-queued xprt.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Tested-by: Chris Worley <chris.worley@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
In a later patch, we'll be removing some spinlocking around the socket
and thread queueing code in order to fix some contention problems. At
that point, the stats counters will no longer be protected by the
sp_lock.
Change the counters to atomic_long_t fields, except for the
"sockets_queued" counter which will still be manipulated under a
spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Tested-by: Chris Worley <chris.worley@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
...also make the manipulation of sp_all_threads list use RCU-friendly
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Tested-by: Chris Worley <chris.worley@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Currently all svc_create callers pass in NULL for the shutdown parm,
which then gets fixed up to be svc_rpcb_cleanup if the service uses
rpcbind.
Simplify this by instead having the the only caller that requires it
(lockd) pass in svc_rpcb_cleanup and get rid of the special casing.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The way that svc_wake_up works is a bit inefficient. It walks all of the
available pools for a service and either wakes up a task in each one or
sets the SP_TASK_PENDING flag in each one.
When svc_wake_up is called, there is no need to wake up more than one
thread to do this work. In practice, only lockd currently uses this
function and it's single threaded anyway. Thus, this just boils down to
doing a wake up of a thread in pool 0 or setting a single flag.
Eliminate the for loop in this function and change it to just operate on
pool 0. Also update the comments that sit above it and get rid of some
code that has been commented out for years now.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
In a later patch, we'll want to be able to handle this flag without
holding the sp_lock. Change this field to an unsigned long flags
field, and declare a new flag in it that can be managed with atomic
bitops.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
In a later patch, we're going to need some atomic bit flags. Since that
field will need to be an unsigned long, we mitigate that space
consumption by migrating some other bitflags to the new field. Start
with the rq_secure flag.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Highlights include:
Features:
- NFSv4.2 client support for hole punching and preallocation.
- Further RPC/RDMA client improvements.
- Add more RPC transport debugging tracepoints.
- Add RPC debugging tools in debugfs.
Bugfixes:
- Stable fix for layoutget error handling
- Fix a change in COMMIT behaviour resulting from the recent io code updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wOP3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.19-1' into nfsd for-3.19 branch
Mainly what I need is 860a0d9e51 "sunrpc: add some tracepoints in
svc_rqst handling functions", which subsequent server rpc patches from
jlayton depend on. I'm merging this later tag on the assumption that's
more likely to be a tested and stable point.
This merely fixes sparse warnings, without actually
adding support for the new APIs.
Still working out the best way to enable the new
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
net/bluetooth/smp.c:2650:9-16: WARNING: ERR_CAST can be used with tfm_aes
Use ERR_CAST inlined function instead of ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(...))
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/err_cast.cocci
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2014-12-03
1) Fix a set but not used warning. From Fabian Frederick.
2) Currently we make sequence number values available to userspace
only if we use ESN. Make the sequence number values also available
for non ESN states. From Zhi Ding.
3) Remove socket policy hashing. We don't need it because socket
policies are always looked up via a linked list. From Herbert Xu.
4) After removing socket policy hashing, we can use __xfrm_policy_link
in xfrm_policy_insert. From Herbert Xu.
5) Add a lookup method for vti6 tunnels with wildcard endpoints.
I forgot this when I initially implemented vti6.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or
setting the RSS hash function.
It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly.
This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a
modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the
driver implementation of set_rxfh.
User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the
ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an
index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS.
Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their
driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also
assumed it is Toeplitz.
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since head->handle == handle (checked before), just assign handle.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu variant is not correct here. The code is called by updater (rtnl
lock is held), not by reader (no rcu_read_lock is held).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu variant is not correct here. The code is called by updater (rtnl
lock is held), not by reader (no rcu_read_lock is held).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
ACKed-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert tipc name table read-write lock to RCU. After this change,
a new spin lock is used to protect name table on write side while
RCU is applied on read side.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a list_head variable is seen as a new entry to be added to a
list head, it's unnecessary to be initialized with INIT_LIST_HEAD().
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tipc name sequence is published, name table lock is released
before name sequence buffer is delivered to remote nodes through its
underlying unicast links. However, when name sequence is withdrawn,
the name table lock is held until the transmission of the removal
message of name sequence is finished. During the process, node lock
is nested in name table lock. To prevent node lock from being nested
in name table lock, while withdrawing name, we should adopt the same
locking policy of publishing name sequence: name table lock should
be released before message is sent.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As tipc_nametbl_lock is used to protect name_table structure, the lock
must be held while all members of name_table structure are accessed.
However, the lock is not obtained while a member of name_table
structure - local_publ_count is read in tipc_nametbl_publish(), as
a consequence, an inconsistent value of local_publ_count might be got.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC internally created a name table which is used to store name
sequences. Now there is a read-write lock - tipc_nametbl_lock to
protect the table, and each name sequence saved in the table is
protected with its private lock. When a name sequence is inserted
or removed to or from the table, its members might need to change.
Therefore, in normal case, the two locks must be held while TIPC
operates the table. However, there are still several places where
we only hold tipc_nametbl_lock without proprerly obtaining name
sequence lock, which might cause the corruption of name sequence.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As TIPC subscriber server is terminated before name table, no user
depends on subscription list of name sequence when name table is
stopped. Therefore, all name sequences stored in name table should
be released whatever their subscriptions lists are empty or not,
otherwise, memory leak might happen.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Name table locking policy is going to be adjusted from read-write
lock protection to RCU lock protection in the future commits. But
its essential precondition is to convert the allocation way of name
table from static to dynamic mode.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size variable is introduced in publ_list struct to help us exactly
calculate SKB buffer sizes needed by publications when all publications
in name table are delivered in bulk in named_distribute(). But if
publication SKB buffer size is assumed to MTU, the size variable in
publ_list struct can be completely eliminated at the cost of wasting
a bit memory space for last SKB.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Aho <tero.aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The compute_score functions are a bit difficult to read.
Neaten them a bit to reduce object sizes and make them a
bit more intelligible.
Return early to avoid indentation and avoid unnecessary
initializations.
(allyesconfig, but w/ -O2 and no profiling)
$ size net/ipv[46]/udp.o.*
text data bss dec hex filename
28680 1184 25 29889 74c1 net/ipv4/udp.o.new
28756 1184 25 29965 750d net/ipv4/udp.o.old
17600 1010 2 18612 48b4 net/ipv6/udp.o.new
17632 1010 2 18644 48d4 net/ipv6/udp.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow reading of timestamps and cmsg at the same time on all relevant
socket families. One use is to correlate timestamps with egress
device, by asking for cmsg IP_PKTINFO.
on AF_INET sockets, call the relevant function (ip_cmsg_recv). To
avoid changing legacy expectations, only do so if the caller sets a
new timestamping flag SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_CMSG.
on AF_INET6 sockets, IPV6_PKTINFO and all other recv cmsg are already
returned for all origins. only change is to set ifindex, which is
not initialized for all error origins.
In both cases, only generate the pktinfo message if an ifindex is
known. This is not the case for ACK timestamps.
The difference between the protocol families is probably a historical
accident as a result of the different conditions for generating cmsg
in the relevant ip(v6)_recv_error function:
ipv4: if (serr->ee.ee_origin == SO_EE_ORIGIN_ICMP) {
ipv6: if (serr->ee.ee_origin != SO_EE_ORIGIN_LOCAL) {
At one time, this was the same test bar for the ICMP/ICMP6
distinction. This is no longer true.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
Changes
v1 -> v2
large rewrite
- integrate with existing pktinfo cmsg generation code
- on ipv4: only send with new flag, to maintain legacy behavior
- on ipv6: send at most a single pktinfo cmsg
- on ipv6: initialize fields if not yet initialized
The recv cmsg interfaces are also relevant to the discussion of
whether looping packet headers is problematic. For v6, cmsgs that
identify many headers are already returned. This patch expands
that to v4. If it sounds reasonable, I will follow with patches
1. request timestamps without payload with SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY
(http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/366967/)
2. sysctl to conditionally drop all timestamps that have payload or
cmsg from users without CAP_NET_RAW.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One line change, in response to catching an occurrence of this bug.
See also fix f4713a3dfa ("net-timestamp: make tcp_recvmsg call ...")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* device-properties:
leds: leds-gpio: Fix multiple instances registration without 'label' property
leds: leds-gpio: Fix legacy GPIO number case
ACPI / property: Drop size_prop from acpi_dev_get_property_reference()
leds: leds-gpio: Convert gpio_blink_set() to use GPIO descriptors
ACPI / GPIO: Document ACPI GPIO mappings API
net: rfkill: gpio: Add default GPIO driver mappings for ACPI
ACPI / GPIO: Driver GPIO mappings for ACPI GPIOs
input: gpio_keys_polled: Make use of device property API
leds: leds-gpio: Make use of device property API
gpio: Support for unified device properties interface
Driver core: Unified interface for firmware node properties
input: gpio_keys_polled: Add support for GPIO descriptors
leds: leds-gpio: Add support for GPIO descriptors
gpio: sch: Consolidate core and resume banks
gpio / ACPI: Add support for _DSD device properties
misc: at25: Make use of device property API
ACPI: Allow drivers to match using Device Tree compatible property
Driver core: Unified device properties interface for platform firmware
ACPI: Add support for device specific properties
When the host decides to use a non-resolvable private address, it
must ensure that this generated address does not match the public
address of the controller. Add an extra check to ensure this required
behavior.
In addition rename the variable from urpa to nrpa and fix all of the
comments in the code that use the term unresolvable instead of the
term non-resolvable as used in the Bluetooth specification.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
xfrm_decode_session() was originally designed for the
usage in the receive path where the correct nexthdr offset
is stored in IP6CB(skb)->nhoff. Over time this function
spread to code that is used in the output path (netfilter,
vti) where IP6CB(skb)->nhoff is not set. As a result, we
get a wrong nexthdr and the upper layer flow informations
are wrong. This can leed to incorrect policy lookups.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
skb->transport_header might not be valid when we do a reverse
decode because the ipv6 tunnel error handlers don't update it
to the inner transport header. This leads to a wrong offset
calculation and to wrong layer 4 informations. We fix this
by using the size of the ipv6 header as the first offset.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Fix various spelling errors in the comments of the CAN modules.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah Mahler <jmmahler@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Several CAN modules use a design pattern with a banner[] variable at the
top which defines a string that is used once during init to print the
banner. The string is also embedded with KERN_INFO which makes it
printk() specific.
Improve the code by eliminating the banner[] variable and moving the
string to where it is printed. Then switch from printk(KERN_INFO to
pr_info() for the lines that were changed.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah Mahler <jmmahler@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The SMP over BR/EDR requests for cross-transport pairing should also
accepted when the debugfs setting force_lesc_support has been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The SMP over BR/EDR support for cross-transport pairing should also be
enabled when the debugfs setting force_lesc_support has been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
introduce new setsockopt() command:
setsockopt(sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_BPF, &prog_fd, sizeof(prog_fd))
where prog_fd was received from syscall bpf(BPF_PROG_LOAD, attr, ...)
and attr->prog_type == BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER
setsockopt() calls bpf_prog_get() which increments refcnt of the program,
so it doesn't get unloaded while socket is using the program.
The same eBPF program can be attached to multiple sockets.
User task exit automatically closes socket which calls sk_filter_uncharge()
which decrements refcnt of eBPF program
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch fixes typo in the flow validation. This prevented
installation of ARP and IPv6 flows.
Fixes: 19e7a3df72 ("openvswitch: Fix NDP flow mask validation")
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the inner mac header to point to the GRE payload when
doing GRO. This is needed if we proceed to send the packet
through GRE GSO which now uses the inner mac header instead
of inner network header to determine the length of encapsulation
headers.
Fixes: 14051f0452 ("gre: Use inner mac length when computing tunnel length")
Reported-by: Wolfgang Walter <linux@stwm.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following batch contains netfilter updates for net-next. Basically,
enhancements for xt_recent, skip zeroing of timer in conntrack, fix
linking problem with recent redirect support for nf_tables, ipset
updates and a couple of cleanups. More specifically, they are:
1) Rise maximum number per IP address to be remembered in xt_recent
while retaining backward compatibility, from Florian Westphal.
2) Skip zeroing timer area in nf_conn objects, also from Florian.
3) Inspect IPv4 and IPv6 traffic from the bridge to allow filtering using
using meta l4proto and transport layer header, from Alvaro Neira.
4) Fix linking problems in the new redirect support when CONFIG_IPV6=n
and IP6_NF_IPTABLES=n.
And ipset updates from Jozsef Kadlecsik:
5) Support updating element extensions when the set is full (fixes
netfilter bugzilla id 880).
6) Fix set match with 32-bits userspace / 64-bits kernel.
7) Indicate explicitly when /0 networks are supported in ipset.
8) Simplify cidr handling for hash:*net* types.
9) Allocate the proper size of memory when /0 networks are supported.
10) Explicitly add padding elements to hash:net,net and hash:net,port,
because the elements must be u32 sized for the used hash function.
Jozsef is also cooking ipset RCU conversion which should land soon if
they reach the merge window in time.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the LE Read Local P-256 Public Key command is supported, then
enable its corresponding complete event. And when the LE Generate DHKey
command is supported, enable its corresponding complete event as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The new Extended Scanner Filter Policies feature has to be enabled by
selecting the correct filter policy for the scan parameters. This
patch does that when the controller has been enabled to use LE Privacy.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller sends a LE Direct Advertising Report event, the host
must confirm that the resolvable random address provided matches with
its own identity resolving key. If it does, then that advertising report
needs to be processed. If it does not match, the report needs to be
ignored.
This patch adds full support for handling these new reports and using
them for device discovery and connection handling. This means when a
Bluetooth controller supports the Extended Scanner Filter Policies, it
is possible to use directed advertising with LE privacy.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the Extended Scanner Filter Policies, it
supports the LE Direct Advertising Report event. However by default
that event is blocked by the LE event mask. It is required to enable
it during controller setup.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When using Start Service Discovery and when background scanning is used
to report devices, the RSSI is reported or the value 127 is provided in
case RSSI in unavailable.
For Start Discovery the value 0 is reported to keep backwards
compatibility with the existing users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When no RSSI value is available then make sure that the result is
filtered out when the RSSI threshold filter is active.
This means that all Bluetooth 1.1 or earlier devices will not
report any results when using a RSSI threshold filter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The mgmt.c file already has a bluetooth_base_uuid variable which has the
exact same value as the reverse_base_uuid one. This patch removes the
redundant variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes the Get Connection Information mgmt command to take
advantage of the new cmd_complete callback. This allows for great
simplifications in the logic for constructing the cmd_complete event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we create the hci_conn object we should properly initialize the
RSSI to HCI_RSSI_INVALID.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Get Clock Information mgmt command to take
advantage of the new cmd_complete callback for pending commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Start/Stop Discovery mgmt commands to use the
cmd_complete callback of struct pending_cmd. Since both of these
commands return the same parameters as they take as input we can use the
existing generic_cmd_complete() helper for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Unpair Device code to take advantage of the
cmd_complete callback of struct pending_cmd.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Pair Device mgmt command to use the new
cmd_complete callback for pending mgmt commands. The already existing
pairing_complete() function is exactly what's needed and doesn't need
changing.
In addition to getting the return parameters always right this patch
actually fixes a reference counting bug and memory leak with the
hci_conn that's attached to the pending mgmt command - something that
would occur when powering off or unplugging the adapter while pairing is
in progress.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the user confirmation & PIN code mgmt commands to
take advantage of the new cmd_complete callback for pending mgmt
commands. The patch also adds a new generic addr_cmd_complete() helper
function to be used with commands that send a mgmt_addr_info response
based on a mgmt_addr_info in the beginning of the command parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Disconnect mgmt command to take advantage of the
new cmd_complete callback that's part of the pending_cmd struct. There
are many commands whose response parameters map 1:1 to the command
parameters and Disconnect is one of them. This patch adds a
generic_cmd_complete() function for such commands that can be reused in
subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As preparation for making generic cmd_complete responses possible we'll
need to track the parameter length in addition to just a pointer to
them. This patch adds the necessary variable to the pending_cmd struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We've got a couple of generic scenarios where all pending mgmt commands
are processed and responses are sent to them. These scenarios are
powering off the adapter and removing the adapter. So far the code has
been generating cmd_status responses with NOT_POWERED and INVALID_INDEX
resposes respectively, but this violates the mgmt specification for
commands that should always generate a cmd_complete.
This patch adds support for specifying a callback for the pending_cmd
context that each command handler can use for command-specific
cmd_complete event generation. The actual per-command event generators
will come in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some have been missing and some have been needed. Just cosmetics.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Follow coding style of the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This might change and we already deliver a copy of the license with
the kernel. This was already removed form the ieee802154 code but
missed here.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently the discovery filter information are only cleared when the
actual discovery procedure has been stopped. To make sure that none
of the filters interfere with the background scanning and its device
found event reporting, clear the filter before starting background
scanning.
This means that the discovery filter is now cleared before either
Start Discovery, Start Service Discovery or background scanning.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In case of failure or when unplugging a controller, the allocated
memory for the UUID list of the discovery filter is not freed. Use
the newly introduced helper for reset the discovery filter and with
that also freeing existing memory.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The discovery filter allocates memory for its UUID list. So use
a helper function to free it and reset it to default states.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds support for the Start Service Discovery command. It
does all the checks for command parameters and configured the discovery
filter settings correctly. However the actual support for filtering
will be added with another patch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The previous patch provided the framework for integrating the UUID
filtering into the service discovery. This patch now provides the
actual filter logic.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Using Start Service Discovery provides the option to specifiy a list
of UUID that are used to filter out device found events. This patch
provides the framework for hooking up the UUID filter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Using Start Service Discovery allows to provide a RSSI threshold. This
patch implements support for filtering out device found events based
on the provided value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the upcoming addition of support for Start Service Discovery, the
discovery handling needs to filter on RSSI and UUID values. For that
they need to be stored in the discovery handling. This patch adds the
appropiate fields and also make sure they are reset when discovery
has been stopped.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
a) make get_proc_ns() return a pointer to struct ns_common
b) mirror ns_ops in dentry->d_fsdata of ns dentries, so that
is_mnt_ns_file() could get away with fewer dereferences.
That way struct proc_ns becomes invisible outside of fs/proc/*.c
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
for now - just move corresponding ->proc_inum instances over there
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the NFC pull request for 3.19.
With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJUfjvWAAoJEIqAPN1PVmxK46MP/1QFb093QmAK3AfMS7XBZdwg
vgJkZIyFmTeRlDTonRJpv1MXZhPL+JHYK0wGANts1Ba04nZIgK9jzdcqjvd1niD1
Hk9ggHpfxsIl35FfRVcWAUpyb71Ykug2V396gJH2iiHvt2jHr8IsRWOWCVaItWMO
ZpVpV58xkROEu115wjKdrmKijL0xf7/F70RlReV4tOLGip3E/bP7EhutF2s5D8Lt
A5hfauQS3lUJIhlJ1IT59XtdnBSIS5D8OuNYjuJuFkPfIcXAHacEUBrta3KahQPy
kFGYYjj+V0vZA9JQG/j6vomP4AI0pP4DPkwWqgmioaPshkOOktwf1l21IKQrC7aw
h7EFEG6q5AxnL5JFbm4y+b5IEp8ALeVi5rv1xdRZ7/AW/n6FWGrkBHatsJceQgX+
wFhZ52USGHQUzWoJ6SC0O82U831/dgxWm5M42CV5/Bl9d69XX7Om9MWytdjQ94yB
ERoSJcivc+Q30bAiZmvb44ghv3qMGNArlBVVlcN7+3rbz4XOWLhduqCJaUs12fgY
lyGdNHxVVmEeEY9ByOjr6RD1pYpSDgEQSYvn5pbKadX+DqpXHQuGC4JHtbBkzKn0
Se9c442HRBjts0VprJ7wjLgbf5VfqFjtgsfqubD/mcTn61B4/t9zyGgV1VuI7UgL
QxK0m0rB1nOxpdWFesl1
=WHHp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.19-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"NFC: 3.19 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 3.19.
With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The actual process of compiling the correct HCI commands for triggering
discovery is something that should be generic. So instead of mixing it
into the Start Discover operation handling, split it out into its own
function utilizing HCI request handling and just providing status in
case of errors or invalid parameters.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Sending the required cmd_complete for the management commands should be
done in one place and not in multiple places. Especially for Start and
Stop Discovery commands this is split into to sending it in case of
failure from the complete handler, but in case of success from the
event state update function triggering mgmt_discovering. This is way
too convoluted and since hci_request serializes the HCI command
processing, send the cmd_complete response from the complete handler
for all cases.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Start Discovery command has some complicated code when it comes
to error handling. With the future introduction of Start Service
Discovery simplifying this makes it easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to the
addition of support for LE Secure Connection feature.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the addition of support for Bluetooth Low Energy Secure Connections
feature, it makes sense to increase the minor version of the Bluetooth
core module.
The module version is not used anywhere, but it gives a nice extra
hint for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some gcc versions don't seem to be able to properly track the flow of
the smp_cmd_pairing_random() function and end up causing the following
types of (false-positive) warnings:
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘nb’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘na’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
^
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘pkbx’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
^
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘pkax’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
This patch fixes the issue by moving the pkax/pkbx and na/nb
initialization earlier in the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The convention for checking for NULL pointers is !ptr and not
ptr == NULL. This patch fixes such an occurrence in smp.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to keep debug keys around at least until the point that they are
used - otherwise e.g. slave role behavior wouldn't work as there'd be no
key to be looked up. The correct behavior should therefore be to return
any stored keys but when we clean up the SMP context to remove the key
from the hdev list if keeping debug keys around hasn't been requestsed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch organizes the various SMP crypto functions so that the LE SC
functions appear in one section and the legacy SMP functions in a
separate one.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Several SMP functions take read-only data. This patch fixes the
declaration of these parameters to use the const specifier as
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The various inputs & outputs of the crypto functions as well as the
values of the ECDH keys can be considered security sensitive. They
should therefore not end up in dmesg by mistake. This patch introduces a
new SMP_DBG macro which requires explicit compilation with -DDEBUG to be
enabled. All crypto related data logs now use this macro instead of
BT_DBG.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds basic OOB pairing support when we've received the remote
OOB data. This includes tracking the remote r value (in smp->rr) as well
as doing the appropriate f4() call when needed. Previously the OOB rand
would have been stored in smp->rrnd however these are actually two
independent values so we need separate variables for them. Na/Nb in the
spec maps to smp->prnd/rrnd and ra/rb maps to smp->rr with smp->pr to
come once local OOB data is supported.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we have OOB data available for the remote device in question we
should set the OOB flag appropriately in the SMP pairing request or
response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds proper support for passing LE OOB data to the
hci_add_remote_oob_data() function. For LE the 192-bit values are not
valid and should therefore be passed as NULL values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be able to support OOB data for LE pairing we need to store the
address type of the remote device. This patch extends the relevant
functions and data types with a bdaddr_type variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to duplicate code for the 192 vs 192+256 variants of the
OOB data functions. This is also helpful to pave the way to support LE
SC OOB data where only 256 bit data is provided.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When Secure Connections-only mode is enabled we should reject any
pairing command that does not have Secure Connections set in the
authentication requirements. This patch adds the appropriate logic for
this to the command handlers of Pairing Request/Response and Security
Request.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When doing SMP over BR/EDR some of the routines can be shared with the
LE functionality whereas others needs to be split into their own BR/EDR
specific branches. This patch implements the split of BR/EDR specific
SMP code from the LE-only code, making sure SMP over BR/EDR works as
specified.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the very basic code for creating and destroying SMP
L2CAP channels for BR/EDR connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make it possible to use LE SC functionality over BR/EDR with pre-4.1
controllers (that do not support BR/EDR SC links) it's useful to be able
to force LE SC operations even over a traditional SSP protected link.
This patch adds a debugfs switch to force a special debug flag which is
used to skip the checks for BR/EDR SC support.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For LE Secure Connections we want to trigger cross transport key
generation only if a new link key was actually created during the BR/EDR
connection. This patch adds a new flag to track this information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The HCI_USE_DEBUG_KEYS flag is intended to force our side to always use
debug keys for pairing. This means both BR/EDR SSP as well as SMP with
LE Secure Connections. This patch updates the SMP code to use the debug
keys instead of generating a random local key pair when the flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we don not actively try to clear the keypress notification bit we
might get these PDUs. To avoid failing the pairing process add a simple
dummy handler for these for now.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to the LE SC specification the initiating device sends its
DHKey check first and the non-initiating devices sends its DHKey check
as a response to this. It's also important that the non-initiating
device doesn't send the response if it's still waiting for user input.
In order to synchronize all this a new flag is added.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The passkey entry mechanism involves either both sides requesting the
user for a passkey, or one side requesting the passkey while the other
one displays it. The behavior as far as SMP PDUs are concerned are
considerably different from numeric comparison and therefore requires
several new functions to handle it.
In essence passkey entry involves both sides gradually committing to
each bit of the passkey which involves 20 rounds of pairing confirm and
pairing random PDUS being sent in both directions.
This patch adds a new smp->passkey_round variable to track the current
round of the passkey commitment and reuses the variables already present
in struct hci_conn for the passkey and entered key count.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to set the correct Link Key type based on the properties of the
LE SC pairing that it was derived from. If debug keys were used the type
should be a debug key, and the authenticated vs unauthenticated
information should be set on what kind of security level was reached.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the just-works method was chosen we shouldn't send anything to user
space but simply proceed with sending the DHKey Check PDU. This patch
adds the necessary code for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After generating the LTK we should set the correct type (normal SC or
debug) and authentication information for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is very unlikely, but to have a 100% guarantee of the generated key
type we need to reject any keys which happen to match the debug key.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to be able to detect if the remote side used a debug key for the
pairing. This patch adds the debug key defines and sets a flag to
indicate that a debug key was used. The debug private key (debug_sk) is
also added in this patch but will only be used in a subsequent patch
when local debug key support is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds code to select the authentication method for Secure
Connections based on the local and remote capabilities. A new
DSP_PASSKEY method is also added for displaying the passkey - something
that is not part of legacy SMP pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For Secure Connections we'll select the authentication method as soon as
we receive the public key, but only use it later (both when actually
triggering the method as well as when determining the quality of the
resulting LTK). Store the method therefore in the SMP context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As the last step of the LE SC pairing process it's time to generate and
distribute keys. The generation part is unique to LE SC and so this
patch adds a dedicated function for it. We also clear the distribution
bits for keys which are not distributed with LE SC, so that the code
shared with legacy SMP will not go ahead and try to distribute them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once we receive the DHKey check PDU it's time to first verify that the
value is correct and then proceed with encrypting the link.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With LE SC, once the user has responded to the numeric comparison it's
time to send DHKey check values in both directions. The DHKey check
value is generated using new smp_f5 and smp_f6 cryptographic functions.
The smp_f5 function is responsible for generating the LTK and the MacKey
values whereas the smp_f6 function takes the MacKey as input and
generates the DHKey Check value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After the Pairing Confirm and Random PDUs have been exchanged in LE SC
it's time to generate a numeric comparison value using a new smp_g2
cryptographic function (which also builds on AES-CMAC). This patch adds
the smp_g2 implementation and updates the Pairing Random PDU handler to
proceed with the value genration and user confirmation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When LE SC is being used we should always respond to it by sending our
local random number. This patch adds a convenience function for it which
also contains a check for the pre-requisite public key exchange
completion
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once the public key exchange is complete the next step is for the
non-initiating device to send a SMP Pairing Confirm PDU to the
initiating device. This requires the use of a new smp_f4 confirm value
generation function which in turn builds on the AES-CMAC cryptographic
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a handler function for the LE SC SMP Public Key PDU.
When we receive the key we proceed with generating the shared DHKey
value from the remote public key and local private key.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the initial pairing request & response PDUs have been exchanged and
both have had the LE SC bit set the next step is to generate a ECDH
key pair and to send the public key to the remote side. This patch adds
basic support for generating the key pair and sending the public key
using the new Public Key SMP PDU. It is the initiating device that sends
the public key first and the non-initiating device responds by sending
its public key respectively (in a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a simple ECC library that will act as a fundamental
building block for LE Secure Connections. The library has a simple API
consisting of two functions: one for generating a public/private key
pair and another one for generating a Diffie-Hellman key from a local
private key and a remote public key.
The code has been taken from https://github.com/kmackay/easy-ecc and
modified to conform with the kernel coding style.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most of the LE Secure Connections SMP crypto functions build on top of
the AES-CMAC function. This patch adds access to AES-CMAC in the kernel
crypto subsystem by allocating a crypto_hash handle for it in a similar
way that we have one for AES-CBC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Depending on whether Secure Connections is enabled or not we may need to add
the link key generation bit to the key distribution. This patch does the
necessary modifications to the build_pairing_cmd() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that hci_find_ltk_by_addr is the only LTK lookup function there's no
need to keep the long name anymore. This patch shortens the function
name to simply hci_find_ltk.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that LTKs are always looked up based on bdaddr (with EDiv/Rand
checks done after a successful lookup) the hci_find_ltk function is not
needed anymore. This patch removes the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
LTKs derived from Secure Connections based pairing are symmetric, i.e.
they should match both master and slave role. This patch updates the LTK
lookup functions to ignore the desired role when dealing with SC LTKs.
Furthermore, with Secure Connections the EDiv and Rand values are not
used and should always be set to zero. This patch updates the LTK lookup
to first use the bdaddr as key and then do the necessary verifications
of EDiv and Rand based on whether the found LTK is for SC or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since LE Secure Connections is a purely host-side feature we should
offer the Secure Connections mgmt setting for any adapter with LE
support. This patch updates the supported settings value and the
set_secure_conn command handler accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the HCI_SC_ENABLED flag will also be used for controllers without
BR/EDR Secure Connections support whenever we need to check specifically
for SC for BR/EDR we also need to check that the controller actually
supports it. This patch adds a convenience macro for check all the
necessary conditions and converts the places in the code that need it to
use it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the looked-up LTK is one generated by Secure Connections pairing
the security level it gives is BT_SECURITY_FIPS. This patch updates the
LTK request event handler to correctly set this level.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need a dedicated LTK type for LTK resulting from a Secure Connections
based SMP pairing. This patch adds a new define for it and ensures that
both the New LTK event as well as the Load LTKs command supports it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the functions which map the SMP authentication
request to a security level and vice-versa to take into account the
Secure Connections feature.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new SMP flag for tracking whether Secure Connections
is in use and sets the flag when both remote and local side have elected
to use Secure Connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we haven't enabled SC support on our side we should use the same mask
for the authentication requirement as we were using before SC support
was added, otherwise we should use the extended mask for SC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds basic SMP defines for commands, error codes and PDU
definitions for the LE Secure Connections feature.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The elements must be u32 sized for the used hash function.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Sven-Haegar Koch reported the issue:
sims:~# iptables -A OUTPUT -m set --match-set testset src -j ACCEPT
iptables: Invalid argument. Run `dmesg' for more information.
In syslog:
x_tables: ip_tables: set.3 match: invalid size 48 (kernel) != (user) 32
which was introduced by the counter extension in ipset.
The patch fixes the alignment issue with introducing a new set match
revision with the fixed underlying 'struct ip_set_counter_match'
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When the set was full (hash type and maxelem reached), it was not
possible to update the extension part of already existing elements.
The patch removes this limitation.
Fixes: https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=880
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we get a Link Key Notification HCI event we should already have a
hci_conn object. This should have been created either in the Connection
Request event handler, the hci_connect_acl() function or the
hci_cs_create_conn() function (if the request was not sent by the
kernel).
Since the only case that we'd end up not having a hci_conn in the Link
Key Notification event handler would be essentially broken hardware it's
safe to simply bail out from the function if this happens.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To allow brport device to return current brport flags set on port. Add
returned flags to nested IFLA_PROTINFO netlink msg built in dflt getlink.
With this change, netlink msg returned for bridge_getlink contains the port's
offloaded flag settings (the port's SELF settings).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the swdev device learns a new mac/vlan on a port, it sends some async
notification to the driver and the driver installs an FDB in the device.
To give a holistic system view, the learned mac/vlan should be reflected
in the bridge's FBD table, so the user, using normal iproute2 cmds, can view
what is currently learned by the device. This API on the bridge driver gives
a way for the swdev driver to install an FBD entry in the bridge FBD table.
(And remove one).
This is equivalent to the device running these cmds:
bridge fdb [add|del] <mac> dev <dev> vid <vlan id> master
This patch needs some extra eyeballs for review, in paricular around the
locking and contexts.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To notify switch driver of change in STP state of bridge port, add new
.ndo op and provide switchdev wrapper func to call ndo op. Use it in bridge
code then.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdevice represents a port in a switch, it will expose
IFLA_PHYS_SWITCH_ID value via rtnl. Two netdevices with the same value
belong to one physical switch.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this is to provide a possibility to support various switch
chips. Drivers should implement relevant ndos to do so. Now there is
only one ndo defined:
- for getting physical switch id is in place.
Note that user can use random port netdevice to access the switch.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So this can be reused for identification of other "items" as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the work of parsing NDA_VLAN directly in rtnetlink code, pass simple
u16 vid to drivers from there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current name might seem that this actually offloads the fdb entry to
hw. So rename it to clearly present that this for hardware address
addition/removal.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The maximum size of ATR_REQ and ATR_RES is 64 bytes.
The maximum number of General Bytes is calculated by
the maximum number of data bytes in the ATR_REQ/ATR_RES,
substracted by the number of mandatory data bytes.
ATR_REQ: 16 mandatory data bytes, giving a maximum of
48 General Bytes.
ATR_RES: 17 mandatory data bytes, giving a maximum of
47 General Bytes.
Regression introduced in commit a99903ec.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Fixing: net/nfc/nci/ntf.c:106:31: warning: cast to restricted __le16
message when building with make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Fix warnings:
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:421:14: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:421:14: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] miux
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:421:14: got restricted __be16
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:477:14: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:477:14: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] miux
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:477:14: got restricted __be16
Procedure to reproduce:
make ARCH=x86_64 allmodconfig
make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some pipe are only created by other host (different than the
Terminal Host).
The pipe values will for example be notified by
NFC_HCI_ADM_NOTIFY_PIPE_CREATED.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded
Secure Element.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some tag might get deactivated after some read or write tentative.
This may happen for example with Mifare Ultralight C tag when trying
to read the last 4 blocks (starting block 0x2c) configured as write
only.
NFC_CMD_ACTIVATE_TARGET will try to reselect the tag in order to
detect if it got remove from the field or if it is still present.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
nci_rf_deactivate_req only support NCI_DEACTIVATE_TYPE_IDLE_MODE.
In some situation, it might be necessary to be able to support other
NCI_DEACTIVATE_TYPE such as NCI_DEACTIVATE_TYPE_SLEEP_MODE in order for
example to reactivate the selected target.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
A notification for rf deaction can be IDLE_MODE, SLEEP_MODE,
SLEEP_AF_MODE and DISCOVERY. According to each type and the NCI
state machine is different (see figure 10 RF Communication State
Machine in NCI specification)
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The nci status byte was ignored. In case of tag reading for example,
if the tag is removed from the antenna there is no way for the upper
layers (aka: stack) to get inform about such event.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
To pave the way for future fixed channels to be added easily we should
track both the local and remote mask on a per-L2CAP connection (struct
l2cap_conn) basis. So far the code has used a global variable in a racy
way which anyway needs fixing.
This patch renames the existing conn->fixed_chan_mask that tracked
the remote mask to conn->remote_fixed_chan and adds a new variable
conn->local_fixed_chan to track the local mask. Since the HS support
info is now available in the local mask we can remove the
conn->hs_enabled variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When switching from UICC to another, the CLF may signals to the Terminal
Host that some existing pipe are cleared for future update.
This notification needs to be "acked" by the Terminal Host with a ANY_OK
message.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If our terminal connect with other host like UICC, it may create
a pipe with us, the host controller will notify us new pipe
created, after that UICC will open that pipe, if we don't handle
that request, UICC may failed to continue initialize which may
lead to card emulation feature failed to work
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded Secure Element.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to disable a secure element
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to enable a secure element
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to discover all available secure element
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Fix sparse warning introduced by commit: 9e87f9a9c4
It was generating the following warning:
net/nfc/nci/ntf.c:170:7: sparse: symbol 'nci_get_prop_rf_protocol' was not declared. Should it be static?
Procedure to reproduce it:
# apt-get install sparse
git checkout 9e87f9a9c4
make ARCH=x86_64 allmodconfig
make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded Secure Element.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Currently, it leaks when the allocation fails.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
All it does is indicate whether a xprt has already been deleted from
a list or not, which is unnecessary since we use list_del_init and it's
always set and checked under the sv_lock anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
rtnl_link_get_net() holds a reference on the 'struct net', we need to release
it in case of error.
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Fixes: b51642f6d7 ("net: Enable a userns root rtnl calls that are safe for unprivilged users")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It incorrectly identifies itself as "IPv4" packet logging.
Signed-off-by: Steven Noonan <steven@uplinklabs.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This can be used by drivers that cannot reliably map tx status
information onto specific skbs.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This op works like .tx_status, except it does not need access to the
skb. This will be used by drivers that cannot match tx status
information to specific packets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some variables are assigned unconditionally, remove their
initialisations to help avoid introducing errors later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the regulatory settings change, some channels might become invalid.
Disconnect interfaces acting on these channels, after giving userspace
code a grace period to leave them.
This mode is currently opt-in, and not all interface operating modes are
supported for regulatory-enforcement checks. A wiphy that wishes to use
the new enforcement code must specify an appropriate regulatory flag,
and all its supported interface modes must be supported by the checking
code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
[fix some indentation, typos]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes a crash on attempting to calculate the frame duration for a VHT
packet (which needs to be handled by hw/driver instead).
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Before signaling the deactivation, send a deactivation request if in
RFST_DISCOVERY state because neard assumes polling is stopped and will
try to restart it.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When the deactivation type reported by RF_DEACTIVATE_NTF is Discovery, go in
RFST_DISCOVERY state. The NFCC stays in Poll mode and/or Listen mode.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
As specified in NCI 1.0 and NCI 1.1, when using the NFC-DEP RF Interface, the
DH and the NFCC shall only use the Static RF Connection for data communication
with a Remote NFC Endpoint.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The Target responds to the ATR_REQ with the ATR_RES. Configure the General
Bytes in ATR_RES with the first three octets equal to the NFC Forum LLCP
magic number, followed by some LLC Parameters TLVs described in section
4.5 of [LLCP].
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Changes:
* Extract the Listen mode activation parameters from RF_INTF_ACTIVATED_NTF.
* Store the General Bytes of ATR_REQ.
* Signal that Target mode is activated in case of an activation in NFC-DEP.
* Update the NCI state accordingly.
* Use the various constants defined in nfc.h.
* Fix the ATR_REQ and ATR_RES maximum size. As per NCI 1.0 and NCI 1.1, the
Activation Parameters for both Poll and Listen mode contain all the bytes of
ATR_REQ/ATR_RES starting and including Byte 3 as defined in [DIGITAL].
In [DIGITAL], the maximum size of ATR_REQ/ATR_RES is 64 bytes and they are
numbered starting from Byte 1.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Send LA_SEL_INFO and LF_PROTOCOL_TYPE with NFC-DEP protocol enabled.
Configure 212 Kbit/s and 412 Kbit/s bit rates for Listen F.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
